The Science of Success Podcast

  • Get STARTED
  • The Podcast
    • The Best Of
    • SHOW NOTES
    • EPISODE LIST
    • BLOG
  • ABOUT US
    • Our Mission
    • Team
    • Our Partners
    • CONTACT
  • Evidence-Based Growth
  • Rate & Review
  • BOOKSHELF
  • Shop
  • Search
RyanHoliday-01.png

A Powerful 2000 Year Old Life Hack & Creating Work That Lasts for Generations with Ryan Holiday

July 20, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion

In this episode we discuss how our perception of reality dramatically shifts what actions we take, why you should embrace 2000+ years of wisdom to be happier and more productive, how to stop judging yourself and others based on your achievements and root your identity in something within your control, we look at how we can cultivate a more humble and resilient world view, discuss strategies for connecting with top tier mentors, and much more with Ryan Holiday. 

Ryan Holiday is a media strategist and writer. He is the bestselling author of over five books including The Obstacle is the Way, Ego is The Enemy, and most recently his upcoming book Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work That Lasts. Ryan previously worked as the director of marketing for American Apparel, working on several controversial campaigns,  before starting his own creative agency. His work has been featured in The Huffington Post, Fast Company, Forbes, and more!

  • Why you should understand the Stoic discipline of "perception"

  • The way in which we see the world changes how we interact with it

  • How to accept situations as they are, not as you want them to be

  • Why you shouldn't waste time figuring out how things happened, who is to blame, etc - you should shift your focus to constructively determining the next thing to do

  • “There’s no problem so bad (in space) that you can’t make it worse”

  • The challenge of perception is not making the situations in your life worse with interpretations, resentments, anxieties

  • The story of Amelia Earhart and how you can use it to take action in the face of challenges

  • When you’re offended, when you think something is beneath you, you are projecting onto that situation something that may not be there

  • How do you react when people don’t think you have what it takes?

  • How to make yourself the most important person in a room, not by posturing, but by what you can contribute

  • How we can flip obstacles on their heads and view setbacks as opportunities

  • “What stands in the way becomes the way”

  • We have the ability with our minds to change how anything means

  • Setbacks make some people worse, some people tough it out, other people get even better

  • What is “Stoic Optimism” and why stoicism is not a focus on the negative

  • The distinction between Being and Doing and why its so critical

  • Should you do the “right thing” even if it pisses people off, hurts your chances of being promoted, causes political infighting, and worse?

  • Many people make the choice unknowingly between being and doing - and end up one day wondering where it all went wrong

  • How do we untangle success from our identities?

  • How do we avoid the trap of judging people based on their achievements?

  • The importance of being able to measure yourself by an internal score card - and not the external score card of accomplishment and achievement

  • Focus on basing your identity on an internals scorecard that is within your control

  • Decide what’s important to you, and root it within the things you control

  • How do we anchor our identity and self worth on a more stable footing?

  • How to have a more humble and resilient worldview

  • The critical difference between stoicism vs pessimism and how to look at both sides of the coin and realizing there are no good or bad outcomes - just outcomes

  • Everything is relative and subjective - someone in the third world would kill to live the life you may think of as failure

  • The world isn’t saying “this is happening to you because its bad” its just saying “this is happening”

  • The hard work of stoicism is the practice of doing it every day

  • “The message is the marketing” and how you shouldn’t distinguish between the making and the marketing when creating something

  • Why Ryan writes so much about ancient philosophy and how you should focus on rooting your ideas in timeless principles

  • The tactics Ryan used to build a relationship with and become an apprentice of Robert Greene

  • The people who need mentoring the most often get the least mentoring

  • Do well and a mentor will find you, put in the work, show the potential, and then mentors will naturally start to show up in your life

  • How Ryan approaches the creative process and the strategy he uses to test new ideas

  • You have an idea, you test that idea, and you work on it every single day - it gets 1% better every day - and at the end it’s finally good

  • Every book should be an article before its a book, every article should be a dinner conversation before its an article

  • Most of the marketing of anything that lasts is really about the product itself

  • Strategies Ryan recommends for finding a market for our ideas or concepts

  • Don’t create a solution in search of a problem, find problems and build solutions

  • How to uncover the problems that people are struggling with that you can help solve

  • What are needs that people have that there are currently no solutions?

  • How Ryan would start building an audience from scratch today if he had to start over

  • If you don’t collect your fans and have direct access to them - you are at risk - own your relationships with your customers and fans as much as possible

  • How Ryan deals with staying creative and productive with a new born child

  • Why Ryan hates the question of “what's the biggest struggle you’ve had to overcome”

  • Time you spend dwelling on the past (negatively or positively) is wasted time and attention

  • What Ryan journals about every morning and how he implmenents stoic philopsphy into his life

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

This Episode of The Science of Success is brought to you by our partners, That Moment Podcast. That Moment explores the pivot that changes everything: moments that open doors for discovery and growth, but also bring the looming possibility of failure. Each show features different leaders and innovators sharing their stories of taking risks in business and in life. That Moment is produced by Pivotal, who believes when change is the only constant, people and businesses must be built to adapt. Get the details of their first episode "It Was Essentially Disrupting Ourselves" here and check them out on iTunes, Google Play, and Soundcloud.

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work that Lasts by Ryan Holiday

  • [Book] Ego Is the Enemy by Ryan Holiday

  • [Website] Ryan Holiday

  • [Book] Meditations by Marcus Aurelius

  • [Book] Boyd: The Fighter Pilot Who Changed the Art of War by Robert Coram

  • [Book] The Tao of Seneca: Practical Letters from a Stoic Master, Volume 1 Seneca presented by Tim Ferriss Audio

Episode Transcript


[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode we discussed how our perception of reality dramatically shifts what actions we take, why you should embrace 2000+ years of wisdom to be happier and more productive, how to stop judging yourself and others based on your achievements and root your identity and something within your control. We look at how to cultivate a more humble and resilient worldview, discuss strategies for cultivating top-tier mentors and much more with Ryan Holliday. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with, now, more than a million downloads, listeners in over a hundred countries, hitting number one New and Note with Noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time ask me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these incredible information?” A lot of her listeners are curious how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcasts and more. 

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything, and you can get it completely for free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it's a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to visit successpodcast.com and join our email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, that “smarter” to the number 44222. 

In previous episode we discussed the dangers of playing it safe in life. How we can learn to celebrate more; the power cheering on, showing up, and serving other people. How to balance the acceptance of negative emotions with amplifying the good and focusing on the positive. What it means to live life in the front row. Lessons learned about living life from people who are fighting for the lives and much more with our guest John Vroman. If you want to live a life full of joy and celebration, listen to that episode. 

Lastly, if you want to get all the incredible information in this episode, links, transcripts, everything were going to talk about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com, hit the show notes button at the top. 

[0:02:49.6] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest on the show, Ryan Holliday. Ryan is a media strategist and writer. He’s the best-selling author of over five books including The Obstacles is the Way, Ego is the Enemy, and most recently his upcoming book, Perennial Seller: The Art of Making and Marketing Work That Lasts. 

Ryan previously work as the director of marketing for American Apparel working on several controversial campaigns before starting his own creative agency. His work has been featured in the Huffington Post, Fast Company, Forbes, and more. 

Ryan, welcome to the Science of Success. 

[0:03:22.2] RH: Thanks for having me. 

[0:03:23.1] MB: We’re very excited to have you on here today. I’d love to start out with one my absolute favorite topics from Obstacles is the Way was the concept of perception and kind of the idea of perceiving things as they are as opposed to as we want them to be. Could you kind of explain that concept and touch on that a little bit? 

[0:03:43.5] RH: Yeah. The Obstacles is the Way is book I’ve tried to root in ancient philosophy known as stoicism, and that the Stoics talk a lot about — They have thing, the discipline of perception. What they're really talking about is the way in which we see the world changes how we interact with it. Not The Secret. Not, :”Hey, if I wish for this, it will come true,” but if you think that something is unfair, it will be unfair and it will feel negative. If you think that something simply is what it is, it will be easier to deal with. 

What the Stoics are trying to do is see everything objective and they're trying to remember that there really is no good or bad, or positive or negative in any situation, it's just what we tell ourselves about it. I think, “Look, an entrepreneur doesn’t have time to think about whether something is right or not, or fair or not, or appropriate or not. Just has time to think about what we’re going to do, because we have payroll to meet, we have employees that we’ve got to handle. We’ve got goals that we’re trying to achieve.” Getting distracted about whether we wanted this to happen or not is really just a poor use of resources. 

I think on top of that, it’s trying to then see the good in every situation. What is the opportunity that this presents for me? What am I going to with this situation? If there’s some difficulty or trauma or problem, obviously, you’re going to say, “I’m going to reluctantly deal with this,” or you can say, “Oh, this gives me this chance to do this thing I wasn't going to do otherwise.” 

[0:05:26.3] MB: I think this discipline really opened my eyes. Once you’re kind of aware of this idea, it's so common to see people who are kind of trapped in a cycle of getting caught up in non-acceptance of the way things are and they’re so caught up in, “OH, this isn’t fair.” “Oh, this shouldn't be this way.” “Oh, I shouldn't have to deal with this,” and that really causes a lot of sabotage when they’re trying to achieve whatever goals that they’ve hey set out. 

[0:05:51.4] RH: Yeah, of course. Not only that, I think people waste a lot of time trying to figure out how stuff happened. They want to know who’s to blame. They want to know how this could have been avoided. They’re not looking at it constructively in terms of preventing it in the future. They’re just dwelling on how they got to this point rather than spending time thinking about how they're going to get to the next point. 

I think it obviously bears worth pointing out, there is a quote from Chris Hadfield, he’s the Canadian astronaut. He’s saying, “There's no problem so bad in space that you can't make it worse.” I think part of what the discipline of perception is not making it worse with interpretations, or resentments, or worries, or anxieties. It's just dealing with the thing in front of you because that's hard enough as it is. 

[0:06:46.1] MB: That's a great quote, and we actually have an upcoming interview with Chris. Listeners, definitely have a lookout for that. Got a fascinating story. I think that quote is really important and really underscores why it's so critical to perceive things as they are as supposed kind of as you want them to be. 

[0:07:03.9] RH: Yeah, exactly. They are what they are. Let's make the most of them. Let's not spend a second wishing they were otherwise is what the Stoics would say. 

[0:07:15.5] MB: Is that the chapter where you kind of give the example of Amelia Earhart. I thought that was a really powerful story from the book. 

[0:07:22.8] RH: Actually, I use that story, the discipline of action, which is, “Okay, it's not just how you see the information, but what do you do with it?” Amelia Earhart was famously early in her career offered a spot on a flight that was to be the first female transatlantic flight, except for she wasn't — It basically all for show. She wasn't going to fly the plane. There’s going to be two male pilots who were doing the flying. She was basically going to be the navigator, which meant she was just going to sort of sit in the back. In some senses is a very patronizing offer. It’s an offensive offer. the other two pilots are paid. I believe she wasn’t paid. 

You can picture her getting that phone call and you could picture her being perfectly within her rights to slam the phone down and say, “How dare you? I deserve better,” and she did deserve better. That's not what she did. She said, “Yes,” she took the flight. She used the fame that this sort of token opportunity brought with it to build a platform to build a name for herself which she then used to do what she wanted to do. 

Then part of this too is when you're offended by something, when you think that something is beneath you, this is also a form of judgment. This isn't taking something for what it is and working with it to the best of your ability. This is projecting on to it, sort of a deliberate animus which might not be there. It might just be that the system is inherently fair or that the system is indifferent to you as a person, and then saying, “Okay, all I need to do is get my foot in the door. I need to work with this. I’m going to make the most of it,” and I think that's what she did. Had she not done that, where might her career have gone? 

[0:09:12.5] MB: I share that story a lot with people who are just getting started. It reminds me of another tactic you recommend in ego, which is the idea of the canvas strategy. Can you talk a little about that? 

[0:09:25.3] RH: Yeah. Early on in my career, I think any young person — Bing a young white guy, obviously the discrimination or the adversity that I faced sort of have been nothing compared to a woman trying to be a pilot in the 1920s. Any young person can at least superficially relate to being underestimated, to being seen as unnecessary, to being seen as less than. In any point in your career, particularly early, there are going to be people who don't think you have what it takes, and what are you going to do with that? Are you going to overcompensate for it by being confident overconfident, overconfident and make things worse? Are you going to say, “Okay, look. I’m consider to be the least important person in this room. I’m going to work with that and I’m going to make myself an important person in this room not by my posturing, but in terms of what I can contribute.” 

I think if you're an intern out there, an assistant out there, really embracing the idea of, “Look, my job is to make my boss look very good, and I’m going to make myself indispensable in this organization not by chasing credit, but by making everyone in this room better and finding opportunities for other —“ I said canvas. Finding canvases for other people to paint on.” Is that finding articles for your boss to read? Is that staying late and doing extra research on this project that you know they haven’t had time to look at? Is it giving ideas away to other people inside the company that they can take credit for? Is it bringing them potential clients or projects or opportunities or introducing them to new things that you as a young person might have insight into that an older person might not? What are the things that nobody else in the organization wants to do that you are willing to do? Sort of building up your credibility and your skills that way not by trying to get credit, but in some ways, by deliberately giving credit away. 

[0:11:24.6] MB: I think there's a corollary to that as well when you think about taking responsibility for something. So often people think, “Oh, I need to deflect the blame. I need to make sure that I don't get caught up in this.” When in reality, counterintuitively, often taking responsibility, taking the blame for when things go wrong is really one of the most powerful things that you can do. 

[0:11:45.0] RH: Yeah, I would think that's true also. Look, earlier on in your career, it's accepting that your role is to deal with and take the heat for stuff that other people don't want to have to do, that that's part of the job. If you can embrace that, if you can do the things that other people don't want to do, then all of a sudden people are going to start to lean on you. They’re going to send you stuff. They’re going to start to see what you have. Nobody is going to hand you the position you magically want. I think you have to earn it. 

[0:12:17.3] MB: Another on the topic from Obstacle what I’ve found really interesting. In many ways, it’s kind of the core thesis of the book. Talk a little bit about how should we approach dealing with setbacks. 

[0:12:28.5] RH: I think this goes to the discipline of perception a little bit as well. Obviously, are you going to see this as this thing to put up with? Are you going to see this as this thing that’s very unfortunate? Are you going to see this as a setback, or are you instead going to see it as an opportunity of one kind or another? Marcus Aurelius, who’s probably the most famous of the Stoics, he has this line, he says, “The impediment to action advances action. What stands in the way becomes the way.” 

What he really means is that everything that happened, whether it’s a person being rude to you or a flight that's been delayed or a piece of legislation that failed to pass. This is negative in the sense that it's not what you wanted to happen, but it’s positive if you decide that it then provides an opportunity for you to do something, whether that's teach someone something, whether that's even just practicing forgiveness or acceptance. Everything that happens, we had the ability with our minds to change what that means to us. 

Andy Grove, who was the CEO of Intel for many years, he would say, “Bad companies are destroyed by crisis. Good companies survive them, and great companies are improved by them.” That’s sort of the stoic mindset, is that setbacks make some people worse, some people tough it out, and then other people go, “Oh, this is actually great, because now I can do X, Y, or Z.” That's the sort of stoic optimism that I really find inspiring. It's not saying, “Oh, hey! Everything’s awesome,” but it’s saying, “Hey, this presents to me an opportunity to do something that might be awesome, that had things gone my original way, I would've been able to do.” 

[0:14:21.0] MB: Tell me little about in ego, you talked about the distinction between being and doing.

[0:14:27.4] RH: Yeah. We’re really talking about the difference between appearance and reality, or sort of posturing and being the real deal. There's a speech that John Boyd, he was a great fighter pilot, and then sort of a groomer in the talent in the Pentagon for many years. He would give the speech to young up and comers. He would say, “You’re going to come to a fork in the road, and the fork in the road is — ” He would say, “it’s to be or to do.” 

Look, you can be someone who chases rank, he was saying. You could be someone who sucks up to your superior officers. You could be the kind of person that rubber stamps the right projects or tells people what they want to hear, or you could be someone who dedicates himself to the truth to a larger cause, just serving your country in a way that might not be rewarded by rank but it's the right thing to do. 

Boyd’s career was an example of this. I would guess 98% of people listening to this have never heard who he is, but he’s arguably the most important strategist in the Armed Forces in the latter 20th-century. He shepherd through the F-15 and the F-16. He was instrumental in the strategy of the First Gulf War. He’s now taught on all these different war colleges. What he was looking at doing is the right thing. He didn’t care about piss people off. He didn’t care if he killed people’s pet projects. He didn't care if he didn't get promoted. What he cared about was the work, was doing good work. 

I think we all have fork in our own careers that is similar to that. Are you going to be the person who pretends to be an internet millionaire and sells this bogus lifestyle? Are you going to be someone who actually builds something that matters? Are you going to chase being a bestseller, or are you going to chase writing books that have real impact? Are going to chase some meaningless job on Wall Street or are you going to try to make a difference in people's lives? What are you going to do? 

That choice, I think a lot of people make unknowingly. They’re not conscious of that fork, so they just gravitate towards what pays better, what seems to get the most recognition, and then they end up one day wondering where all the time went and why they haven't done anything important. It’s just something that I think everyone needs to be aware of, is what path are you on in life? Are you the person who is being important or you’re doing important things? I think that's the question. 

[0:17:13.3] MB: In many ways that distinction reminded me of the distinction between the fixed mindset and the growth mindset that Carol Dweck talks about, and kind of the idea that if you're sort of in a fixed mindset world that’s all about proving and demonstrating how awesome you are, but when you're sort of in a growth mindset place, in many ways, you're focused on getting better, improving kind of concrete development and growth. 

[0:17:35.0] RH: I guess they’re similar. I don’t know — To me, what Carol Dweck is talking about is the difference between sort of being smart and working hard. If you think you're smart become someone said you're smart, I guess that's one thing. If you think that you work really hard in you’re learning and you’re getting better, one of those attitudes might look better on the surface, but the other attitude — It’s like the other attitude, over time, is going to bear greater fruit. Yeah, you got to decide which of those people you’re going to be. Are you going to chase sort of superficial recognition or are you chase doing real work? 

[0:18:14.0] MB: That makes me think a little bit as well about another concept, I think you call it humbleness in Ego, but it’s the idea of how do we untangle success from our own kind of identity and how do we not fall into the trap of judging people based on their achievements.

[0:18:14.0] RH: Yeah. Look, I think one of the most insidious parts of culture is thinking that the things that we've done say something about us a person good or bad. If you think that the fact that you can afford a nice car says that you’re successful and important, you’re going to feel great when you have that nice car, but if that car gets repossessed, you have to sell it because you’re investing in your company or something. Now, all of a sudden, you don't feel the same way, but you’re the same personal. The only thing that changed is what car you drive. 

If you think that you're doing awesome because your company is doing awesome, what happens when the market shifts, or what happens if Google decides that it's going come into your market and replace you? The realities that the world can sort of turn on a dime. The best laid plans, as we know, can turn to nothing very quickly. 

These things don't change us. The difference between first class and coach on an airline other than price is nothing. They’re just chairs on an airplane, and so you want to be able to measure yourself not by this sort of external scorecard of accomplishment of recognition or achievement. You want to be able to measure yourself based on what went into them, because that’s really the only part of that equation that you control. 

I wrote this new book. I think it’s great. I think it’s one of my best books, but I could die before it comes out or there could be a natural disaster the week out and it could get no recognition, or Malcolm Gladwell could write a book with the same title and no one would care about my book. There are all these things that could happen that before it came out, when it was still in my control, I was quite proud of it and I knew that I did a good job, but then if I let these sort of external metrics decide whether it was good or not, I’ve now taken my confidence and my happiness and my identity and put them out to other people's hands and that sets us up to be disappointed, it sets us up to feel less than. It’s just not a great position to be in. 

[0:20:58.8] MB: How do we anchor our identities and our self-worth on that more stable footing? 

[0:21:04.5] RH: I mean you’ve got to decide what's important to you. Ideally, you want to root it in the things that you control. Again, you take a book — Actually. Obstacle is the Way was a good example. When The Obstacle is the Way came out, it did okay. It’s sold all right, but it was nowhere near what it's become in the subsequent few years. 

If I only felt good about it selling a certain number of copies I would have found that the book was a failure for quite some time. Really, the book hasn't changed. The book is the same book from when I finished it a year before came out to the day it came out, to flash-forward years later and its sold hundreds of thousand copies. Nothing has changed. I haven't changed the words, and the page haven't changed. Those are really what I should be focused on then, what you want your sense of good or bad or positive or negative to be rooted in is the part that you control. I control the amount of work that went into it. I controlled the ideas within it. I controlled the amount of time I made for it. I controlled those things. What I don’t control is what critics say. I don't ultimately control how many copies it’s sold or how much money it makes or this important person or that important person liked it. 

You almost have to be — The stoics would say you’re in different those things. Not that you don’t want them, but it’s nice to have them but you fine if they went away too, but that’s not easy to do. I wasn't exactly happy that the book didn't hit the bestseller list the week it came out or in the weeks’ sense I would've liked for that's to have happened, but that it didn't happen was okay because I was able to root my judgment of the book in the fact that I knew that it was the best thing that I was capable of that that time. 

[0:23:09.0] MB: In Ego you also talked about the idea of entitlement. Tell me a little bit about that. 

[0:23:14.2] RH: I don’t know what you mean specifically, but I think related to what we’re just talking about is a lot of people think they're entitled to the parts of the labor that aren't there. They think that they’re entitled to everyone liking them or everyone telling them that they’re awesome. They're entitled to being in control of the universe, other people's opinions. It's like you see this with very egotistical people. You could even see this with Trump. It’s like he doesn't get that people are allowed to not like him. It’s so deeply bothers him and he’s so used to being in control of everything that he ends up wasting incredible amounts of time and energy and actually ends up making things worse for himself trying to control these things that are inherently outside of his control. 

I think part of ego is just believing that the universe is revolving around you and that it responds to your wants and needs. I think a more humble but more resilient approaches is realizing that, look, you’re a tiny fleck in this universe and that it’s on you to make it what you want it to be within your sort of limitations as a human being. I think this is true as a creative too. Again, get you are entitled to the work. You’re not entitled to what comes to anything past that. You’re not entitled to any results. That's where you are, at the at the mercy of these larger forces. That’s inherently humbling. 

[0:24:50.8] MB: In a world where change is one of the only constants, people and businesses must be adaptable. This episode of the Science of Success is sponsored by our partners at That Moment, a new podcast about the pivot that changes everything. 

Sometimes we recognize the need to seize the moment and change course. Other times, we have no choice but to pivot. Regardless, these moments can bring uncertainty, fear, and the looming possibility of failure, but can also open doors for discovery, growth, and change. 

In each episode of That Moment, people share their stories of taking risks and finding success in business and life. In the latest episode of That Moment, you can hear from the woman who's helping for pivot from a car manufacturing company to a software business, and former FBI agent who's discovered an entirely new approach to fighting cybercrime once he left the bureau. 

Be sure to check out and listen to That Moment wherever you listen to podcasts. 

[0:25:49.4] MB: Do you think that there's — You touched earlier on the idea of stoic optimism. After I kind of read Obstacle, and I’m naturally sort of a very pessimistic person. I always think about all of the things that can go wrong and the ways that it can get wrong. Do you think there's a danger within stoicism of getting too focused on the negative?

[0:26:09.9] RH: The stoics don’t believe in a negative. They’re saying they want to look at all possibilities, but that all the possibilities are the same. That neither there’s no good possibilities and there's no bad possibilities. There's just potential outcomes in a given situation 

I think, look, there’s pessimism. Pessimism is always looking at what could go wrong and then despairing because it can go wrong. Stoic is instead saying, “Look, I'm going to launch this company and it could be successful. It also could fail and I could lose all the money that I put into it, but that’s not going to stop me from trying. I still think that my odds are better of success than failure, so I’m going to push through and I’m going to put everything that I can towards doing so. If it does start to look like it’s going to fail, here are all the things that I can do to prevent that. Here’s all the options that I have since I’ve thought about it in advance that I can try to plan for those contingencies. 

I think there's pessimistic people and I think those people are not happy and there's anxiety and worry in that pessimism. That's not what stoicism is supposed to be about. Stoicism is thinking about the worst case scenario so it doesn't catch you by surprise. Also, so you can plan for it or plan around it or prevent it. The optimism in stoicism is that it proceeds anyway. It proceeds despite the odds or despite the dangers or risks and it goes into them not blindly but with one's eyes wide open. 

[0:28:03.7] MB: I think that's a great point. The idea that there's not good or bad outcomes, there are only outcomes, and we need to think — 

[0:28:10.9] RH: Yeah. The stoics would say there is no good or bad. There's only perception. There's just how we see things. Think about it. Look, what you would see is a bad outcome, somebody else might see as heaven on earth. You failing at a business to someone in the third world, they would kill just to get where you think failure is. These things are all relative and subjective and we should remind ourselves of that. If we can strip that comparison out of the equation, we can see that there are just outcomes, period. Some are probably more desirable than others and some probably present more options than others. At the end of the day, when your company fails, whether you believe in God or whether you believe in some chance or fate, the world isn’t saying, “This is happening to you because it's bad.” It's just happening. It just is an event. When a tree falls or when a person dies or when you get a year older, these are just facts of the universe. They're not good or bad. It's human beings who try to put them in categories and then feel stressed and unhappy because of those categories. 

[0:29:35.0] MB: Where do you think people go wrong when they try to concretely implement stoicism into their lives? 

[0:29:41.9] RH: I say in the book, all these is very simple, but that doesn’t mean that it’s easy. Look, I can say what I just said and 20 minutes from now someone could call me a name and objectively that name is just a word. There's no difference between this word or that word. It doesn't change who you are and it doesn't mean that it's true or not, but that's simple. It’s pretty straightforward. It’s logical, but that in the moment when someone calls you an asshole, that doesn't — You want to react. 

I think the hard work with stoicism is the practice of it, not just the practice, like doing it, but can you practice it? Can this be something that you get a little bit better at every day? I'd like to think that I am, but stuff still bothers me. It's always going to bother me, but hopefully it bothers me a little bit less every day. 

[0:30:44.1] MB: I’d love to kind of transition now in talking about your new book, The Perennial Seller. One of the core ideas from the book is the notion that you shouldn't distinguish between the making of something in the marketing of it. Tell me about that. 

[0:30:58.9] RH: I think a lot of people creatively — and I know this sounds very different than what sort of the important topics we’re just talking about, but I’ve tried to write books that are going to stand the test of time. I’ve tried to write books that whether or not they appear on the bestseller list are going to sell well every single week. I want to create things that last, that help people that work regardless of trends or current events. Part of the reason that a lot of creative work doesn't do that is that people go off in a cave and they make things and then they try to figure out after how to make. Somebody decides, “I want to have a podcast, “and then they make a podcast and then they go, “How do I get listeners for this podcast?” They don't think about it as —They think about it as separate problems rather than the same problem and that in a weird way getting the audience, sort of getting the attention for it matters as much, if not more than how you made it, because if you can't have one, the effort that went into the other was somewhat poorly spent. 

[0:32:12.5] MB: I think that makes a ton of sense, and you have a couple of examples from the books Shawshank Redemption, 48 Laws of Power. Would you share one of those stories? 

[0:32:22.3] RH: Yeah. Look, Robert Greene who wrote the 48 Laws of Power, he was my mentor. I was his research assistant for a number of years. Look, that book could've been — That book was written in the mid-90s. That book could have been rooted in current events. It could have talked about the Clintons. It could have talked about no television shows that were on at that time. It could've talk about all of these things, but instead Robert wrote a very timeless book about power. He wrote a book about power that wasn't designed for your typical business executive. It was very pragmatic and ruthless and he says that it's A-moral, meaning that it's not judging good or bad about the strategies. The result was he’s created this timeless book that’s unlike anything else in the field. Its closest equivalent is probably Machiavelli's, The Prince, just written 500 years before. 

In a way, he’s done very little marketing for the book because the book is the marketing. When people read, it so refreshingly provocative and bold that you got to read this book. The book is the marketing in many ways and it's also designed to be timeless. Again, even though it’s 20 years old, it doesn't feel dated. He could've written it yesterday, he could have written it 20 years from. It would still be the same value. 

Part of the reason I rooted my books in ancient philosophy is that I know that I’ve thought about the things that I’ve thought for a decade or two decades. I know that ancient philosophy has worked for thousands of years. What am I going to bet on? Something that occurred to me when I was 25, or am I going to bet on something that somebody else came up with 2500 years ago? Rotting your work in timeless principles is really really important. 

[0:34:26.6] MB: You were pretty young when Robert Greene, I guess, when he became your mentor, right? 

[0:34:32.1] RH: Yeah, I was 19 or 20. 

[0:34:34.9] MB: How did you develop that relationship or how did he become your mentor at such a young age? 

[0:34:41.3] RH: I think become is the operative word there. There wasn't like this day where I was anointed. It wasn't like some ceremony or swearing-in. I worked for someone who works on his website and then Robert and I started talking. I started working on his projects. I had read all his books. We met for lunch one time. He told me that he was looking for a research assistant. I volunteered. He gave me a trial project and then I did good on that and he gave me another project. Then over five or six years, I proved myself. I did good work. It was an organic growing process. There was never — I think some people go, “I need to find a mentor,” and that’s not really how it works. What you need his mentoring, and that can come from lots of different sources and people and it usually evolves slowly. 

I think the other part is when you begin to show potential or talent — If you're totally clueless and you don’t know anything and you have no marketable skills of any kind, you're not going to find a mentor. In some ways, it's inherently unfair, the people who need mentoring the most get it the least, but that's how it works. 

Sheryl Sandberg, she says it’s not find a mentor and you will do well. Do well and a mentor will find you. That's how it happens. You’ve got to put in the work, show the potential and then people will be willing to invest in you. 

[0:36:17.5] MB: Back to Perennial Seller, tell me a little bit about how do you approach the creative process? 

[0:36:24.5] RH: I think about the audience a lot about. I think about who am I making this for. I think about what is this project going to do. What am I trying to accomplish? What is success look like on this project? It's a hell of a lot of work too. When I sold Perennial Seller in early 2015, I thought it would take a few months. Here, it is coming out in late 2017. Took over two years, and not like two years of sporadic work, but two years of almost every day making it a little bit better. 

I think people think that books or movies or whatever, these sort of flashes of inspiration or flurries of activity. Really, it’s you have an idea and you test that idea. You start to think that there's some promise to it, and then he does work on it every single day and it gets .01% better each time you touch it and these improvements compound and at the end, probably much later than you think, it's eventually finished and you have it. 

[0:37:39.7] MB: How do you go about testing your ideas? 

[0:37:42.6] RH: I say every article should be — Every book should be an article before it's a book. Every article should be a dinner conversation before it’s an article. I think you’ve got to interact with people who are least representative of your audience and see is there a potential? Is there a flash or a glint of intrigue in their eyes when they hear it? If there's not, then you got to keep tweaking the idea until you get there. 

[0:38:13.0] MB: Give me a specific example. How did the Perennial Seller, for example, evolved from a dinner conversation into an article into eventually a book? 

[0:38:24.4] RH: Yeah, it’s funny. My editor came to my wedding and she was like, “Hey, you should do a book on book marketing.” I thought that was interesting, and I explored it. I wrote a book proposal and sold. There was some interest, obviously, or they wouldn't have bought it. Then I started talking to people about a book and I found — Most of the people I know are not authors, so the idea of a book about book marketing, it kept falling flat. Then I realized too that a lot of the strategies that I was going talk about would be out of date very soon, and so I pivoted towards, generally, how do you make anything that lasts or how do you market anything that lasts. 

Then most of that marketing actually has to do with what the product is itself, so then it was really hard to make and market anything that last. Obviously, I had to sit down and write it and there are heir different sections that I talk to people about, but it evolved from this suggestion about one topic to being a full-fledged book of — I don’t know, 50,000 or 60,000 words, maybe more, about a totally different thing. That wouldn't have happened — If I just written the book — Let's say I had known that my publisher would publish anything that I wrote, so I would have thrown together a first draft about book marketing, and then it would have been published and it would've been much worse and it would’ve had much less chance of success that I not had this conversation. I thought I not got pushed back from the people that I did talk to it about. 

[0:40:10.5] MB: For somebody who’s listening, how would you recommend that they think about finding a market or an audience for their ideas or for that sort of concept that they have around creating something? 

[0:40:25.0] MB: I would think what are problems that people have that need solutions? I think that far too much creative work is a solution in search of a problem, when really it's got to be the other way around. What’s a problem that people have? The Obstacle is the Way is a book about philosophy, because that’s what I'm interested in, but it’s actually a book about how to overcome obstacles, because that's what other people are interested in to come together. 

You have to find a problem to solve, and the deeper and more perennial problem and the better your solution, the more likely you are to create something that's going to endure and that's going to be, hopefully, financially lucrative as well. 

[0:41:13.8] RH: How do you approach digging in and really discovering kind of what those problems are or finding people that kind of unearthing what the challenges they have that you could maybe help talk to or address? 

[0:41:28.5] RH: To me it’s kind of obvious. What are problems you have in your own life that other people share? What are problems the people in your life seem to talk about? What are the things that you wish you'd known when you were younger? What’s the thing that you went through that you had to white knuckle, that you wish that there had been solutions for? What are the things that you're experiencing in your life? You're not pulling up a phone book and trying to call people and go, “What are some problems that you have?” but you're looking for resistance and difficulty that other people have accepted or have caught up with that there might be a solution to. What did people sang before there was the song Happy Birthday? What people read before what to expect when you're expecting? Where did people go to when they would get hung over in the weekends and before there was a brunch spots? What are needs that people have to which there are currently no solutions? Then your work is presented as an alternative to the status quo. 

[0:42:39.3] MB: If you were to have to kind of start from scratch today, if you had no existing audience, no relationships. How would you go about building an audience or building a platform for yourself? 

[0:42:51.9] RH: Look, I remember when I did that. It's not like that — I wasn't gifted this platform. I remember in 2008 or 2009 I wanted to be an author and I knew I would write a book someday, but I didn’t have any way to tell people about it. I started an email lists where recommended books to people thinking that one day I might be able to recommend one of my own books. That list started with 50 people that are mostly friends, and I sent the email out last night about Perennial Seller to 81 — Almost 82,000 people. I already did that list, so when other people started reading lists, I don't think it’s a good idea. I think that’s competition and I sort of already own that space, but I would think about what is a skill that I have? What’s something that I know about I could help people with? What's the most interesting thing about me that people don't know about that I could lean into? I’d go from there. It wasn’t like 30 years ago I started from scratch. It was not that long ago. I still think I’m very much in the in the beginning stages of doing the things that we’re talking about. 

[0:44:09.7] MB: In the book, you talk about the importance of building a platform. Can you explain that concept a little bit more? 

[0:44:17.3] RH: Look, what we’re just talking about with the list. I could have built a blog, but I built an email list instead, and that email list is now 80,000 people, that when I have a book, I email. The email is probably this single best medium for selling books right now. 

If you don't collect your fans and organize them and have direct access to them, like you, with your podcast, if you were only dependent on iTunes to get access to your fans and iTunes suddenly decided to charge, or iTunes mysteriously shut down, or people started hating iTunes. These would all be really bad problems. If you’re an Uber driver, you're dependent on Uber for your living. You don't have a platform. Uber has the platform, and that's why they're worth billions of dollars. You want to own your relationship with your customers, your fans, as much as possible. 

[0:45:09.3] MB: Has having children impacted your productivity at all? What have been some of the challenges you’ve had to overcome in terms of staying on track with how much you create and market with having kids? 

[0:45:22.5] RH: I only have one son and he’s less than nine months old. The vast majority of my creative work came before all these and it’s certainly a process that I'm adjusting to now. Look, you got to decide what you want your life to look. You got to decide what your priorities are, what's important to you, and you got to organize around that. I think one of the reasons that I was comfortable having a kid is that I’d gotten my life to a point where there was freedom to do that and that had been something that was always very important. I didn't want to have to show up at a job. I wanted to have to determine my own schedule. I wanted to be somewhat financially independent as a result of some of my success. I changed tell how I spent money, how I invested money. That this change what I said yes to, what I said no to. It certainly changes your priority. There's a few hours that I spend in the morning now that before I get started that weren’t there before, but I think the rewards are more than worth it. 

[0:46:30.0] MB: What’s one of the hardest struggles that you’ve personally had to overcome? 

[0:46:36.7] RH: I kind of hate that question, because, one, I think it implies — One; i don't like this idea of this sort of the adversity Olympics. Who has gone through this, and was gone through that, and let's all compare them? I think the other part of it is that it implies that it's like this thing we do ones that determines who we are. 

To me, the struggle is waking up every day and being tired and you’d go to work or not. There’s this fire to put out or that that fire to put out, or this employee has this problem and how are you going to deal with it? To me, the struggle is this sort of day-to-day thing that I focus on. At the end of the day, I don’t think about it anymore. I don't think about —2014, I wrote about Ego. It was a very hard year for me. I went through a lot of stuff, but I also don't think about it at all. Part of the reason I wrote it is so I don't have to think about it again. Part of the stoic optimism is also realizing the time you spent dwelling on the past either negatively or positively. Patting yourself on the back for getting through something is really just wasted time is not being directed at what you’re going to do next. That's where I prefer to focus my energy. 

[0:47:55.6] MB: I think that’s a great point and a very insightful look at how to think about not only where we focus our attention, but why it's kind of irrelevant to think about just what’s the hardest struggle that you’ve had overcome. I think that’s really interesting perspective and philosophy. 

[0:48:15.1] RH: Thank you. 

[0:48:15.7] MB: For somebody who's listening to this episode that maybe wants to start or concretely implement some of the ideas we’ve talked about today, what would kind of be one action or activity you’d give them as a starting point to do that? 

[0:48:29.2] RH: Obviously, I wrote the books to be a starting point and I see them very much as a starting point. The point of stoic philosophy is not that it’s this thing that you read ones and then you know forever and you’re this magical wizard. It's something you read and you do. I journal about it daily. I write about it. I think about it. I read about it. I have conversations about it. 

The books, for me, are part of that process. Writing them was me spending an incredible amount of time with some of these ideas. I would start with reading, and you don't have to read my books. You could read Marcus Aurelius, or Seneca. Tim Ferris just put out a free collection of Seneca’s letters that i think are great. You could check out that. Listen to podcast about it. I would just start by immersing yourself in this information because there’s a lot of it out there. It’s done by people who are smarter than you, they’re smarter than me. These are people, some of the wisest people who ever lived, and I take advantage of it. 

[0:49:31.3] MB: I would echo that as well. I think that one of the most interesting things about your work, and you touched on this earlier, is that these ideas are timeless. They’ve been around for, literally, thousands of years and there's a reason, it's because they’re such effective strategies for dealing with, as you put it, sort of the everyday struggle of getting up, dealing with setbacks, achieving things in a world that is often very difficult. 

[0:49:56.8] RH: Yeah. I would agree with that. 

[0:49:58.2] MB: Where can people find you and your books online? 

[0:50:02.1] RH: My websites is ryanholiday.net. You could sign up for the reading list we talked about there. All my books are on Amazon. Yeah, I think I’m at Ryan Holiday on pretty much every social media platform. 

[0:50:13.7] MB: Awesome. Ryan, thank you so much for coming on here sharing all of your wisdom, ton of great insights about stoicism and creativity. 

[0:50:22.5] RH: Thank you for having me. This is really cool. 

[0:50:24.6] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi. Be sure to shoot me an email. My email is matt@successpodcast.com. I would love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to successpodcast.com, that’s successpodcast.com and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all the incredible information we just talked about; links, transcripts, everything in the show and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.


July 20, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion
JonVroman-01.png

The Principles You Can Use To Live An Authentic & Fulfilling Life with Jon Vroman

July 13, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Emotional Intelligence

In this episode we discuss the dangers of “playing it safe” in life, how we can learn to celebrate more, the power of cheering on, showing up, and serving other people, how to balance the acceptance of negative emotions with amplifying the good and focusing on the positive, what it means to live life in the “front row,” lessons learned about living life from people fighting for their lives, and much more with our guest Jon Vroman.

Jon is the co-founder of The Front Row Foundation, a charity that creates unforgettable moments for individuals who are braving life-threatening illnesses. Jon teaches others to “Live Life In The Front Row” through teaching and inspiring others with the Art of Moment Making. He is also an award winning speaker, podcast host, and the bestselling author of his new book The Front Row Factor: Transform Your Life with The Art of Moment Making.

We discuss:

  • How John went from being bullied and feeling insignificant, to stepping up and living his life in the front row

  • How would you rate your contribution to the world on a 1-10 scale?

  • The dangers of “playing it safe” in life

  • What does it mean to live life in the front row?

  • The anticipation principle and how to bring the power of the future into the present moment

  • How we can learn to celebrate - bring light and attention to something, even if its something small

  • Celebration is appreciation and gratitude

  • How do you recognize or create a front row moment every day in life?

  • “What can I celebrate right now?”

  • If you can’t celebrate yourself, ask “How can I celebrate somebody else?”

  • Being in the front row is also about service, stepping up for people, and not always being the center of attention

  • The power of cheering on, showing up, and serving other people and why there is so much meaning, love, and joy in doing that

  • What does it mean to be a moment maker?

  • Recognizing the beauty and joy within a moment and noticing it, take a moment, breathe in, look around, feel it and appreciate it - recognizing what’s already there and not chasing what could be

  • Why you should ask “How can I make this special?”

  • How you can create special moments in the simplest spaces within life, turning something normal into something spectacular

  • Why we should amplify the good so that we silence what’s not

  • The importance of accepting negative emotions and living the full range of emotions in life, the importance of being cold so you can appreciate the warmth

  • The 90% Rule - where do you want to “live” 90% of the time

  • How to re-align with what you value and live a life of making moments and celebration

  • The three things you need to live life in the front row

  • How to balance questions of acceptance/discomfrot/negative emotions with amplifying the good and focusing on the positive - focus on what state you end up at when you have the balance between those two things

  • "Proximity is power” - what thoughts, questions, and relationships are you close to that are shaping your life?

  • Questions drives our lives - what questions are we trying to answer?

  • What questions are running your mind? What different questions could be running your mind?

  • Everything we've learned about living life from people fighting for their lives

  • Life is made up of MOMENTS - how do we manage each of those moments

  • We think life will be great when we BLANK - once BLANK happens - this is NOW - this is IT - this is where its happening - managing your mind, managing the moment is the key to maximizing our lives.

  • Why I love the quote - "Alex, don’t let Mount Everest be your greatest achievement”

  • Hope is not weak, hope is not wishful thinking, hope is having a vision for the future and doing something about it

  • How do I recognize or create a front row moment right now?

  • The best questions aren’t the ones that YOU want an answer to - its the ones that the OTHER PERSON wants an answer to

  • Why you should ask “What dream is making you come alive right now?”

  • If not you then who? If not now then when?

  • The importance of self awareness and being honest with yourself

  • Ask yourself what makes you come alive? Create an environment that makes you come alive

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

This Episode of The Science of Success is brought to you by our partners, That Moment Podcast. That Moment explores the pivot that changes everything: moments that open doors for discovery and growth, but also bring the looming possibility of failure. Each show features different leaders and innovators sharing their stories of taking risks in business and in life. That Moment is produced by Pivotal, who believes when change is the only constant, people and businesses must be built to adapt. Get the details of their first episode "It Was Essentially Disrupting Ourselves" here and check them out on iTunes, Google Play, and Soundcloud.

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Website] The Front Row Factor

  • [Book] The Front Row Factor: Transform Your Life with the Art of Moment Making by Jon Vroman

  • [Book] The Miracle Morning: The Not-So-Obvious Secret Guaranteed to Transform Your Life (Before 8AM) by Hal Elrod

  • [Book] The ONE Thing: The Surprisingly Simple Truth Behind Extraordinary Results by Gary Keller

  • [Website] Touch The Top

Episode Transcript


[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we discuss the dangers of playing it safe in life. How we can learn to celebrate more, the power of cheering on, showing up and serving other people, how to balance the acceptance of negative emotions with amplifying the good and focusing on the positive, what it means to live life in the front row, lessons learned about living from people who are fighting for their lies, and much more with our guest Jon Vroman.
 
The Science of Success continues to grow with more with more than 1,000,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one New and Noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcasts and more.
 
Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to visit successpodcast.com and join our email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222.
 
In our previous episode, we discuss the inevitable technology shifts that will be impacting our future. The second industrial revolution. The importance of having an open mind, critical thinking and seeking disconfirming evidence. We explored how to better ask questions and why it’s so important that you do and talked about some of the biggest technology risks with Wired’s Kevin Kelly. If you want to hear more about the inevitable future of technology, listen to that episode.
 
Lastly, if you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talk about on this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top.
 
[0:02:43.0] MB: Today, we have another exciting guest on the show, Jon Vroman. Jon is the cofounder of the Front Row Foundation, a charity that creates unforgettable moments for individuals who are braiding life threatening illnesses, he also teaches others to live life in the front row through teaching and inspiring others with the art of moment making. 
 
He's also an award-winning speaker, podcast host and the author, the bestselling author of the new book, The Front Row Factor: Transform Your Life With The Art of Moment Making. Jon, welcome to The Science of Success.
 
[0:03:12.6] JV: Hey, thanks for having me, good to be here.
 
[0:03:14.3] MB: Well we’re very excited to have you on. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your story, tell us a little bit about yourself and how you got started living life in the front row?
 
[0:03:24.4] JV: Wow, this is always the time when I go, do I go back to the very beginning? I’ll give you what I think is the most exciting piece of it. The short by the way, childhood version is I grew up in a great family, traveled around a bunch, dad was military.
 
Mom was a school teacher until she stayed at home with the kids. I’m super grateful for my family and my upbringing. What ended up happening was that when I was in high school though, this is really important to the part of the story of how I started living in the front row, was I was really short Matt, I was like, I was four 10, I weighed 85 pounds, driving a car to school.
 
I was either bullied or insignificant. Unnoticed or picked on, those two things were occurring in my life and that was sort of the pain that created a prompt for me to be able to want to not only step up in my life but to help others. Where this whole idea of living life in the front row came from was actually three big things that happened in my life all around the same time and this was in my mid 20’s this all happened.
 
One was I was asked by a mentor to rate my contribution to the world. Hey, when it comes to making a difference in the world, how would you rate yourself in a one to 10 scale? I didn’t like my answer and so that was like a big prompt for that something needed to change. I had been very caught up in myself and not serving others.
 
Second thing that happened was I was at a Jason Mraz show and I remember being in the very back row and I looked to the front and I saw this group of girls having the time of their life and I remembered thinking to myself that they looked like they wanted to be nowhere other than right there at that moment, at that show and they were having a blast and then I looked in the back where I was and I saw people kind of checked out. 
 
Sitting down, not as engaged and I turned to my girlfriend and said, life is different in the front row. The front row of course being a metaphor for getting close to the things that light us up, that make us come alive and I thought to myself, this is not how I’m living, I’m living life as a spectator in the back, I’m watching everything happen, I’m playing it safe, I mean, the back is really safe right?
 
I see everybody, nobody sees me, it’s an easy out but you know, the front is where the energy is. I thought, that’s where I need to start playing life is there. Really stepping up and then the third thing that happened was a buddy challenged me to run an ultra-marathon and this is in my late 20’s and I had never run more than a couple of miles in my whole life, this is a huge step for me but we committed to doing it and we were training for this ultra-marathon and we thought, you know, aren’t we supposed to raise money for a charity, isn’t that what people do?
 
They go run and they raise money for charities and that conversation quickly turned to, what if we started a charity? What would that look like? What would be the ideal charity? That was sort of the topic of conversation and all these things that happened, it was sort of a perfect storm scenario and not only have I been thinking about contributing and now this question popped up but this whole front row experience at the Jason Mraz show and next thing you know, the words just rolled off of my tongue, Front Row Foundation and we thought.
 
What if we help people to have this amazing day and the more we explored it, the more we thought about starting a charity, we really dug into our fears and our loves and what I mean by that is that if you want to do something in the world that’s unending fuel. You need to really understand what you’re moving away from and towards and what you fear and what you love.
 
I said, well what do I fear most? Getting to the end of my life and feeling like it was insignificant, feeling like I wasted my life or feeling like I didn’t maximize my time, make the most of every moment. Then I thought, what do I love the most? I thought I love experiences? I love moments with people, I love telling stories.
 
Remember when we did that? You know, wow, what if I helped people who are fighting for their life? Who have their timeline perhaps threatened to be shortened and what if we help them have the best day of their life and Front Row Foundation was born and that was 11 years ago and here we are today.
 
That was kind of the story of who I am, how I got to where I am and sort of living life in the front row and how we got to the charity.
 
[0:07:19.9] MB: Wow, that’s amazing, there’s so many things I want to follow up on and dig in to. To start with, just simply, tell me a little bit more about what does it mean to you and you already kind of hinted at it but what does it mean to you to live life in the front row?
 
[0:07:33.9] JV: Life in the front row to me is a life of full engagement, it’s a life of courage and being present to the moment. You know, our charity, we help kids and adults who have a life threatening illness, see the event of their dreams from the front row. When we started it, we thought that was it. It was like, we’re going to create this amazing day and tell their story and we thought it was about the person who was fighting the illness and about the day. 
 
What ended up happening though over the years was we realized it was so much more than that and that living life in the front row became a lifestyle. Became a way that they approached everyday of their life. We started to see some patterns emerging from that. One of them was we had created an event for a young man named Thomas Kay and Thomas was you know, fighting for his life, he was in a wheelchair, he was losing his eyesight and our hearts really connected with Thomas and his fight.
 
We wanted to send Thomas to go see the Rugby World Cup in New Zealand and what we had heard was that once we told Thomas he was going to be going to the event, Thomas was really motivated during his physical therapy because he wanted to stand for the national anthem when he got to the event.
 
What we saw was the power of hope, see, the thing about living life in the front row is like, when we look forward to an event, we call this the anticipation principle, it brings the power of the future into the present moment. Living life in the front row is about even bringing something that we’re looking forward to into the power of now.
 
What we underestimated, when we started the charity was living life in the front row could begin even before the event itself right? We understood the power of hope. Living life in the front row is also about celebration. One of the things we underestimated was the photobooks and the videos that we do for every recipient.
 
Again, we thought, this will be great for the recipient but what we didn’t anticipate was the effect it would have on their whole family. The effect on everybody for years to come. We would show up to a visit, a recipient in the hospital six months after their event and we would see their photobook from their front row day sitting on their nightstand.
 
Or we go visit them in their house and we’d see it on their coffee table and they would tell us, they’re like, everybody knows, you do not move this off the coffee table, that is the one thing that always stays there. We understood now about the power of the past, the celebration, bringing what was into what is. 
 
Bringing the power of the past, not living in the past, not living with rearview mirror syndrome but living, bringing the power of what was into the present moment. Living life in the front row is about remembering what was great and all of this, this hope for the future and this power of the past came back to the power of the present moment which is about living now.
 
People told us over and over again, living life in the front row has taught me to value and appreciate every day. A front row life is one where you are fully engaged. What my mentor Tony Robins had said many years ago, proximity is power and it’s what you get close to, we understand that in real estate, we understand that with relationships, we understand that in so many levels about when we are close to something that makes us feel alive, that to us is a front row life.
 
That’s what we have found over the years is people were not only doing it on this one day but they were doing it every day. Whether it was watching a sunset, whether it was playing with their kids, whether it was doing work that you love, it was something that you were getting close to in life. That is the essence of living life in the front row.
 
[0:11:00.7] MB: I want to dig in to proximity’s power and I also don’t want to forget the question about rating your contribution to the world because that’s such a fascinating dialogue but before we get into either of those.
 
I’m curious on the concept of celebration, that’s something that I’ve been to several Tony events and he talks a lot about celebration being kind of a core component and that’s something that I feel like I personally struggled with. I’m curious, how do you teach people to celebrate things?
 
[0:11:28.8] JV: Yeah, that’s a good one, when I was writing the book, I wrestled with this a lot because my wife will tell you that over the years, I’ve struggled with celebration. Personally struggled. For example, New Year is a really important holiday to my wife. She’s Russian, born and raised, lived there for 18 years and New Year is a huge deal.
 
For me, I always thought a tremendous amount of pressure around New Year. So much so that I didn’t enjoy it, I was like, I had more fun on a Tuesday than I did on New Year’s because New Year’s just felt like it was so important that I didn’t even want that pressure. I was like, how do I even win? 
 
Do we go totally crazy and spend tons of money or is that just buying our way into happiness and I really wrestled with this a ton. What I found over the years about celebration and through my own personal struggle and exploration, and watching other people is that we all celebrate in different ways.
 
You know, celebration doesn’t have to be jumping up and down and screaming and yelling although it often times is perceived to be that way that a true celebration is tons of balloons and tons of music and you know, that’s a real celebration.
 
There’s nothing wrong with that, in fact I love that. What I’ve also realized is that celebration could be quiet, it can be internal, it can be represented, it can represent our truest values, we don’t have to make it look like what the world wants us to make it look like.
 
Celebration can happen in a moment, it can literally be a second. It doesn’t have to be something that we’re measuring against some other celebration of outdoing a former celebration et cetera.
 
What we help people to do is we help them to realize that celebration can be looking back, looking forward or looking at this present moment. When we think about being a moment maker, we think about taking something in the past like we talked about before and celebrating it, bringing light and attention to it. For example, it can be something really small.
 
Like one of our family traditions and I have two young boys, seven and two-year-old. At dinner at each night, we’ll ask our family, we’ll go around the table and say, what was your front row moment today? A front row moment is just a highlight moment, it was just a great part of the day. We’ll also to celebrate failure though.
 
See, we have to realize that celebration can often be about what we learned from an experience, it doesn’t have to be something that was awesome, it can be like hey, what was challenging and how did we learn from that? We do our front row moment and our failure every night at dinner. There’s little ways that we can learn to celebrate life that way.
 
By asking the right question, what was the gift and the challenge, what was great about this? We often teach people when we want them to be moment makers and we write about this in the book and we give them tons of examples and questions is – one of them is how do I recognize or create a front row moment right now in my life?
 
We can turn a moment, any moment into a celebration if you will. Because celebration is a way of appreciation. Celebration is a form of gratitude and we could all be grateful, we can just say, wow, we can see the joy in so many moments in life. I’m not the first one to say when somebody’s going through a tough time, I’m not the first one to say well, hey, let’s look at the bright side. 
 
Sometimes it’s okay to be like this stinks right? This is rough, this is terrible. I’m not talking about celebrating 24/7. Talking about experiencing the full range of emotions of life but I am talking about bringing more celebration into our world even in small tiny ways and often that’s done by asking the right question.
 
What can I celebrate right now is a very simple straightforward question. How can I celebrate somebody else? If you’re listening to this right now and you’re like, I’m having a hard time celebrating myself. Great, start with celebrating somebody else.
 
When I go out to dinners with people, we get groups of friends or I’m either with my wife or without. Often, ask myself, who at the table could we celebrate? What’s worth celebrating in life right now? I might say, hey, let’s go around the table and everybody pick one thing that they like to celebrate with the table.
 
You know, often times, we don’t want to brag, we don’t want to tell everybody, hey everybody, I did this awesome thing because that’s just not cool right? What if it was cool? What if we could make it cool, what if we could give them permission to celebrate? 
 
That would be an easy way that when you’re at dinner with people, ask them, or when you’re in a conversation like – one of my buddies calls me up the other day and I have this thing that I do with most of my friends, I’m like, give me the 60 second brag? Really, what I’m doing is I’m just giving them permission to celebrate with me about what’s great in life?
 
Anyway, I could go on and on but those are some simple ideas about how we can learn to celebrate and why we need to celebrate.
 
[0:15:57.1] MB: That’s such a great question and I love the idea of focusing on how to celebrate somebody else, it takes you out of all of the ego and getting caught up and not wanting to brag and whatever else and it makes it so crystal clear and actually, sort of smile to myself as you said that and I was thinking of a particular moment where I was celebrating someone else and is having an incredible time with it.
 
You know, that’s a really good way to kind of get out of your own way to embrace celebration. Tell me about – 
 
[0:16:24.4] JV: Let me actually, I’m going to comment on that too because you know, I remember one of my buddies, I won’t even say his name but he hosts one of the biggest podcast in the world and I remember he asked me, challenged me, he was like, wait a minute, if you’re living life in the front row, because I was talking about being a participant.
 
Don’t be a spectator in the back. He’s like, wait a minute, aren’t you a participant? I mean, aren’t you a spectator in the front row? Then people will be like, I want to be on the stage of life and I’m like great, I want you to be on the stage of life, that’s not the point. The point is, it’s about service, I think we miss the point that when we’re in the front row, we are cheering on our favorite band let’s say, right?
 
Ask that band if you’re a participant and you’re in the front row, you’re singing, you’re dancing, ask him if you’re a participant, ask him if it makes a difference of the front row going totally nuts for that person. See, the front row is also a metaphor for serving people, it’s about stepping up for people, we can’t always be on the stage of life.
 
We can’t always be the center of attention, a life of serving others, a life of cheering on people in our world, right? Showing up for people. There’s so much purpose in that, there’s so much meaning and love and joy in pointing the energy on somebody else and lifting them up.
 
I get genuinely excited when my friends succeed, genuinely excited. In fact, right next to me on my wall, I have my top eight, this is what I do. Top eight relationships and their biggest dream. Written, right next to me on the wall and I’m always looking at that saying if I’m in their front row of life, am I cheering them on? Are they feeling me? Are they knowing that I’m there?
 
Can they see and feel and witness my support of their biggest dreams? I really think that’s important about like shining the light and trust me. You know, there’s lots of opportunities for us to take the stage and sing the song and do the thing but we also need to have this be a piece of our life where we’re showing up for others and being moment maker not for just ourselves but for other people. Chances are, when you’re a moment maker for somebody else, you’re going to feel the moment yourself, you’re going to get caught up in it.
 
[0:18:28.3] MB: Tell me more about that, tell me what exactly does it mean to create a front row moment and to be a moment maker?
 
[0:18:34.4] JV: A moment maker is somebody that takes a moment and they either recognize the beauty in the moment, the joy in the moment. What we say it’s a yes moment right? Watching a sunset, beautiful example, I’m front row to the sunset because I’m in close proximity, I can see it, feel it, experience it, I take a moment to notice that sunset and breathe into it and pause and be there.
 
One of my buddy’s best advice ever, he walked up to me, the big fund raiser we were having. 325 people showed up, he’s one of my best friends in the world, his name is John Kane and he walks up to me and says, Jon, just take a moment, look around and just appreciate this.
 
A lot of times in life, we’re so caught up in doing the next to do, doing the next task, we’re missing it. He’s like, just take a moment and just look around and just feel this. Sometimes being a moment maker is just recognizing what’s already there and not always chasing what could be right? We always talk about where is the best party in town? The one you’re at.
 
Who are the best people to be with? The one’s you’re with. When is the best moment? Now is it. It’s really taking a moment to recognize what’s great and then it’s asking, when we want to create a moment, it’s about asking those questions, going back to it earlier like how could I make this special?
 
A great example of how the power of moment making and how it shows up in our life. I remember we were finishing the book, I was out to lunch with my wife, we were at this Mexican restaurant here down the street from where I live in Austin Texas and my wife and I were talking about being a moment maker and she’s like, what are some practical examples of how we can be moment makers?
 
That’s a great question. Our waiter, my wife immediately, we started brainstorming and our waiter came up and she immediately got it and she said, excuse me sir. Do you guys have a comment card?
 
He goes, he looked at us like nobody ever asks me this question. Do we have a comment card for the restaurant? We do, he brought it over and she wrote this beautiful note to our waiter and at the end, we were asking the question, how can we be a moment maker right now for our waiter and we asked for the manager to come over and we just showered the manager with complements about our waiter and how great he was, how kind he was and he lit up, the manager lit up, the waiter lit up and we were lit up because we turned what could have been a normal, everyday lunch into something special right?
 
There’s a ton of examples of how we can be moment makers in our lives and they’re not always going to be front row at our favorite band, they could be simple moments in life where we turn something normal into something spectacular.
 
Yesterday, great example. We had friends over to our home and one of our friends, 10, 20 people or so and one of our friends said hey, let’s all get in a circle and let’s go around and let everybody say your name and one interesting thing about yourself that we might not know.
 
That turned into like just this incredible moment for our party that would have been lost if everybody just would have been talking individually. Everybody got a voice, everybody got to know other people because it was a new group, people didn’t know each other and I think those are some practical examples of how we can be moment makers in life right?
 
By asking these interesting questions like, how can I just amplify this moment? See, one of the things that I learned Matt was that we have to amplify the goods so we silence what’s not. I’m going to say that one more time, we amplify the good so that we silence what’s not.
 
I’m not talking about ignoring all your problems in life, not talking about not addressing things that are of critical nature I’m also talking about not getting caught up in the things that you can’t change or aren’t really productive to change. I learned this lesson back when I was 17 and I got a Jeep, it was a CJ7 1983 dark green, tan top, big tires, my favorite car and you know, but had a ton of rattles.
 
You drive this Jeep down the road and everything would be rattling right? I remembered trying to fix all the rattles, shoving these little pieces of foam and Styrofoam everywhere to try to stop the rattling and I was like, this is worthless.
 
I just bought a better stereo and I laughed because I was like, that solved my problem, just a better stereo right? More of what I want, less focusing on trying to fix what wasn’t working.
 
That’s what we do when we’re moment makers, we amplify the good, you can always find out what’s wrong, what’s missing, et cetera and sometimes that’s important but often times it’s important to just say, how do we amplify what is here? How do we bring about the best of what is? That is a moment maker.
 
[0:23:13.6] MB: I love this idea and the concept of making moments and I want to do it more in my life. I feel like, whenever I go to something like Tony or one of those events, I come home, I’m really psyched up, I want to do all this stuff and for a couple of weeks or months you know, I’m really amped about it and I’m living life in a different state and I’m being, you know, I’m creating these random acts of kindness and doing all these things.
 
Then time sort of passes by and I lose that energy, how do you sustain it and how can anybody listening not only listen to this episode and go maybe create one moment but listen to this episode and become somebody you can create a lifetime of moments?
 
[0:23:50.5] JV: Yeah, I think first of all, our lives do flow from higher and lower energy, I think that’s normal and natural. I don’t think It’s actually reasonable to expect that we leave an event like a Tony event as an example and stay on a level 10. 
 
I don’t even think that’s a proper expectation. I don’t even know that that’s the life that I would want. I mean, I want to experience the full range of emotions, I want to know the cold, so I can feel again what it’s like to be hot right? I want to know that.
 
What I do think is that more often than not, I call that the 90% rule because it’s like, well 90% of the time, where am I living? I want to live a certain way and then occasionally understand what it’s like to not have things. You know, I actually like remove things from my life so I learn to appreciate them again.
 
Like occasionally I’ll be like, I’m not going to drink any alcohol for 90 days. I just want to appreciate that glass of wine next time versus that being an everyday numbing type of activity. I want to know what it’s like to not have something to have it back again. 
 
I remember I felt that when I went to the Dominican one time to serve on a mission trip and I saw when you see true poverty, it helps you appreciate so much more of your life and I certainly came home and lived with much more gratitude for that next week or two than I did previously and that feeling faded, I think that’s normal. I feel like number one, we need to make sure that we have events like Tony events or whatever event.
 
I partnered with my buddy Hal Elrod for the best year ever blueprint event which is every December we host this live event. We host a front row personal transformation and co-creation summit, that’s a mouthful, isn’t it? You know, here’s the thing. It’s about continuing to do them, it’s about going back and doing these things so that we can reenergize, it’s why people go to church every Sunday as an example.
 
It’s not because church is broken and they leave and then they’re only fired up for a couple of days, that’s very normal, that’s why they have to go back. It’s like going to the gym, it’s any muscle that you’re trying to tone, you have to continue to find the source and go get that. It doesn’t mean you have to pay for a $5,000 Tony event every three months, it means that you could form a community, you could find a community and it could be free but you talk to people, you create a group of people that realign with what you value.
 
One is getting plugged into those communities, number two, it’s creating daily habits that allow you to do that. I brought up Hal a moment ago, one of my best friends and he wrote The Miracle Morning in case anybody is listening and hasn’t heard of it. Most people probably have at this point. The miracle morning is just a practice where we do these few things in the morning to prep ourselves during the day.
 
Or prep ourselves for the day. Hal and I always joked that he preps people for the day and then I help people be moment makers throughout the day. He T’s them up and I help them be moment makers all day long. It’s about giving to ourselves in the morning so the way I do it is I read every day. I put something in so I’ve got something to come out later right?
 
I meditate every day, I read every day, I get some type, I have a policy for me that’s just sweat daily. Its’ not about when I do it, I mean, I like to workout in the afternoon like 3:00 in the middle of the day, right when I’m like burn out, I go work out. You know, that’s what I do.
 
I think that we have to learn how to take care of ourselves so we can take care of others. That’s truly what it is. I always say, be a moment maker for yourself so that you can be a moment maker for other people. Ask yourself, what charges you, what fuels you and everybody listening’s different right?
 
Extrovert, introvert, some people are fueled by an environment and some people are drained by that exact same environment. What makes you come alive? What environments, we call that, what’s in your front row? There’s three things I talk about in the book where I talk about there’s three areas of focus to be a moment maker in life.
 
That is, first of all, you have to have a focus on your mindset, how are you tuning your mind, what are you reading, are you meditating, how are you tuning up the questions that you're asking throughout the course of the day, how are you exercising that piece of you right? Your mindset.
 
Second is relationships, who is in your front row? Who do you put in your front row that’s cheering you on? Who are you, what relationships are you close with? Are they lighting you up? Then the third thing is your environment. You know, I told somebody yesterday they were visiting my house and I said, my office is setup in a way that there is nothing in here that doesn’t light me up. I made  a commitment long ago, I was like if there’s something in my office that’s there, that doesn’t make me feel totally alive, it’s gone.
 
When I walk into my office, I feel juiced, I feel excited because everything is designed with purpose and meaning. I’m looking at a front row recipient over on my wall, I’m looking at like pictures of my kids, I’m looking at my friends and their goals. I’m looking at a dry erase board that says create on me, I’m looking at a calendar that says, this is our year and this is what we’re doing, I’ve got quotes hung up but it’s about creating an environment that makes you come alive.
 
Those three things again where mindset, relationships and environment. That’s how we shape ourselves so that we can help shape other environments for other people and create experiences that make them come alive.
 
[0:28:51.6] MB: Kind of like the idea that on a plane, you’re supposed to put the oxygen mask on yourself first, right? And it reminds me of a quote from the Dali Lama where he said that I think the question was how can you be happy in a world full of so much suffering and his response was, who can you help if you’re not happy yourself?
 
[0:29:09.1] JV: Yeah, that’s it. My mom used to say, hurt people, hurt people.
 
[0:29:13.8] MB: That’s a great – yeah, that’s a good one.
 
[0:29:16.1] JV: It’s just like, if we’re hurt inside then we tend to go out and we express that to the world. It’s also that if you have been helped then you can help others, right? A helped person can help others you know? If you sometimes you need to help yourself, you need to be the lead rescuer for yourself you know?
 
Participate in your own rescue type of deal. If you feel like you’re drowning, if you feel like you’re struggling then first of all, participate in your own rescue and be around others that will help you. But it’s a team effort and you have to be involved.
 
[SPONSOR MESSAGE]
 
[0:29:50.8] MB: In a world where change is one of the only constants, people and businesses must be adaptable. This episode of The Science of Success is sponsored by our partners, At That Moment, a new podcast about the pivot that changes everything. Sometimes we recognize the need to seize the moment and change course. Other times we have no choice but to pivot. These moments can bring uncertainty, fear and the looming possibility of failure but they can also open doors for discovery growth and change. 
 
In each episode of That Moment, people share their stories of taking risks and finding success in business and in life. In the latest episode of That Moment, you can hear from the woman who is helping Ford pivot from a car manufacturing company to a software company and a former FBI agent who discovered an entirely new approach to finding cybercrime once he left the bureau. Be sure to check out and listen to That Moment wherever you listen to podcasts. 
 
[INTERVIEW CONTINUED]
 
[0:30:52.2] MB: Tell me a little bit more about the 90% rule and specifically this is something that I wrestle with a lot which is the tension or the balance between the idea as you called it amplifying the good versus the other side of the coin which is introspection, digging into your past and your negative emotions and really embracing and accepting those. How do you balance those two things? 
 
[0:31:16.9] JV: I balance it in a way that ultimately in the end you look at what result you are getting. At the end of your equation, how much time you’re putting into each of those, do you end up feeling alive or do you end up feeling sad and down because if you end up feeling sad and down you’re putting too much energy on what’s wrong, right? We should ultimately address that, we can feel feelings of sadness or discomfort. I think that there’s a great deal of energy that comes from when you’re fed up and you’re angry. 
 
Like I have gotten to the point where my house is so dirty and I’m pissed and then I just go do something about it and I find a tremendous amount of energy from being pissed off and angry. As long as that translates into something that eventually you go, “Ah I did it” you know? I feel better here but if you’re not getting the relief at the end then you’re not ultimately taking enough action on what’s wrong in order to solve it right? 
 
And there’s seasons, it can last for different lengths sometimes. It might be 10 minutes, it might be 10 weeks. I’ve had times in my life where it goes on and on. It feels like it might not ever end but sometimes we need to have faith that there is a bright side at the end. Sometimes we need other people that have that faith for us and say don’t worry this season will end. It’s coming, trust me. I can see it, I know it, I feel it. 
 
The 90% rule for me is about what happens most of the time. I talked to people about this, whenever I have led teams over the years I talk to staff members about being late as an example. If you are late occasionally, it’s no big deal. Now if you are on time 99% of the time if you are on time, if you are late one time people will forgive you. It’s when being late becomes your norm, when there’s always an excuse and I think that when it comes to daily habits or disciplines. 
 
I don’t know anybody that really does things that they teach even seven days a week or 100% of the time, right? Somebody teaches health and they still have days where they eat junk food. They still have days when they are not going to the gym or working out. For me, the 90% rule is most of the time. You know when you think about the quality of your life, I am not going to say that I have bad days or bad moments or moments where I need to be introspective or think about what’s missing or what’s wrong. 
 
And what can I do about it but I need to know where am I spending the majority of my time. How do I show up most days? So I don’t work out every day. I don’t eat healthy every day. I’m not a great dad every day. I am not a great husband every day. I am not a great business man every day but most of the time, I strive to be and I think that’s where we need to be operating from in our life is the majority rule. The majority of our emotions and if we’re not there, well then we need to read a book. 
 
Dig in with our journal, surround our self with some people that have figured that out and start working on ourselves and working on our situation, our activities that we’re spending our time with, where we live. You know our environment makes a big difference to how we feel. That’s why we moved to Austin, Texas because we looked at community, culture, climate, where are we going to thrive and just like any, nature will tell you to look outside and just ask. 
 
You talk about oxygen but it is not the right amount of sun, right amount of water, right fertile soil, you’re not going to thrive. You’re not going to hit your highest potential. Somebody listening today might be in the wrong line of work. They might be in the wrong relationships. They might be living in the wrong areas. Their home might be dragging them down, their office might be dragging them down and we need to consciously make choices that light us up. 
 
That make us come alive and some of those will be easier to change than others. Some people listening going, “Oh I can’t move. I am stuck with all of these things” and I’d say that might be true on some level that for you, transition might be a little harder but if you set that goal and start asking questions and start making steps, one step. You know we move to the front row of life we do that one seed at a time, one step at a time and that’s how we do it. 
 
Let me also mention this, it’s about your best seat in the house. So if somebody is listening and they go, “I am not a front row kind of person” that’s fine. I am talking about your front row. I don’t want to be front row at the movies. I don’t. It’s not the point. It’s about the best seat in the house for you. Where do you get the best view, the best vibes, the best energy, the best excitement? You’ve got to be honest with yourself about where that is. 
 
And we always say, you don’t always choose your seat in life but you can always choose to have a front row experience. So if you are listening right now and you’re like, “Well I can’t change that right now” great. You own the seat you’re in. No matter what seat you get in life you can always choose to have a front row experience but I will tell you this, if you don’t like your seat in life either own it or move. Own it or move. So either just rock what you got or figure out where you want to be and go get it and that’s it.
 
[0:36:27.7] MB: So tell me more about the idea that proximity is power and how we can cultivate these relationships and these people around us to help us live life in the front row. 
 
[0:36:40.2] JV: Well proximity is power is simply about what you’re close to. It is about the thoughts that you are close to, what questions and affirmations are you holding in your head all day long. Are you going through the day asking, how can I be a moment maker right now? What’s great about this? What is the next most effective to-do on my list? What activity can I do that by doing it makes everything else irrelevant or unimportant? So that’s a one thing question, have you ever read that book by Jay Papasan and Gary Keller? 
 
[0:37:12.9] MB: No I haven’t. 
 
[0:37:14.1] JV: It’s such a good book. It’s an amazing book. Yeah, it’s called The One Thing and it’s about asking this primary. It’s about asking a big question about what’s the one thing I can do that by doing it, it makes everything else irrelevant or unnecessary, I think is the question but I think it’s the thoughts that we hold close. So the front row is the metaphor of what we’re close to right? That’s simple. It’s about what we’re close to. 
 
Our thoughts whatever we’re thinking, whatever questions we are asking I think questions drive our lives. That’s not a new concept. So many people teach this right? This isn’t my idea. That is an age old concept that has been taught by so many people but we have to sit down and actually craft and think about what questions are we trying to answer. If somebody goes through their day asking the question repeatedly, what is great about this situation? 
 
What are the gifts in this challenge or any situation for that matter, whether it would be a challenge or something positive? It’s what the gift in this, how can I amplify that? How can I best utilize all my available resources both inside myself and outside of me in order to make something that is not only beneficial for myself but everybody around me? How do I create a win-win-win? So our questions drive us. That’s our mindset and that to me is the most important thing. 
 
Because what we know in dealing with people who’ve been fighting for their lives and this is what this book is about. The book is about everything that we’ve learned about living life from people fighting for it. Let me say that one more time, this book is everything we’ve learned about living life from people fighting for it and what we’ve noticed is that people have this extraordinary mindset, they take any situation and make it great. 
 
Let me give you a perfect example, let me tell you a story about a woman named Nikki who a couple of months ago, I had the privilege of taking Nikki to a Dallas Cowboys event. I was her host, her husband John, they came in from New Jersey and a huge Dallas Cowboys fan. Nikki is originally from Dallas and we do limousines and dinner and there’s gifts and it’s all sorts of fun stuff for their front row day. When we were in the limousine heading to the game, Nikki was telling me about how sometimes she goes out in public people will look at her with disgust. 
 
And she was referencing the fact that she was going through chemo and radiation and she had lost her hair and she didn’t wear a hat or something like that that people would look at her with disgust and the minute she said that my heart broke. I was like, “Oh it’s terrible” and I was angry and I was sad and I had all of these emotions and immediately she followed it up by saying, “And it makes me happy” and it was the last thing I was expecting her to say. 
 
So I dug deeper, I said, “Tell me why is that? What about it makes you happy?” and she said, “It makes me happy because in order for them to look at me with disgust that must mean that they have never personally gone through chemo or radiation or fought a disease like I have and they most certainly have never had a loved one go through what I am going through because if they had, they would never be looking at me that way so I am happy that they have no context for my situation”. 
 
And the minute she said that I was like, “Whoa!” that is a great example of somebody who has an empowering mindset to look at their situation and to make the most of it. So I am inspired constantly by people in our charity that look at their situation and still find the joy no matter what’s going on. I’ll give you another example, somebody once said to me, “I’m grateful for cancer” and I said, “I’m sorry?” and they said, “I’m grateful because cancer not that I would want it again”. 
 
“Not that I would wish it on other people, that’s not the point of being grateful. I’m saying it happened, I can’t change it that it’s there so I’m choosing to see that I’m grateful for the gift that it provided which was that my family came together in a way that I don’t think we would have come together without this. We let go of the bickering. We let go, we forgave so many of the things that we used to think are important that we’re no longer important and we just focused on the love”. 
 
“We focused on how precious life is” and the truth is while somebody in our organization may have gotten the news that they’re life is being threatened that, “Hey you are battling this” and sometimes they’ll say, “You have X months to live” or this is terminal or whatever that might be but truly, anybody listening today, guys every single person that’s listening there is an end for us. We are all going to die. We all have a timeline that ends at some point.
 
And as much as you possibly would want it to be, if it’s a 100 or a 125 years or whatever it is, there is still a timeline but imagine what if you live up to 300 typically and somebody came to you and said, “I have bad news, you’re only going to live to be 100” right? You have this illness, it’s called being human and you’re only going to live by 100 but it’s like we all have a timeline and our lives are just made up of a bunch of moments. 
 
You want to have a great life? Great, string together a bunch of great years. What to have a great year? 12 great months, want to have a great month? 30 great days, want to have a great day? 24 great hours, you want to have a great hour? 60 great minutes. How do we manage the moment though? See we think that sometimes life will be great when we “blank” or that once we achieve this or once my business is or once I have kids or once my kids grow up or once I graduate college or once I – 
 
But the thing is this is now. This is it, this is where this is all happening so managing our mind is the key to managing the moment and managing the moment is the key to maximizing our lives no matter how short they may be or long they may be and the truth is that none of us really know because you could do everything right. You could brush your teeth and eat healthy food and exercise and wear your seatbelt and do all of these things but I’ll tell you what, when the time is here the time is here. 
 
I once knew a guy in Virginia Beach who was a Navy Seal, survived massive amounts of overseas travel and battle and literary was in his car sitting at a traffic light when somebody ran a light and hit him and killed him. That was it. There is not anything that you and I or anybody listening isn’t going to be doing today that somebody else wasn’t doing when it’s their last day whether it’s talking on a podcast, brushing your teeth, driving a car or doing anything else. 
 
The point is we need to make the most of our time. That’s not meant to sadden anybody that is meant to motivate you to maximize this moment. That is meant for you to remember that tomorrow is guaranteed to nobody and you are not going to do anything to earn tomorrow entirely. It’s a gift to you. It’s given to you, it’s a gift and it’s your job to open that gift and use that gift and maximize that gift and that’s what moment makers do for themselves and for others and we do that by managing our mindset.
 
[0:44:29.7] MB: Such a powerful lesson and I love the point that we often think that we’re going to be happy when X happens when in reality, we have to focus on the present and we have to pursue and enjoy and live in this moment. 
 
[0:44:44.1] JV: It’s what you have. That’s what you have and talk to anybody who’s achieved that thing and I am not saying there’s not moments of pride or joy when you summit the mountain but very quickly that turns into what’s the next adventure right? Erik Weihenmayer, do you know who he is, Erik Weihenmayer? He’s the only blind man to summit Mt. Everest. He is a blind man who summited Mt. Everest and on his way down the mountain, one of his friends turns to him and says: 
 
“Erik don’t let summiting Mt. Everest be your greatest achievement” and he said that motivated him so much that he then went onto kayak through the Grand Canyon, the Colorado River, 277 miles blind and you just think about his point is that summiting Mt. Everest or doing these things is just a part of his adventure and it’s just onto the next thing and that life is just about training for and experiencing all pieces of the adventure. 
 
But the true adventure is in the preparation. The true adventure is in getting you there that’s why we realize this wasn’t about just a day. It’s not about a front row day. It’s about everything that happens leading up to it. It’s about the day yes but it’s also about everything that happened in the past. Your life is a mixture of all of that. Celebrate what was good, write the story the way you wanted in the past, have some hope in the future and that’s different than wishful thinking. 
 
I want to be clear about that. Hope is not weak. Hope is not “I wish things to be different”. Hope says, “I have a vision for the future and I can do something about it” that’s hope and then living in the moment through that process. You’ve got the past, you’ve got the future, you bring the power of the past and the power of the future into the present moment and you maximize now. That is the essence of what we wrote about on the book. 
 
That’s what we’ve learned from everybody who has been fighting for their lives and we do that by simply asking the right question and the right question is how do I recognize or create a front row moment right now in my life. If we do that, we win the game. 
 
[0:46:52.2] MB: I love it. It’s so inspiring and I can tell you are incredibly passionate about it and I want to integrate this more into my life. I want to create front row moments and I am really excited to be able to get all of this wisdom from you. I want to now circle back because there is another question you talked about at the very beginning of the conversation that to me is also really interesting and inspiring and that was the idea of rating your contribution to the world and on a scale of one to ten, tell me about why that question is so powerful. 
 
[0:47:25.4] JV: Well I think it is an awareness. I think for so many of us that we are unaware of our lives. When you think about enlightenment, think about that word like it’s just the lights are on. Enlightenment is when the lights come on and you can see finally what is going on. Mindfulness which is huge right now but we say huge right now but how many thousands of years has mindfulness been huge right now in different parts of the world.
 
It’s just turning the light on. It’s about being quiet enough that we can hear the “hell yes” in our heart. It’s about quieting long enough to be able to know what is your inner guidance system saying and I think that often times that’s the big key and so when somebody asks the question we become, “Hey I never thought about that” like my favorite thing to hear is when I ask the question and somebody says “That’s a great question” or when they don’t have an answer. 
 
Or when they pause because now I’ve given them something new to think about. Here’s a great thought about questions too. I’ll just give you a tangent. The best questions aren’t always the ones you want an answer to like if you were in a conversation and you’re asking questions, the best questions aren’t the ones that you want an answer to. As the person who’s asking the question, it’s the ones they do. See when I am in a conversation with somebody, I’m at a party and I am talking. 
 
I am not asking questions that I want answers to. I am searching for the question that they want an answer to. You want to light somebody up? Ask them a question that they’re like, “Wow that’s a great question” because they want that answer more than anybody. That’s why one of my favorite questions that is so simple and so easy is what dream is making you come alive right now. You know why I’m asking that question? Because they need to be reminded of it because they want the answer. 
 
Because they want to talk about that or I’ll even ask the question, “Hey what is one thing that you love to talk about that you’re not getting enough time to talk about right now?” It’s just simple and direct. I don’t even ask sometimes like, “what’s the question you wish people would ask you more often?” Right? It just gets right to the heart of it but when we think about questions just one to ten why that is so powerful is it’s an awareness. 
 
For me my answer was like a three, I was just aware of that but I want that to be a 10. I want my contribution to the world to be a 10. I want to give and be significant. I want to leave my mark on the world so that I didn’t feel that my life or my gifts was wasted. That would be the greatest tragedy is that whoever had given me this body and this life and this spirit that I didn’t want to throw that away and I also know that there’s a lot of people that need to step up or this isn’t going to work. 
 
I just want people to know that this isn’t going to be a happy ending for planet earth if people don’t step up. This isn’t just going to all workout by itself. The environment, the amount of trash we’re producing, the amount of waste, the way we treat each other at times as a human race this isn’t going to work out. The civilization and this doesn’t mean the doom and gloom, it’s just to say no this isn’t a bunch of BS. This is going to collapse unless we do something. 
 
And one of the favorite things that I remember who said it but they’re like, “If not you then who?” Is it always everybody else? Is it always the government’s job? If you are parent listening to this, do you send your kids to school being like they’re supposed to educate your kids? Is it the government in your local community that is supposed to make everything great? Are other people supposed to pick up all the trash in your neighborhood? 
 
We are supposed to do this. It’s us, it’s nobody else. It’s you and me and the people listening right now. It’s our job, we’re responsible. We are a part of this team and so I think that when the question was posed, that turned on a light for me. I hadn’t thought about that and then a bunch of other things cascaded from it but when we become aware of what’s good in our lives and what’s not good in our lives, what’s missing and what’s there and we have a careful balance of that. 
 
Where are we, where do we want to be? What does level 10 look like? What does ideal look like? Where are we now? Be honest with yourself like if you’re overweight be honest with yourself. If you’re a crappy parent be honest with yourself. If you are treating your spouse like crap be honest with yourself or your girlfriend or whatever. If you are treating yourself like crap be honest with yourself. If you are drinking too much be honest, right? Just be honest about where you are and don’t beat yourself. 
 
I didn’t say beat yourself up I said be honest. Different. Know where you want to be and ask what is the next step? What is the very next thing I need to do? What’s the highest value activity? What can I do that by doing that one thing that would have the biggest impact on everything else? And then do it.
 
[0:52:08.1] MB: So great and this is such a relevant thing and I totally agree, what you’re saying aligns tremendously with the mission of our podcast which is to try and help people become a little bit smarter, a little bit wiser, take their action into their own hands, become more self-aware and understand yourself so that what we’re talking about earlier put the oxygen mask on first so that we can help to build a better world. 
 
So that we can unleash the incredible power of humanity to solve all of the challenges that we have before us and to me, one of the things that you touched on which is the importance of self-awareness. We hear it again and again and again. It’s almost cliché on the show at this point because so many guests come on and talk about if you are not aware of your own problems of your own limitations, if you don’t have an honest clear vision of what issues you’re facing. 
 
You are not going to be able to take some of the first steps that are necessary to walk this path and to live this journey. 
 
[0:53:07.8] JV: Yeah, a hundred percent. People have also used the analogy of the GPS. GPS you could punch in whenever you want to go but the first thing it has to know is where are you. 
 
[0:53:18.6] MB: That’s perfect. So Jon I’m curious, for somebody who’s listening now that is amped up about this and wants to become a moment maker, wants to live life in the front row, what is one simple piece of homework you give them that’s an action step they can take right now or today to begin that journey? 
 
[0:53:38.2] JV: Well my first invite is read the book. Get The Front Row Factor, a piece of every book goes to support Front Row Foundation so you will be helping create the next event and it is the best of what we’ve learned from these incredible nearly hundred people that we’ve served over the last 11 years. So the wisdom in there, it’s stories, it’s compelling. There’s science to back up all of our ideas, there’s great specific strategies. That is a year and a half worth of work for me compiled into 260 pages. 
 
People tell me it’s a quick read, many people have told me they’ve consumed it in one sitting and I think that’s my invite. So just get the book and check it out and learn from all these people that we have. What I’d also say is that if you don’t have access to that in some way, shape or form then my invitation is to ask yourself the question what makes you come alive. Who makes you come alive? What environments, what people and what thoughts, what questions when you ask them make you come alive inside? 
 
Where you feel engaged because you have asked that question. When you get that “oh yeah” type of response and spend time with those right? You are managing your mindset. It’s like anything, you are not just born with an incredible mindset. You work on that and then you work on your relationships. You work on acquiring, keeping, growing your relationships and then you work on your environment. Where you are spending your time. 
 
You’re literary your physical environment and how can you take right now your biggest dream you are chasing, write it down and hang it up on the wall. Write down, sit down, think about your best relationships and what are their dreams and hang it up on your wall. Write down the question, how will I, how can I contribute to the world in a way that I’m proud? That makes the biggest difference for others. Write down some form of that question and hang it up. 
 
Write it with a dry erase marker on your bathroom mirror. Write it on your bathroom mirror with lipstick or with anything around, with shaving cream, I don’t care what it is but just create an environment that makes you come alive. Do these things for yourself and for others and talk about it. You know at the end of our book we invite people to what we call the Front Row Moment Experiment which is like all right listen for eight days, capture at least one front row moment every day. 
 
Document it in the way that you can, if it’s just in a journal great, if you could do it on Facebook and share it with others, great. Hashtag Front Row Moment, share it with the world, do that for yourself and you’ll start to inspire other people. They will actually say, “What’s a front row moment?” you’re like, “Oh front row moment is a moment that makes you come alive. It could be anything from watching the sunset to playing with your kids to closing a sale at work” or something like that. 
 
But it’s just a moment where you are connected to something that feels purposeful, meaningful. So maybe that’s the one ask is guys, go out there and create a front row moment for yourselves and others today and you can do that in any way. It could be small or big but do something that creates a front row moment. 
 
[0:56:46.1] MB: And where can people find you and the book online? 
 
[0:56:49.5] JV: Frontrowfactorbook.com will get you directly to the book. You can go to frontrowfactor.com and you can get access to everything there which we’d love to hear from everybody. If you’ve enjoyed this show and you want to send me a tweet @jonvroman. Connect with me on Facebook, Instagram but the website has everything, frontrowfactor.com.
 
[0:57:11.0] MB: And we’ll be sure to include all of that in the show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Jon thank you so much for coming on here and sharing your inspiring journey and all of this wisdom. It’s been a great conversation and it’s been an honor to have you on here. 
 
[0:57:23.1] JV: Oh thank you, I appreciate it. This has been a blast. 
 
[0:57:26.4] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@successpodcast.com. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 
 
Remember, the greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all of this information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter”, that’s “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to successpodcast.com and joining our email list. 
 
Lastly, if you want to get all of these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com, hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.
 


July 13, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Emotional Intelligence
KevinKelly-01.png

Human Innovation, Artificial Intelligence, and the Uncertain Future of Cyber Warfare with WIRED's Kevin Kelly

July 06, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion

In this episode we discuss the inevitable technology shifts that will be impacting our future, the second industrial revolution, the importance of having an open mind, critical thinking and seeking dis-confirming evidence, we explore how to ask better questions (and why it’s so important that you do), and talk about some of the biggest technology risks with Kevin Kelly.

Kevin Kelly is the Senior Maverick and Co-Founder of Wired Magazine. Kevin is also the co-founder of The All Species Foundation, which seeks to catalogue and identify every living species on earth as well as The Rosetta Project, building an archive of ALL documented human language and much much more. He is a New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestselling author of several books including The Inevitable: Understanding the 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future, his work has been featured in Forbes, Smithsonian, and more!

We discuss:

  • The 12 inevitable forces that are shaping the future of humanity and our lives

  • How the physics of the “technological” terrain make tectonic technological shifts INEVITABLE and what you can do about it

  • Why cars, telephones, light bulbs, and the internet were also “inevitable"

  • Evolution keeps trying to make “minds” - is AI the next attempt?

  • How we are “cognifying" the world around us and what that means

  • How we will fill the world with a zoo of possible minds that think differently

  • AI will become a commodity like electricity - it will be a utility that anyone can get or use

  • What can I do with 1000 minds (like 1000 horsepower) working on a problem

  • The second industrial revolution and how it will impact our entire society

  • How our lack of understanding of intelligence currently hinders our ability to truly understand what makes intelligence

  • You can’t optimize every dimension - there will always be trade-offs

  • How much of today’s technology is akin to “flapping wings” versus artificial flight using fixed wings

  • The chief asset for innovation and wealth generation in this new economy is being able to THINK differently

  • How do we focus our attention in a world with such infinite possibilities of things to do and focus on?

  • How do we battle against fake news, alternative facts, and the temptation to only filter information we want to hear?

  • In the future - we may have to teach the “literacy” of filtering and understanding information as Kevin calls it “techno literacy”or “critical thinking”

  • The vital importance of being open to having your mind changed - and how travel can be a tool to do that

  • Why you should allow yourself to be challenged by other views

  • Why asking great questions will be one of the most valuable skillsets and assets in the future

  • How we can start to ask better questions right now

  • There are no dumb questions - never be afraid to ask if you don’t understand - and then really listen for the answer

  • Why we should use lateral thinking to approach a question or challenge from a completely different angle - how we ask a question that has never been asked before

  • How you can believe you are a martian and ask questions as if you were a machine and you didn’t know all the things humans normally know

  • Don’t be afraid of obvious questions

  • Why Kevin describes himself as a “protopian” - technology produces as many new problems as it solves. Progress is real even though technology creates additional problems

  • The technology trend that Kevin Kelly is most afraid of and thinks is the biggest risk to humanity

  • What would Kevin say to someone who doesn’t think that these technological forces are inevitable?

  • Why AI is often defined as “that which we can’t do”

  • AI is going to impact all areas of our lives - buy some AI from google tensor flow and start fooling around with it - see what happens

  • Be a tinkerer - don’t be afraid to play with and try new technology

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Personal Site] Kevin Kelly

  • [Amazon Author Page] Kevin Kelly

  • [Book] The Inevitable by Kevin Kelly

  • [Twitter] Kevin Kelly

  • [Website] Recomendo

Episode Transcript

 [00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we discuss the inevitable technology shift that will be impacting our future; the second Industrial Revolution. The importance of having an open mind, critical thinking and seeking disconfirming evidence. We explore how to ask better questions and why it's so important that you do and talk about some of the biggest technology risks with Wired's Kevin Kelly.
 
The Science of Success continues to grow with more than a million downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these incredible information?” A lot of listeners are curious how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get some reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcasts and more. 
 
Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How To Organize and Remember Everything, and you can get it completely for free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it's a guide we created called How To Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or visit successpodcast.com and join our email list. 
 
In our previous episode, we discussed the experience trap and why someone who's been doing their job for 20 or 30 years may be no better and sometimes even worse than someone who has very little experience. We look at the shocking truth behind 35 years of research that reveals what separates world-class performers from everybody else. We talked about how talent is overrated, misunderstood, and research says it doesn't even exist, and we go deep on the critically important concept of deliberate practice and much more with our guest, Geoff Colvin. If you want to uncover the secret behind what makes world-class performers so talented, listen to that episode. 
 
Lastly, if you want to get all the incredible information to this show; links, transcripts, everything we’re going to talk about, and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com and the show notes button at the top. 
 
[0:02:48.5] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show; Kevin Kelly. Kevin is the senior maverick and cofounder of Wired Magazine. He’s also cofounder of the All Species Foundation which seeks to catalog and identify every living species on earth as well as The Rosetta Project, building an archive of all documented human language and much more. 
 
His New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestselling author of several books including The Inevitable: Understanding The 12 Technological Forces That Will Shape Our Future. His work has been featured in Forbes, the Smithsonian much more.
 
Kevin, welcome to the Science of Success. 
 
[0:03:24.7] KK: Hey, it’s my honor and privilege for being here. Thanks for inviting me. 
 
[0:03:27.5] MB: We’re very excited to have you on today. I‘d love to start out, I'm sure many listeners are kind of familiar with you and your story. Tell us a little bit about the premise for the new book; The Inevitable and kind of what really drove you to write it. 
 
[0:03:43.1] KK: The book in brief is a projection of the next 20 to 30 years in, mostly, digital technology and what those long-term trends may look like. I don't try to predict the specifics in any way. This is much more of a kind of all things being equal. This is how it's going to lean in these directions. There are roughly 12 interrelated directions, they’re kind of all leaning in one large direction, but these 12 forces you could think of them as — These 12 forces are things that are going kind of happen kind of no matter what we do. There's still plenty of decisions we have to make in terms of the character of these specifics. 
 
The short version of the book is I’m suggesting that we embrace some of these things which sound a little scary, like artificial intelligence, virtual reality, that we embrace these in order to steer them, in order to form them into the versions that we want and a future that's friendly for us. 
 
[0:04:52.0] MB: Obviously, the title kind of implies this. Tell me more about the inevitability of many of these forces. Why are they inevitable and why does that make it so important that we embrace them? 
 
[0:05:04.0] KK: The inevitability is a soft version that comes from the very physics or the material world that they’re all made from. Maybe kind of a way to think about this is imagine kind of a rain falling down a valley, the direction or the path of a particular raindrop as it hits the hillside and it finds its way down is completely unpredictable, but the general direction is known. It's down. It’s going to go down no matter what. 
 
This direction comes from the kind of the physics of the entire terrain. A lot of technologies really bound by the physics and I think once you have invented electric wires and switches and stuff, you’re going to come upon the idea of telephones, inevitably. We know that because there were hundreds of people working on it. Edison was a 32nd inventor of the electrical light bulb because it was inevitable. 
 
While the electrical light was inevitable, the particular bulb was not. While telephone was inevitable, the iPhone was not. The internet, what happened once you have the telephone, Twitter or Facebook are not inevitable. The particulars can change and they have decisions about whether something is a national or international, whether it's open or close, commercial or nonprofit. All these different characters of these technologies which have their inevitability built into the physics are something that we have. 
 
Natural evolution tried to make again and again — It makes flapping wings, because that's a very good solution. It makes four-legged animals, quadrupeds, because it's a natural solution that things arrive again and again given our gravity and so we extend the in the technological realm with making four wheels. Four wheeled vehicles are kind of inevitable. Of course, the Lamborghini is not. 
 
The kinds of forces I'm talking about, like artificial intelligence, virtual realities, these come about because as we make technology, this is a pattern things want to fall into because they're naturally inclined body by physics to go in a direction. However, the particulars companies, the particular products, none of those are at all something we can predict. 
 
[0:07:39.5] MB: You had a really good example looking or using the examples of electrification and then kind of demonstrating how that describes cognification. Can you explain that analogy and also talk about a little bit what cognification is or what it means to be cognified. 
 
[0:07:57.3] KK: One of the things that evolution has made, invented, created again and again in many different classes and kingdoms of life is mind. It keeps trying to make minds. We’re making minds and we’re putting little slivers of smartness into everything we make or making some things very very smart. That making things smarter, we don’t really have a good English word, so I use cognify. We’re cognifying this cognification process. It happens again and again and some things we’re cognify to a very larger extent. We call those artificial intelligences. 
 
This cognification process is going to lead to many different types of cognifying, cognification. There’s many different modes, many different subroutines in our minds, our own brains, a suite of portfolio of dozens of different types of cognition from perception, to inductive reasoning, to symbolic reasoning, arithmetic, emotional intelligence, spatial navigation. These are all different modes of thinking and we have as very complicated suite symphony of different notes. 
 
The artificial minds we make, some of them would be very simple with just a few of those types of thinking, like your calculator is smarter than you are in arithmetic right now. Your phone is sort of a better spatial navigation than most of us are naturally. 
 
We’re going to fill the world thousands of different species of thinking, like a zoo of possible minds. Most of these will be very different than humans. They’ll think differently, and I’m suggesting that that’s going to be their chief benefit, is that they think differently than we do and so we will work with them to solve problems. The best chess player in the planet today is not an AI, it’s an AI plus a human because they’re complementary kinds of intelligences. 
 
As we make this cognification, as we employ it, deploy it, we’re going to do something very similar to what we did during the Industrial Revolution which is that we’re going to disperse it on a grid, like an electrical grid which send out artificial power to every household, every farm, every factory. This new artificial power allowed anybody to harness this artificial power and curate things that no muscle power, no natural muscle power could create, throwing up skyscrapers, or extending railways across the continent, generating or producing cloth by the mile, shoes by the pile. 
 
This natural artificial power was distributed on this grid and now we’re going to take the artificial intelligence and we’re going to distribute on a grid called the cloud and it will become a commodity like electricity. It will be a utility that anybody can get and use and you can use it to make whatever you want a little smarter in some dimension. That ability will produce hundreds, if not hundreds of thousands of new startups, new inventions. 
 
People will ask themselves, “What can I do with a thousand minds, not human minds, but a thousand minds working on a problem just like [inaudible 0:11:51.6] evolutions, say, “What can I do with 250 horse power, 250 horses? What can I do with that?” You can do all kinds of things with it that we couldn’t do before. What can we do with 250 minds working on a problem day and night? That’s the second Industrial Revolution, is going to impact everything from sports, fashion, religion, entertainment, military education, business, the whole nine yards and not tomorrow, but within the 20 or 30 year horizon. 
 
However, tomorrow, today, you can buy some AI from Google or Microsoft and you can start playing around with it, just like the early tinkers and Edison’s of the world were playing around electricity. You’ll discover some of the easy, low-hanging fruit that are going to be available that won’t take that many hours to discover just as the early guys hacking electricity discovered so many things in their early days. 
 
[0:12:58.0] MB: You touched on the idea that these artificial intelligence is in many cases are going to think different or have almost artificial or alien forms of intelligence that are completely different and yet complementary to human intelligence. Tell me more about that. 
 
[0:13:14.6] KK: In general, we have no idea what intelligence is in humans are otherwise. We don’t even know what animal intelligence really is. We are ignorant about what we’re trying to do. In fact, one of the byproducts of the AI revolution will be that artificial intelligence will become a telescope, a Microscope that will allow us to figure out what our own intelligence is, because we have difficulty experimenting on these, but by making thousands of different varieties and breaking them in so many ways, we’ll find out what it is. 
 
Right now, today, we have no idea what this is, but we do know that it’s not a single dimension that the intelligence is a complicated process of many different types of thinking. Even if they may run on a similar matrix of the neurons, the organization, the way that the data is organized is different. We will use those differences to engineer intelligences that we’re going to optimize certain things that we want done, like maybe it’s a proof of scientific theorems. Maybe it’s just as a speech listener, maybe it’s to have conversations, maybe it’s to figure out trajectories of a rocket. 
 
All these things can be optimized for very individual type applications. There’ll be ones that we’ll consider more general purpose but they can’t be — You can’t optimize everything. That’s the kind of engineering maximums that whatever system you are, is you can’t optimize every single dimension. There’s always going to be tradeoffs. Some of these new kinds of minds we make, we may actually invent a whole new type of thinking that does not exist in nature just as we did with flying. When we invented artificial flying, we studied the animals; bats, and insects, and birds, and they all flapped their wings. All of the initial attempts of flying were flapping wings, which works well. 
 
When we finally invented artificial flying we invented a type of flying which does not exist in nature, which is a fixed wing with propeller. We’ll probably do the same thing. We’ll probably uncover some types of cognition that don’t exist in the natural biological world and we’ll be able to do those in Silicon. They will be different than our minds. All these varieties, this is due, will vary tremendously. In many cases, the fact that they think differently is their chief asset because in the connected world they were operating in this new economy. The chief asset for innovation and wealth to our nation is being able to think differently. 
 
As more of us are connected, when we get to the point where we have five billion people connected all the time, 24 hours a day, thinking differently, actually becomes difficult because we have basically a group mind. Having artificial intelligence that think differently will help us to maintain and think differently while we’re connected to everybody else. There’s a double advantage to having AI’s that think differently than humans. 
 
[0:16:52.2] MB: That makes me think about one of the other forces that you talk about, which is this idea of filtering. In a world where we increasingly have so many things competing for our attention, how do we use technology to filter out and really focus on the most important things? 
 
[0:17:11.4] KK: I think this is the right place to start, which is that if you graph or start to measure the number of creative products that our society at large, the human species is producing, it’s mind-numbing. Even the number of new songs that are written and produced every year, the number of new books, not just even in English, but worldwide, or the number of videos, the number of new products that are available for sale. It’s overwhelming and way, way beyond what any one person could attend to. 
 
Even if you had a filter, which is what we’re talking about, some filter that would take away all the crap, which is most of the stuff. There’s still way too much good stuff even to list and pay attention to. Let alone, to try out or enjoy. 
 
As technology — through technology, we’re creating this avalanche of stuff so we need technological help to actually sort through it. We’re going to have levels and levels of this and there’s kind of no escape. A lot of people feel maybe the solution is just to turn it all off, all these filters go naked, be real. No. There are problems introduced by filters, but the problems introduced can only be really offset by yet other levels of filtering and looking at things and helping us to navigate through. 
 
Recommendation engines and the algorithmic connections that filter are, are necessary for us to navigate through this in any sense at all. There are some problems, and computer sciences call it over-fitting. If you are really only seeing things that you know you already like and you kind of get stuck on this local pique of optimization that prevents you from really seeing really great stuff because you’re too fit to what you specified and you aren’t broad enough to really something wider and better. 
 
We need all kinds of tricks, devices, additional technologies that can search lighter, that can actually change our taste, that actually can help us grow, that can help us see when we’re being blinded by our own likes. There’s lots of levels. Of course, now, we have the new challenge of a fake news and alternative facts where some of these filters have introduced polarization, it introduced kind of a blindness. 
 
We, again, need to have additional layers of truth signaling layer where things can be assigned, a kind of a networked consensus on the probability of their being true, some kind of confidence level, like, “This fact here has a 95% change of being reliable, true, based on these sources, based on the many other sources that we also trust that have a hard trust value that trust it.” You have this kind of a citation index and like page rank. 
 
These things are all additional levels that we’re going to bring in and if it becomes even more complicated, it’s never going to become simpler and we will maybe require an education to learn how to use it. You and I and all your listeners have spent four years, at least, learning how to read and write. It was not easy. We just didn’t absorb it by being around books. Some of these kind of stuff of learning how to use, being aware of, how to be literate in social media or filtering news, critical reading. These may be a literacy that we actually have to teach people and they may have to spend some years in learning how to become good at it. 
 
We shouldn’t necessarily expect that people can just sort of learn how to navigate through this stuff without any kind of disciplined practice. It’s not going to become easier. It’s going to become ever more complicated.  
[0:21:53.5] MB: I think that’s such a vital challenge and something — Part of the kind of reason that we even do this podcast is to teach people, help enlighten people and talk people about seeking disconfirming evidence and things that are kind of outside their comfort zone and really looking at the data and the science of trying to figure out what is actually true and what is real. 
 
[0:22:16.3] KK: I’ll consider that illiteracy, and that kind of techno-literacy maybe is what I would call it, is something that may have many dimensions including the critical thinking that you’re talking about. That may be something that we actually have to teach. 
 
[0:22:31.8] MB: I think that’s a great idea. It’s fascinating, and that’s one of the problems I wanted to ask you about was how do we solve this, as you called it sort of over-fitting where everyone lives in essentially a bubble that is self-reinforcing of only information that they want and only information that they like. 
 
[0:22:49.6] KK: One of the reasons I travel a lot is for that very reason. It forces me into otherness. It forces me to be confronted with different world views, different point of view. I allow myself no escape from it. It’s visceral, it’s full-body, and there’s certainly ways to travel where you’re isolated. Again, I’m going for the raw and the remote and I’m allowing myself to have my mind changed. I think I recommend that highly particularly for young people as a means to begin that habit of trying to see the world from a different point of view of allowing yourself to be challenged by other views which may be the majority in the places that you lined up in. 
 
That’s, for me, a surefire way to do that and I think it’s so important for young people that I think we should, as a nation, subsidize it in the form of monetary, two-year national service where you have your choice to serve in the military or the Peace Corps or some kind of service organization for three years without exceptions, including oversees somewhere and it would radically the tenure of our country, besides the fact that you’re missing up with people that you didn’t grow up with. You’re also mixing up with people that are far outside of your own prejudices.  
 
[0:24:41.8] MB: You also talk in the book about questioning and how as many of these technologies forces reshape society. One of the most important skillsets is going to be the ability to ask great questions. 
 
[0:24:54.8] KK: Yeah, I think 30 years, if you want an answer, you’re going to ask a machine. Machines will have very very good answers. They’re getting ever smarter, ever more knowledgeable. They’ll be more conversational. Just as we kind of like — I don’t know. I don’t remember to spell things. I just ask Google, it tells me the correct way to spell stuff. We’re going to rely on it for information, facts, and those nature of answers. It’s going to be a long time before these things; AIs, robots, can ask good questions, because a good question requires a very broad common sense education perspective, and that’s sort of what we want to actually breed and teach in schools is being able to ask good questions, because in some sense, both science and innovation are fundamentally ways of asking questions, like what if. They’re explorations. They’re not concerned about efficiency. They’re very inefficient in processes that entail sometimes wasting time and having failures because you have dead ends. You have things that don’t work. 
 
That nature of investigation questioning requires the broadest sense of being and is the most productive in the long-term because that’s where the new things come from this, where empathy comes. That’s where our sense of vision all derive from. Teaching how to do that is — Naturally, some people are better than others, but everybody can be taught to be a little bit better at it. I think that’s one of the several key things besides what we’re just talking about; techno-literally, that you want to teach in schools rather than how to regurgitate answers, which is sort of the industrial model. 
 
[0:26:56.4] MB: How do you think we can — Maybe as a simple starting point, how could somebody who’s listening to this show start to ask better questions? 
 
[0:27:05.8] KK: It’s a great question. There you go, you asked a good question. I think one thing I learned — I had kind of a rocky relationship with school. I was a real science-math nerd, but my method of operation was very simple. I sat up front and I was a guy who asked all the stupid questions that people felt that they had, they want to ask but were too embarrassed, but I would ask, because I have no embarrassment at all about asking questions. Basically, if I don’t understand, I figured nobody also understands. That’s basically what an editor, what I’m doing when I’m editing a piece for, like Wired, is like, “Look, if I don’t understand it, the reader is not going to understand it.” 
 
One of the suggestions I’m kind of pointing to is there are no dumb questions, really. If you ask it in sincerity and if you’re not being dumb. If you’re really struggling with understanding something, don’t be afraid to ask the question, because likely, if you’re having problems, so are other people. Then, really, listen. That’s the difference. 
 
There are no real dumb questions. Secondly, a good question is one that generates not just an answer, but other good questions from it. I would just say, there’s a lateral thinking that’s very productive which is to approach the question, to approach the subject from a different angle. While you shouldn’t be afraid to ask the stupid question, you should also be trying to think about a question that hasn’t been asked before. That’s a little harder to do. That requires a little bit more work. There are several tricks. 
 
I hang around Marvin Minsky, the great AI guru t MIT for a long time. He had a remarkable way of asking questions. After observing him, I’m pretty sure that what it was is he believed that he was like a Martian. That he wasn’t a human, or that he was a robot or something. He was just not human. He would ask the questions as if he was a machine and that he didn’t know all the things that humans knew. That was refreshing and infuriating at the same time, but he got to ask really great questions because he was coming from this other angle. 
 
Another person I know of; Brian Eno, who’s the rock star, does the same thing. He adopted some point of view where he’s going to ask the question as if he’s not just another Englishman somewhere. He’s coming from an alien point of view which enables him to bring a different insight to it. That would be maybe my second suggestion, is don’t be afraid of obvious questions, but also try and ask a question as if you were standing form a different place than most people are standing. 
 
[0:30:20.5] MB: Those are both great suggestions, and I agree. Along the same lines of kind of the concept, as you called it techno-literacy, I think the ability to ask great questions is another skill set that is really worthwhile to cultivate. I’m curious, out of the various forces you described, what changes do you see coming down the pike that you’re most scared of and why? 
 
[0:30:43.4] KK: That’s a good question. I want to make it clear that I’m not a utopian. I am not a dystopian. I’m a protopian, meaning that I believe that technology produces almost as many new problems as it solves and the new problems it solves, the solutions to those are additional new technologies which will produce new problems, but that what we get from that cycle is a tiny, minute improvement of a few percent per year that’s compounded over centuries that become civilization and progress, so that progress is real even though it’s very very slight. That’s what I call protopia progress. It’s propelling forward. 
 
There are tons of new things that are coming about and tons of things to worry about if you want to worry. One of my concerns about these new technologies is what we’re seeing actually, there’s a great example today, which is cyber war, cyber conflict. Today, as we’re speaking, there was a malware attack in Ukraine that kind of shutdown the country. I think we’re just seeing the beginning of this. Our society is so dependent on this stuff that it is very susceptible to disruption. 
 
I think the likelihood of the entire internet falling down is really hard to do and it’d be really hard to engineer even if you had the assignment. That there’s going to be sicknesses, ailments, injuries, local injuries all the time. My real fear is not those kind of what we might call ordinary injuries, but a cyber-war conflict, state to state, because we don’t have a consensus right now on what’s acceptable in this new realm. We have lots of treaties and agreements about conventional warfare. It seems odd that we have rules for war, but that’s better than no rules. We don’t have them in any real operational way with the cyber conflict, and when we introduced artificial intelligence to it, it’s even going to be amplified up even more. 
 
My fear is that there’ll be some really bad thing that will happen. Before there’s an agreement, “No, we don’t want that to happen.” Right now, is it okay for cyber things to take down the banking system somewhere? Is it okay to work in hospital on hospitals computers. The answer is that there’s not an agreement, because the major states involved in this; U.S., Russia, China, maybe Israel, Iran, Korea, North Korea, none of these states were even acknowledging that they’re doing this and there’s all deniability and it’s very hard to ascertain what’s really going on. 
 
Until there’s some really widespread agreement that, “No, this is not permissible,” I think that that which is not permissible will happen and it doesn’t have to be that way, but I’m not sure what will it take, what would have to happen before there’d be some agreements that this happens before disaster strikes, but that’s my current fear. 
 
[0:34:19.6] MB: It seems like in many ways — As you said, recently in the news. It seems like the number of kind of cyber attacks and various things going on continues to escalate or at least it seems like I hear about more and more frequently. In many cases it seems there’s kind of a state actor that’s tied to it in some way or another. As you said, it’s often very kind of — They have plausible deniability or it’s untraceable. I totally understand what you’re saying. 
 
[0:34:43.6] KK: Yeah. Generation, technological generation, in the 90s, say, or even 2000s, the U.S. and Western Europe to some extent, that was the entire world in terms of the internet. Now, every country is just jam-packed. They’ve got their smartphones, ubiquitous smartphones and stuff. This is now a global neighborhood. It’s a global platform. A lot of these things are happening in places where there’s more politics involved, there’re may be less security. I think we’re going to see a lot more of it before we — I don’t know. There’s just a lot more of it in general. 
 
It’s sort of like the body has grown and now there are sort of more ways to injure it. We will keep adding more and more layers to prevent the injury, but there will always be new ways to injure it or to exploit it. Again, I think, overall, the likelihood of the whole thing collapsing become less and less. Of course, whatever major damage has occurred becomes more and more impactful. It wouldn’t take a very big injury to really scare everybody. 
 
Again, we go back to something like terrorism. The point of terror, of course, is not really to hurt, but to inflict terror to get your demands. I think it’ll become very easy to terrorize the electronic body, the body electric even with relatively what we call minor injuries to the whole. You could really do a lot of damage just by the terror of it. That’s a second level of worry that you don’t need to do very much to actually have everybody go crazy. 
 
[0:36:41.3] MB: What would you say to somebody maybe listening to this that — I think this applies not only the kind of this specific context, but more broadly, to the whole thesis of the book that says or thinks of themselves, “Oh, yeah. All these technology changes; AI, robotics, everything else. It sounds cool but I don’t really think that’s going to happen. These Silicon Valley futurists with all these fancy ideas.” What would you say to somebody who thinks something like that? 
 
[0:37:06.1] KK: Yeah. In five years, they will certainly be able to say, “Well, none of these is happening. Look at it, VR is still not present. There’s still not AI.” 
 
One thing is — The conversation to them really having us talking about 30 years, 20 to 30 years, because I don’t think these are initially going to happen necessarily that fast. There are kind of — The general tendency is to maybe overestimate how soon they’re going to happen and underestimate the lasting impact that they have. 
 
I think, yeah, you should be maybe skeptical about the speed. In terms of the general direction, I don’t know. I don’t know what to say, because people have been saying this all along. There was a huge denial, I guess I would call it, about the early days of the internet. That this would ever become mainstream. This was the recurring criticism of our enthusiasm for the internet when it was still just typing, when it was just text. 
 
It was like, “No. This is marginal. This is appealing to teenage boys in the basement. This is not about the math. This is not a mass mainstream thing.” It was like nothing — You could say who would kind of convince anybody that otherwise. To sat that AI won’t get big, I think it won’t get maybe big fast and you could be right about it for a long time. Then there’s the other issue of the definition. Artificial intelligence is defined as that which we can’t do. 
 
People would say, “AI, we don’t have AI yet.” If you had Alexa or a Siri 50 years ago, everybody would absolutely agree that it was artificial intelligence — I woke up Alexa. Yes, even probably 30 years from now, people, they’ll say, “We still don’t have AI.” That’s because we keep redefining it as to what the thing that we can’t do yet. 
 
They would be right in that sense. In 30 years, we’ll say, “Yeah, we still don’t have AI. It’s just all a pipe dream.” Yet at the same time the cars will be driving themselves and people will say, “That’s not really AI. That’s just machine learning. That’s just brute force. That’s just computers.” 
 
There’s really no — I’m talking about the future, so there’s really no argument about it. The only thing I would say is; look, even if we don’t arrive there. Even if there isn’t ever conscious AIs walking around in humanoid bodies, even if there isn’t some AI in your ear that’s talking to you like a young girl, like in Her. Even we don’t have that, the general direction of where we’re headed is still on that direction. That’s sort of what I’m talking about in the book is like all things being equal, we’re going to move in that direction. Maybe we don’t ever arrive there, but we’re going to move in that direction. 
 
Knowing that we’re going in that direction is extremely helpful and you’ll be able to reap the benefits and minimize the harm if you understand that that’s the general direction that we’re going even if we never arrive. 
 
[0:40:43.9] MB: What would be one kind of simple piece of homework or starting point that you would give to somebody listening to this conversation as a way to maybe concretely implement some of the concepts we talked about? 
 
[0:40:55.2] KK: I think one of the most enabling forces at work is artificial intelligence and I think it’s going to impact everything we do in all the aspects of our lives, from food, fashion, sports, religion, military education, business. I would say a piece of homework is buy some AI right now. Just log on to Google, TensorFlow, or IBM, or Microsoft. Purchase some AI and start fooling around with it, just like the — 150 years ago when the Industrial Revolution is coming on — I’m doing a podcast and the guy, he’s saying, “For all those farmers out there, what would you suggest the best way for them to prepare themselves from Industrial Revolution?” I would say make a battery and start fooling around electricity. You’ll probably discover something amazing. Be able to — You’ll educate yourself. 
 
I think dabbling in these things, educating yourself so that we can talk about them intelligently so that as we come to regulate them and to tame them and domesticate them, that we do out of experience. That it’s not just something you’ve read about, that you’ve actually spent time. 
 
My entire enthusiasm and optimism comes a lot from the fact that I’ve been living online since 1981 or something and just experiencing what happens when people go digital. It’s not based so much on reading. It’s based on the fact that I have an actual experience from this. I think as much as you could do to experience these new technologies, it would really inform all the other questions you might have about where to go next. 
 
[0:42:49.1] MB: Where can listeners find you and the book online? 
 
[0:42:53.7] KK: My homepage is my initials; kk.org. A lot of my older books are actually available for free. I posted the entire text of my first book while it was still in copyright on the web for free, because at that time I owned digital rights because at the time I made the contract New York publishers didn’t think digital rights were at all valuable. They didn’t know what they were. 
 
My second book was also up in full on my website; kk.org. There are Kindle — Of course, now Kindle and paperback editions of The Inevitable. Weirdly, the paperback edition is cheaper than the Kindle edition. Don’t ask. I have no idea why. I sometimes tweet as kevin2kelly. In fact I tweeted almost — I tweeted, I would call, the entire book of The Inevitable at one point. In a sense, I tweeted a sense from every page of the page. I didn’t ask permission, I just did it. 
 
My recent little thing is from Cool Tools’. We send out a one page email newsletter thing. A one pager that’s six very brief recommendations of Cool Stuff, tips, places to go, eat, tools, whatever. Very one sentence — A couple of sentence recommendations for six things every Sunday. It’s called Recomendo with one M, recomendo.com. You can sign up there.  
 
[0:44:32.8] MB: Kevin, thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all your incredible insights. It’s been an honor to have you on here. 
 
[0:44:39.8] KK: It’s been a real delight. Thank you for your great questions. You’re obviously a human, and so I appreciate the support and enthusiasm for my work. 
 
[0:44:48.2] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. 
 
I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@successpodcast.com. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.
 
The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. 
 
I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these incredible information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners, and you can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 442222 or by going to successpodcast.com and joining our email list. 
 
If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.

July 06, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion
GeoffColvin-01.png

The Shocking Truth About Talent & What It Means For You with Geoff Colvin

June 29, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Best Of, High Performance

In this episode we discuss the “experience trap” and why someone who has been doing their job for 20-30 years may be no better (and sometimes worse) than someone who has very little experience, look at the shocking truth that 35 years of research reveals separates world-class performers from everyone else, how “Talent” is overrated, misunderstood, and most research says it doesn’t even exist, we go deep on the critically important concept of deliberate practice, and much more with our guest Geoff Colvin.  

Geoff Colvin is an award-winning speaker, writer, and broadcaster. Geoff holds a degree in economics from Harvard, an MBA from NYU, and is currently the senior editor-at-large for FORTUNE. He is the bestselling author of several books including Talent Is Overrated: What Really Separates World-Class Performers from Everyone Else, Humans Are Underrated: What High Achievers Know That Brilliant Machines Never Will and more. Geoff has delivered over 10,000 broadcasts on the CBS Radio Network and has been featured on Good Morning America, CNN, CNBC, and more.

  • The “experience trap” and why someone who has been doing their job for 20-30 years may be no better (and sometimes worse) than someone who has very little experience

  • What do surgeons, auditors, parole officers have in common with their skillsets?

  • Why the assumption that a lot of experience makes you good at something is fundamentally flawed

  • What the very best performers are constantly doing that most people simply don’t do

  • Why going to a teacher and taking lessons is NOT enough to get better at singing (or any other skill)

  • What separates world-class performers from everyone else

  • Why the concept of talent is a loaded term that most people don’t understand

  • Why the conception of “talent” as an in-born gift is a mischaracterization

  • How “Talent” is overrated, misunderstood, and why most research says “talent" simply does not exist

  • What 35 years of research and science answer exactly what explains great performance better than anything else

  • What is the concept of "deliberate practice" and why is it so vital to great performance?

  • The road to great performance is long and hard, but most importantly it's available to anyone

  • Why deliberate practice is not what you typically think of when you think of practice

  • The key components of deliberate practice:

  • Deliberate practice is an activity designed especially for you, at your stage of development, at doing what you’re doing right now

    1. It is designed to push you just beyond what you’re currently capable of doing

    2. Can be repeated at high volume

    3. The vital importance of continual feedback

  • Why high-volume deliberate practice changes the physical structure of your brain

  • As you get better, your deliberate practice must be adjusted higher

  • Why deliberate practice is neither work nor play

  • The vital importance of training and practicing just outside your realm of ability

  • How to harness deliberate practice for business & investing

  • Simulation

    1. Software that lets you make these decisions at high volume

    2. Create simulators that put these decisions to the test at high volume

    3. These simulations have to be highly realistic and very demanding

  • How a basketball team has used the lessons of deliberate practice to achieve over 100 consecutive wins

  • “The real game is easy compared to the practice” - Practice harder than you play!

  • The Battle of 73 Easting and how the military leveraged deliberate practice to win one of the most decisive tactical victories in the modern era

  • Try to find practice “in the activity” itself when you can

  • Deliberate practice is way more work than most people are accustomed to doing, but the payoff is nearly always worth it

  • How do you reconcile the advice of “focusing on your strengths” with the fundamental conclusions of deliberate practice?

  • How do humans become and maintain economic value as robotics, software, and technology continue to replace human workers?

  • The skills of deep human interactions are some of the most high-value skills in the future workplace

  • The value and importance of sensing what other humans are thinking and feeling and responding in an appropriate way

  • Why human interaction, empathy, collaboration, storytelling will become more and more important

  • Emotional intelligence is a trainable skill that can be improved

  • EQ and Emotional Intelligence is becoming increasingly valuable in our economy

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Personal Site] Geoff Colvin

  • [Author Page] Fortune.com - Geoff Colvin

  • [Book] Talent is Overrated: What Really Separates World-Class Performers from Everybody Else by Geoff Colvin

  • [Book] Humans Are Underrated: What High Achievers Know That Brilliant Machines Never Will by Geoff Colvin

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we discuss how the experience trap and why someone who’s been doing their job for 20 or 30 years may be no better and sometimes worse than someone who has very little experience. We look at the shocking truth that 35 years of research reveals separates world-class performers from everyone else. We talk about how talent is overrated, misunderstood, and research says doesn’t even exist. We go deep on the critically important concept of deliberate practice and much more with our guest, Geoff Colvin. 
 
The Science of Success continues to grow with more than a million downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. Do you want to stay up-to-date with the latest episodes, tactics, research, inside notes and more from the show and our guests? We’d like to invite you to receive this exclusive bonus content, it's called Mindset Monday. Each week, we share with you the very best, latest, most actionable research and strategies that have impacted our lives, fired us up and can be used by you starting now. 
 
All you have to do the sign-up is to go to our website; successpodcast.com and enter your email to receive all these and even more great content from us. Again, just visit our website; successpodcast.com and join our email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. 
 
In our previous episode, we discussed how to master the universal skills required to succeed at work, the counterintuitive truth of taking more responsibility for your own mistakes, flaws and screw-ups and how that can help you succeed more quickly. We looked at how to cultivate and create accountability in your life, challenge yourself to rise up to a higher level and become more vulnerable. We talked about the Benjamin Franklin effect and much more, with our guest Pete Mockaitis. If you want to crush it at your job, be sure to listen to that episode. 
 
Lastly, if you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’re going to talk about this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes, just go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
[0:02:52.3] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show, Geoff Colvin. Geoff is an award-winning speaker, writer, and broadcaster. He holds a degree in economics from Harvard, an MBA from NYU is currently the senior editor at large for Fortune. He’s the best-selling author of several books including, Talent Is Overrated, Humans Are Underrated and more. Geoff has delivered over 10,000 broadcasts on the CBS Radio Network and has been featured on Good Morning America, CNN, CNBC and many more. 
 
Geoff, welcome to the Science of Success. 
 
[0:03:23.5] GC: Thank you, Matt. I am delighted to be with you. 
 
[0:03:26.3] MB: We’re very excited to have you on here today to share your wisdom. For listeners who may not be review with you, tell us a little bit about yourself and your story. 
 
[0:03:34.1] GC: Well, it’s in some ways, a pretty simple and short story. I’ve been at Fortune Magazine for virtually my entire career doing all kinds of things there, meaning writing, editing, pretty much everything you can do on the editorial side of a magazine. In addition, I have had this sort of long parallel career in radio. You mentioned the CBS stuff. I’ve been on the radio one way or another since I was in high school and have always loved that. I do a lot of speaking nowadays on some of the topics we’re going to be talking about today and some other ones. As you mentioned, I do write the occasional book. It's a collection of things that I just happen to like to do. It’s pretty good gig that I get to do them. 
 
[0:04:23.6] MB: So I’d love to start out and kind of go deep into the book Talent is Overrated. That was one of my favorite books that I’ve read in the last 5 or 10 years. To start out, tell me about kind of the concept of the experience trap and the idea that for many people who’ve been doing their job for 20 or 30 years, in many cases and often times, they are no better off at that job than someone who has just started out or has very little experience. 
 
[0:04:49.7] GC: Yeah, it’s a big surprise, but this effect has now been documented in a number of fields. Wouldn’t you think that somebody who’d been doing something for a long time would be getting better at it? In fact, there’s a lot of policy that’s kind of based on that, right? People get promoted in some organizations still, simply because they’ve been doing something for a long time. Yet the evidence is pretty clear, that is by no means an assurance that people are getting better at it. 
 
In fact, there is evidence that people not only may not get better, in some cases they make it worse. For example, auditors who are supposed to go through financial statements and detect fraud on average were worse after 20 years of experience than somebody who was new with this. Some of the things that surgeons are supposed to like predict recovery time, they actually got worse with age. Something similar actually what people who predict whether if you’ll let somebody out of prison, how long will it be before they come back? Their skills get worse with time. 
 
It’s a real prize but it's a serious issue, because if we’re not getting any better just by doing stuff, then how are we going to get better? In other words, we all kind of assume that what makes people good at what they do is a lot of experience doing that? In fact, I often recommend to people, “What would you tell a little kid, a son, or a daughter, or a niece or a nephew, who just said, “What makes so-and-so so great?” Whether it's a famous musician or athlete or whoever they might ask you? If they just ask you, what makes them so good? What would you say?” 
 
One of the things you’d probably say is, “Well, they worked hard at it for a long, long time.” The truth is that's not a very good explanation as we've just been describing. People who work really hard at something for a long time, and they’re wonderful conscientious people, are not necessarily any better and sometimes they are even worse. 
 
[0:07:09.9] MB: Let’s dig in to a little bit at why does that happen and why are people's assumptions about experience so flawed? 
 
[0:07:16.4] GC: It happens apparently because of something that goes on inside a person's mind while they’re working, while we are working. This applies to all of us. What researchers have found is that people who outwardly appear to be doing the same thing are not necessarily doing the same thing, and the difference is that some people, while they’re doing whatever they may be doing, are thinking, “Okay, how is this going? How am I doing? How can I be doing this better?” and not just generally, “How can I be doing better?” Specifically, “What part of this job I'm doing right now? What part of it should I be focused on improving?” 
 
The very best performers are constantly doing this. Most people are not constantly doing that. They're just going through the motions. One example that comes from the research is people who are working on singing, people taking singing lessons. You say, “Well, they’re all trying to get better because they’re going to a teacher and taking these lessons.” 
 
Well, it turns out not. It turns out that people who think of singing is a kind of fun hobby, something that they enjoy doing, they experience the singing lesson as fun. This is enjoyable. The people who are professional singers, successful professional singers, experience the singing lesson completely differently. To them, this is hard work. It is stressful and exhausting, and it's because they are in their minds focused on how they can get better, intensely focused. In fact, it can be exhausting. 
 
The reason this is important is if you observed the two of them, you’d say, “Well, they’re both doing the same thing.” You’d say they're both taking a singing lesson. In fact, they're not doing the same thing, and the difference is in their brains. 
 
[0:09:36.0] MB: Before we dive into deliberate practice, which I want to go deep on, tell me about so many people have a flawed perception of the idea of talent and what talent is. How do you think about talent and why is the common conception of it so wrong? 
 
[0:09:54.4] GC: It’s a great question, and in fact part of the experience of researching and writing that book is that I have really changed the way I think about that concept, and I’ve even changed the way I use the word. In fact, I try not to use the word talent because people have many different ideas of what it might mean. 
 
Here’s the issue. Most of us think of talent as an inborn gift of some kind. We use the word very broadly and very loosely, but most of think that talent represents some kind of inborn gift, so-and-so is really talented at playing tennis and somebody else just really is not talented at playing tennis. What we are thinking when we say, is the first person somehow came into this world with a gift, an ability to do something fairly specific, in this case, play tennis, that most of us just don’t have. 
 
When you look at Serena Williams or Roger Federer solely and what they're doing seems to be superhuman. It seems to be beyond the capabilities that most of us could even conceive of, then the idea of an inborn gift does kind of make sense. The reality is that the research is now quite clear, that that's not what accounts for great performance. In fact, some researchers say that talent in that sense, talent in the sense of a gift that you are born with to do something fairly specific, whether it's play a sport or fly a jet or lead a group or whatever it may be. The idea of talent as an inborn gift to do something fairly specific, that doesn't even exist some of the researchers say. 
 
Now, I decided not to take such an extreme position, that's why I called the book Talent is Overrated and not Talent Doesn't Exist. In fact, at the very least, it is far less important as an explanation of great performance, then other factors, and that’s what we’re going to get into next. 
 
What I would ask people to do is just stop. Every time you hear yourself saying, “So-and-so is really talented,” or “So-and-so is naturally talented,” or “So and so is a natural born leader,” or surgeon, or golfer, or accountant, or whatever. The next time you catch yourself saying that, just stop and say, “Is that really what I mean? Do I really believe deep down that so-and-so — Do I believe that Tiger Woods came into this world with a fairly specific ability, the ability to play golf, and that he just has it and most of us don't? Is that really what I think?” It's a good exercise to go through, and I hope people will at least carry that with them and think whatever they use the word talent. 
 
[0:13:16.6] MB: What is the factor that separates these world-class performers from everybody else? 
 
[0:13:24.3] GC: The answer is pretty clear, and this is not me giving my opinion. This is 35 years now of good research on exactly this question. What explains great performance better than anything else is what researchers call deliberate practice. That's not what most of us think of when we use the word practice. It has a fairly specific meaning. 
 
Whether you're talking about sports, or music, or business, or teaching, or anything else, what all of the great performers seem to have in common is this particular specific activity of deliberate practice and particularly doing it a lot, doing it a lot every day for years. 
 
To go straight to the bottom is that the idea of talent as an innate gift doesn't explain great performance very well. Deliberate practice does explain it very well. The good news is you don't need an inmate gift. The road to great performance is long and hard. Nobody says it's easy. The good news is it’s available. This is an incredibly liberating message, because it says that all of us have at least the ability to be much much better performers than we are. If we want to go all the way, we have within certain bounds that all of us may operate within, and we’ll get to that. We all have the ability to be actually great performers if we just know how it’s done. This idea of deliberate practice is in fact how it's done. Shall we go into it? 
 
[0:15:19.6] MB: Let’s go into it. 
 
[0:15:20.8] GC: Okay. As I said, it’s fairly specifically defined and it’s not what most of us think of when we say we’re practicing. I discovered, for example, if what I do out on the driving range at the golf course is pathetic example of deliberate practice. It’s not even close, and this accounts for a lot of the way I play golf, I’m afraid. 
 
The specific meaning of the deliberate practice is as follows; it is an activity that is designed especially for you at your particular stage of development in doing whatever it is you’re doing. Let's think of a sport. People often talk about this in sports. However good you are right now, specific practice activity is designed for you at this moment, and that means it’s going to change, because as you get better, the deliberate practice activities are going to have to change to reflect that. 
 
Second thing, it is designed to push you just beyond what you can currently do. It doesn't try to push you way beyond what you can currently do, because then you’re just lost. You have no idea, go after it. It doesn't allow you to keep operating within your current abilities because then you don't grow. It is constantly pushing you just beyond what you can do. 
 
As you get better of course, it has to be adjusted to keep pushing you just beyond. It can be repeated at high volume. This turns out to be really important, and when the researchers first discovered this, they didn't understand all the reasons why it was really important. They just observed that it really was. It turns out that doing these practice activities at high volume literally changes the structure of your brain. It causes physical changes in your brain, and specifically it causes a substance called myelin to form around some of the connections in your brain, and you will even hear people now in the sports world talking about myelin because they wanted to build it up in the brains of the people they’re training. You got to do it at high repetition if you can. 
 
Then the final element is continual feedback. You can’t get better if you don't know how you're doing. You need some kind of continual feedback to tell you how you’re doing all the time. This takes us right back to the beginning, the fact that the deliberate practice activity has to be designed for you, that feedback is going to tell you how you’re doing and therefore how the deliberate practice activity needs to be changed. 
 
Those are the essential elements. They can be applied in virtually any real. A couple of things to keep in mind; deliberate practice is neither work nor play. It's not work and that it's not the actual performance. If you're training at a sport, you're not actually playing a game. It’s not exactly work, but it’s not play, because it's not fun either. It’s hard. 
 
In fact, one of the things that has to be faced about deliberate practice is that for most people it's really hard, because by definition it means you're going to be failing. You’re going to be making mistakes. Because, remember, I said one of the elements, and this is really the heart of it, is being constantly pushed just beyond what you can do. If you're being pushed just beyond what you can do, you’re trying to do stuff you can't quite do yet. By definition, you're going to make mistakes, you're going to fail. None of us really like making mistakes and failing too much, but that's the essence of deliberate practice. Being pushed just beyond so that you're not quite able to do it until eventually you can. As soon as you can and you’ve got it solid, then you got to be pushed again just beyond what you can do. 
 
That’s what it's all about, and it is remarkable to see how this has been applied in all kinds of fields and is being increasingly applied in new fields. People are realizing what this is all about and how it works and figuring out new ways to use it. Anyway, I'll stop there. That's the essence of deliberate practice, and that is what characterizes the great performers in pretty much every realm. 
 
[0:19:55.6] MB: After reading Talent is Overrated, and this is one of the things that I spent a lot of time thinking about, how can we — I’ll ask a specific version of this, but I’m also curious about kind of a larger picture as well. Being an investor and being in the world of business, I thought a lot about how can I apply the framework of deliberate practice to something like improving my abilities as an investor or as a business person and fields where there’s very long gap between kind of action and feedback, how do we leverage those lessons to harness the power of deliberate practice? 
 
[0:20:32.9] GC: Yup, it’s a great question, because this comes up in a lot of real-world fields. As you say, there’s a long gap between what you do and how it turns up. How can you do this? The way it’s done, and the real way to do it is the way it's been done from the beginning in sports and music and some other realms as well, which is, essentially, simulation. When a team is practicing, a lot of it is conditioning and so forth, but a lot of it is simulation. That is doing stuff that's like the game except it isn’t the game. The nice thing in investing and business is that there is now software available that enables us to simulate this so that we can speed it up and therefore do it — For example, make investing decisions at high-volume. 
 
Furthermore, I know of examples where companies have created their own stimulation. For example, this is a real-life example. A company that makes pharmaceutical products that are what they call Biologics. They aren’t mixed up as chemicals in a vet. They have to be grown, and this is a very hot area of pharmaceuticals now, they have to be grown, they’re alive, and then they have to be shipped at just the right moment. 
 
The difficulty is that they have to be grown, shipped at the right moment and get to the doctor or hospital that needs them at the right moment. If they don't get there at the right moment, then their value was lost and that they’re no good anymore. This is just a lot of money wasted. The company was having so much trouble getting the stuff produced and shipped on schedule that it was failing. In fact, it was in danger of going out of business. 
 
What they did was created a highly realistic simulation of the production and shipping process where they could compress it, because when it’s in simulation, growing some of these things can take weeks. In a simulation, you can pretend that they were grown in minutes, and then go through the whole process of the order processing and the packing and the shipping and so forth, and they created this simulation, they put their people through it repeatedly, then told them, “Okay, now reflect. How did you do?” By the way, they did everything you're supposed to do in deliberate practice. They provided them a lot of feedback. They had this big digital readout telling them all along the way how they were doing so they could look up and see at any given moment. Then they would stop, the team would talk and say, “All right, how can we improve?” They came up with ideas, they’d try that. They did it over and over, getting feedback on their own performance, and they went through this for weeks. It saved the company. They figured out new ways to do this, do the production and shipping, packing and shipping, on time, and it saved the company. That how it can be done in business. 
 
By the way, in investing, if it’s going to work on investing decisions, you can get software now that uses huge datasets to simulate how investments are going to do, and you can do it at high-volume because you can compress the times. 
 
The larger point here, and it’s a really really important point, has to do with highly realistic simulation that is very very demanding. Since I pay a lot of attention to this obviously, I have been struck by how often this comes up. Here’s my favorite example, just recently — Or the latest example, just a few days ago, there was an article in the New York Times about the University of Connecticut women's basketball team. Arguably, the most dominant team playing any kind of basketball anywhere because they’ve gone over 100 games now without a loss, 100 and some consecutive victories. 
 
The question is; how do they do this? It’s exactly what I just said, highly realistic simulation at a very intense level. They simulate games and they work incredibly hard at this. In fact — For example, they’ll practice with a shot — The normal shot clock in basketball is 30 seconds. They’ll practice with a shot clock set at 24 seconds just to make them faster, and they do this for hours a day, these highly realistic drills that are really really intense. 
 
One of the players, in explaining how they win all these games said, “Because the real game is easy compared to the practice.” What struck me is, the very same thing has been said in people in completely different realms. 
 
In the military, for example, the Army got on to this back in the early 90s, highly realistic training, much more realistic than they had ever done before. When a tank troop won a huge victory in Operation Desert Storm in 1991, a battle that’s famous among military strategists, it’s called the Battle of 73 Easting. When it was over, they said, “This battle — This was easy compared with the training we did.” If you go back even further to when fighter pilots were being trained in the Vietnam War, this was a revolution that I describe in the later book. This was a revolution that later became famous as the Top Gun school, but it was new back then. 
 
When fighter pilots were being trained to go up against the North Vietnamese, and they dramatically improved their success rate which had been terrible previously. When the pilots would come back, they would all say the same thing, “This was a lot easier than the training we did.” You hear people saying almost precisely the same things over and over when they are explaining how tremendously successful they were. They did highly realistic simulation at a very intense level. That’s the principle to take out of it. 
 
[0:27:07.6] MB: For the average person listening here that may not have the resources to develop a simulator or a highly realistic training simulation, how can they take some of the lessons of deliberate practice and build and design a practice or training curriculum for themselves that helps them improve? 
 
[0:27:25.4] GC: Obviously, that’s a great question. It, of course, depends on exactly what you're doing. One of the things that we can all do is find practice in the activity itself. In other words, normally, the practice is done separately from the activity. The truth is, in the world of business, we’re not generally given too much time to practice. It’s funny, we’re expected to just go out there and perform every day. It is possible to apply some of these principles in the actual work itself. 
 
For example, suppose you are in a sales role and you're going into make a sales call, makes a sales presentation. You want to get better at what you're doing. That's the first rule. You want to get better at what you’re doing, not just go through the motions. When you go into this presentation, to the sales call, think about it ahead of time and don't just think, “Yeah, I want to do this better.” Get very specific, “What element of this do I want to focus on today?” It could be anything. It could be anything. 
 
Let’s suppose it’s trying to discern what the customer isn’t saying. What’s the unspoken desire or unspoken objection or whatever it is that the customer has and it’s important but they're not actually saying it out loud? “Okay, that's what I’m going to focus on when I go in.” 
 
You go in, and then in the midst of doing it, you occasionally sort of step outside yourself and say, “All right, how is it going? Am I doing what I came in here to do? What am I learning? What’s happening?” Just look at it as if you were outside the situation. 
 
Then, really important, afterward, take the time to reflect on this. Say, “Okay, I went in there trying to discern what the customer wanted but wasn't saying. Now, how did I do?” Reflect on it and say, “Ah! Now that I think about it, when he said such and such, what he really meant was such and such, but I didn’t pick up on it. Now, I can see that.” 
 
Then use that knowledge to iterate what you should be focused on the next time you go in. Now, this is proven to be very effective. It’s way more work than most people do when they are going about what they do in their jobs. That’s way more work than most salespeople do, but the payoff is always worth it. I emphasize this. 
 
In fact, this is something that we find time and again in deliberate practice. It’s way more work than most people in a given field are accustomed to doing, and the payoff is always worth it. The payoff is always just a knockout, but most people don't do it. 
 
[0:30:30.0] MB: I’m curious. In the business context, one of the things that I’ve thought about as a possible sort of methodology to leverage the principles or deliberate practice would be looking at things like case studies. Like buying a book of case studies and going through them, because you can test your decisions in real time and know the answer and kind of have that available, but you can still sort of go through that decision-making process. 
 
[0:30:55.7] GC: Yeah, and that’s a great way to do it. That's another great thing to do. The case method of teaching business is a great method of doing it for just the reasons you say, because now these cases are available. You can get them online pretty easily. They are a source of great value in trying to apply these doable practice principles. As long as you're disciplined enough to really make yourself think through and even write out what you think should be done at the point in the case where it stops and says, “Okay, that's all we’re going to tell you. You are now the product manager of such and such in this case. What do you do next?” 
 
If you really stop there and don't just think, but write down so that you can’t fool yourself later, write down what you think you would do next. Then, if possible, go see what was really done next and what happened. That is a really really valuable thing to do. I always caution people though, write down your thoughts because, otherwise, when you read, what actually happened, we all have this tendency to say, “Oh yeah, I thought that,” even though you didn't. Please write it down. 
 
[0:32:15.1] MB: That’s such an important piece of advice. In general, the whole field of decision-making, decision journaling and all that, and it's so important to write down your though t process because it's so easy to fool yourself after the fact. 
 
[0:32:28.1] GC: Yup. It happens over and over. 
 
[0:32:31.3] MB: I'm curious, and this is changing gear slightly, but how do you reconcile or think about the advice, kind of the adage to focus on your strengths with the fundamental conclusion of the results of deliberate practice? 
 
[0:32:44.7] GC: Right. This comes up because it doesn't — Sometimes it seems to be a real conflict. Don't focus on your weaknesses, focus on your strengths. There's a whole big consulting practice that’s been developed around this and so forth, and deliberate practice seems to be saying focus on your weaknesses. Find the things you can't quite do and work on them. I don't think the conflict is what it appears to be. I think it's a difference in scale. 
 
When they say focus on your strengths, I think what that means is choose something large-scale where you feel strong, where you have developed success or demonstrated success, where you don't trouble motivating yourself. It’s something you would like to do or you’re really interested or really want to get better at, stuff that you feel strong doing. 
 
Once you've done, then what makes you great at that thing is absolutely going to be the deliberate practice framework. Tiger Woods, I don’t know if he focused on his swing. As you know, he was raised from infancy to be a golfer, but focusing on his weaknesses is what made him the world's greatest golfer. For some reason, at some point in his career, he was not good at getting out of the sand. Something that terrifies amateur golfers, but professional golfers are so good at it, generally, that they hardly worry about it. Tiger wasn't so great at it, and so he had drills that he made up and that his coaches made up to do this. He’s put a dozen golf balls in the sand, then he’d step on them to bury then and then he'd practice hitting them out of the sand, and he’d do this over and over and over. That's focusing on your weaknesses. 
 
I guess the bottom line is large-scale; focus on your strength. Once you've done that, focus on your weaknesses, because that’s what’s going to make you great. 
 
[0:35:03.2] MB: In essence, sort of find a field or an area that you’re strong in and then use the methodology of deliberate practice itself to improve within that area. 
 
[0:35:12.4] GC: That's exactly it. Very well said. That's exactly it. 
 
[0:35:17.2] MB: Let's transition and switch gears a little bit and talk about the book Humans Are Underrated. It’s a fascinating conclusion and a really interesting book. Tell me about — When I think about technology today, and you hear so many new stories about the continual displacement of workers. You look at industries, things like in the future with automated vehicles, autonomous vehicles, things like truck drivers completely potentially being replaced as an industry. With all these technical disruption, how do you feel about humans and the workforce and how people are going to be able to adapt to this?
 
[0:35:53.8] GC: Yeah, this is becoming such a hot topic because we’re seeing increasingly what you described, technology achieving capabilities so advanced that they can in some cases replace human beings entirely. This question of how will we humans be productive? How will we be economically valuable as technology takes over more and more work including quite high-value work, the work that people have to be educated for many years to do and work that pays very well in medicine, in law, in finance? This is happening already and it's accelerating. How are we people going to be economically valuable? That was this question that I began with. Really, the question that you set up there. 
 
What I concluded after spending a lot of time with the research is that we will be valuable through the skills of deep human interaction, managing the exchanges that take place only between human beings. This is deep stuff. It's not all rational. A lot of it is emotional. It has to do with sensing what other human beings are thinking and feeling and responding in some appropriate way. It has to do with working together with other humans. 
 
These skills are going to be economically valuable no matter how technology advances, but they are fundamentally different skills than the skills that have traditionally made us economically valuable, because most of those skills have been the kind you can get from a book, the kind you can learn in a classroom; calculus, accounting, engineer, law. Those are still going to be important, but they are increasingly not going to be the skills that make us economically valuable because technology does them at least as well as we do. It’s these skills of human interaction, empathy, collaboration, storytelling that are going to make us valuable. The evidence is supporting this more every day. 
 
[0:38:27.4] MB: Tell me a little about some of the evidence that kind of supports that thesis. 
 
[0:38:32.2] GC: Well, there are a few things. One, if you just look at what employers are asking for, it’s striking that they're saying this is what they want. A survey of big employers said, “What do you need most now from your employees?” and they’ve been saying relationship building, co-creativity, brainstorming, cultural sensitivity. It’s exactly the group of skills that I was describing. 
 
I was talking a while ago with the chief information officer of one of the largest retailers. It’s a guy who hires hundreds of coders, software writers, every year. Now, software writers are practically the stereotype of people you think who don't need human skills, right? Supposedly, they sit in a cubicle and they tap at the keyboard and they write their software, and that's all they do. Who cares whether they can interact with another human being? 
 
This CIO who hires hundreds of them says, “It’s just the opposite.” He says, “I need people who are empathetic and collaborative in these jobs.” Why? Because they're creating software that other people are going to use. They have to be able to feel the experience that they are creating in these users. They have to be empathetic, and they have to be collaborative because the problems that they face are too hard for any one person to solve alone. These problems have to be solved in teams. If they can't collaborate on the problem-solving, then they're not very useful. 
 
What he's saying is the difference between a high value colder and a low value coder is empathy and collaboration, skills of deep human interaction. If it's true in software writing, it is certainly true in every other realm as well because we all interact much more. 
 
[0:40:45.5] MB: How do we cultivate these high value human facing skills, and are they innate or can they be learned and trained? 
 
[0:40:55.2] GC: Yeah, it’s a good question to ask, because most people kind of instinctively feel that they are innate. We say all the time so and so is a real people person, but it isn’t true. They are skills, not traits. They are skills. They can be trained, and they are being trained now in schools, medical centers, companies, even armies are training these skills now. It’s being done in all kinds of ways. 
 
One of the most striking things is at business schools, whether it's Stanford or Harvard or any of the other top business schools, they have really revolutionized their curricula in the past few years to focus on these skills. First of all, everybody works in teams. That's been true for quite a few years. They force people to work in teams. More than that, they put them through role-playing exercises. It's funny how this connects to talent is overrated. It's the same thing. Highly realistic simulations at an intense level. 
 
At Stanford business school, for example, first-year students are put in situations where they have to deal with a simulated board of directors and those simulated directors are alumni of Stanford business school, so they really know what they're doing imitating a Board of Directors, or they will be put in a simulated meeting with venture capitalists. Again, they’re alumni who are venture capitalists, so they’re really really realistic. 
 
The students will be put through this and it's all skills of human interaction, it’s all the way they handle themselves in these social settings, and then they are critiqued afterward. They get the feedback necessary and deliberate practice so they will get better. They are skills. They are being trained, and they are being trained exactly according to the principles of deliberate practice. That’s how schools are doing it. I mentioned that armies are doing it. That's a whole story onto itself, but I always have to say, when it comes to appreciating the new importance of these skills of human interaction and when it comes to training those skills, I have not discovered any institution anywhere that is as advanced as the US Military, and that surprises a lot of people. That's not what they think of the military is doing, but it is what they're doing because they understand that for them, as well as for businesses, skills of human interaction are becoming more and more crucial as technology does more and more stuff. 
 
[0:43:56.0] MB: That's a fascinating conclusion, and I think it’s so important. We talk a lot about on the show about things like emotional intelligence and how to cultivate those kinds of abilities. It's such an important thing to focus on. 
 
[0:44:09.9] GC: I agree, and getting more so all the time, because the technology is advancing with just astonishing speed. If we’re going to compete against what the software can do, it’s obviously a competition we’re going to lose. 
 
What you're describing, sometimes EQ, emotional intelligence, empathy is becoming a hot word. These are going to be sources of economic value for more and more of this. 
 
[0:44:46.0] MB: For somebody who’s listening to this that wants to practically implement some of the conclusions we’ve talked about today, what would be one simple piece of homework that you would give them as a starting place to use some of these ideas? 
 
[0:45:00.3] GC: A couple things. One; with regard to this most recent point of skills of human interaction, think about how you communicate with people, there’s a hierarchy. At one end is in-person face-to-face conversation, then we go down the hierarchy with the video call below that, a telephone call below that, email below that, texting below that, and think, “Okay, can I go up a level in communicating with the person I’m about communicate with? Can I call them and will they answer the call? But can I call them rather than text or email them? Could I video call them? Could I even go to their room or office or wherever they are and speak to them in person face-to-face?” 
 
First of all, observe what your instincts are, and then say, “Could I go up higher on the hierarchy in communicating with them?” The reason I say that is that each step up on the hierarchy is a richer form of communication, and you will develop skills that you will not otherwise develop by going as high on the scale as you can, by communicating in the richest possible way available to you and we are all developing this tendency to go low on the hierarchy because it's fast and it's easy and convenient and sometimes it's the only way, but always ask yourself, “Could I go up higher?” and try to have the richest form of communication you can. That's really a good way to help develop these human skills as a real simple initial step. 
 
The other thought is what I was describing earlier about the person going into the sales call or the sales presentation, do that yourself in whatever kind of activity is relevant for you. It depends on what field you're in and what your objectives are, but before going into a situation, do this before during and after thinking that I described, “What do I want to work on before? How's it going when you're doing it?” Then reflection afterword, “How did it go and what could I, should I have done better?” You can apply this to anything and it will really open your eyes. 
 
[0:47:32.5] MB: For listeners who want to learn more, where can people find you and your books online? 
 
[0:47:39.2] GC: Thank you for asking that. The answer is the easiest place to find it all is geoffcolvin.com, but I always have to say on a podcast, I spell Geoff the English way, geoffcolvin.com. You can get all the books there and the articles and other stuff as well. The books, of course, are all easily available at Amazon or any place else you want to look. 
 
[0:48:09.4] MB: We’ll make sure to include all of those links and links to the books in our show notes. Geoff, thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all of these wisdom. I'm a huge fan of Talent is Overrated and the whole concept of deliberate practice. I’m so glad we got to go deep into that topic today. 
 
[0:48:25.1] GC: Me too, and thank you very much for asking about it. I really enjoyed it. 
 
[0:48:29.5] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@successpodcast.com. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.
 
Remember, the greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. 
 
We’d like to invite you to receive this exclusive bonus content from us and our guests. It's called Mindset Monday. Each week, we share with you the very best, latest, most actionable research and strategies that have impacted our lives, fired us up and can be used by you starting today. All you have to do to get this is to sign-up for our email list. Just visit our website; successpodcast.com and join the email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, that’s “smarter” to the number 44222.
 
Lastly, if you want to get all these incredible information; links, transcripts, everything we talked about in this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.

June 29, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Best Of, High Performance
Pete Mockaitis-01.png

Master The Universal Skills To Become Awesome At Any Job And Succeed At Your Work with Pete Mockaitis

June 22, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Focus & Productivity, Career Development

In this episode we discuss how to master the universal skills required to succeed at work, the counter-intuitive truth of taking more responsibility for your own mistakes, flaws, and screw-ups can help you succeed more quickly, we look at how to cultivate and create accountability in your life, challenge yourself to rise to a higher level, and become more vulnerable, we talk about the Benjamin Franklin effect, and much more with Pete Mockaitis.

Pete Mockaitis is an award-winning trainer focusing primarily on helping professionals perform optimally at work. He’s delivered 1-on-1 coaching to over 700 clients across 50 countries, and every Ivy League school. He currently hosts the How to be Awesome at your Job podcast which has listeners in over 150 countries and has been ranked as a top 5 career podcast on iTunes.

We discuss:

  • The importance of reading to improving your knowledge

  • The book that has had the biggest impact on Pete’s life

  • How you can transform yourself into “peak state” so that you don’t feel scared or unmotivated

  • How to master the universal skills required to succeed at work

  • Grit - what it is, why its so important, and how you can cultivate

  • The concept that had the biggest impact on Pete’s life

  • Why its so important to take a hard look at yourself and your own shortcomings

  • What to do when your paralyzed by fear in your job

  • Why Everything you’ve ever wanted is on the other side of fear

  • How to be a more effective communicator

  • “Answer first communication” and how it can transform how you speak and present

  • How “hypothesis driven testing” can make you a much better communicator

  • Why you should ask: “What things need to be true for this to be a good idea”

  • Numbers galvanize attention and focus for people listening to you

  • If you’re stressed out in your current role, you’re not ready to make the next move up

  • “The time to meet your neighbors is not when your house is on fire”

  • How to cultivate and develop better relationships

  • The power of making the ask and "ask not, have not”

  • The Benjamin Franklin Effect and how it can help you build a powerful network of mentors

  • You can achieve whatever you want in life, if you help enough other people achieve what they want in life

  • How to be courageous

  • How to ask for good feedback and how to give feedback

  • Ask for role models and ideal next steps when asking for feedback

  • Why you should never be afraid to ask for feedback and counterintuitively how demonstrating your weakensses can help you advance in your career

  • The counter intuitive truth of taking MORE responsibility for your own mistakes, flaws, and screw-ups can help you succeed more quickly

  • How to cultivate and create accountability in your life, challenge yourself to rise to a higher level, and become more vulnerable

  • What you should do when your unsatisfied with your career

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Audiobook] Goals by Zig Ziglar

  • [Book] Unlimited Power : The New Science Of Personal Achievement by Anthony Robbins

  • [Podcast] How to be Awesome at Your Job

  • [Website] How to be Awesome at Your Job

  • [Book] Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance by Angela Duckworth

  • [Book] How to Work a Room, 25th Anniversary Edition by Susan RoAne

  • [Audiobook] The Mastermind by Napoleon Hill

Episode Transcript

 [00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we discuss how to master the universal skills required to succeed at work. The counterintuitive truth of taking more responsibility for your own mistakes, flaws, and screw-ups and how that can help you succeed more quickly. We look at how to cultivate and create accountability in your life. Challenge yourself to rise to a higher level and become more vulnerable. We talk about the Benjamin Franklin effect, and much more, with our guest; Pete Mockaitis.
 
The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. Do want to stay up-to-date with the latest of The Science of Success? Find out what we've been reading in the quick tips you need to achieve your goals? Be sure to sign up for email list to get our exclusive Mindset Monday email where we share with our listeners quick summaries of a few of the latest research bits, strategies, and more that have us fired up and can help you achieve your goals. All you have to do the sign up is to visit our website; successpodcast.com and join our email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. 
 
In our previous episode, we asked can and should we set aside our emotions to make decisions in huge high-stakes environments. We looked at how to channel and listen to our emotions to make even better decisions. We talked about learning from negative emotions, how historical echoes in her life can create repeated behavior patterns and much more with our guest; Denise Shull. If you want to be able to make the right decision in high-pressure situations, listen to that episode. 
 
Lastly, if you wanted all the incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’re going to talk about in this show and from our previous shows, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com. That's right, we have a new website; successpodcast.com, and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
[0:02:43.6] MB: Today, we have another great guest on the show; Pete Mockaitis. Pete is an award-winning trainer focused primarily on helping professionals perform optimally at work. He’s delivered one-on-one coaching to over 700 clients across 50 different countries and every Ivy League school. He currently hosts the How To Be Awesome At Your Job Podcast, which has listeners in over 150 countries and has been ranked as a top-five career podcast on iTunes. 
 
Pete, welcome to The Science of Success. 
 
[0:03:13.5] PM: Thanks, Matt. I’m thrilled to be here. 
 
[0:03:16.3] MB: We’re very excited to have you on here today. For listeners who might not be familiar with you and your podcast, tells about your story. 
 
[0:03:26.2] PM: Oh, my story. Yes. It begins as a youngster in the Danville Public Library in Illinois where I grew up, and my dad would always take me there when I knew I wanted to sort of escape the home, getting a little bit of cabin fever. What parent can resist a child saying, “I want to go to the library, daddy.” And so we went. 
 
I got into a little bit of a groove where I would take an interest in a topic, maybe it's photography, maybe it's chess. I would read numerous books on that topic and suddenly I discovered, “Hey, I’m taking better photos.” “Hey, I am suddenly beating my dad at chess.” That kind of cemented this notion early on about books, that knowledge, make you better at stuff and then I discovered this realm of books associated with success and positive psychology stuff. I'm so digging your show and delighted to be on here. I thought, “Whoa! These are books that just make you better at living life.” 
 
That interest sort of stuck forever, and I went on to college and then strategy consulting at Bain and then I left Bain thinking, “You know? What I really want to do is the people development things.” I've been doing training and coaching, and then over the last year, getting going with the How To Be Awesome At Your Job podcast. 
 
[0:04:46.0] MB: When you were a kid or you’ve been maybe a little bit older than that, what was the book that you stumbled upon or read that kind of set you off on this course and really opened your eyes? 
 
[0:04:58.9] PM: It’s funny, I don’t think I can give credit to just one, but I also remember a lot of it was audio. It was in their audiocassette tapes at the time. You could get the CD or the cassette which libraries are often a little behind with some of the latest stuff. I would have a little boombox cassette tape player strapped into the passenger seat of my Chevrolet Celebrity vehicle that I was driving at the time. I think I remember one about goals from Zig Ziglar and he had that southern accent. He’d talked about goals and I was into it. It’s like, “Yeah, that make a lot of sense. I should write them down. I should focus on some things.” Then we get the Stephen Covey and Tony Robbins and it just kept going. 
 
[0:05:45.9] MB: The old Zig Ziglar stuff, and you can actually still find a bunch of it on Audible. It’s just amazing. You can read his books, but it's so much better. He’s such a fascinating speaker and a really interesting guy. I feel like you really get a lot more out of it. Actually, kind of hearing him speak and tell the stories. 
 
[0:06:04.6] PM: Yes, and his voices is just so musical and fun to listen to. It's like, “What else do you got Zig? Let’s keep it going.”
 
[0:06:13.2] MB: You kind of got in to some of these books and they really opened your eyes. What were some of those initial lessons that you said kind of, “Wow! This is really something that has some meat to it.” 
 
[0:06:26.2] PM: I think one of my favorite lessons came from Tony Robbins in his book Unlimited Power. He talked about your emotions are not so much something that just happened, that you're just a victim of your emotions that you can actually exert a degree of control over how you feel in a given moment by holding your body differently, taking up more space and being confident and shoulders back, straight up instead of compressed, by what you're thinking about or visualizing in terms of if you're think about success or terrible memories of failure, and how you're talking to yourself from, “Let's do this. Bring it on. Oh, yeah!” Tony would smack his chest and all the antiques there, or like, “Oh, this is going to be so lame.” 
 
I think I just used that set of tactics probably hundreds of times in high school or college like, “Oh, I’m kind of tired. I'm kind of bored. This is going to be lame.” It’s like, “Well, I don't feel like feeling that way. It’d be more helpful to be pumped up about this, so I'm going to choose to feel pumped up about this.” I was able to kind of pour myself into a lot of stuff and get better results in those things. 
 
[0:07:37.8] MB: What are some of the — I've been to UPW, one of Tony’s events — 
 
[0:07:42.1] PM: Oh, yeah. The Fire Walker. 
 
[0:07:44.0] MB: Yeah, oh yeah. Exactly. What were some of those — For listeners who might not be familiar, what are some of those activities you can do to kind of shift yourself from a state of being disempowered or upset or unmotivated to sort of high-energy state. I forget the exact term that he uses for it. Pig steak. 
 
[0:08:04.7] PM: Yeah, pig steak. It’s funny. If you check out some of those videos from the events and unleash the power within. I mean, Tony got some notoriety from doing a fire walker like over hot coals. It's funny, when I did that, I remember it’s actually raining a lot, so my feet were chilly and I was like refreshing, like, “Oh, that’s nice. Can I just chill here for a second?” because my feet are freezing as opposed to some mighty mind over matter thing. 
 
His take would be to sort of be active and in motion, so maybe jumping up and down, may pounding your chest. He’s going to say things like, “Make your move,” like a power move and have air gushing past. 
 
If you stumble into a video of this, it looks a little bit nuts, like, “Whoa! What is going on here? Is this some sort of cult activity?” It's not. It's just sort of a series of professional personal development tricks to kind of snap your body into a peak state as he would call it. It doesn't have to be outrageous. It can happen a little bit subtly in terms of, “Oh, I’m slumping forward. I’m going to bring shoulders back and take a breath here. I’m going to stretch my neck out a little bit. I am focusing on what I'm afraid is going to happen from doing this thing. I’m going to shift my focus toward what I'd love to see happen with this thing.” Suddenly, you feel better. 
 
I don't know if this has happened you, Matt, but sometimes I just cannot imagine a conversation and how it might go awry with someone. Then I'm almost like having a debate or a fight in my mind with this imaginary conversation like, “If he says this, then I'm going to say that. But if he comes back at this, I’m like, “Oh, no!” I’m going to come back with that.” Suddenly I’m getting worked up. I’m getting anxious about a conversation that isn’t even real just because I am visualizing. You could just take a breath and say, “Timeout. Let's refocus here.” 
 
[0:10:00.2] MB: Let's dig into your podcast. What is the podcast about and what led you to create it? 
 
[0:10:07.7] PM: Oh, sure thing. The title is How To Be Awesome At Your Job. It’s funny, it started out as a little bit of a tagline talking to some branding design people and some prospective listeners such that it was sharpening the universal skills required to flourish at work. I thought, “That’s kind of catchy. That's what I'm up to. I want to produce a show that’ll be useful for anyone who's interested in flourishing in their career. whether they work in sales or accounting or marketing or finance, as supposed to being focused in on a narrow spot.” 
 
As I discovered, looking at the landscape of podcasts, a lot of the development type stuff — Matt, you probably saw the same thing as you’re lunching yours. Had a focus toward entrepreneurship, side hustle, sort of do your thing, live your dream, escape the cubicle world. I thought, “Well, I think a lot of people like their jobs and find meaning and rewards from it and would just like to do them better and to navigate their career well.” 
 
That actually turned out to be a key point of differentiation, and most of the pitches I reject tend to be like from an entrepreneurial story, like find out how so-and-so grew their business from 1 million to 8 million in just 18 months. It’s like, “That’s really cool, but unless we’re focused on some particular skills that apply to folks with “real or normal jobs”, then it's not quite fit.” 
 
I love to talk to people about things like grit, or purpose, or communication, or feedback, or having a good a presence, developing relationships that are mutually advantageous, and those sorts of things. Whether you're working in an high-tech or mining or in finance or marketing, you’re going to need to know that stuff to do well. 
 
[0:12:02.6] MB: It’s such a point, and I feel like both of our shows to some degree are kind of in a different camp. Some of the pitches we kind of turn away from as well are those same entrepreneurial stories. As an entrepreneur, I’m really interested in them. At the same time, I want to really focus on these deeper lessons and these kind of skills that transcend one particular activity and can really be life skills that can help you across the board live a healthier, happier, more successful life. 
 
[0:12:30.4] PM: I agree. I'm into those, and you did a heck of a job sharing those on my show, thanks again for that, when it comes to decision-making. That's something that everyone's got to do and it's very high leveraged as you’d say. 
 
[0:12:44.5] MB: It’s so important to be high leverage. I’d love to dig in to some of these universal skills. Tell me about the first one you mentioned; grit. I think that's something that's so important. 
 
[0:12:54.7] PM: Grit is just this notion that you're going to stick with something. Sort of maybe it's uncomfortable. Maybe it's unpleasant for a period of time. Grit is just the capacity to step up and endure and work through some of that. 
 
We had a guest; Linda Kaplan Taylor, who spoke about this, and Angela Duckworth is kind of the top thinker on the field right now with her TED talk and such. It’s just sort of an undervalued, sort of a capability when many folks would say, “Well, no. It's about your IQ,” or “It’s about your talent. That's what's going to take you far.” 
 
A lot of the studies suggest that it's the capability to pick yourself up one more time to persist, to learn from your mistakes and adjust. That's really going to get the job done more so than being an exceptionally brilliant, a coder or a salesperson. 
 
[0:13:49.7] MB: That’s something that I’ve fundamentally believe in. We’ve had Carol Dweck on the show in the past. She's one of the other kind of people that is not necessarily directly grit, but the lessons of mindset are so vital and so important to developing the ability to bounce back from failure and not let it define you and learn that it's an okay and necessary part of the journey towards whatever you want to achieve. 
 
[0:14:18.0] PM: It certainly. Another thing that I think is related to that is just the courage required to take a hard look at yourself, your skills, your strengths, your shortcomings and to ask for that feedback and to see what's going well, what’s going not so well, and how can you learn and grow and develop. 
 
One theme that’s really popped up across many guests is a lot of folks in their careers, they’re sort of paralyzed by fear. It's like the elephant is in the room and folks, they’re afraid to maybe challenge a manager or a leader if that idea doesn't quite sit right to them. They’re afraid to ask where they can improve or what it takes to win and grow and flourish within this career. They're afraid to step into some conflict with someone in terms of — They say, “Hey, did you do what you said you were going to do? What happened there?” and to go there. 
 
I think there's just massive value being destroyed because folks there — Their natural kind of lizard brain limbic system survival mechanisms are running the show when, ideally, we would take a breath and go to some places conversationally that may require a bit extra dose of courage but can just unlock tremendous opportunity. 
 
[0:15:39.4] MB: There's a quote, this is one of my favorite quotes, and it’s “Everything you’ve ever wanted is on the other side of fear.” 
 
[0:15:44.9] PM: Oh, yes. Well said. 
 
[0:15:47.2] MB: I don't. I don’t remember who that quote is from, but that one was always to me just been so powerful. 
 
[0:15:53.3] PM: I buy it. What’s was fascinating is that this fear is not just for folks maybe at the individual contributor level, but also managers and some upper leaders. There is often fear associated with telling an employee a direct report what kinds of behavior needs to change, and so folks just live with having the same your mistakes crop up over and over again and then kind of fixing or redoing work that are direct report has to offer. Instead of just being able to head on, say, “Hey, I want to have a chat about some things that I’ve been noticing and their impact on us and our team,” and just be able to go there. It’s like, “When you do this, these are the implications of that, and are you up for changing that?” 
 
It could be like a two-minute conversation that just illuminates folks like, “Oh, wow! I had no idea,” or “You’re right. I’m sorry. That’s something that's always been a weakness of mine.” Now you're in an empowered place to go to work and see what you can do to develop, and it's a much more positive fun work experience for everybody. 
 
[0:17:02.1] MB: That example really highlights one of the other themes that talked about, which is communication. It’s so important, and I feel like many people sort of take it for granted or don't even really think about it or think that they’re communicating effectively when they’re really really struggling to communicate. What have you see in terms of some the lessons you've drawn about how to be a more effective communicator? 
 
[0:17:25.3] PM: There are many, and I teach a good number of them in my training programs. I'm going to start with some strategy consulting tools, if I may. One piece of that I’m thinking is just about answer first to communication. The difference is whereas most of us tend to communicate in sort of a chronological fashion. Let's just say that I was doing some customer research and exploring some market stuff, and that's part of my job. I might convey what happened from that research by saying, “You know what? I opened up our customer relationship management database and I ran some filters associated with over the last couple of years where most of our sales have been coming from as supposed to where our marketing spend has been flowing. What was kind of Interesting is the ratios are really all over the place in terms of marketing spend, about revenue retrieved. Ultimately, it seems like it's the mom segment that seems to overwhelmingly give us the biggest return on our marketing dollar investment.” 
 
I’ve told a chronological story of what I did, which is natural, because we’re humans and we like to function with stories. The first part of that, you and listeners might have said, “Okay, where are we going with this? Wait, do I care? What’s the story?” As supposed to if it were answer first you would say,” “Overwhelmingly, our marketing spend toward mothers is the most efficient. I say so for three key reasons. First;” and then you sort of lay it out. That just has an effect to just sort of galvanize folk’s attention and they’re kind of locked in. 
 
If you happen to have a super compelling, engaging, intriguing story with a twist or something, that could be kind of fun to build tension in kind of like a cinematic way. Most the time, when you’re just sort of conveying day-in, day-out business insights, that’s a better way to go. Same thing with your — If you got some PowerPoint in the mix, having compelling slide headlines that just say what's the point as supposed to just labeling the data that are there such as overview of marketing spend and consumer reaction. A better headline would read; mothers are the most efficient segment we should market to, and then they go, “Oh! Interesting. Now I am oriented to what I should be looking at,” and then you sort of cut through a lot of the ambiguity of, “Wait, what am I looking for? What's the take away here?” You get right to the heart of matter in a hurry. 
 
[0:19:58.3] MB: It's a focus on kind of getting to the point much more quickly instead of wasting a lot of time and energy with fluff, essentially. 
 
[0:20:07.6] PM: Certainly. Often, if it's if it's vague, what your point is in a set of data, everyone could just sort of look at it and talk around it. Maybe that's interesting if you’re kind of exploring new ways and new directions and trying to spark a kind of intriguing innovation, but if you're just trying to get the sense for, “Hey, how did our call centers perform last month?” Just go ahead and say it, strong and proud and clear, “Our handle time exceeded all expectations over the last month.” “Okay, got it,” and so we can move on from that slide as supposed to everyone leaning in and squinting for a little bit to see, “What are we trying to say here?” 
 
[0:20:50.1] MB: What are some of the other communication strategies that you've seen or havehave kind of uncovered that have been really effective? 
 
[0:20:57.3] PM: Oh, sure thing. I think part of it kind of flows from what I would call sort of hypothesis-driven thinking within your communication so that rather than just sort of taking a look around and seeing what you see, you sort of convey right up front, “If I want to take an action,” so let's say acquire a company or something. You have in a big strategic meeting about that sort of thing. Well than, it’s often more efficient means of communicating if you just sort of layout right up front, “Okay, well, what things need to be true for this to be a good idea?” Then we get really focused on those things. 
 
Thing one is that the target we’re looking at, it's healthy in terms of profit sales, a growth market position. Thing two is that we can get a reasonable price in terms of the acquisition of it. Think three is that it’ll fit nice complementarily with the other things that we’re doing in this business. By doing that right up front, one; you’d use numbers, which tend to galvanize attention. It's wild if say, “There are three key things to discuss.” Pens click and people write, “Oh, okay. 1, 2, 3.” I’m implicating employees to hear what that is, and that you’ve identified that these are like the key drivers upon which this will hinge, like yes, no, good, or bad news on these will determine if it's a go or no go, then you’ve done a great job of more efficiently communicating as well as more efficiently planning how you’re going to go about thinking and researching this move. 
 
[0:22:33.0] MB: I think that's a great point, and I love the question; what things need to be true for this to be a good idea. I've never heard that before, and it’s definitely something I’m going to implement in my own thought process to sort of clarify what we should be focusing on. 
 
[0:22:47.2] PM: It’s so funny, and now it's so baked into how I think and operate about everything. As we speak, I am standing at my sit to stand desk, and before I purchased it I thought, “Okay, geez. That sounds cool, but I don't want part with $600-ish just for a cool toy. I want this to work out.” There are sort of two key phases as like, “What needs to be true in order for this to be true,” and so I thought through it in and laid those things out like, “Well, one. I’d say the cost of this thing would need to be overshadowed by the benefits. That's got to be true. Two; my space has to be able to work for it, to fit it in just nice, just right and nicely. Three; buying this desk will need to be superior to my alternative options from stacking boxes on my existing desk or just remaining seated.” 
 
So that I say, “Okay, if I could prove those three things, that I’ll know that this is a sensible move, and then I think, “Well, how would I go about approving those?” “Well, for the space, just get a tape measure. For the benefits and costs —” You might dig this science of success, “I went deep in terms of looking at studies that showed worker performance with sit to stand desks and what that meant.” I saw some pretty cool things associated with less fatigue and better mood. I thought, “Shocks! That will just free me up to do a little bit more work which will create more than 600 bucks. That's a great benefit exceeded the cost.” 
 
Then just Googling around for other options. I could see how those stacked up and that this one indeed look like the best. I recommended with folks who are trying to develop some of these thought processes. I’d say anytime you're about to make a purchase, stop and go through those steps and say, “What needs to be true for this purchase to be great?” Then I like amazon.com a lot, and it's like my entire order history represents a series of hypothesis-driven thinking moves. It’s like, “Yes, I proved out the key things I needed, and so that's why I have this bamboo diffuser and limit essential oil, or whatever I’ve bought off Amazon. It really adds up. 
 
[0:25:04.4] MB: Yeah, I totally understand that and I’m on the same page. I feel like I have Amazon boxes arriving my house on almost daily basis. 
 
[0:25:13.0] PM: Totally. 
 
[0:25:15.5] MB: It’s just so much more convenient. Anyway, back on communication. One of the best pieces of advice I've ever heard about communication is really simple. Basically, there's three types of communication; no communication, miscommunication, and over-communication. Somebody once told me that piece of advice and it really stuck out to me and kind of helped me think about, “Okay, a lot of times when you think you've told someone something or you think that they know something. It doesn't hurt to kind of go back and tell them again or reach out and over-communicate, because a lot of times things you think you’ve done or think you’ve said, they didn't really hear what you were saying or they didn't quite get it or they missed it or whatever might be. 
 
[0:26:03.1] PM: Yes, that’s an interesting set up in terms of categories because I noticed none of them were a perfect communication. 
 
[0:26:12.4] MB: Yeah, exactly. You’re either on the spectrum of not communicating, miscommunicating, or you’re on the total other end, which is over-communicating. The reality is a lot of times when you — If you don't feel like you're over-communicating, you're probably not communicating enough, and there's probably wires getting crossed, there’s probably things getting missed. That something we really try to drive home on our teams is you have to constantly be over-communicating, sharing information, telling people what you're up to because it's really easy to kind of get lost in your own world and miss out on those key things you needed to find out or tell somebody about. 
 
[0:26:51.6] PM: Absolutely. I think this also comes back to the courage point in terms of the over-communicating in terms of just understanding what is on each person’s plate, and is it acceptable to say, “No,” or, “Well, in order to do that, I’m going to have to give up A, B, C or D. is that worthwhile, and because this is really the focus.” 
 
What often happens instead is that folks just say, “Yes to everything and then balls get dropped, promises become unkept and you’re kind of rolling the dice with, “Did the really important thing get done?” “We hope so.” Whereas if folks could courageously and openly communicate well in terms of, “These are the demands, and this is the capacity we have to meet those demands,” then you're hitting the right stuff. 
 
[0:27:40.6] MB: That's something that I'm absolutely ruthless about is trying to be as efficient as possible — Or sorry. Trying to be as effective as possible. Key distinction in the sort of the Tim Ferris or kind of essentialism way of thinking about it where it's all about, “How can I do the most important things? The most high leveraged things and kind of let go of all of the minutia that's distracting me?” 
 
[0:28:08.3] PM: Oh, absolutely. To the point, there's something that has really been sticking with me. It was a recent guest. It was my buddy Shannon Clark, and she has very quickly risen to be one of the world's foremost experts in sort of usability human factors design for medical devices before 30, which is cool. 
 
Shannon said that what she's been chewing on lately is this notion that if you are stressed out currently in your role or career, then you will not be able to make the next step up. I thought, “Whoa! That’s a strong statement.” The more I think about it, the more I think it is mostly true. It's like, if you're stressed, that suggests that maybe it's minutia or sort of the totality of demands upon your capacity, your time, energy, attention is such that you’re tapped out. You’re just meeting your demands or you're falling slightly behind on those demands, and that means you don't have the capacity to develop to jump to the next level whether that's building the key relationships, whether that's having the space to have a good fun innovative thoughts, whether that's being able to invest in your own learning growth developments which takes a toll in terms of changing and growing on yourself. If all of your time and energy is zapped just kind of meeting the demands of what's in front of you, in a day, well then you’re going to sort of stay there until you come up with a better way. 
 
[0:29:43.0] MB: That kind of makes me think about one of the other skill sets that you talked about was the ability to develop relationships. I think we both probably agree that that's one of the core components of being really successful, whether it’s in your career, whether you’re an entrepreneur, what it might be. That ability and skill set is so vital. 
 
What are some of the lessons that you’ve uncovered around that skill set? 
 
[0:30:11.1] PM: Sure thing. There’re numerous ones. I’d say the first thing is to start now. I had a guest; Michael Watkins, who had a great quip. I don’t know if he made it up, but he said; the time to meet your neighbors is not when your house is on fire. Well said and visceral. I think that's a common mistake is that sometimes we get caught up in doing stuff. You don't take the time to proactively develop those relationships that you’re going to need until it may be a little bit too late. Then it seems inauthentic. It's desperate. You can’s sort of give them maybe the time they need to help you out in a way that works for them and is fun and uplifting. That’d be the first one is to just start quickly. 
 
Another one is that people actually enjoy helping people, and I think sometimes folks think that networking might be a dirty word in the sense that, “Oh, what can I do for them? I don't want to sort of just take take take. I don’t want to be a bother or inconvenience them.” 
 
Often, if you have a specific targeted request, especially one that is easy to fulfill and can make a big impact, people generally love helping out with that. I love it. One time, I introduced two people. It took me three minutes. They’re good friends. They've done business deals together. They were at each other's weddings. It was like, “Cool. I got to make a difference with such a tiny bit of effort and it feels fantastic to do that.” People really do enjoy helping one another, and there's no shame in making that request. 
 
I had a fascinating observation just a couple of weeks ago, and I think it was — I don't know. Maybe I got to write a blog post about this. I had a friend who just posted on Facebook, “Hey, I'm checking out Facebook's algorithm. Can you tell me what time it is right now where you are.” 
 
Okay, that’s not a very interesting thing to put on Facebook; what time is it? Yet, this person received over 100 commented replies where each person sharing what time it was that I thought, “Oh, this is so brilliant, and it's because it's so easy to do to that. It’s like I could help someone out in less than three seconds by noting the time and typing it in here and pushing enter, I'm in. That’d be the other point, is people do — That they like to help, and it's good. 
 
One time, I had someone reach out to me for some advice about consulting. We chatted, and it was a good worthwhile chat, but I noticed he had an extensive notebook. It says with all the people that he reached out to to get advice about consulting careers. I said, “Whoa! Tell me, how many folks like me said sure?” He’s like, “Well, I could take a look for you.” I said, “Yes, please do.” He crunched the numbers he determined that 28% of folks he reached out to completely cold on LinkedIn were willing to say yes and have a short chat with him about what a career in management consulting could be like. 28% cold. Reach out to four people, odds are one of them will help you. That's awesome. 
 
[0:33:36.6] MB: Just shows you the power of being willing to ask and kind of putting yourself out there, making that ask. You missed 100% of the shots you don't take, and so there’s no downside to just saying reaching out to people whether they’re mentors or people you admire or whatever it is and just saying, “Hey, can I get some advice on this? 
 
[0:33:58.5] PM: Absolutely. What’s interesting, and I think they call it the Benjamin Franklin effect, is when you ask for advice and someone offers you advice, they actually tend to become more invested in you and your success. It's like they've got some skin in the game now and they want know how to go, “Is there anything else I could do to help?” 
 
It’s interesting, you’d think by doing a favor for someone, that would make them like you more. In fact, it goes the other way too. Asking for a favor from someone who then does it makes them like you more.
 
[0:34:30.9] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@successpodcast.com. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.
 
Remember, the greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. 
 
Do want to stay up-to-date with the latest of The Science of Success? Find out what we've been reading in the quick tips you need to achieve your goals? Be sure to sign up for email list to get our exclusive Mindset Monday email where we share with our listeners quick summaries of a few of the latest research bits, strategies, and more that have us fired up and can help you achieve your goals. All you have to do the sign up is to visit our website; successpodcast.com and join our email list or text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. 
 
Lastly, if you want to get all the these incredible information; links, transcripts, everything we just talked about in this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to successpodcast.com and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next That's right, we have a new website; successpodcast.com, and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.
June 22, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Focus & Productivity, Career Development
DeniseShull-01.png

The Mental Tools Olympians, Traders, & Top Performers Use To Make High Pressure Decisions with Denise Shull

June 15, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Emotional Intelligence, Decision Making, High Performance

In this episode we ask can, and should, we set aside our emotions to make decisions in huge, high-stakes environments (like trading)? How to channel and listen to your emotions to make even better decisions, learning from negative emotions, how historical echoes in our life create repeated behavior patterns, and much more with Denise Shull. 

Denise Shull is a decision coach, performance architect, and founder of the Re-Think Group. She utilizes psychological science to solve the issues of mental mistakes, confidence crises, and slumps in Olympic Athletes and Wall Street Traders. Her Book Market Mind Games has been described as “The Best of It’s Genre” and “The Rosetta Stone of Trading Psychology”. She has been featured in The Wall Street Journal, CNBC, The New York Times, and consulted on the SHOWTIME Drama series Billions as one of the inspirations for Maggie Siff’s character - Wendy Rhodes.

We discuss:

  • How Denise studied the neuroscience of emotions and unconscious thought but ditched her PHD to become a trader

  • Can (and should) we set aside our emotions in a high-stakes environment like trading?

  • Why you should consciously incorporate your emotions into your decisions to make the best decisions

  • Feelings, thoughts, emotions, and physical body are all part of one integrated system and you have to think about it as an integrated continuum

  • Your psyche is trying to get important information to you by turning up the volume of your emotions

  • We should focus on finding the valuable kernel of information that our emotions are sending us

  • How do we learn from negative emotions (such as fear and anxiety)

  • Being able to differentiate between granularity of anxiety helps you process the feelings better

  • If you didn’t have some level of anxiety you would never do the preparation necessary

  • Define, as clearly as possible, the things you are afraid of, own it, connect head to stomach, and describe it with the word. (your psyche will feel like you got the message through)

  • Once your anxiety and fear feel acknowledged it naturally dissipates

  • The vital importance of journaling and being gentle and kind to yourself, to help you understand your emotions

  • Everyone has all kinds of feelings, everyone doubts themselves on some level, the top performers, hedge fund managers, and olympic athletes - its part of the human condition

  • How can historical echoes create repeated behavioral patterns?

  • The critical period for who we are and how we relate in the world happen very early - as Freud called them “the compulsion to repeat”, and as Denise calls them “echoes” or “fractals”

  • How studying traders and their trades showed Denise that people would trade in accordance with their life stories, and the patterns and mistakes they made repeated themselves again and again

  • Negative feelings are a mechanism to look and understand the fractals from our past and exploring child hood experiences can help you uncover more about them

  • The importance of doing the historical work, digging into your childhood, asking yourself “how would I have felt” (so you can get past the filter of “oh that didn’t bother me”)

  • An amazing question you can ask yourself about past events - how would someone else have felt about that? That question helps you break past the self denial that it did hurt you.

  • Repetitions of past mistakes are opportunities to reorganize things you weren't able to deal with in your past

  • Always ask - what would someone else think about that, how would someone else feel about this in the situation? You will often project your own feelings onto someone else

  • We primarily think that discipline will change behavior, which is not always the case

  • Feelings are the foundations of our consciousness, thoughts are built on top of that, you have a lot more leverage working on your feelings

  • Why you can’t solve everything with your head

  • The inaccuracies of the model of the “triune” brain - no neuroscientist at the cutting edge of neuroscience believes that anymore

  • The vital importance of sleep, exercise, and cultivating your physical system as part of building mental performance

  • One of the biggest commonalities between peak performers - dedication to getting better, putting in the work and the preparation, regardless of what it takes

  • Break down all the core pieces you need to achieve your goal

    1. Understand how those pieces fit together

    2. Execute every piece

  • The other major commonality of peak performers - self awareness

  • How to take negative energy to use that to help you continue to prepare towards your goals

  • How a lot of people ignore the social and emotional aspects of performance despite the massive leverage available to working there

  • Why the biggest mistake high performers make is to set aside their emotions

  • Unconscious setting feelings and emotions aside by being over scheduled - overactivity / constant distraction never gives you the opportunity to understand and dig into your emotional life

  • Know your feelings without judgment, take a step to try and understand what the kernel of that feeling is

  • You, your feelings and experiences matter and you need to take time to honor them

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] How Emotions Are Made: The Secret Life of the Brain by Lisa Feldman Barrett

  • [Book] Market Mind Games by Denise Shull

  • [Website] The ReThink Group

  • [Blog] Market Mind Games

  • [Book] Emotional Agility: Get Unstuck, Embrace Change, and Thrive in Work and Life by Susan David

Episode Transcript

 
 [00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we ask can and should we set aside our emotions to make decisions in huge high-stakes environments. We look at how to channel and listen to your emotions to make even better decisions. We talk about learning from negative emotions. How historical echoes in our life create repeated behavior patterns and much more with Denise Shull. 
 
The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.
 
Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co, that’s scienceofsuccess.co, and put in your email.
 
In our previous episode, we looked at how Toyota turned the worst automobile factory in America into the best without changing any personnel. We discussed the paradox of choice, paralysis by analysis, and the danger of having too many choices. The vital importance of a multidisciplinary viewpoint to truly understand reality, we ask if there are any quick fixes for wisdom and much more with Dr. Barry Schwartz. If you want to get the keys to living a successful life, listen to that episode. 
 
Lastly, if you want to get all the incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talked about in this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co, hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
[0:02:43.6] MB: Today, we have another exciting guest on the show, Denise Shull. Denise is a decision coach performance architect and founder of the ReThink Group. She utilizes psychological science to solve the issues of mental mistakes, confidence crisis and slumps in Olympic athletes and Wall Street traders. 
 
Her book; Market Mind Games has been described as the best of its genre and the Rosetta Stone of trading psychology. She’s been featured in the Wall Street Journal, CNBC, The New York Times, and consulted on the Showtime drama series Billions as one of the inspirations for Maggie Siff’s character; Wendy Rhoades. 
 
Denise, welcome to the Science of Success. 
 
[0:03:19.6] DS: Thank you. I’m happy to be here.  
 
[0:03:21.4] MB: We’re very excited to have you on today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and some of your work, tell us a little bit about your story and how you got started and sort of what your work looks like today. 
 
[0:03:32.8] DS: Well, I used to sell computers for IBM in my 20s and I was like, “Oh my gosh! If I’m 40 and doing this, I’m going to not be happy,” let’s just put it that way. I was very interested in psychology, went to the University of Chicago where they have this really cool design your own master’s program, and studied basically neuroscience of emotion and neuroscience of unconscious thought, like what’s going on in there that we don’t’ really know about. 
 
Then I played volleyball with four traders and they’d wanted me to be a trader. Basically, I ditched the Ph.D. and became a trader. I was trading, managing a trading desk. I thought I was going to be doing that forever, and that master’s degree was like this cool little thing that cost a lot of money but went nowhere. 
 
Then someone wanted to publish it 10 years after it was written. I was like, “Oh my gosh! It’s neuroscience. If you publish it as it is, you’ll sound archaic because you will be. Let’s update it.” What a group of scientists had shown, they’re all at UoC now, was that you had to have emotion to make a decision. All of the trading psychology, in Wall Street psychology, was take the emotion out if it. I was like, “Hmm, if you took the emotion out of it, literally, you couldn’t actually make the decision. This is a problem. We need to figure this out.” 
 
I basically started talking about it and, honestly, people started to asking me to talk and someone asked me to write a magazine article, and I’d really wanted to be journalist at one point, so I was like, “Oh, cool. I’ll get an article published.” 
 
Then I think it took on a life of its own because it resonated with people. People felt as if they were supposed to set the emotion aside and they found they couldn’t, but they kind of were ashamed of that and didn’t want to tell anymore, particularly traders. When I came along and started saying, “No. No. No. You have to have emotion to make a decision, and that’s what the science said.” Basically, were relieved and more people wanted to hear about it. Here we are 12 years later or whatever it is, with more people wanting to hear about it.  
 
[0:05:30.9] MB: One of the core things that you just mentioned is the idea that often times this sort of commonsense advice or that thin you hear repeatedly in high-stakes environments like trading is that we should try to set aside our emotions and be rational, but the research doesn’t necessarily support that conclusion. Is that correct?  
 
[0:05:50.1] DS: Yes, that is totally correct. In fact, there are lots of different researchers who come to the conclusion that the only way to be truly rational is to incorporate your emotion. Consciously incorporate your emotion into the decision. That if you understand what the emotion is about, what the meaning is, which parts of it don’t have to do with the decision you’re facing or the performance you’re facing, because there’s always a mix of what’s here and now and what’s not here and now. If you try to set it all aside, that just all gets jumbled and it affects you in the worst possible way at the worst possible moment.  
 
[0:06:29.4] MB: Tell me more about it. Expand on that concept that how do we consciously incorporate our emotions into our decision making and how does that make us more rational? 
 
[0:06:39.0] DS: Well, the first thing people have to do is actually just accept that feeling emotion, thought, and your physical being are one integrated system. The best analogy I can come up with a car. You need all the parts to have the car go forward and start and stop when you push the brakes. It doesn’t work without all of them for the most part. It’s a continuum from what’s called affect, which is just — The best way to understand affect is the difference between before and after you have coffee, or before and after you have a cocktail. That’s the difference in your affect, kind of your general mood outlook. 
 
Then that morphs into what we think of more as feelings, where your intuition unconscious pattern recognition is. Then extreme forms of affect and feeling are what we know as emotion. When you have this spike of an experience that’s intense and is driving you to do something. The trick is to change your viewpoint of that experience and start to look at that experience as information of the information about the here and now and information about what got you to the here and now. 
 
As you do that, start to pull that spaghetti ball apart. Particularly, all negative emotions have like a kernel of meaning and a kernel that can help you. Because, basically, the whole world been miss-taught emotion and certainly miss-taught negative emotion at this point in time, people never get to the valuable kernel, or let’s say rarely get to the valuable kernel. 
 
What happens is your psyche in trying to get like a piece of information to you that’s it's important that can protect you and help you and you try to set aside, it’s sort of the volume turns up. The irony of trying to set the emotion aside and particularly trying to set the negative emotion aside is that either the volume turns up so it gets more intense, or it gets diverted and convoluted into other situations including your help. 
 
Step one is just changing the viewpoint. People are really afraid of emotion and they’re certainly really afraid of negative emotion. Men more than women, legitimately, because men are taught from conception probably, do not have their feelings. Obviously, it’s not quite true, but practically. 
 
It's an attitude, and what happens is as people start to say, “Okay, my emotions aren’t something to be overcome, set-aside. They aren’t old from earlier in creation or evolution. They actually have value to me.” Once you change the attitude, then you're able to have and hold those feelings and as you’re able to do that actually and be very conscious about that, you really have much more control over how you choose to behave or act. 
 
I think I’ll let you ask me another person, because who knows whether I’m — What road I’m going down. 
 
[0:09:55.9] MB: No. I think that makes a lot of sense, and it's something that we dig into a lot on the show and something that fascinates me, which is this kind of core idea that we should focus on finding the valuable — As you said, the valuable kernel of information that our emotions are trying to send to us. 
 
How do we actually sort of practically do that? How do we listen more to our emotions and how do we change our orientation around the way we feel about negative emotions instead of trying to push them down or fight them or avoid them? How do we actually learn from them? 
 
[0:10:30.8] DS: Yeah. Step one, once you change your attitude. So it’s really step two. Let’s just take fear and anxiety. Research shows that being able to granular or differentiate between levels of nervousness, anxiety, fear, helps you handle it. 
 
One of the first things I do with actually my hedge funds and traders and, now, with the Olympic athletes, is get them to come up with their own spectrum, so on one level it’s — One edge of the spectrum is panic and the other is overconfidence, and choose their words, like doubt, concern, worry, anxiety, fear, terror, and actually think about the words and even look them up in the Thesaurus, even though we all know what these words mean. 
 
There are some piece of psychological event, energy, and this is not understood yet. Where using better language and getting the word right and even being able to use the words in different languages somehow helps us process the feeling better. Everybody's got anxiety in some level about a performance, about a decision, about their job, about their trade, about whatever. Whatever anyone’s doing, if you didn’t have a level of anxiety, you’d never do the preparation. 
 
Then depending on how you’ve learned to handle it, that anxiety can be more or less in the most important or most intense situations. In those really stressful situations, the more you can accurately say to yourself, “Okay, I'm really worried my boss is going to do blah-blah,” or, “I'm terrified. I'm going to fall,” if you’re a snowboarder. In trade, “Oh my gosh! I'm freaked out that I'm going to lose money.” 
 
The more you can say that to yourself, own it, connect head to stomach, own it and hold it right there with the right word that describes the level, the irony is that feeling contracts. There's something about that acknowledgment with language that seems right to you, that helps you connect head to gut, and then it's like your psyche has said, “Okay, I got the message through. I know that you know, Matt, that need to be a little concerned about this, so you need to go check X, Y and Z,” or whatever it is, that you need to be prepared. I’ve got the message through you, so I, as the anxiety or concern in your head, can now go back to sleep because you’ve got it. I know you’ve got it because you’ve acknowledged this feeling that I'm trying to serve up to you that was meant to remind you that you need to double check your preparation or whatever the situation is. I'm using double check your preparation is covering snowboarding pertaining to dealing with one's boss to, “And I’m big on television,” to whatever. The clue starts with actually changed attitude, getting comfortable with the words particularly around the spectrum of fear and anxiety. 
 
[0:13:48.0] MB: Concretely, what is this sort of connecting your head to your gut look like? Is it journaling? Is it therapy? Isn't talking to yourself? 
 
For somebody who’s listening to this that’s struggling, what would the sort of concrete actions that you would prescribe to them be as a starting point to really let those feelings be acknowledged and kind of let them bubble up and be understood? 
 
[0:14:12.7] DS: Well, for people who are comfortable doing it, which isn’t what you asked me, you can do it just talking to yourself in your head. A lot of my clients who’ve been working with me, I’ve got them to the stage where they can do it in their head or some of the snowboarders I’m working with who need to do it in their head because they’re in the starting day. That process of getting to that point, in an ideal world, you’ve got someone to talk to about it. It's really hard to find someone who can tolerate listening to someone's anxiety, because we listen to someone else talk about they’re nervous and we want to make them not nervous as supposed to give them the feeling that it's okay to have that feeling. 
 
What that leaves us with is journaling and someone being really gentle and kind to themselves and allowing themselves to have all of their feelings, because then on another level they are really just a feeling and they don't necessarily speak to exact reality. The journaling mechanism, if someone could get comfortable writing on a piece of paper or typing into a computer exactly how they feel without any judgment. That's a clue. Whether it's the journal judging you — There’s a process where people edit just when they go to write or whether the coach, mentor, therapist that you’re talking to will judge you in some way. What you want is a feeling that whatever feeling you have is okay and that step one is just to be able to look, observe that feeling, get more information about describing it. 
 
In a practical level, you don’t have to pay for a therapist, have a coach if you can learn to use writing as a way to be that accepting other person for yourself. 
 
[0:16:07.3] MB: How do we get rid of the judgment? 
 
[0:16:12.9] DS: Yeah, that's the question, isn’t it? I want to say, “Hey, it’s just you and yourself and you’re allowed to have all your feelings, and your feelings are meant to help you. What’s the point judging yourself?” It's just a piece of paper and you’re just trying to understand what your feelings are trying to tell you what that message is about. Is it relevant to the thing I’ve got to face today? Or does it tell me something that I need to look into in general, or something I need to understand about myself general? It's just research.
 
I can tell you from my vantage point everyone has all kinds of feelings, sand everyone doubts themselves on some level. It's just part of the human condition. Now, I've worked with people who have hundreds of millions, if not billions of dollars and a lot of people might look at them and think they don't have anything to be worried about, and they’re no different than the next human being. Everybody has levels of concern and worry because it is a driver — Understood in a pure form, it is a driver of what makes us better. 
 
In most cases, it doesn't exist in a pure form because no one has learned to understand this way, so it’s been mishandled. So then it's gotten exaggerated. One [inaudible 0:17:47.5] history with fear and anxiety comes to bear at any given situation, and that's like the untangling part that you can certainly start to do in a journal. It helps to have someone to talk through it with back to the value of language that's I think not yet explained in neuroscience. 
 
Let me say, don't judge yourself. Of course, I know it’s way easier said than done, but I’ll still say it. There’s no reason to judge yourself. All your feelings are okay. It doesn’t matter they are. They’re just feelings. If you understand them, you don't have to automatically act on them. 
 
[0:18:24.7] MB: This makes me think about — And you touched on something earlier that I do want to get back to which is the kind of integrated physical system of the body and how it's all kind of one whole. Before we touch on that, this makes me think about something else you’ve talked about which are these ideas of we have almost these historical echoes that create repeated behavior patterns. I don't know if those would be the same thing as limiting beliefs or sort of related to limiting beliefs. I'd love to dig in to that concept. 
 
[0:18:53.1] DS: Yeah, they’re very similar to limiting beliefs. That master’s thesis actually was entitled The Neurobiology of the Theory of Freud's Repetition Compulsion, or Freud’s theory of the repetition compulsion. You’d think I know the name of my master’s thesis. 
 
In any event, Freud identified this phenomenon in human beings where we get ourselves in repetitive circumstances. We marry one person, get divorced, get married again, completely different person have the same exact feeling and the same exact documents. We got from one job with certain kind of difficulties with our colleagues, our bosses. We go a different job, different people, same thing. 
 
He identified this back in 1800s, and I saw it in my friends, and I saw it somewhat in myself. I was like, “Why is this? There has to be some sort of unconscious template in there where we’re making choices and we’re behaving in certain ways that cause situation A to be exactly like situation B 5, 8, 10-year, or 20 years later, whatever, 30, 40 years later even though the ingredients are completely different. 
 
I’ve studied that. I wrote about it and how templates for relationships start, again, from conception, not from birth. How there’s something called a critical period in birds where if a bird doesn’t lean its song at a certain point, it never learns it, and so I suggested that there were critical periods for all kinds of things. 
 
The critical periods for who we are and how we relate in the world happen to us very early. That becomes what is generally known as limiting beliefs. Freud called it the compulsion to repeat. I originally called it echoes in my work. I turned back to fractals, which I’ll come back to in a second. 
 
What I discovered when I started working with traders is that they would take the market and the prices moving at the market, and the market would function like their boss, or their spouse. They like a war shack plot, they would impute meaning to the way the market personal meaning to where the market was behaving, and then they would react. 
 
A lot of people react to the market as an authority figure and maybe would rebel and get bigger in a market position that they were losing money in. Like as a way of rebellion. Once I started to realize that people were taking their life stories and their viewpoint of themselves and I think what you would refer to as limiting beliefs, and making the market their partner in there. It’s like, obviously the market is not — The market doesn’t care anything about any one particular person. 
 
As I started to write about it in my book, I actually realized there's a concept called — Well, there’s a thing known as fractal geometry, so like broccoli or trees are the perfect example of fractals, meaning what one stalk of broccoli, when you look at it, really looks the same as the whole head of broccoli, or one branch of a tree really looks the same as a whole tree and it's just a matter of scale. I started thinking, “You know what? I think human beings effectively that are psychology is fractal,” and so we have the snippets of experience in our first 5, 10, 15 years. 
 
Then we don't know are like buried in there, but they are the DNA or the pattern for the tree or the broccoli in our head. We experience them as our self-concept as limiting beliefs. We’re acting out of those. What we can do the kind of unravel is untangle and connect those feelings to situations that might have occurred in our family. I could start telling a list of situations that might have occurred in our families, but we all know what those are. 
 
My opinion is that it is literally a neurological phenomenon that gets set up some sort of critical period thing and how a human develops in terms of who we are and where we fit in the world. Unless we look at it, it just stays that way. The mechanism for getting us to look at it is feelings that we have that make us unhappy in adult situations. We could try to set those feelings aside or we could say, “Okay, these set of feelings makes me unhappy. Oh, by the way, it’s the exact same thing that’s happened last time with a different boss. How do I figure out which part of that is me just bring this fractal echo experience that was given to me are set up for me, for let’s just say, because I was like third oldest boy in the family and my two older brothers picked on me? I might more incline to think that my boss is picking on me, when he's really not.” 
 
Until you start to realize, “Wait a minute, my feelings don't match the situation, but my feelings do match situations I’ve experienced while growing up.” That gives you the awareness to start to be able to pull that apart and then react in the present with the factors in the present as supposed to what you just called limiting beliefs, but I think are coming from earlier experiences in the form of fractals or echoes is something that people relate to, because it feels like an echo. It’s feels like this is happening again. I’ve heard this story before. I’ve seen this movie before. 
 
[0:24:41.4] MB: The kind of method or intervention to resolve that, is that the same kind of methodology? Is it things like journaling? How do we start to unravel and reconnect those feelings and sort of repair those fractals from our past so that they don't repeat themselves? 
 
[0:25:00.3] DS: What I did for traders in my book was send people through a series of exercises, because the clue is — The way to do — and it is helpful to have someone help you do it, I mean, admittedly. Having said that, if someone keeps track of the experiences they’re having in their adult life that are making them unhappy, i.e. I’m using unhappy for frustrated, afraid. Keeps track of those and writes down the circumstances and their feelings, and completely separately from that tries to come up with five memories from growing up, that could be from when you were three or when your eight or when you were 10 or when you're 15, and write about those and write about what you remember what happened and then write about how it fell then compared the two. Virtually, if you’ve done that exercise accurately without judging yourself on either front, the what's going on here and now and what happened back then when you got kicked out of third grade of whatever, you’ll find matches. 
 
It feels now like it felt that. People are mostly astounded by that, and a lot of people don't want to do that sort of historical work. My attitude towards that is like if it solves a repetitive frustration difficulty in the here and now, why not? To me, it seems like a gift, not a problem. 
 
The short version is if you can figure out what's happening to you repetitively now and you can separately like not try and book for it, write about memories from difficult situations growing up and how you would've felt bad. That's a clue. To think how you did feel, but then also ask yourself how would I have felt, and the reason for that is to get past that kind of filter of, “Oh, it didn’t really bothered me. It was no big deal,” which is what people tend to say. 
 
Think about, “Okay if that happened to someone else, how might they have felt?” Then if you’re trying to make the difficult feelings easier and just more acceptable and like — What’s the word I’m looking for? It's hard sometimes to admit that you’ve felt this, that or the other thing when you were 10 years old. It’s harder in a way than admitting it now, because the way kinds get through things, by the way, also, is like to not feel stuff and to put things in boxes and to be tough. Then those things get put in boxes and never get dealt with. I think the repetitions are opportunities to reorganize things that you couldn’t deal with as a kid when you didn't have any control over what was happening to you and you really kind of had to set something in a box in order to function and cope since you were at the mercy of the adults around you. 
 
Now, you can unwrap those boxes and then deal with that stuff and then have it affect you much less in your real life, and if it affects you less, even any amount less, you’re able to perform at a higher level. 
 
[0:28:18.7] MB: I think that’s a great point. Especially the idea of asking how would someone else have felt about that, or how would I have felt about that. I think it helps short-circuit almost the denial of, “Oh, that didn't really hurt me that badly. That didn't really affect me that badly.” 
 
I definitely can see that in myself where sometimes I’ll think about struggles someone’s had or something they’ve gone through and feel like, “Wow! I really feel bad for them,” or whatever. Then I think, “I’ve experienced that too,” and I definitely didn’t feel any sympathy for myself and I definitely didn’t give myself the opportunity to feel that pain and really be present to it, and I kind of tried to bury it under the rug. 
 
I think I love those questions and ways to frame it outside of yourself in some ways so that you can escape that defense mechanism. 
 
[0:29:07.5] DS: Yeah. That works all the time, by the time. Always saying how would someone else — I use that with my clients sometimes. They can't remember how they feel or they don't how they feel in a certain situation. Then I'll say, “What is your brother think about that, or what is your wife think about that, or what is your boss think about that?” 

People oftentimes will — Or how did your brother feel about? How did your wife feel about that? How did your boss feel about that? How does your husband feel about that? People will actually say their own feelings. They’ll project their own feelings on to that other person. You can do that for yourself. Just by thinking about situations growing up, like “Well, how did my sister feel about that?” or exactly the reasons you said. 
 
[0:29:49.0] MB: This goes into another concept that you’ve talked about which I want to understand better, which is the concept of creating behavior through expected feelings. Can you tell me a little bit about what that is and how we can do that?
 
[0:30:04.1] DS: The mechanism we usually use to change behavior is some form of discipline; don’t eat that, work harder, think like this. What works better is if we — Let’s just say just working out. Like, “Okay, I don’t feel like working out today.” “Well, I should workout. I know it’s good for me to workout. I promise myself I’d workout. I’m trying to be disciplined.” You think, “What will I feel like if I do workout? What will I feel like if I worked out consistently?” If you exchange the current feeling for the future feeling, it's easier to do the thing that you want versus using an intellectual thought-base directive. 
 
With traders, that market is really provocative and traders do things they don’t want to do all the time, get into trades. They didn’t mean to make their trade sides way bigger. Getting them to think about how they’re going to feel tonight, tomorrow, the end of the week, the end of the month, helps them avoid reacting to the provocation of the market. It’s really just taking — If feelings are essentially the foundation of our consciousness and the foundation of our motivation and thoughts really are layered on top, working with feelings that the feeling level is more like working with the actual gasoline you put in the car as supposed to working with oil per se. 
 
It’s got more leverage to imagine how something will make you feel in the future and that you want that feeling as supposed to you're supposed to do something. Because you’re supposed to do something, so that’s a thought, like fighting against a current feeling, and you want equal weapon so to speak. You want feeling against feeling as supposed to thought against feeling. Most people think it’s the opposite, like discipline yourself, think yourself. It works to a degree. When it works, that’s fine, but you really — I get people all the time in the trading world. The reason people come to me is they’ve tried every sort of psychology method and they still have this one thing they can’t solve, it’s because they’re just trying to use their heads to solve it. 
 
If they try to use future feelings, imagine how it will feel if they do or don't do this, then that’s got some torque. That’s got some power with it. 
 
[0:32:37.3] MB: Essentially, if we have some sort of activity that we know we should be doing or something we need to be doing but our current state is preventing us, “Oh, I don't feel like doing XYZ.” We want to project forward and say, “How will I feel if I have done that or if I’ve achieved that or if I’ve worked out every day for the last week,” and use that sort of future feeling of of positivenessto to fight back against the current feeling of, “I don’t want to do that.” 
 
[0:33:06.1] DS: Yes. Step one is actually really truly admitting you don’t want to. The same with the fear, like letting yourself, “Okay, I really don't feel like doing this right now.” “Okay, I really don’t I feel like doing this right now, but if I did it, how would I feel if I did it?” Would that feeling be worth behaving in a way than my current feeling? Because the first, they’re really admitting it and connecting to it in and of itself can dissipate it. Like, “Okay, I really don't feel like it.” “Yeah, yeah, but I should.” 
 
What I’m saying is naming the current feeling actually can change the current feeling enough that the thought might make a difference. Then if the thought doesn’t make a difference, saying, “Okay, yeah. But if I did it, how would feel afterwards and how will I feel if I — in the future, if I continue doing this?” I hope that makes sense. 
 
[0:34:02.4] MB: No. I think it does make sense. I’d like to go back to something you touched on much earlier in the conversation which is the idea of the mind, the body, everything as an integrated system, and specifically around the notion of the inaccuracy of the model of the triune brain. Can you talk about that? 
 
[0:34:21.6] DS: Yeah, it’s not a triune brain. I don’t mean to sound flip it. It’s really really common. In fact, it’s particularly common on Wall Street and in finance. It’s something called behavioral finance. People talk about all these decision mistakes we make then they talk about this triune brain that’s supposedly is and basically our thinking in analytics is the most developed, feeling an emotion in the middle and the stuff that keeps us alive, near to our brainstem and that it’s supposedly develop that way. 
 
It's hard for me to say anything, but like no neuroscientist at the cutting edge of neuroscience believes that anymore. Children that have nothing but brainstem have been shown to have feelings; laughter, sadness, just this sort of one extreme example. Now, not only is the triune brain essentially been disproven. The idea that you have one part of your brain, like the amygdala, dealing with fear, that's not looking so lively either anymore, and that different instances of thought, our feeling, our recruiting, all sorts of different neurons and synapses across the whole brain depending on the situation and depending on the person’s history. 
 
There’s actually a new book called How Emotions are Made by a woman named Lisa Feldman Barrett, who she is an academic. She wrote it as a popular book. It’s still fairly dense, but she lays out hundreds of studies supporting the inaccuracy of both the triune brain and the we have certain circuits for certain emotions and even certain facial expressions for certain emotions and shows it might and really convincingly that, again, this system is more like a car and it’s recruiting all of these different pieces of functionality. That’s not like a car, and that a brain might recruit different neurons and synapses for a certain experience on one day than it does from another. 
 
Now, there’s probably a reason for that whether there’s something slightly different about the experience that then recruits at a different part of the brain. The point being happiness, sadness, fear, don’t look the same in every brain all the time, even though you still hear that. There was an article in the New York Times saying that Tuesday or Wednesday. It’s still definitely the conventional wisdom, that we have a three-part brain and there are certain parts of the brain dedicated to certain feelings 
 
I think the evidence is really convincing that neither one of those are true. The good news is it means that we have a lot of literally neurological possibility to work with our brains in ways that allow us to get different results. 
 
[0:37:12.2] MB: For listeners who may not be as familiar with it. Briefly, just describe what is the conventional model of the triune brain, sort of the three components and what each of their functions are. 
 
[0:37:23.1] DS: You have this frontal cortex that does your thinking and analysis, and that’s the most developed part. That’s the parts you’re supposed to be using. That’s one part. You have this kind of middle part that's feelings and emotions that supposedly we needed back when we were hunting and gathering. Then you have the deepest, oldest part, which is in the back of your of head, which is keeping your heart beating and your lungs breathing and your stomach digesting. 
 
In that model, people tend to think that this theoretically developed thinking analytical part should be able to manage override the earlier two parts, and its more advanced and you should be relying mostly on it. If that's not the model, and all three parts are working together in concert all the time, you can't be expecting that supposedly thinking analytical part to be overriding the extensible earlier, more primitively developed parks. That makes sense? 
 
[0:38:35.0] MB: That definitely makes sense. I just wanted to describe what that model was for people who may not be familiar — 
 
[0:38:39.3] DS: Yeah, I get it. 
 
[0:38:41.1] MB: Zooming out a little bit, but still staying on the kind of the notion of an integrated physical system, tell me about the importance that you’ve seen. I know you coach and deal with some high performers at the highest levels, hedge fund managers, Olympic athletes. What have you seen about the importance of supporting the physical system itself, the body, sleep habits, exercise, et cetera,  as a component of mental performance? 
 
[0:39:07.3] DS: Sometimes I hate to say it because, honestly, if someone gets enough sleep and not physical movement —I don’t mean too much, by the way. Then it makes such a difference in a person's mood outlook or what we would call affect attitude, like an optimism. 
 
The right amount — Obviously, it’s not an algebraic formula, but with a good amount of physical activity and definitely a lot of sleep, your attitude toward something, your ability to perceive risk is so much more optimal than without it. 
 
For example, when a regular client who I’ve been working with who’s doing well, calls me up for a regular coaching session and says, “I blew it yesterday. I like add it to a loser.” One of the first things I ask is, “Okay, were your kids up at 3 AM?” We’re you up looking at the London markets at 3 AM?” Some large percentage of the time they end up saying, “Yes.”
 
Sleep is starting to be, as I’m sure you know, much more respected and revered. There was an article in the New York Times yesterday about it being the new status symbol, but there’s still an awful lot of pressure to survive on not enough sleep and just life in general and households with kids and dogs and cats and whatnot, tended to keep people from getting enough sleep. 
 
That physical basis of — That’s what we are, right? We’re physical creatures operating in these bodies that are, again, a bit like cars. We need to change the oil, and sleep is a bit like that. 
 
[0:41:03.1] MB: Looking at all these different high-performers that you work with, what are some of the habits that you either recommend to cultivate the peak performance or see repeatedly again and again from peak performers. I know they may be some things we've already touched on, but I'm curious what are the commonalities you see between the elite level performers that you work with. 
 
[0:41:23.6] MB: Dedication to getting better, like putting in the work and the preparation regardless of what it takes. It's not about just a raw gifts. It's about taking the situation and the thing you want to accomplish and breaking down all of the different pieces that cause you to — Would contribute to you achieving the goal and being accurate about that. People have a tendency, by the way, to over focus on one piece of it, but it's the understanding of the whole situation and the competition being a direct or a very important aspect of that. 
 
What is your competition doing and what do you need do to perform at the level of — At least at, if not, obviously above your competition. That dimension, whether that's in athletics or in markets, helps a lot. Then within that deconstruction of all of the aspects, a solid understanding of the competition is self-awareness and is becoming more aware of one's own baseline level of affect feeling and emotion and the meanings of those feelings and emotions and when they spike, understanding what that's about and how to take the energy, negative feelings, particularly in the realm of frustration which could go to anger and figuring out how to use that to help you continue to prepare within that whole deconstruction of everything that you’ve looked at that will get you where you want to be. 
 
People who do that, whether it's in athletics or in the markets and you could call it a very holistic view. A lot of people do all of the pieces, but the social emotional awareness. They don’t really analyze what they’re competing against and they certainly don't get as emotionally self-aware as they could, and both of those are real levers. 
 
[0:43:39.8] MB: On the flipside, what are some of the biggest mistakes that you see high performers make? 
 
[0:43:45.5] DS: It’s always just trying to set their emotion aside, to use that thinking analytical part of the brain to set the feeling aside without a doubt, because everyone thinks that’s what they’re supposed to do. In certain situations, the thing to do is say, “Okay, I can’t focus on this feeling now, but it doesn’t mean I have to never focus on it. Maybe I need to put it in this box over here, this envelope over here to be dealt with tonight or tomorrow or next week.” 
 
The general conscious, setting feelings much in the side; and unconscious, setting them aside through like over-activity, being overscheduled or overtraining for that matter, not allowing yourself to have a minute of downtime to recognize the feeling and emotion dimension and the feedback to pulling it apart, untangling it. In one word, I could say over-activity. 
 
[0:44:45.3] MB: The ideas the over-activity robs us the ability to truly listen to our emotions and do the work necessary, to remap those and get the leverage that you can get out of a truly deep understanding and being kind of in harmony with your emotions. 
 
[0:45:04.7] DS: Yeah, you never give yourself — You’re constantly distracted. You never give yourself time. Like with market people, they’re always analyzing the market. With athletes, they’re always working out. There’s this whole other dimension that it feels like you’re not doing something. You’re potentially doing the most important thing to give yourself time and space to be more self-aware. 
 
[0:45:30.7] MB: What is one piece of homework that you would give to somebody listening to this conversation to concretely implement some of the ideas and concepts we’ve talked about today? 
 
[0:45:41.1] DS: Resolve to allow yourself to have all of your feelings, even what seem like the worst ones and learn to put a word to that to be able to say, “I feel really frustrated. I feel furious.” Then say, “About what? What's that really about?” 
 
If you just resolve to allow yourself to know all your feelings without judgment and then take the step of trying to understand what the kernel is, that has something ramifications for over-activity and health performance, and your order in yourself. You’re saying that you and your feelings and your experience means something and they matter, and they do, and everyone can do that for themselves. It will be hard for some people, but it can take a step in that direction for sure. 
 
[0:46:45.7] MB: For listeners who want to learn , where can people find you and your work online? 
 
[0:46:51.8] DS: My company is called The ReThink Group. The website is therethinkgroup.com. I have a blog. I haven’t had much time to keep up with that lately. I have also done some writing over the years on Psychology Today. If one were to Google me in Psychology Today, fine. It’s over things, but still completely relevant there. 
 
If you're in the market, Market Mind Games, it’s a pretty good book. You can. I have had people read Market Mind Games and apply it to their lives outside of that market. I think those are good places. 
 
[0:47:29.5] MB: Denise, this has been a fascinating conversation and I feel like we’ve really gotten to go deep into how to think about our emotions, how to better uncover some of our emotions and how they may be holding us back. Thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing your wisdom today. 
 
[0:47:44.8] DS: Thank you for having me. 
 
[0:47:46.4] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi. Be sure to shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.
 
The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. 
 
I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co, that’s scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 
 
If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top. 
 
Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.
 

June 15, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Emotional Intelligence, Decision Making, High Performance
BarrySchwartz-01.png

The 3 Keys You Need To Answer Life’s Most Important Questions with Dr. Barry Schwartz

June 08, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion

In this episode we look at how Toyota turned the worst automobile factory in America into the best without changing any personnel, we discuss the paradox of choice, paralysis by analysis and the danger of having too many choices, the vital importance of having a multi-disciplinary viewpoint to truly understand reality, ask if there are quick fixes for wisdom, and much more with Dr. Barry Schwartz

Dr. Barry Schwartz is a Professor at the Haas school of Business at UC Berkley. He has authored over 10 books including The Paradox of Choice, Why We Work, and Practical Wisdom as well as more than 100 professional journal articles. He has been featured on the TED stage, in the The New York Times, USA Today, CNN, and much more.

We discuss:

  • How Barry’s work in animal learning, following in the footsteps of BF Skinner, led him down the path of his journey

  • Why a focus on rewards and punishments is too narrow an understanding

  • The importance of multi-disciplinary work to unearth the truth and understand reality

  • How we can begin to think in a more multi-disciplinary way

  • The answers to the most important questions in life are very complex, and efforts to simplify them are doomed to failure

  • The flaws in the dominant ideologies of western society in understanding and explaining why we work

  • People don’t work only for pay - here are the other reasons people work:

  • They want to be engaged

    1. They want discretion and control

    2. They want to be appreciated

    3. They want to be challenged

    4. They want to do something that has meaning

  • Why only 10% of the world’s workforce is “engaged in their work”

  • How did Toyota turn around the worst automobile factory in America into the BEST factory in America without changing the workforce?

  • The importance of the big 3 factors - Autonomy, Control, and Discretion

  • What has enabled the container store to be so successful

  • How focusing on improving the quality of work and creating good work can be good for the bottom line as well

  • How Aristotle defines “Wisdom”

  • How excessive management and supervision has destroyed the ability of teachers to become effective

  • How the reliance on rules and incentives to get people to behave properly is the enemy of wisdom

  • Wisdom is learned, but it can’t be taught - the way you learn to be wise is by trying and failing

  • You learned by doing, by getting it wrong, and by correcting your mistakes

  • Trial and error, mentoring, modeling - there’s no quick fix for wisdom, you have to be in it for the long haul

  • It's OK to get it wrong

  • We go deep into Barry’s famous book The Paradox of Choice

  • Paralysis by analysis and the danger of having too many choices

  • How can we simplify our lives and avoid the paradox of choice?

  • “Good enough is virtually always good enough”

  • People who aspire to “the best” get better results, and feel worse about them, than people who are happy with “good enough”

  • Don’t be unambitious and have no standards, have high standards, but don’t feel like if you aren’t the absolute best you’re a failure

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Why We Work (TED Books) by Barry Schwartz

  • [Book] The Paradox of Choice: Why More Is Less by Barry Schwartz

  • [Book] Practical Wisdom: The Right Way to Do the Right Thing by Barry Schwartz and Kenneth Sharpe

  • [Article] Crafting a Job: Revisioning Employees as Active Crafters of Their Work - Academy of Management

  • [Article] DYING WORDS: How should doctors deliver bad news? By Jerome Groopman

  • [Image] Artist Leo Cullum “Student Wears School Sweater That Reads Brown But My First Choice Was Yale”

  • [TED Profile] Barry Schwartz

  • [Swarthmore Profile] Barry Schwartz

  • [TEDTalk] The paradox of choice by Barry Schwartz

  • [TEDTalk] Our loss of wisdom by Barry Schwartz

  • [TEDTalk] Using our practical wisdom by Barry Schwartz

  • [TEDTalk] The way we think about work is broken by Barry Schwartz

Episode Transcript

 [00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.
 
[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.
 
In this episode, we look at how Toyota turned the worst automobile factory in America into the best without changing any personnel. We discuss the paradox of choice, paralysis by analysis and the danger of having too many choices. We look at the vital importance of having a multi-disciplinary viewpoint to truly understand reality. We ask if there are any quick fixes for wisdom and much more with Dr. Barry Schwartz 
 
The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 1,000,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, conducting amazing interviews, listening to podcast and more.
 
Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter “to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.
 
In our previous episode, we went deep on negotiation, why no matter what you do, it’s essential to master the skill of negotiation. We looked at the barriers that prevent people like you from negotiating effectively. Why the common sense rules of the real world are a fragile collection of socially reinforced illusion. We examined the most powerful type of questions that you can use in negotiation, talked about the single biggest mistake you can make at negotiation and much more with master negotiator Kwame Christian.
 
If you want to learn the proven tactics for influencing someone and getting what you want, be sure to listen to that episode. Lastly, if you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talk about on this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top.
 
[0:02:47.9] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show, Barry Schwartz. Barry is a professor at the Haas school of business at UC Berkeley. He’s authored over 10 books including the paradox of choice, why we work and practical wisdom as well as more than a hundred professional journal articles. He’s been featured on the TED stage three times in the New York Times, USA today, CNN and many more media outlets.
 
Barry, welcome to the science of success.
 
[0:03:12.6] BS: Thanks, it’s great to be with you, I appreciate the invitation.
 
[0:03:15.6] MB: Well we’re very excited to have you on here today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your background, tell us your story?
 
[0:03:23.5] BS: Well, my story is that I only applied for one job in my whole life, I applied for a job as Swarthmore College as I was finishing up my PHD at the University of Pennsylvania. I got the job and I spent 45 years there. Just retired this past June and moved to the west coast to be closer to kids and grandkids. It’s really a remarkably boring life story. At the time I took the job at Swarthmore, I didn’t know what a good job was, I discovered that I had fallen in to what was for me the perfect job and I took full advantage of it, as I say, 45 years.
 
[0:04:05.4] MB: At Swarthmore, your research took a really interesting arc. I mean I’m sure many people are familiar with the book that you’ve written. How did your quest to kind of understand humans and the way that we behave lead you down that path?
 
[0:04:20.7] BS: Well, that’s actually one of the great blessings at Swarthmore. My training was in the field of psychology called Animal Learning and mostly derived from the work of BF Skinner who was a very prominent psychologist for half a century but your listeners may not even know who he is anymore.
 
But he had this view that basically, the way to understand all kinds of creatures including human beings is by looking at the rewards and punishments that our various actions produce. That we were creatures who pursue rewards and avoid punishments and if you understood that, you understood everything.
 
That always struck me as wrong, as inaccurate, it didn’t seem to fit my own behavior, it didn’t seem to fit the behavior of the people I knew and worked with. I sort of devoted myself to criticizing this approach but I had a very narrow view of what that meant and the great thing about Swarthmore College is that it’s easy to interact with people in other disciplines.
 
I spent a lot of time with philosophers, with political scientists, with economists and gradually my concerns about Skinner psychology expanded to include this sort of ideology, that economics has purveyed for the last several hundred years. The books I wrote, even the ones before the ones that you mentioned were really focused not just on criticizing a particular view that came out of psychology but also criticizing the dominant ideology of western societies which comes out of economics would never have happened if I had not been at a place like Swarthmore which makes talking across discipline so easy. That’s my history. 
 
[0:06:11.4] MB: Sorry, what were you going to say?
 
[0:06:13.6] BS: Well, I mean, you know. Students occasionally ask me, well how can you do that? I want to have your career and I tell them, well you can’t. I was just lucky and the world doesn’t support this kind of multidisciplinary activity in the way that it did when I started out a long time ago.
 
[0:06:34.9] MB: You know, I think multi-disciplinary knowledge and thinking about things form different kind of pools of wisdom, such an important way to understand the world and longtime listeners will know that on the show, we’re huge fans of Warren Buffet’s business partner, Charlie Monger who talks at length about how the only real way to understand reality is to come at it from a multidisciplinary approach.
 
[0:07:00.0] BS: I think that’s right, the trouble is that fields in the sciences have become more and more technical and more and more specialized so there’s a sense that you can’t be good at one thing while you’re trying to learn anything. That’s produced a kind of silo in and tunnel vision on the part of most social scientists and natural scientist too. The inter disciplinary side of things has to be provided by someone else because people working in the lab don’t have time to learn what economist say and what sociologist say and so on.
 
It falls to people who are writing about what scientist do to try to make those connections across disciplines and then you hope that they actually know enough of the science if they get the science right which is why I tell young people that they simply can’t do what I did. The world won’t allow them to.
 
I agree with Charlie Monger about the importance of inter disciplinary. It may well be that the way you achieve it is by having multiple people who talk to one another, each of them a specialist but their viewpoints converge on a common problem and out of that emerges a more nuanced and complete picture that any one of them could give.
 
[0:08:23.4] MB: You know, in many ways, what we try to do here on the science of success is pull from experts like you, people in various different fields and try to deliver in some small way, a glimpse at this rich, multi-disciplinary texture of reality.
 
[0:08:39.9] BS: No, I very much appreciate it, it’s just you know, a lot of people don’t like to hear as an answer to their question, it’s complicated. They want a simple straight forward answer that points them down the path they have to travel in order to be successful or to be happy or to be whatever it is they think they want.
 
The truth is that the answers to the questions like this about how to live your life productively and fruitfully are complicated. They’re not simple. If you’re expecting simple answers, you’re either going to be misled or you’re going to be disappointed.
 
[0:09:19.8] MB: Such an important point and I couldn’t agree more. I think whenever we try to make something too simple and kind of force people down a path of “these are the 10 things you need to do to be happy” or whatever it might be, we miss a lot of the subtlety and the nuance and the understanding that kind of digging in and getting a deeper and richer perspective can really give you.
 
[0:09:44.9] BS: I think that’s right. I think you should be — your listeners should be very weary of books that have lists.
 
[0:09:52.3] MB: I’d love to dig in to something you touched on a moment ago, we could talk about this all day but I want to talk about some of the really important concepts that you’ve written about. You mentioned some of the dominant ideologies of western society, specifically economics and BF Skinner, the research he did on with pigeons and the work on the focus on rewards and punishments. Tell me about the way that we view the world today.
 
What are some of the flaws of that ideology? Specifically I know you’ve discussed and written at length about that within the world of and kind of the field of work.
 
[0:10:25.1] BS: Yes, you know, the little book I wrote, Why We Work, sort of begins with the views of Adam Smith who is the father of economics and he wrote his book, The Wealth of Nations, 250 years ago and his view was that people are lazy, they don’t want to work, they’d rather just sit on the couch munching chips and watching football games or whatever the 18th century equivalent of that was.
 
People are lazy, you got to get them off their behinds to do anything. The way you get them off their behinds is by paying them, by giving them rewards. If you give them rewards, it really doesn’t much matter what they do.
 
Since the only reason they’re doing anything is to get paid, they will do anything that gets them paid. This was an argument for creating workplaces where the work people did was repetitive, mechanical, mindless and relatively unskilled and their virtue of that was it seemed to cater to create efficiency.
 
I could train you up in 10 minutes to do your job. If the job I was giving you didn’t require much skill. If it required a lot of skill and discretion and judgment on your part then it might take months for you to become a satisfactory employee.
 
There was no point in creating jobs like that since you were basically only doing it to get paid anyway. That was his ideology and it gave rise to the industrial revolution and it was manifested at various points along the way, there was this discipline called Quote Scientific Management at the turn of the 20th century where people would go through factories with stopwatches and do time and motion studies to try to shape each task on the factory floor into the most efficient economical mindless task you could possibly do.
 
Again, the same ideology. People work for pay so it doesn’t matter what they do, why not make what they do as easy as possible. Very much like pigeons pecking for food or rats pressing levers for food. You have people pressing pans in a factory for food or for money.
 
That’s the ideology that has governed the shaping of the workplace in western society and it’s wrong. Yes, people worked for pay but they don’t work only for pay, people care about other things. 
 
They want to be engaged in what they do, they want to have some digression and control over what they do, they want to learn, they want to be challenged, they want to be appreciated by and respected by their colleagues and supervisors and most important, they want to do something that has meaning.
 
Meaning is a complicated term but largely what it means to say that work has meaning is that at the end of the work day, you’ve done something to make somebody else’s life better even in some small way. All of those things matter to people, they matter more than the paycheck although without the paycheck, people wouldn’t be working. 
 
We have systematically deprived people of opportunities to be engaged, challenged and have some control in their work lives. Gallop which polls people every year about their attitude toward work, finds that roughly 10% of the workforce internationally, describes itself as engaged by their work.
 
One in 10 people are eager to get out of bed every morning and go to work. That’s just a crime and I think it stems from this ideology that started with Adam Smith 250 years ago that has basically turned people into automata because they don’t have the opportunity to find jobs that they feel make a difference in their lives and in the lives of other people.
 
That’s what the book was about and there’s ample evidence that people really do care, not just about how they get paid but about what they do to get paid. When they think what they do is meaningful, they do better work. Not only is it better for them, it’s better for their customers and clients and it’s better for their companies because the companies end up being more profitable.
 
If you’re eager to go to work every day, your company is more successful than if you go to work reluctantly every day, it’s like, how could that not be true? And it is true. That’s what the book’s about.
 
[0:15:02.8] MB: Tell me about some of the ways that this kind of perspective on human nature has deprived people of these opportunities?
 
[0:15:11.3]BS: So, you know, the typical ascent, I’ll give you a striking example from about 30 years ago. There was a General Motors factory in Numi in Northern California that was by everyone’s account, the single worst factory in the automobile plant in the United States. The most defects, the slowest production, the most antagonism between labor and management, it was just an unmitigated disaster.
 
Toyota took over the plant, they wanted sort of a beachhead in the United States and they entered into a partnership with General Motors and took over the plant and over a period of about a year, they introduced the Toyota style of production.
 
That had many different characteristics but one of the central characteristics is that people on the shop floor were given the authority to stop production if they saw something wrong. That is to say, Toyota really cared about quality and they made everyone on the floor an agent to assure that there would be quality.
 
Which was very different from the way that GM plant had offered. In the space of two years, the plant went from being the worst automobile plant in the United states to being the best and what’s striking about this example is that the workforce didn’t change, it was the same people.
 
We used to think a lot of people thought the reason Japanese manufacturing is better than American is that you know, Japanese have all the self-discipline and self-control and they’re willing to do what they’re told and you can’t discipline the American workforce the way you can discipline the Japanese workforce.
 
This was done, this transformation was done with the same drug taking, alcohol drinking assembly line sabotaging American workers that had made the worst automobile plant in the country for General Motors just a few short years before. One saline characteristic of the Toyota plant is that there were these ropes hanging from the ceiling and anyone on the assembly line can pull on the rope if they see something wrong and it stops the assembly line.
 
You don’t need to go to a manager, you have autonomy and control and discretion and you are a partner in the pursuit of quality. An equal partner, you pull on the rope, the line stops and people try to figure out what’s gone wrong.
 
That strikes me as an example of how you can take work that people regard as meaningless and are doing only to get a paycheck and turn it into work that people regard as meaningful. You know, it doesn’t hurt to remind people on the assembly line that what they do has consequences for the health and safety of their fellow citizen’s right?
 
If you drive a defective car, you may get into an accident and you may get killed and your 18 month old baby may get killed. Every car you make, you have people’s lives in your hands. How much time do you think is devoted to reminding people on the assembly line that they’re responsible for the health and safety of their fellow citizens? I suspect not very much.
 
If you made that salient, the attitude people brought to the job would be quite different than the attitude they have when they think they’re just putting in rivets to get a paycheck. That’s just one dramatic example, it’s not hard to find others, I write in some detail about hospital janitors, this is work that my friend and colleague Amy Wrzesniewski has done.
 
You know, hospital janitors are at the very bottom of the hierarchy in hospitals. They’re essentially invisible and most of them are just punching a clock and doing the long list of tasks that they have to do, washing floors, emptying trash, making beds, stuff like that.
 
But there are some hospital janitors who think their job is to do whatever is necessary to enable to help the hospital to serve its mission of curing disease and easing suffering. They look for opportunities to do things that are not part of the job description, to make the patients feel a little less anxious and depressed, to make the patient’s families feel a little bit more comfortable.
 
They are always to help a nurse who has to turn a big patient so the patient doesn’t get bed sores. They’re always looking out and asking, what can I do to make the hospital run better? It’s not part of their job description, they don’t get paid for it but when you interview them, they tell you that this is why they love the job.
 
It’s not because they wash floors, it’s because they contribute to the curing of disease and the elimination of suffering. You can find this in any occupation as long as people are given enough space that they can create the kind of job that they think is worth doing.
 
We’ve made it  harder and harder for people to find that kind of space by over supervising and over incentivizing the work that most of us do.
 
[0:20:26.3] MB: I think that’s a great point that it’s not part of the job description, it’s not what they’re being paid to do and the focus on just monitor rewards and punishments and incentives obscures something deeper.
 
[0:20:42.6]BS: Absolutely. I’ll give you another example but there is this chain that you see in malls all over the country called the Container Store, are you familiar with the Container Store?
 
[0:20:53.5] MB: Yeah, the Container Store is great.
 
[0:20:55.3]BS: Yeah, it sells pieces of plastic that we put stuff in that we probably shouldn’t have bought in the first place right? That’s what it does, if you walk into that store and I have now been in many of them and it seems to me that the attitude is the same in every one of them, the enthusiasm and knowledge and commitment that the people working in those stores bring to their jobs is unbelievable.
 
You know, most people working in malls think their job is to sell stuff. But people at the Container Store think their job is to solve your problem. You come in with a problem and they, knowing all of the inventory and stuff, they have the expertise to help you solve the problem.

That’s their job, if it means a sale, well that’s great, if it doesn’t, also great. By solving people’s problems, they will generate and maintain a loyal customer base. The enthusiasm with which the people in those stores do their work is simply extraordinary and it’s because effort has been made to make the work, to remind people that the work they do actually has meaning. The work they do actually makes the lives of other people better.
 
That’s baked into I think the ethic of the whole enterprise. Any retail sales person, any retail sales person could have that attitude, somebody comes into the shoe store, my job is to solve this person’s problem.
 
Not, my job is to sell expensive shoes, my job is to solve this person’s problem. That changes everything. It’s not hard to do but if you’re committed to this ideology that people just work for a paycheck, it wouldn’t occur to you to make a point of the mission of meeting names and solving problems.
 
[0:22:51.8] MB: You know, as you mentioned the Container Store’s, done incredibly well and it’s the kind of place that when you hear about it, you're like, it doesn’t really make sense, how is that even a store? Then when you go in, you have one experience there and you become a huge fan of what they’re doing.
 
Which underscores another point you made that a little bit earlier that it’s not just good for the people working at these companies. It’s good for the company’s bottom line as well and it creates more engagement, it creates a better experience for the customers and you’ve also written at length or talked about the example of a carpet company. Can you share that story?
 
[0:23:27.2]BS: Yeah. It’s also a wonderful story. Rey Anderson ran this company called Interface that made carpet tile that you mostly saw in institutional settings like say, airport terminals. Extremely successful company, he has more money than he knew what to do with and he had this epiphany as a 70 year old that he was going to leave his grandchildren piles of money and a planet that was quickly becoming uninhabitable. 
 
This bothered him because it turned out that the carbon footprint of the production process that they used at Interfaced carpet was extremely high right? They were destroying the earth while making a pile of money.
 
He single-mindedly committed the company to becoming a zero footprint company in the space of 15 years or so. He assumed that it would cost the company money but he didn’t care. He wasn’t in it for the money anymore, he was in it to save the planet.
 
They slowly introduced a whole — they completely revamped their production process to move to a zero footprint at this point, they’re about 75% of the way there, he unfortunately passed away. They’re making huge progress but the amazing thing is that instead of losing money, the company has become more profitable than it was before.
 
And his explanation for that is that the workforce was so energized because they were no longer simply making carpet, they were making carpet and saving the planet that they came to work alert, energized, full of suggestions about how they could make the production process both more efficient and less energy demanding. They were on a mission.
 
Being on a mission made the production process much more effective. Much to his surprise, this enhanced profitability, rather than diminishing it, it’s not why he did it, that was a benefit but this raises a huge mystery. If it’s true in general which I think it is, that enlightened management and work organization and that is enlightened in the sense that the people working there want to be there, enhances profitability, the question that you should be asking is why hasn’t every work place transformed itself? 
 
Even if you don’t care about your employees, you surely care about the bottom line. If the way to have a better bottom line is to give employees work to do that they’re eager to do, why not do that? And yet most workplaces don’t do that and I try to explain, it’s a real puzzle right? Your job as a company leader is to maximize profit. How do you maximize profit, give people work to do that they want to do, why hasn’t every workplace done that?
 
My explanation for that is that we’re so in the grip of this ideology that started with Adam Smith that it doesn’t even occur to people that they should care about creating a workplace where the employees care about what they do. They have blinders on collectively which is making workers miserable and making the goods and services less satisfactory.
 
[0:26:54.0] MB: So for somebody who is listening that maybe is in a management position or kind of doesn’t have the ability to implement some of these changes from a high level, how can they harness some of these lessons?
 
[0:27:07.0]BS: Well the answer to that question is really, that it depends, if you’re in a workplace where you are not excessively stringently supervised, you can ask yourself, how can I recraft my work so that while this front and center is the way in which what I do, serves to my customers and clients, right? 
 
Anybody who works retail can walk into the store ever day with a different attitude. “I’m here to solve a problem,” not, “I’m here to sell you shoes.” If you’re excess — and that will change everything because now you develop a relationship with your customer, you’re really interested in what the problem is that the customer’s trying to solve, you apply your expertise to assist in finding out a solution and you feel satisfied even if the customer walks out without a pair of shoes.
 
As long as the customer feels like the problem has been solved. If however you got somebody looking over your shoulder, if you have to make a number every quarter or else you lose your job, then you don’t have the luxury to recraft your work in this way and so excessively controlling managers may make it so that the people who are listening to you, who are not in management positions really can’t do anything.
 
You need a certain amount of freedom, those hospital janitors who worry about the care and comfort of the patients are not just the cleanliness of the rooms, we’re able to do that because they didn’t have a supervisor walking around behind them, shaking a finger anytime they did something that wasn’t part of their job description. You could easily imagine a hospital cutting its staff so that now the janitors had to clean twice as many rooms as they had before and they no longer have time to do the work the way they think it should be done.
 
Now all they’re doing is emptying trash and washing floors and there’s somebody watching them to make sure that that’s what they’re doing. You need a certain amount of benign neglect by the people who supervise you in order to have the freedom to reinterpret your work in a way that makes it more meaningful. A lot of us are in that position but not all of us are in that position.
 
[0:29:24.9] MB: In many ways, some of this lessons underscore a lot of the concepts you talked about in your previous book about wisdom. I’d love to Segway into that topic. Tell me how do you define the concept of wisdom?
 
[0:29:39.2]BS: Well, you know, I’m not a big fan of definitions, especially definitions of highly difficult ideas like wisdom but what my co-author Ken Sharp and I did was basically, we took Aristotle, the philosopher Aristotle’s definition and describe wisdom as knowing, doing the right thing at the right time in the right way for the right reason.
 
Now that’s quite vague, what’s the right thing, what’s the right way, it was deliberately vague because what we try to suggest is that when you are a doctor treating patients, you have to start out asking, what’s the appropriate goal of this activity? What am I here for? What would it mean to be a good doctor?
 
And having answered that question for yourself, you then said about behaving in ways that pursue that appropriate goal and it could mean different things with different patients. Wisdom requires judgment with some patients, you have to tell them what to do because if you’re not forceful and directive, they won’t follow your advice, other patients you may have to lead them so that they discover what to do, how to change their diet, how to get more exercise and what have you.
 
There is no formulaic approach to treating patients because so much of it depends on the patient who is sitting across the examining tables from you. This I think is obvious when it comes to parenting, nobody who actually had experience being a parent believes that there is a formula for good parenting.

Every child presents parents with unique challenges. Reckless kids, you need to be protective. Timid kids, you need to sort of push them a little bit. Once ripe for the kid depends on the kid. Wise parents know this, are perceptive about what their kids are like and what their kids need but their aim always is to give each child what he or she needs at the moment when that need is presented.
 
Same thing is true with teachers. Every kid in the second grade class needs to be approached somewhat differently. The effort to supervise and monitor and assess teachers has essentially led to a kind of sort of teaching by script you know? Somebody sitting in some room in the central board of education will come up with a script for teaching I don’t know what, math second graders and then you just follow the script.
 
Well, any good teacher knows that that’s a terrible way to teach. That the script is not right for any student, certainly not right for every student and instead, you have to find ways to deviate from the script in ways that will help Johnny over here and Jane over there. A good teacher needs to be a wise teacher, a good parent needs to be a wise parent, a good spouse needs to be a wise spouse, a good doctor needs to be a wise doctor.
 
Using judgment and discretion in the service of goals that are appropriate to the activity, that’s I guess as close as I can come to defining what I mean by wisdom. The reliance on rules and incentives to get people to behave properly is the enemy of cultivating wisdom, the more you have to follow rules, the less opportunity you have to develop your judgement and the more you control by incentives, the less you’re controlled by the appropriate objectives of the activity.
 
Stimulating the minds of kids if you're a teacher, curing disease if you're a doctor, what have you. That’s what wisdom is about, we think the appeal to rules and incentives is a substitute for what we really need which is a bunch of people in various positions who want to do the right thing and have the judgment to figure out what the right thing is in a given situation.
 
[0:33:56.4] MB: How do we cultivate the machinery of wisdom and the idea, the ability to make those decisions and understand when to step away from the rules or when to improvise?
 
[0:34:10.0]BS: You have to — one of the things that Ken and I say is that wisdom is learned but it can’t be taught and what we mean by that is you can’t give a course on wisdom that teaches people to be watched. You can give a course on wisdom which we did that teaches people why wisdom is important but the way you learn to be wise is by trying and failing, you know?
 
A wise doctor doesn’t start out as a wise doctor. Tries things, gets feedback, is sensitive to feedback, adjusts his or her approach to the situation at hand on the basis of that feedback and over time, starts to make these judgments right most of the time.
 
There’s a wonderful article that appeared in The New Yorker by an oncologist named  Jerome Groopman who writes frequently for The New Yorker Magazine. It’s called Dying Words and in it he describes how he learned how to give patients bad news. As an oncologist, he has to give patients bad news often unfortunately. So he describes telling a 20 something year old woman that she has metastatic breast cancer and is probably going to be dead in two years and the subtlety and nuance with which he has the conversation, making sure that she’s not completely crushed by the news but also making sure that she isn’t unrealistically optimistic about what her future is and the more optimistic she looks, the more he gives her pieces of the dark side of the story. 
The more depressed she looks, the more he gives her pieces to be hopeful about. He’s calibrating everything he says and the way he says it based on the kinds of questions she asks and her facial expressions. It’s a beautiful account of a wise interaction over an extremely difficult topic. 
 
But then he says, “You know I’m pretty good at this. How did I learn?” and he describes how bad he was at in the beginning of his career. He started out thinking you just have to be honest with patients and he wrecked somebody’s life by just being brutally honest. “You’re going to be dead in two years” well she ended up six years and she spent every day basically in fear that this was the day that the hammer would fall and her life would be over. 
 
So the next patient, he hid the seriousness of the disease and the result was he was this guy who died incredibly uncomfortable tied to a million tubes and wires and slowly overtime, he found the sweet spot, this place in between brutal honestly and completely dishonesty where he mostly found the right approach with every patient although of course, like anyone else, he sometimes gets it wrong. So you learn by doing, by getting it wrong and by correcting your mistakes. 
 
It helps a lot to have a mentor, somebody who’s already been through the process. Who you can watch so that you can do some of your learning without having the patient suffer from your mistakes and that’s another point that Groopman makes in this article is that when doctors have these conversations with their patients, the door to their office is closed so that young doctors who are learning don’t get to see it in operation. 
 
The first time he ever had to do this with a patient was also the first time he had seen anyone do it and that’s why he was so bad at it. So trial and error, mentoring, modeling are the way we gradually move to being wiser at our tasks which is another way of saying there’s no quick fix. You have to be in for the long haul and be prepared occasionally to get it wrong and if you are a supervisor you have to be prepared for the people you supervise sometimes to get it wrong. 
 
The hope is that overtime they get it wrong less and less, they get it right more and more and the result is that clients and customers or students or patients benefit. That’s what that book is about. 
 
[0:38:25.9] MB: It’s such an important point that it is okay to be wrong and that it’s actually a necessary part of the path to wisdom. I think so often in our society, at school, in the workplace and many instances, the incentive seemed to be lying around trying to never be wrong or trying to hide whenever you’re wrong when in reality, you should actually in many ways set out and try to make mistakes so that you can learn from them and become better. 
 
[0:38:53.2] BS: That’s right. Now obviously there are certain circumstances where mistakes can’t be tolerated although they are inevitable, right? If you’re doing open heart surgery, you really don’t want to encourage surgeons in training to be making mistakes but most of the situations that we face in life aren’t like open heart surgery. You can make a mistake and you can correct it but I think you’re right that the culture is a culture in which the idea is to reduce error to zero. 
 
And the only way to reduce error to zero is to get people scripts to follow. When you give people scripts to follow, you get mediocrity not excellence. You may prevent catastrophic errors but you also prevent extraordinary achievements and I don’t think that’s something we should be aspiring to. 
 
[0:39:43.2] MB: One of your other books that is incredibly popular is the book “The Paradox of Choice”. I think a lot of people have heard about that, maybe think that they sort of understand it but may not really grasp the fundamental lesson from that book. Can you share that concept? 
 
[0:39:59.6] BS: Sure, the lesson is pretty simple. We, in western societies, are committed to the view that the more freedom people have, the better off they are and the way to give people lots of freedom is to give them lots of choice. So the more choice people have, the better off they are and the thesis of the book is that while it is certainly true that people need choice, discretion and control over their lives and that choice is a good thing. 
 
There can be too much of a good thing and when there is too much which is sort of a way modern life has become at least for Athlon people, when there is too much choice instead of being liberated by it, people paralyze. They can’t pull the trigger. Paralysis by analysis. When they do pull the trigger, they’re more likely to make bad decisions and even if they manage to make good decisions, they’re less satisfied with them because it’s so easy to imagine that one of the alternatives would have been better. 
 
So the paradox of choice, the subtitle is “why more is less”, there is some amount of freedom and choice that is terrific for us but when you exceed that amount, these negatives, the paralysis and the dissatisfaction start to overwhelm the positives and we end up even when we choose well, dissatisfied with what we’ve chosen and I think when the book came out, there’s a new edition of it that just came out but originally it was published 10 years ago. 
 
When the book came out people were going through life in affluent industrial size, vaguely dissatisfied and with this vague sense that something was wrong and they couldn’t put their finger on it and the book hit a nerve. As soon as I said “there could be too much choice” it was like, “Ah! That’s what’s driving me crazy! That’s why I can’t go shopping anymore. That’s why I can’t pick out a cellphone” blah-blah-blah. That’s why it had the impact that it did. 
 
Although I must say, it’s not like I’ve seen companies thereby reduce the number of options they give people and the book, two of trivial things, like choosing cereal in a supermarket but I also see it with undergraduates. Very talented undergraduates who are interested in a lot of different things and go to a lot of different things and graduation is the point where they have to decide what they are going to be as a grown up and they can’t pull the trigger. 
 
They know that if they walk through one door, the medical school door say lots of other doors are going to be slammed shut and they want to be damn sure that the door they’re walking through is the right one and the result is a kind of paralysis that can leave them basically running in place for months or years hoping one morning they’re going to wake up knowing what they should do with the rest of their lives. It’s very anxiety producing. 
 
I think many college students are close to basket cases because they can’t figure out what they’re supposed to do as grownups and we don’t help them. 
 
[0:43:01.6] MB: I think that’s a struggle that millennials probably face even when they get out of undergrad and get into the workplace thinking about “Is this the career path I want to go down, is this the opportunity that I want to be pursuing,” how can we help strike that balance or how can we help move beyond the paradox of choice and try to simplify our own lives? 
 
[0:43:23.4] BS: Well it’s not easy when you try it and the world won’t just let you by rubbing a new shinny object in your nose and all seems “why don’t I have that? Should I have that? Should I have that version of it?” I think the single most important attitude that people can have when it comes to facing all of these choice is that good enough is virtually always good enough. You don’t need the best cereal or the best cellphone or the best cellphone plan or even the best job. 
 
You need a good enough form and what this does is it simplifies the choice problem because you don’t need to look at every job and you don’t need to look at every cellphone. You just need to look at them until you find one that meets your standards and then you choose it and you don’t worry about alternatives that you have and investigate. This also seems so un-American. I mean who would settle for good enough when somewhere out there is the best? 
 
I think and we have some empirical evidence that people who aspire to the best get better results and feel worse about them than people who are just looking for good enough. So going through life asking “What is a good enough restaurant, what’s a good enough vacation? What’s a good enough apartment? What’s a good enough job?” is the single best remedy to this explosion of choice that we all face but it’s not like you snap your fingers and you suddenly become content with good enough. 
 
It takes practice. It’s going to make you uncomfortable for a while. Eventually you’ll get used to it and you discover that a good enough phone is pretty much as good as the best phone and you stop worrying that maybe you’ve left a better option on the table somewhere. So that’s the guidance that I would give people. My experience is that it is very hard to convince young people to adopt this attitude. That experience teaches you that good enough is almost always good enough. 
 
But when you are in your 20’s it seems unambitious almost contemptible to go through life just looking for good enough options so you have to learn the hard way. 
 
[0:45:37.9] MB: And what would you say to somebody’s who’s a younger listener that feels like this is the equivalent of saying “you just settle and not try to strive to be the best and achieve the most”? 
 
[0:45:53.7] BS: Well here’s the thing: I am saying that you should settle but settle doesn’t mean have no standards. You don’t need to strive to be the best, you need to strive to be excellent. You don’t have to strive to have the most, you need to strive to have enough. So I’m not saying that “don’t be an ambitious, have no standards, eat whatever somebody puts in front of you, take the first job that comes your way,” I am not saying that at all. 
 
Have standards, have high standards but don’t feel like if you haven’t gotten the best and if you haven’t scored the best you are a failure. You don’t need to get into the best college as if we know what that even is. You just need to get into a good college. There are lots and lots of good colleges. There is only one best college and nobody knows what that one is because there is no metric. We are only processing it but if you’re convinced that there is a best college and you don’t get into it you feel miserable. 
 
There is a cartoon I show when I talk about this of a young woman wearing a sweatshirt that says “Brown but my first choice was Yale.” You don’t want to go to Brown and spend four years there thinking you have been better of only if you have gotten into Yale and a lot of people go through their lives in exactly this way and it makes them take less than full advantage of wonderful opportunities because they think right around the corner were better opportunities that somehow were not made available to them. 
 
So yeah, this is not an argument for those standards, it’s an argument that settle is not a bad thing although usually when people say you’re just settling, it implies that you’re not ambitious enough, you don’t have high enough standards. I don’t think that’s necessarily true.
 
[0:47:50.8] MB: I think it’s a great point and the idea that you don’t have to necessarily strive to be the very best as long as you have standards of excellence and high enough standards, you’re still ultimately going to end up in a pretty good place or be okay and as you said, good enough is virtually always good enough. 
 
[0:48:09.1] BS: Well that’s the mantra. You need to go through life which brings to yourself good enough is almost always good enough. Good enough is almost always good enough and then you won’t feel that you have to examine every pair of jeans in the city before you decide which pair of jeans to buy. 
 
[0:48:28.1] MB: So for listeners who want to implement concretely some of the ideas that we’ve talked about today, what is one piece of homework that you would give them to start with these concepts? 
 
[0:48:39.2] BS: Well, the book “The Paradox of Choice” has in its last chapter a set of 10 or 11 suggestions about what people can do to make the choice problem less of a problem and rather than rehearse them, I would encourage people to have a look at the book. It’s not hard to read. The question about, with making work worthwhile and about wisdom is to look at A, when you are choosing a job focus on its meaningfulness more and its material benefits less. 
 
Focus a lot on the nature of organizational structure and management of the enterprise. Are you going to have freedom and flexibility? Are you going to be permitted to fail? Is this work organized around some objective that does more than simply line the pockets of the company? Does it make a difference to somebody in the world? If you choose work that pays less well but makes a difference, you’ll get much more satisfaction out of it than if you choose work that seems to be completely pointless but is very generous in compensation. 
 
So you want to choose the work based on the things that actually matter to people more than salary and then you want to look for opportunities within the job for you to use your discretion and autonomy and make judgments about how best to do the task where you don’t feel completely constrained by the management structure to follow a narrow company work. So you can do a lot of crafting of your work as we said before as long as you’re not over supervised. 
 
So I think of these as features of work what’s it’s point, how much control and discretion am I going to have, will lead to better job choices then what’s the salary benefit and vacation schedule and I think most of the people listening to this probably already know this but it can’t hurt to emphasize that you need to have the right criteria in choosing what kind of work to do and where.
 
[0:50:58.2] MB: And where can listeners find you and your books online? 
 
[0:51:03.6] BS: Well Amazon has them all and I don’t really have much of an online presence. In an effort as you have asked before, to simplify my life, I don’t blog. You can find talks that I have given in various places online all over the place including those three Ted Talks that you mentioned and that’s of course the most painless way to get a sense of the ideas and The Choice Book and The Wisdom Book and The Work Book. 
 
There are these three 15 minute talks that basically tell you my whole story. Lots of people have watched them and apparently appreciated them. So I would say start with Ted if you want something online and the books are all available in Amazon. They are all still in print happily. 
 
[0:51:51.8] MB: Well, Barry thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all these wisdom with our listeners. I know that they are really going to get a lot out of these concepts and all of the suggestions that you made.
 
[0:52:02.6] BS: Well thank you, it’s really been a pleasure. Your questions have been wonderful and I hope listeners find at least some of it useful and relevant. 
 
[0:52:11.0] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 
 
The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. 
 
You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all of these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.
 
 

June 08, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion
KwameChristian-01.png

Proven Tactics For Getting What You Want & Persuading Anyone With Master Negotiator Kwame Christian

June 01, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Influence & Communication

In this episode we dig into Negotiation. Why, no matter what you do, its essential to master the skill of negotiation, the barriers that prevent people like you from negotiating effectively, why the common sense rules of the real world are a fragile collection of socially reinforced illusions, the most powerful type of question you can use in a negotiation, the single biggest mistake you can make negotiating, and much more with Kwame Christian.

Kwame Christian is a business lawyer and owner of the Christian Law as well as the founder of the American Negotiation Institute. He also hosts the podcast Negotiation for Entrepreneurs, the top rated negotiation podcast on iTunes, where he interviews successful entrepreneurs and shares powerful persuasion techniques.

We discuss:

  • Why the majority of the conversations we have are negotiations and its a vital skill to work on and improve

  • Whether or not you’re good at negotiation, you’re still going to be negotiating on a daily basis

  • The “Three Pillars” of Succeeding at Negotiation

  • What is “offensive negotiation” & how to maximize value for yourself

  • What are the “defensive” uses of negotiation? And how you can use negotiation to avoid bad outcomes and resolve conflicts

  • How you can use negotiation to build relationships

  • How to become comfortable with asking for what you want

  • The FIRST barrier everyone faces when they negotiate

  • The SECOND barrier everyone faces when negotiating

  • Rejection therapy and how it can transform and improve your ability to negotiate

  • One question you should always ask to see how much flexibility you have

  • The common sense rules of the real world are a fragile collection of socially reinforced illusions

  • How to use framing to transform a negotiation and conversation (with concrete examples from Kwame’s work)

  • How open ended questions decrease the perceived threat of a conversation

  • How to become a “puppet master” controlling the conversation while the other party feels like they are in control

  • How to cultivate information asymmetry and get the informational advantage in a negotiation

  • How you can lead someone down a logical path where they convince themselves of what you want

  • How do you develop the skill of asking questions

  • How you can practice and improve the skillset of persuasion

  • Why curiosity is a critical component of being an effective negotiator and communicator

  • Why you need to be able to be persuaded to be able to persuade

  • Why preparation is an essential component in a negotiation

  • How, specifically, Kwame preps for a negotiation (specific checklists, questions, etc)

  • The Three Characteristics of Master Negotiators

  • How creativity fits into being an effective negotiator and why you should try to find inexpensive ways to solve other people’s problems

  • The false belief that negotiation is a zero sum game

  • Why great negotiators go out of their way to try and solve other people’s problems

  • The single biggest mistakes you can make in a negotiation

  • One of the biggest barriers to moving forward in a negotiation

  • How to build strong working relationships, with trust, and free flow of communication

  • And much more!

 

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Podcast] Negotiate Anything: Negotiation | Persuasion | Influence | Sales | Leadership By Kwame Christian Esq., M.A.

  • [LinkedIn] Kwame Christian Esq., M.A.

  • [Website] The Christian Law Office

  • [Website] American Negotiation Institute

  • [Book] Getting to Yes: Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In by Roger Fisher, William L. Ury, and Bruce Patton

  • [Book] Mindset: The New Psychology of Success by Carol S. Dweck

  • [Book] Pre-Suasion: A Revolutionary Way to Influence and Persuade by Robert Cialdini Ph.D.

  • [Book] Negotiating the Impossible by Deepak Malhotra

  • [Downloads] Free Guide from American Negotiation Institute

  • [Course] Partnership Success Course from American Negotiation Institute

Episode Transcript


[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick with the focus on always having our discussions rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we dig in to negotiation. Why no matter what you do, it’s essential to master the skill of negotiation. We talk about the barriers that prevent people like you from negotiating effectively, why the common sense rules of the real world are a fragile collection of socially reinforced illusions. We examine the most powerful types of questions you can use in a negotiation, look at the single biggest mistake you can make negotiating and much more with our guest Kwame Christian.

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 1,000,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information? A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, conducting amazing interviews, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How To Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How To Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, it was all about mindset, what is a mindset, what’s the fixed mindset and how does it shape the way we interact with the world, what is the growth mindset and how can it transform the way that we live our lives, we looked at research data from over a 168,000 students, examined the mindset of champions, the danger of blame and excuses and much more with one of my favorite authors of all time, Dr. Carol Dweck. If you want to create an incredible mindset, listen to that episode. 

Lastly, if you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talk about on this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top.

[0:02:49.9] MB: Today, we have another great guest on the show, Kwame Christian. Kwame is a business lawyer and the owner of The Christian Law Firm as well as the founder of The American Negotiation Institute. He also hots the podcast, Negotiation for Entrepreneurs.

The top rated negotiation podcast on iTunes where he interviews successful entrepreneurs and shares powerful persuasion techniques. Kwame, welcome to the science of success.

[0:03:12.6] KC: Thanks for having me Mat.

[0:03:13.9] MB: Well we’re every excited to have you on here today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your background, tell us a little bit about yourself?

[0:03:21.7] KC: Yeah, I am a business lawyer by trade but I’m passionate about teaching people how to negotiate and negotiating on people’s behalf. I started my own law firm about three years ago where I focused on serving the needs of entrepreneurs, startups and negotiating deals on their behalf’s and writing contracts for those purposes.

Like I said, my passion was negotiation so I wanted to find a way that I could really focus my passion just exclusively on negotiation while still building the law firm. That’s where the American Negotiation Institute came from. I started the podcast to really market it and see what kind of market existed for that kind of information and the response was kind of overwhelming.

I really enjoyed growing it and I’m a big time psychology nerd as I’ve told you offline. I really enjoy having the opportunity to teach these skills to people.

[0:04:12.0] MB: How would you define negotiation? Let’s start at the very basics. What is negotiation?

[0:04:17.1] KC: yeah, I prefer a very broad definition on negotiation. I think of a negotiation of any conversation you have with another person where somebody in that conversation wants something. When you think about it, using that broad perspective, you realize that the majority of the conversations we have are negotiations, we can’t go a day without negotiating unless you’re a monk or you know, a hermit or something like that because we’re constantly interacting with people.

Beautiful thing about this broad definition is that it helps you to recognize all of the opportunities we’re presented with day to day to negotiate and get more.

[0:04:58.5] MB: Why is it important that somebody who is listening that may not be buying companies or you know, negotiating deals, why is it important for them to master the art of negotiation?

[0:05:12.1] KC: The reason it’s important for them to master this art is because, whether or not you’re good at it, you’re still going to be doing it daily, that’s the first thing. I think a lot of times we have this myopic perspective on what a negotiation is or what the goals in negotiation should be.

I think of negotiation as having three pillars, you can use negotiation offensively, defensively and for the third pillar would be the purposes of building relationships. Offensive uses of negotiation, that’s what we typically think about, we think about getting deals and getting more of what we want. For offensive uses, think about it as you’re trying to maximize value for yourself.

And then, the defensive uses of negotiation come when you want to avoid something bad. This could be conflict resolution, that’s where I would put that portion of dispute resolution in there. I would also say, let’s say you’re a business owner and you have expenses.

Think about every expense that you have. You have rent, you have utilities, those type of things, you have contracts with independent contractors or freelancers, those are all opportunities you have to negotiate and save a little bit of money because there are two ways really that you can increase margins for your business, either you can make more money, that’s the offensive use of negotiation or you could use it defensively to save more money which has an impact on your bottom line.

And then in my opinion, the third reason and this is the most important reason to negotiate is to build relationships and oftentimes this is the part of negotiation that’s overlooked by the majority of people because when you’re having these conversations, you can actually get more what you want, avoid what you don’t want and have the person you're talking to like you more during the process if you do it the right way.

[0:06:57.3] MB: Let’s unpack these a little bit. I’d love to kind of dig into each of them. Tell me, let’s start with offense of negotiation. When is that the most applicable and how can people improve specifically around that skill set?
 
[0:07:10.6] KC: The first thing that people need to become comfortable with when they are using these — really, offensive and defensive uses is becoming comfortable with asking for what you want. The first step in any negotiation is the ask and unfortunately, that’s where the majority of people fail and they fail for a number of reasons.

The first reason is, like I mentioned before with the broad definition of negotiation, they fail to recognize the opportunity to negotiate, that is the first barrier that people need to face. Hopefully now that we have a good operational definition for negotiation that will largely be eliminated but first, you need to recognize these opportunities.

The second reason why people fail to ask for what they want is they don’t want to look greedy or needy. Let’s unpack that a little bit. When we ask for things, sometimes we feel as though the person is going to respond poorly because it reflects poorly on us that we want more. We don’t want to seem like a greedy person. 

In society, it’s always the people who are seen, who people think ask for too much are the people that are kind of ostracized. We have this societal pressure to not be seen as a greedy person. But then, on the needy side, that’s a little bit different because with that, it’s again, it’s a societal pressure but it’s the fact that we might feel as though the person that we’re talking to or the people around might assume the reason that we’re asking for more is because we don’t have anything and that couldn’t be further from the truth. 

I was talking to one of my friends who was a mortgage banker and so he says, it’s actually the people that are the most affluent that ask for the most perks and the most discount on these lease terms, these mortgage terms which is fascinating because they need it the least because they’re already very well off.

That’s probably one of the main reasons they got to where they are today financially because they were willing to ask for what they want. Really, when it comes to being more affective with offensive uses of negotiation, the first step is yes, recognize and then learn to ask. And then, once we get through those simple steps that are the biggest barriers and then we can start to think more strategically and get deeper into the negotiation theory.

[0:09:21.8] MB: I think those are both critical things that a lot of people miss, you nailed it, one is, people don’t even understand that they’re missing really obvious opportunities to negotiate and the second is that, they fail to ask for what you want, the whole phrase, ask not, have not right? I think there’s another one from hockey which is just generally — If you miss 100% of the shots you don’t take, right? 

How come the listeners or even us, how can we start to one, recognize opportunities and negotiate when they arise and then two, how can we overcome that kind of limiting belief of that fear that we’re going to seem needy or greedy if we kind of push the envelope and ask for more things?

[0:10:03.3] KC: I love this question because I have an answer but it’s going to seem very simple but stick with me. My background is in psychology and one of the ways that people can get over phobias is through a simple technique called flooding. Simple in definition but difficult in execution. With flooding, what you do is you hyper expose yourself to the stimuli that scares you.

When it comes to negotiation, what I do is I engage in what I call rejection therapy. This is something I still do to this day. In rejection therapy, I ask for things that I know I have no right to have and I do this regularly. Here’s an example. What’s really interesting is that sometimes it works. Yeah, I’m a lawyer and I work hard, I study and everything but I still like to play video games so I remember one time I was at Walmart and I wanted to buy a controller for my Xbox. I was like, this will be a good opportunity, low social ramifications for this ask, let’s go ahead and try it.

I tried to negotiate for a lower price on this Xbox controller at Walmart and surprisingly I got it, I got a couple of bucks off. Is it a big win? No. But it’s really awkward asking in those types of situations but I know that when I ask for what I want, engaging in this rejection therapy intentionally. When I come to those situations where I need to ask for something and it matters, I’m going  to be a little bit more hardened, I’m going to be ready for those situations because I’ve gotten through that awkwardness, it’s like okay, I ask for something once or twice a week, I engage in this regularly.

So then when the real ask comes, I’m ready. That fear doesn’t affect me, the beautiful thing about the rejection therapy is that we have a few outcomes and they all work well for you. First thing you ask for it, you get rejected, you realize that you didn’t die, you're still there. You say okay.

Asking and failing is not that bad, we want to try to eliminate that fear of failure. The second thing is, sometimes you ask and you get what you want and then you end up with a little bit of extra. That’s another good thing too. Really, the first and simplest step you can take is to practice by engaging in rejection therapy in situations where the stakes are low.

You’ll be ready to perform when the stakes are high.

[0:12:25.5] MB: That’s a great tactic and something that I’ve previously recommended kind of a similar exercise for listeners which is the — I forget exactly what it’s called. Basically, you go to a coffee shop and you order a cup of coffee and then you just ask for 10% off or you ask for a free cup of coffee which is kind of the same thing right?

You want to do something that feels really uncomfortable but actually extremely low stakes and what you realize is that you might fail or get rejected, even let’s say 70, 80% of the time when you do stuff like this but the 20% of the time when it works out, you actually end up with something that you essentially have no right to have right?

It’s something that you kind of, were able to just through gusto, get just by being ballsy enough to ask.

[0:13:10.0] KC: Exactly and think about it too, when people come up with prices, what goes into pricing? We think about the overhead, the cost of overhead, okay. That’s a fixed price and then when it comes to determining the margin to a certain extent, of course, there’s a lot of science that goes into it but to a certain extent, people just make it up you know?

There’s a little bit of fluff that’s built into every price and you’ll be surprised, once you start asking how much flexibility people have when it comes to these various things and I think of it like driving you know? How many times do we actually obey the speed limit, actually go 25 or 35, we understand there’s about five miles per hour of fluff built into that speed limit but that’s an actual law, that’s on the books.

But we often approach these prices for things and these terms within contracts and we assume, the price is written in stone, there’s no flexibility there but there is. For me, in my opinion, the best question you could ask in this situations is what flexibility do you have? I love this for several reasons, the first reason is, it’s an open ended question. I’m definitely going to get into that skill of asking questions later on in the conversation but it’s open ended.

Which means that they can’t just avoid it by saying yes or no. And then, the second thing about it is that if it assumes that there is flexibility and so they need to answer that question accordingly under that assumption. It kind of puts a little bit of subconscious pressure on them to admit that there is flexibility.

The last reason why I like that question is that it’s really nonthreatening. Nobody’s going to get too offended when they hear somebody say, well what flexibility do you have on that price? It seems as though you’re just opening up a conversation, not making a harsh demand.

We’ll get in to this later but beyond making the ask, it’s really important to know how to make the ask in a way that’s tactful and nonthreatening because whenever people perceive risk, it makes it harder for them to give you what you want.

[0:15:14.5] MB: It reminds me of a quote form Tim Ferris and I’m paraphrasing a little bit but it’s essentially the idea that reality is negotiable and the common sense rules of the real world are a fragile collection of socially reinforced illusions. Which you know, really, I think dovetails really well what exactly what you're describing. All of this, even laws in many cases are things that are kind of fuzzy and we can actually push the boundaries a little bit and extract things from them that may not be obvious initially.

[0:15:43.9] KC: Exactly.

[0:15:45.8] MB: Let’s take a little bit more, tell me about how can we make this asks in a way that’s nonthreatening?

[0:15:54.3] KC: That’s huge, one of the major things that we need to do is understand our audience too. One of the things that I always tell my audience is, before the podcast is that whenever I’m presented with an opportunity to negotiate, even if it’s a five, 10, 15 minute call. I’ll prep for about 30 minutes to 45 minutes beforehand because I want to make sure that I’m ready and so in that preparation.

I come up with a list of open ended questions because it’s really difficult to come up with a great question off the fly. When it comes to asking this questions in a way that’s nonthreatening and going back to knowing your audience, I try to put my audience, that person that I’m negotiating with through what I call the dating test and so the dating test answers the question, how much do I need to know about this person if hypothetically I wanted to date them.

That takes research to a whole new level and so that means I’m going to your LinkedIn, I’m going to your blog, I’m going to your social media, all of those things and trying to get as much of a profile of this person as possible.

From that, you can gleam a lot of information. You know, certain things that you should talk about, certain things you should avoid talking about, different ways to lead into the conversation, it can be powerful and so for instance, last week I have a client that’s a preschool, a large preschool and they were having trouble with one of their leases and so the person with whom I was going to negotiate, it turns out that this property manager was the founding member of a preschool for his church.

Knowing that, I started off the conversation, just kind of applauding him because it’s like, I realize that you’re the perfect property manager to talk to because you care about kids and I know that because you’re the founding member of this preschool. I started the conversation talking about his passion for children and then talking about his children and my children and I knew he had children because I found a random video that he posted, talking about his community service.

I started the conversation there and then went into what my client needs so establishing the foundation that he loves kids, my client loves kids, we’re doing this for the kids and so coming in to it with that firm foundation where we can all agree made everything that I ask for in that conversation seem a lot less threatening because it was couched in terms of we’re doing what’s best for the kids.

[0:18:25.7] MB: That’s a great example of how you can use framing to shape a conversation right? You kind of pause at that and it completely shifts the direction and the tone and even the subconscious elements of how that conversation flows.

[0:18:39.8] KC: Absolutely. Framing is something that is one of the most underutilized components of negotiation and a great book for that is, I will give two book recommendations, the first one is, Persuasion by Cialdini. It’s his most recent book, he’s the author of influence which was one of the most pivotal and instrumental books in persuasion theory over the past quarter century.

And also, Negotiating the Impossible by Deepak Malhotra. Those two books really get into framing. What framing is, it’s essentially setting the stage with a conversation. You want to frame this issues in a way that’s beneficial to you. Let’s go back to that same example with the preschool.

At the beginning, just based on the way that my client was communicating with him and his responses to my client, I could tell that this conversation, everything that we were talking about was framed in an antagonistic kind of way.

The interactions were framed as us versus them. As soon as I started that conversation, my first goal, my primary objective was to completely change the frame from something is combative to something that’s collaborative. We’re all here working for the same team, we want this preschool to do well because we care about the kids and now changing the frame in that way completely changed the dynamics of the conversation from a combative town to a collaborative tone.

Now we’re not working against each other, we’re working with each other to solve this problem together.

[0:20:10.7] MB: You also talked about open ended questions and why they’re so important. Tell me a little bit more, why open ended in particular?

[0:20:17.8] KC: Yes, open ended questions, this is without a doubt the most powerful negotiation tactic that we have and you’ll see. Asking open ended questions, that’s it? Yes. If I could go into a negotiation with one tool and one tool alone, it would be open ended questions.

Why is it so powerful and like I said before, it decreases the amount of threat the person is going to face and that’s one of the major mental and emotional barriers we need to get through. People want to feel as though they’re in control and this is what open ended questions can do.

First of all, it gives the person an opportunity to feel as though they’re in control. Even though it’s really you in control. Think of yourself almost like a puppet master. They’re doing the movement but you’re controlling the arms and the legs and then the second thing about open ended questions is that it creates an information asymmetry in your favor and so in negotiation, when it comes down to it, it’s an information game. 

You want to get as much information as you can relative to the amount of information they have about you in your situation because that gives you more power. When I’m negotiating, my goal is to have the breakdown of communication about 70/30 or 80/20 where I’m only speaking 20 to 30% of the time and the other person is speaking 70 to 30% of the time. 

When I do that, I know that I’m getting great information and I know that I’m actually the one controlling the direction of the conversation. Because one thing that I want your listeners to understand is that when you actually get into negotiation, it doesn’t take much to become better than the average person at negotiating.

Considering that and considering the psychological interest that your audience has, I would assume that they’re already more well versed in this than the average person. I wouldn’t want you controlling the conversation and dictating the conversation, not in a manipulative way, to take advantage of people but simply because you have the requisite skill set to push this conversation in a productive manner.

That’s why I feel comfortable taking control of these conversations and guiding people to the right answer. What you want to do with these questions and this is why it takes so much time beforehand to write out all of the questions that I want to ask is that you can actually lead somebody down a logical path where they allow themselves to convince themselves.

Because this is what you don’t want to happen, you don’t want somebody to concede to your point of view. Simply because they lost a war of attrition and you just wore them down. You might have gotten a yes but you probably didn’t get commitment and there’s a big difference between that.

If somebody says yes, that just means they might just want the conversation to end but if somebody commits to your solution or to an outcome, that means that they bought in and they’re actually going to see it through to the end. That’s really what you want to do, you want to create a situation where they feel as though they had some kind of autonomy when it came to the decision making process and so by asking these questions, you can lead them to the conclusion and at the end of the conversation, let’s say if there was like an ESPN breakdown.

They put a microphone in their face and they say “Sir, why did you come to this conclusion?” You want them to say something like “Well, I started to think about it a little bit differently and it seemed like this was the right answer.” That’s the way you want them to think about the conversation. 

You don’t want them to say, “Well, the reason I came to his conclusion is because Kwame outsmarted me and I really had no choice but to relent.” That’s not the way to do it, nobody’s pride will allow them to come to that conclusion you know? They want to feel as though they did it on their own and you can do that by asking open ended questions.

[0:24:01.3] MB: It’s such a great tactic and one that I use all the time in my own negotiations is you know, I practice the same strategy, I speak very little, it’s all about asking questions, understanding, kind of getting the other person to talk and provide me with as much information as possible.

As you said, one of the most powerful tactics that I’ve seen is not about convincing somebody by arguing with them. One of the best ways to convince people of something is to ask questions that get them to convince themselves of whatever you’re trying to show them.

[0:24:32.3] KC: Exactly. It’s so powerful and so subtle and that’s the key to persuasion. If you come up to somebody and say, I’m going to persuade you, that XYZ, automatically they’re going to put up barriers because people don’t want to feel like they’re being manipulated. You want to let them feel as comfortable as possible.

And then, I guess here’s a tip that your listeners can use when it comes to trying to master this technique because it’s tough, it really is, to kind of just sit there in silence and not jump in, it’s really tough especially when you feel like you have the right answer, but you need to be patient. 

That’s one of the things about persuasion that makes it so difficult, it’s not like these theories are very complex, the thing that makes persuasion difficult is that sometimes it doesn’t feel good doing it because it’s just like, I want to jump in and say something.

No, you have to sit down and be quiet and let it go. One thing that I do to help practice in this situations is when I’m networking with people, talking to friends and things like that, I would say to myself, see how little you can talk in this conversation, just practice that. Try to see how little you can talk in a conversation.

The beautiful thing is, people don’t notice it, people don’t notice like, “Kwame’s kind of not talking, why is that?” Because people like to hear the sound of their own voice and what I’ve noticed is as I’ve started to talk less in this conversations, people would start to applaud me more.

“Man, it was great talking to you Kwame, you’re such a great listener,” or, “You know, Kwame’s a really smart guy and I never said anything you know?” I didn’t say anything to you but the thing is, people typically think that they are incredibly smart and if you give them an opportunity to show how intelligent they are to you, then they would reflect that on you too.

They’ll be like, “You know, that was a really intelligent conversation. Kwame must be intelligent too.” It’s a really interesting psychological trick you can play but doing this, again, during this nonthreatening conversations, when the stakes are low. Once these negotiations come about, you're going to be better at keeping that balance of communication in your favor.

[0:26:44.3] MB: How do we get better and cultivate the skill of asking good questions?

[0:26:48.9] KC: You have to develop the characteristic of curiosity. We really genuinely need to have curiosity and not a kind of tactical curiosity just for the sake of getting what we want at this conversations, you need to be genuinely curios in the person, in the situation and the thing is too, something that’s really interesting about curiosity and becoming somebody who is very persuasive is that you need to be willing to be persuaded in order to be persuasive.

What does that mean? When you ask these questions, you’re going to be continuously getting more and more information. What might happen is you might find out that you're wrong, you might find out that you were misinformed before and when that happens, you have an opportunity to come to the right side because sometimes we engage in these arguments and we have these really strong feelings.

We come to these conclusions simply because we’re misinformed, there a number of times in arguments or discussions or negotiations where I said, I didn’t realize that. I’m going to come to your side now because you were right and what happens is that coming in to this conversations with a  genuine curiosity to learn the truth, not just for tactical purposes.

It creates good will in the conversation. And then, what’s going to happen is that typically, we’re negotiating multiple issues. If I show myself to be reasonable in an issue where I recognized I was wrong, they are going to reciprocate because they’re going to say, “You know, Kwame’s a reasonable person, I trust him more.” Asking questions and I mean people, the space to talk and educate you makes them feel better in the conversation but also creates trust.

When you have trust, people are willing to share more information and they are willing to consider the fact that you're not trying to persuade them or negotiate against them in a way that’s going to be detrimental or unfair. They’re going to trust you when you come up with a good point and they say, I didn’t think of it that way.

I’m willing to change too because you did it as well. Yeah, it’s tough though. It’s tough, because the thing is, in order to get better at asking these questions, we need to be more curios, yes. But the barrier that we’re going to face internally when it comes to having that genuine curiosity is our own defensive posture.

Because we feel like we’re right. We need to start to fight that self-serving bias that we have where we think they we’re right, we need to go in genuinely tabula rasa and go in there trying to gather as much information because the thing is, when we have this biases, sometimes we’ll get the information, the information will be delivered to us in the proper way. But because we’re so biased, we won’t be able to see it even though it was delivered properly. You have to go in there with a genuine spirit of curiosity with a genuine interest in learning.

[0:29:42.6] MB: It’s so vital to get rid of kind of combat against that, that defensive posture, that idea that you have to be right all the time and it’s all about you know, proving how smart and awesome and great you are.

I mean, there’s tons of stuff about that, the book Mindset is an amazing example of something that goes really deep and how to undermine that but I think I wanted to just understand to that point that it’s really important to be able to be curious, to be able to truly understand the other person in the negotiation. You have to let go of the need to be right and the need to show how awesome you are. 

[0:30:18.1] KC: Exactly and when it comes down to just establishing human connection and creating stronger relationships in general, you are going to get a lot farther when you try to seek first to be interested than to be interesting and that is one of the biggest barriers we have and that I think too the media models really poor communication techniques and the thing is because it sells, that’s what’s interesting. We think about all the shows about the reality TV shows where people are just constantly arguing with each other. 

Especially on the news where you have somebody on the right side of the screen, somebody on the left side of the screen and they just yell at each other and they are not willing to concede any points when that behavior is modelled to us over and over and over again. It has an effect on the way we talk to each other and so we really need to take the time to be interested in what other people have to say and where they are coming from in order to establish strong connections and inevitably or eventually be persuasive. 

[0:31:19.9] MB: So you talked about the time that you’ve spent preparing for a negotiation. Tell me about the importance of preparation?

[0:31:28.1] KC: Yeah, it’s everything and this is something I really need to walk my clients through sometimes because I am sure when they look at my invoice they’re like, “You spent an hour just thinking? What were you doing?” But that’s really what separates great negotiators from good negotiators because you need to take the time. These things don’t — at least let me say this, let me say it this way: I can’t always come up with a great question off the fly. 

And that’s why it’s important for me to write down an exhaustive list of the questions that I want to create. I created this free negotiation prep guide. So if you go to americannegotiationinstitute.com/prep, you can get this guide and it would walk you through step by step things that you should be considering and things that you should keep in mind before your negotiation so like I said, I would put the person through the dating test. 

I would create this list of open ended questions. I would create a list of questions that they possibly have for me and my responses for those questions but also I would create a list of things that I can’t say especially when I am practicing law. Not only as a negotiation consultant but when I am practicing law, some of these things need to remain privileged. So if somebody asks you a really direct question and you just stutter, it doesn’t look good especially when it is something compromising. 

And so that could be a serious tale that gives away too much information that even if you don’t answer it, they might gather too much information that puts you at a disadvantage. So I want to think about all of these situations beforehand so when I come into these conversations, I can feel confident and adjust accordingly to the ebbs and flows of the conversation. 

[0:33:12.5] MB: So you talked about preparation and asking open ended questions being some of the core components of effective negotiators. What are some other characteristics that great negotiators have?

[0:33:24.2] KC: The two other ones I would say are creativity and confidence and so with creativity you need to be willing to think outside the box and again, this is why it is so important to gather information and so when I’m going through the dating test and asking open ended questions to gather this information, I’m not focusing so heavily on specifically what the person is asking for and that’s really important. There’s a very big distinction between what somebody is asking for and why they’re asking for it. 

The perfect example comes from the classic book, Never Eat Alone — Sorry not Never Eat Alone, that’s not a great networking book but Getting to Yes by Roger Fisher and William Yuri and so in that book, they talk about the story of two children arguing over an orange and so the brother wants the orange and the sister wants the orange but there is only one left. They go to the mother and what does the mother say? We’ll cut the orange in half and so the brother peels the orange and eats the fruit. 

And the sister peels the orange and uses the rind and so that’s an example of if they would have taken the time to ask questions, they would have gotten all of what they wanted but since they focused only on what the other person wanted, they got half of what they could possibly gotten and so you always wanted to figure out the why behind the ask and you know I think we came full circle Matt because didn’t you share that story on my podcast when you were interviewed? I think you might have. 

[0:34:54.3] MB: It’s possible. I don’t know but I think it’s great and kind of classic negotiation example and obviously the brother wanted to eat the orange and the sister wanted it for the rind to bake a cake or something like that but it’s so true that if you don’t seek to understand why somebody has a certain position, why they want what they want, you’re missing out on the key components of the negotiation. 

[0:35:16.2] KC: Exactly and the thing is too and that’s where creativity comes from because you ask questions you gather information and then you can find ways to satisfy people’s needs without giving up the substance of what you want and that can only come through creativity. The basis of creativity is finding inexpensive ways to solve other people’s problems and so you want to give something to somebody that they find valuable that you don’t find as much value in. So the goal is to trade things up on equal value and that’s where creativity comes from. 

[0:35:52.2] MB: So within the context of negotiation, how can we cultivate the ability to be more creative? How can we improve our creativity?

[0:36:00.6] KC: Yeah, it’s tough and again I think we need to be willing to think outside the box and not be as defensive and one of the assumptions that people have that really is a huge barrier when it comes to becoming a better negotiator is the idea that negotiation is a zero sum game where my winning necessitates your loosing and vice versa. Great negotiators go out of their way to try and solve other people’s problems because when you do that, they’ll reciprocate and try to solve yours too. 

And so when it comes to creativity, your goal is to try to figure out — Well first of all, gather a really strong understanding of what they want and why they want it and then figure out ways that you can solve their problems too and ask them questions to that end as well. So if they’re focusing on a specific thing, let’s figure out a really clear example. Let’s say in a situation where somebody is getting sued for $10,000 and so somebody keeps asking for $10,000. 

It’s like, okay before we even get to the point that I don’t think you deserve $10,000 what is the circumstance that makes you want this specific number of $10,000? Why $10,000 and somebody might talk about how because of this accident they lost their job, etcetera, etcetera and then perhaps in your organization you think this person is a good decent person. You could say, “Well in the meantime I could give you a job here as a secretary” something to that effect. 

And that might solve one of their problems in a way that solves your problem. You might have a vacancy and then at the same time, it solves your problem of not wanting to pay out a full-time $10,000. You have to be willing to think outside the box and come up with non-traditional ways to solve these problems because sometimes we just focus so much especially in business, we focus so much on the money and we don’t think about the rationale behind the ask and we miss out on opportunities to solve problems in creative ways. 

[0:38:02.0] MB: We talked about how people can get tripped up at the beginning of a negotiation by either not realizing that this is an opportunity to negotiate or not asking for enough. What are some of the other mistakes that you see people make in a negotiation?

[0:38:16.3] KC: I think building off what I just said, one of the biggest mistakes is the belief that it is a zero-sum game and what often comes from that is an unnecessarily combative stance and so when you have that kind of stance, you are going to be seen more as an opposition not as somebody that could be the catalyst to solving people’s problems and when people start to see you as an issue, as a deal stopper, that is really bad. It’s really difficult to come back from that. 

And so, when you are in that position where you think it’s a zero-sum game, your attitude changes. As a result, their attitude changes and it becomes combative so there is going to be less creativity and less wiggle room that’s one thing and then the relationship is going to struggle too and remember, going back to the beginning of this conversation, you have to consider the three pillars of effective negotiation. When you think it’s a zero-sum game, pillar number three is in jeopardy because the relationship is going to have issues. 

Then typically, you try to blend pillars number one and two of offensive and defensive uses but sometimes you can’t when you have that really myopic focus on winning and so you are just going to be focused on maximizing your value and not considering the way that you can maximize other people’s value too. So that is one of the biggest barriers, just your approach, the way you frame the conversation as something combative when it doesn’t need to be. 

[0:39:42.0] MB: I’d love to dig in a little but on the third pillar as well. Tell me about how can we and I know we’ve gone over some of the building blocks of how to do this but how can negotiation be a tool kit or a tool set to build better relationships?

[0:39:55.5] KC: Yeah and this again like I said is one of my favorite parts of negotiation because it’s so key because we think so much about value in terms of money that we don’t realize that there is immense value in relationships. Sometimes I don’t get deals just because the numbers don’t add up but even though it seems as though both parties are walking away from the table with nothing there still has value because we created a strong relationship and that rapport can lead over to the next deal if I’m involved in a deal with this person again. 

And so in those conversations I think one of the keys to creating trust and improving the relationship is the willingness to be patient. Sometimes we go on to these conversations and we feel as though we need to get all of what we want all in one go and again, one of the biggest barriers to agreement and movement in negotiation is I wouldn’t say risk but I would say perceived risk and when people feel as though things are moving really fast, they are going to pump the breaks even if things are going well. 

Think about how sometimes people in relationships, the relationship might be going really well and the person says, “I think we’re just moving too fast” it’s like really? But things are going well. But we are just moving too fast. It seems risky, what are we moving quickly too? And so instead of trying to get things done in one or two conversations, recognize that it might take a few conversations over the course of a couple of weeks in order to build that requisite about trust to get things moving. 

So taking the time to build up that relationship before making an ask is going to be incredibly important. So always consider what you can do with the relationship in order to create value in the relationship by itself and again, going back to my preparation I consider where the relationship is currently, what barriers there are to a stronger relationship and how I can work to eliminate those barriers in order to create a strong working relationship with the person and that’s the goal. 

The term that we want to keep in mind here is a strong working relationship. We don’t need to be best of friends and hang out on the weekends but we need to have a relationship where that’s typified by trust and a relationship where the free flow of communication can exist and when those things are established then people are going to be a lot more willing to answer those great open ended questions that you’ve prepared for before the conversation. 

But we really need to focus on establishing that firm foundation of the relationship before we start making those big asks. 

[0:42:30.6] MB: On the topic of building relationships, I know one of the other core components of your practice that you spend a lot of time on is resolving disputes and mediating when things don’t work out between people. What are some of the core skills that help people resolve disputes?

[0:42:47.6] KC: Yeah and this is huge because I’ve seen a lot of good businesses fail because of bad relationships and so what I do is mediation between business partners. It’s like marriage counseling between you and your partner and so one of the things that I have seen in these relationships where there are issues is the dangerous assumptions that they have of one another. So here’s an example, when you are dealing with people and somebody wrongs you in some kind of way and now there’s a dispute or a conflict, people often conflate the behavior. 

With a negative outcome when it comes to the behavior with negative intent and so sometimes people can just do something with little regard to the outcome but they didn’t do it with malice. Maybe it was done with ignorance and maybe they just acted too quickly but the person who is on the receiving end who was impacted negatively by the situation can impute negative intent and that’s where problems come because we were able to separate problem behavior from the mentality. 

It’s a lot easier to address the behavior because really what it comes down to is the reason I am upset is because of the impact that somebody’s behavior had on me but the problem is sometimes when the aggrieved party addresses the issue, they approach the person almost like the prosecutor because in criminal law, you need to have motive. You need to have some kind of intent, you need to prove that the person did this on purpose. 

And so they go in and say, “You don’t respect me” blah-blah-blah and throwing these accusations that really dig deep into the person’s mindset when doing this and the person will be arguing, “No, I didn’t mean to do that” and now we’re having unproductive conversations about what the person was thinking when the behavior in question happened when instead, they would be much better served to just focus on the behavior and the outcome and what kind of effect it had on you. 

Because when you focus on those things, there’s really no argument. Did you engage in this behavior? Yes. Was this the outcome? Yes. Is this how you feel about it? Yes. Those things cannot be controverted. Now we can have a productive conversation on the topic but when we start going at it like a prosecutor trying to determine whether or not this person did this intentionally, it’s really unproductive. So the first thing that we need to focus on is just avoiding the idea of intent and just focusing on the behavior itself. 

[0:45:21.1] MB: It’s amazing how you can open up the channels for communication and understanding if you simply take a step back, pull your own ego and your own need to prove your point and really try to understand the other person. 

[0:45:36.1] KC: Absolutely and ego is big. Ego is one of the biggest barriers to resolving conflict and another thing that our ego prevents us from doing is acknowledging our own contribution to the issue and so you want to shift from blame to contribution. So what did your partner contribute to the situation and if you need to be honest and put your ego to the side and admit what you did to contribute to the situation. 

In most of these situations, there is something that you did that helped to create this atmosphere where that behavior is deemed to be acceptable by your partner and when you come into the conversation, acknowledging that you contributed in some way, they are going to feel a lot safer when it comes to admitting that they contributed in some way too but again, you don’t want to create this situation where it seems that now you are prosecuting their crimes. 

Because when you think about it especially in a situation where it’s a business partner relationship the foundation is the same. You both want the same goals so let’s approach this as a problem solving endeavor as a team and whenever those barriers are put down when it doesn’t seem like we’re going against each other, people are going to feel a lot more comfortable trying to work with you to address the problem than they are working against you to try to defend themselves.

[0:46:59.0] MB: So what is one piece of homework that you would give for listeners who want to go out and start to implement some of these ideas and improve their ability to become better negotiators? 

[0:47:08.5] KC: I’m going to stick with the same theme and focus on those questions like developing that sense of curiosity, asking great questions and then genuinely listening to those responses and one thing that I found that people struggle with is let’s say you do this, you execute it perfectly. You go in with the spirit of curiosity, you ask great questions and you listen. Sometimes, we ran into the barrier of not getting credit for listening when we listen. 

This was actually brought to my attention from one of my listeners in Australia. He said, “I did everything you told me to but the person, they didn’t acknowledge I was hearing them so what should we do?” and so that is where the power of summarizing comes into play and so there’s something called the empathy loop. That’s where you listen to what somebody says and you say, “Well correct me if I’m wrong but it sounds like you’re saying XYZ and in XYZ, you provide a brief summary of what they said, the major points of what they said and then you end it by saying, is that correct? Then you give the person the opportunity to confirm your understanding.

Either you got it or you didn’t. If they say yeah, you got it. That is them confirming their understanding that you are listening. You know, that’s one of the — kind of like the icing on the cake when it comes to asking great questions. When you ask great questions, you listen and then you prove it by summarizing and giving them the opportunity to correct you.

[0:48:35.6] MB: So for listeners who want to do more research, dig in and learn more about this, where can people find you online?

[0:48:42.8] KC: Yeah, if you can, if you’re a podcast listener which I guess obviously you are, you can check out The Podcast Negotiation for Entrepreneurs, you could also check out The free course for Business Partners Who Are at War and this is really a great course for anybody who is in the situation here you want to try and resolve conflicts.

If you go to americannegotiationinstitute.com/course, you can get this free five day course on how to resolve conflicts with your business partner or people on your team. And then, if you have any questions for me directly, shoot me a message on LinkedIn. Anybody who connects with me on LinkedIn gets a personal message from me, I actually respond.

This is something that is becoming more and more difficult to do as my audience grows but I’m going to stick to it and I’m going to get to everybody eventually. It might be a while but I will because I genuinely want to hear what people have to say and I don’t know if you have this problem Matt but as a psychology nerd and a negotiation nerd, I know I can get in to the weed sometimes with my content.

Hearing people’s concerns and questions really helps me to focus my content on things that are actionable and practical. Please, reach out to me, I really appreciate it when people touch base and tell me what they want to hear.

[0:49:53.8] MB: Well we will make sure to include all of that in the show notes so listeners can check that out but Kwame, thank you so much for being on the show, this is a fascinating conversation, I know I learned a number of negotiation strategies and that’s something that I do all the time.

This was great for me but just thank you very much, it’s been a great episode.

[0:50:10.7] KC: My pleasure, and as a listener, it is an honor to be on this show so thanks Matt.

[0:50:16.3] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the science of success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I would love to hear from you, shoot me an email, send me your thoughts, kind words, comments, ideas, suggestions, your story, what the podcast means to you. Whatever it might be. I read and respond to every single email that I get from listeners. My email address is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. 

Shoot me an email, I would love to hear from you. The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the science of success. Lastly, as a thank you to you for being awesome listeners, I’m giving away $100 Amazon gift card. All you have to do to be entered to win is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the science of success.


June 01, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Influence & Communication
Carol Dweck(2)-01.jpg

Research Reveals How You Can Create The Mindset of a Champion with Dr. Carol Dweck

May 25, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Best Of, Emotional Intelligence, High Performance

This episode is all about MINDSET. What is a mindset? What is the fixed mindset and how does it shape the way we act in the world, what is the growth mindset and how can it transform the way we live our lives? We look at research data from over 168,000 students, examine the mindset of champions, the dangers of blame and excuses, and much more with Dr. Carol Dweck.

Dr. Carol Dweck is a Professor of Psychology at Stanford University and a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. She is the author of the best-selling book Mindset: The New Psychology of Success - which is one of the single most important books in shaping my life. Her work has been featured in several publications including The New York Times, Washington Post, The Today Show, 20/20 and many more.

  • What is a mindset?

  • What is the fixed mindset?

  • We go deep into the “fixed mindset” and how they view challenges and the world

  • What is effort and how does the fixed mindset perceive it?

  • Is effort necessary to be successful or is it a sign that you’re not naturally talented?

  • If you have a fixed mindset, how do you think about criticism?

  • Do you often “need to be right?” - and how could that need be impacting your life?

  • We examine in detail what the “growth mindset” is and what underpins its core perception of reality

  • Setbacks are welcome and setbacks are inevitable

  • This fundamental conclusion is backed by 35+ years of psychological research, hundreds of studies, and more

  • A study of over 168,000 students (the entire 10th grade population of Chile) demonstrating all of these findings

  • Research data from everything from dating life to conflict in the middle east bears out the lessons of fixed vs growth mindset

  • What is the most effective way to recover from devastating rejections?

  • Is it possible to change your mindset?

  • How to transform your mindset and specific steps you can take to move towards a growth mindset

  • How to find the things that trigger your fixed mindset reactions

  • Discover and name your “fixed mindset persona”

  • Success as improvement vs success as superiority

  • Self handicapping and the concept that effort robs you of your excuses

  • Repairing your self esteem vs repairing your failure

  • It’s impossible to learn from a mistake if you deny making it in the first place

  • The grave danger of placing blame, making excuses, and denying failure in order to protect your self esteem

  • The mindset of a champion and how champions rise to the occasion

  • Viewing people as judges vs viewing people as allies

  • How do we reconcile the lessons of mindset with the idea that you should focus on your strengths?

  • What are the most common triggers of the fixed mindset?

    • Taking on a challenge, out of your comfort zone

    • Struggling, not making progress

    • Setback, criticism, failure

  • Strength and weakness are much more dynamic than we understand or give them credit for

  • Don think your strengths will be strengths forever if you don't work on them and grow them

  • The dangers of the self esteem movement and how it actually cultivates the fixed mindset

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Article] Growth Mindset Workshop – Carol Dweck and Susan Mackie

  • [Book] Mindset: The New Psychology of Success by Carol S. Dweck

  • [Book Site] Mindset

  • [TEDTalk] The power of believing that you can improve by Carol Dweck

EPISODE TRANSCRIPT


[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

This is a very special episode of the science of success. To celebrate as we land our one millionth download, can you guys believe that? One million downloads. For all the listeners that had been here since day one and for all of you who are just discovering the show. We’re going to bring you an incredible special guest today, the author of one of my favorite books of all time. 

This episode is all about mindset, what is a mindset? What is the fixed mindset and how does it shape the way we act in the world? What is the growth mindset and how can it transform the way that we live our lives? We look at research did from over 168,000 students, examine the mindset of champions, the danger of blame and excuses and much more with Dr. Carol Dweck.

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 1,000,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information? A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, conducting amazing interviews, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word ‘smarter’ to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we went deep on sound. We discussed how sound changes your body and affects your heart rate. Breathing pattern and brain waves as well as your hormone secretions. The secret to cultivating soundscapes that make us happier and more productive. The incredible power of listening and how it can change your reality. How like sound waves, we’re all vibrating from the smallest physical level to the macro level and much more with Julian Treasure. If you want to discover some simple sound hacks to be happier and more productive, listen to that episode.

Lastly, if you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talk about on this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top. 

[0:03:12.9] MB: Today, we have a truly amazing guest on the show. Dr. Carol Dweck. Carol is a professor of psychology at Stanford University and a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. She’s the author of the bestselling book, Mindset: The New Psychology of Success which is one of the single most important books in shaping my life. 

Her work has been featured in several publications including the New York Times, Washington Post, The Today Show, 2020 and much more. Carol, welcome to the Science of Success.

[0:03:40.6] CD: Thanks Matt, it’s great to be here.

[0:03:42.4] MB: Well we’re honored to have you on the show. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your background, tell us a little bit about yourself?

[0:03:50.2] CD: Well, I’m kind of an egghead, I’m a professor but I also have broad interest in the world, I’ve always since childhood wanted to figure out how people think, how they work, how to make them more better.

[0:04:07.0] MB: You obviously wrote the book mindset which as I said at the top is probably one of the top two or three most impactful books that I’ve ever read in my entire life. I recommend it to people all the time. For listeners who may not know, I really want to dig in to the fixed mindset, the growth mindset and some of the key learnings from the book.

Just to begin, when you say mindset, what is a mindset?

[0:04:28.5] CD: Well, when I say mindset in the sense that it’s used in my book, I mean, people’s beliefs about their most basic abilities and talents. When people are in a fixed mindset, they believe their basic abilities, talents, personal attributes, personalities. That these are fixed traits, you have a certain amount, you have a certain type and that’s it.

But, when people are in more of a growth mindset, they believe that yeah, people differ but everyone can develop their talents, abilities and personal qualities. Again, it doesn’t mean everyone’s the same or everyone will go to the same place ultimately.

But it means, everyone has the potential to develop. And boy, when you look into things, all the people you think are natural super stars, underwent a long period of development, often with tremendous setbacks. It’s the sense that you can develop that propels you forward. Not just some natural talent or personality that you were born with.

[0:05:48.0] MB: Let’s start with the fixed mindset. Tell me a little bit more about the fixed mindset? How does someone with a fixed mindset think and how do they approach things like obstacles and challenges?

[0:05:59.6] CD: First, to make totally clear, we all are in the different mindsets at different times and I can talk about that later. We all have triggers that can put us right into a fixed mindset no matter who we are. That said, some people are more often in a fixed mindset and some people are more often in a growth mindset.

When you’re in a fixed mindset, you think, for example. My intelligence is just fixed, I have a certain amount, I can’t do anything about it, I really value being intelligent. The goal of my life becomes to look smart at all cost and all situations and never look dumb.

When you’re in that fixed mindset, a voice in your head says, maybe you shouldn’t do this, maybe you’ll mess up here. Hey, do this, people will think you’re really brilliant. When someone else is looking really smart, you feel threatened by that, when you're working on something hard and maybe struggling a little, you get really anxious, you think, maybe I’m not as good at this as I hoped I was, as I want to be.

When you hit a setback, that’s a calamity, that’s a real condemnation of your natural talent. If you are so talented, would you have had that failure? Would you have plunged into this mistake like that? Will everyone know it? Will you be unmasked, will you be found out finally?

The fixed mindset system is kind of this fear based system, kind of fear alternating with arrogance because if you’re going around thinking it’s fixed and you have this arrogance you feel, I’m better than other people who have less of it but if you’re struggling or having setbacks, then you’re feeling really kind of insecure.

But, what we found in our research whether you’re in the arrogant phase or the un arrogant phase, you’re not primarily a learner. You're not looking always to grow your skills to create teams that will help you develop and so forth. You're primarily about showing you’re smart.

[0:08:41.0] MB: How does the fixed mindset think about effort?

[0:08:44.7] CD: In a fixed mindset, there is a general tendency to think, if you’re really smart, you shouldn’t need a lot of effort, you shouldn’t need as much effort as other people and if you need a lot of effort, as much effort as other people, it might call your ability into question.

I think this is why so many promising people never fulfill their potential, they were going along, they were the smart one, they were the genius, they coasted along. They didn’t have to work as hard as other people because they did have the talent and the knowhow.

But, at some point, other people seem to catch up, there were competitors and at that point, the person in the fixed mindset has a choice. Should I roll up my sleeves and work hard too? Should I try new strategy, should I get a mentor, should I use resources to help me develop my abilities?

Or, should I retire while I was the smart one or should I go do something new? Often you’ll hear people say that I got bored with that, I didn’t like that anymore. That could be true but often it’s the case, they felt threatened, they didn’t feel like a natural talent anymore. They drifted somewhere else, I get a lot of letters from people saying, they just kept drifting from one thing to another, they went as far as their natural talent took them and then they jumped to something else.

They never really understood what the cause of that was. When they learned about the mindsets, they realized that if you’re in a fixed mindset, trying to feel smart all the time and you suddenly don’t, you go somewhere else, it’s not fun anymore.

[0:10:47.2] MB: How does someone with a fixed mindset think about criticism?

[0:10:52.1] CD: They don’t like it. When you’re in a growth mindset, you seek criticism, you ask for feedback, you work with people around what you need to improve because you believe, that’s how your talent will develop. By the way, it’s also smart strategy because when you get people to mentor you, they’re invested in you but in a fixed mindset. Criticism is humiliating, it’s and indictment of your natural ability.

You don’t really want to hear the criticism, you’re already putting your fingers in your ear, you’re already trying to discount it, trying to think or even explain out loud why the criticism isn’t appropriate. Even in relationships, if you have a fixed mindset about yourself as a person. In relationships, a partner may be trying to give you really helpful feedback about what they need or what upsets them or what isn’t working.

If you’re in a fixed mindset, you really take that as a slam, as someone pointing out a deficiency. In a fixed mindset, you need to be right, what you did was right. I talk in my book mindset about my fixed mindset legacy where I needed to be right and my husband and I had to invent this third person we called Maurice.

When something went wrong and when I was trying to blame him or he was trying to blame me, we said, let’s blame Maurice and then look at the problem, it’s his fault, let’s look at the problem, let’s discuss it like let’s get on with it.

In a fixed mindset, it’s kind of that blame game which is really destructive. In the example I gave your partner is just trying to give you feedback. Listen to it as helpful feedback because you want your partner to listen to your feedback, your needs, just take it as something that will grow the relationship, bring you closer, try to understand what that criticism is, whether it’s your boss, your partner or your family.

The more you listen to it in an open way and learn from it, the better those relationships will be.

[0:13:33.8] MB: The fixed mindset, it sounds like a pretty scary place and I know personally because I used to spend a lot of time there that it can be. Let’s change gears and tell me a little bit more about the growth mindset?

[0:13:45.9] CD: The growth mindset as I mentioned is a place where you believe your abilities can be developed. Again, it doesn’t mean you saying you’re Michael Jordan or Mia Ham or Yoyo Mah but you understand that abilities can be developed through hard work, learning good strategies, pushing out of your comfort zone as often as possible.

Just keep pushing that limit and getting lots of great input and mentoring from others. It’s a place where if you’re not pushing out of your comfort zone, something’s wrong. If you’re just feeling smart but not feeling you’re getting smarter, something’s wrong. When you get feedback rather than being threatened, you try to learn from it.

If you see someone who is really better than you at something you pride yourself on, instead of thinking, maybe they’re the ones with the talent, you think, I wonder how they got there? I wonder what they can teach me? I wonder how I can get as far as they got or maybe even further. The focus is, not on looking and feeling smart all the time or being perfect or beating out the competition for smartness all the time.

But, it’s about becoming smarter, growing, learning. Again, pushing out of your comfort zone, using mistakes and setbacks as opportunities to learn. It was a long time before I could really get in to the idea that setbacks were welcomed, setbacks were inevitable because it’s so different from a fixed mindset place.

I come out of a fixed mindset legacy, my sixth grade teacher as I explained in my book seated us around the room in IQ hoarder and wow, everything, it was already the highest IQ class in the school but for her, every point counted and not just academic things, she wouldn’t trust someone with a little bit lower IQ to carry the flag in the assembly or even erase and wash the blackboard.

We just got so inculcated that your IQ said everything about you and yet over time through my work, I started taking on more and more risks and challenges. When I wrote Mindset, it wasn’t common for academics to stretch into that, those areas to really put yourself out there, reveal yourself personally, talk to your reader as you talk to a friend.

In that growth mindset, you keep seeking experiences that will take you to some unknown and enhanced place and you can’t even imagine what that place will be until you stretch yourself and inevitably, people say that they’ve gone further than they ever imagined. Just by pushing out of their comfort zone all the time and by the way, collaborating with others, we have research in fortune 500 company showing that in a growth mindset setting, people collaborate, learn from each other, get smarter together.

In a fixed mindset setting, they compete with each other, hide information, cut corners, keep secrets from each other so that they can be the lone super star. You can readily see how people in that growth mindset setting get much further, innovate more, create more, rise in the company more readily.

[0:18:17.3] MB: You touched on some of the research that you’ve done and I think it’s really important for the listeners to understand how data backed and sort of research validated these findings are. Would you talk a little bit about some of the work that you’ve done on some of the research you’ve conducted?

[0:18:31.5] CD: Yes, exactly. I’m telling you the bottom line about the research but we’ve been doing research on the fixed and growth mindset for about 35 years. We have actually, and others have hundreds of studies with people of all ages.

For example, in some of the studies, we might measure people’s mindsets about their intelligence, ask them to answer questions like this, agree or disagree. Your intelligence, something very basic about you that you can’t really change, fixed or everyone, no matter who they are can become substantially more intelligent growth.

Then we look at say in students, we look at their achievement over time and we have often found that students endorsing that growth mindset, achieve more in terms of grades or test scores or going on to college or graduating from college.

Achieve more over time. Recently we did a study with all the 10th graders and she lay 168,000 students. Those who held more of a growth mindset, achieved substantially more at every level of family income.

We also have a number of studies where we teach people a growth mindset, more recently through online courses that we’ve developed for the research and again, we find that people who learn this growth mindset have a greater desire for challenge and they often go on to do better in school. We have that researched, lots of it, we have research on relationships, showing and so do other people, showing that people and more of a growth mindset are looking for not just personal growth and relationship but partner’s growth and growth of the relationship itself.

They are more open to feedback, they are more open to solving problems in more of a fixed mindset. The people are more interested in not approaching problems, not finding there’s anything wrong with them and if things start going wrong in the relationship, they start thinking, maybe this wasn’t meant to be, maybe this isn’t the right relationship rather than how can we talk about this and repair it and go forward in a stronger way.

We have a program of research on conflict in the Middle East where we’ve shown and are continuing to show that when either Israelis or Palestinians have more of a growth mindset that groups, the idea that groups have the potential to grow and change, they have a somewhat more positive attitude toward each other and more willing to even contemplate compromises for the sake of peace.

It is kind of really quite broad, some of my colleagues have shown that when people are in a growth mindset, they’re better able to handle stress, they see more things as challenges rather than stresses and they function better in situations that may be full of conflict. Those are a few lines of research that we engaged in. 

Let me tell you one more in honor of Valentine ’s Day. One study I did with graduate student Lauren Howe, it actually came out last Valentine ’s Day. It showed having people recover from painful rejections. What we found was that people who live more of a growth mindset, a belief that they as a person could develop over time told us about rejections they had had and in one of the studies and boy, everyone said, rejection was super painful, you know, there’s someone who loved you and who knew you really well and they don’t want to be with you anymore.

How could that not hurt? But, looking back, people in a growth mindset said, you know? I really learned a lot from that, it was painful but I learned to be more open or I learned that that wasn’t a good match, I really need someone who is more this way and they felt it steered them on the road to finding a better match in the future.

People with more of a fixed mindset about who they are felt differently. Many of them, five years later still felt diminished, reduced by what happened, they felt that the rejection told them who they truly were, not the great person they thought they were but someone less than that and they’re still grappling with that feeling of being inadequate, they’re taking it into their new relationships.

They’re not being as open or vulnerable in their new relationships, thereby perhaps making the rejection more possible in the future but also limiting their new relationships because the shadow of the old relationship still haunts them.

Makes them feel bad, makes them feel fearful. It’s not that those with the fixed or growth mindsets started out being different people, but their mindsets made them react to this rejections in really different ways and they carried on, they carried this legacy forward in really different ways too.

[0:25:24.5] MB: Can we change our mindsets? Because I know when I’ve shared this concept with people, especially those who were sort of Mired in a fixed mindset, that’s one of the first questions that I often hear.

[0:25:34.3] CD: Yes we can. It’s not an easy process, it’s a long process. Well some people say hey, I had this insight, I get it and they can run with it. For many of us, we have fixed mindset legacy and that’s kind of our default but my colleague in Australia, Susan Mackey, developed this idea that I’ll tell you in a moment and she’s used it with business executives, teachers, students.

First is the idea of identifying your fixed mindset persona. It’s that person that lives inside of you and says to you, I’m warning you, don’t go there, you can make mistakes. This is much too hard for you, you’re messing up, I warned you. Look at that person over there, that’s the true genius. This person living inside of you, this fixed mindset persona, not trying to harm you, not trying to undermine you, trying to keep you safe but at the same time, we know a fixed mindset keeps us safe but keeps us stagnating or arrogant or undermined.

It keeps us in places that don’t allow us to grow optimally. The next thing you do is you try to understand the situations that trigger your fixed mindset. Could be different for different people. For some people, it’s being out of their comfort zone, for others it’s when they’re criticized, for others, it’s when they’re in a group and other people seem to be more knowledgeable than they are.

When is it that this person shows up? I saw Susan Mackey working with a business executive, he said, my fixed mindset persona is Dwayne and Dwayne shows up when we have a deadline looming, I’m not sure we can make it, he criticizes the whole team, he often takes the work back from them and does it himself.

At the end, he hates them, they hate him, everything even if he makes the deadline, everyone’s miserable and he and his team started talking about how it affects them all when Dwayne shows up and how they could going forward recognize Dwayne showing up and deal with him you know?

That brings us to the next step. Name your fixed mindset persona. Name it. Could be Dwayne, it could be your critical other aunt or uncle, it could be a teacher you once had, it could be a character from a book or a movie but you know, when people just give it some thought, someone typically comes to mind pretty quickly, a name comes to mind.

Okay, now, you’re going to work with that named fixed mindset persona. Again, don’t try to shove it back into its box, don’t ignore it, don’t insult it, don’t send it away, welcome it. Say Dwayne, thank you for your input, I hear you, maybe you’re right, maybe this is a risky venture but you know, I use people as a sounding board, people are on board, it’s exciting.

I’m going to learn a lot. I wonder if you can jump on board too, if you can join me going forward, then you know, you engage in the thing, it doesn’t work out as planned, Dwayne comes back triumphant. Okay Dwayne, I hear you, again, I know you’re trying to protect me but let’s see what we can learn from this setbacks and let’s move on together.

Can I count on you to collaborate? It’s a kind of make friends with that fixed mindset persona, bring it on board with your growth mindset goals, little by little, it doesn’t happen overnight. But whenever you feel anxious or threatened, it often means Dwayne is there. Listen to your Dwayne.

Make friends, bring Dwayne onboard with your growth mindset goals, little by little. We haven’t done research on this yet but almost everyone who has tried it has really been pleased by the process.

[0:30:34.0] MB: There’s a few different ideas from the book that I really want to hear your thoughts on, one of them is the distinction between success as improvement versus success as superiority?

[0:30:48.2] CD: Yes, in a fixed mindset, every success can be seen as a sign that you’re a superior being. That you’re better than others, the worst thing would be to be ordinary right? Ordinary like this other people who struggle and maybe you think of them as mediocre.

Each success says, no, you are someone special, you are better than other people and you can feel good about that. Every day you can go home and review all the successes you had socially, personally, in your work and feel like yes, I’m worthy, not just worthy but worthier than other people.

But in more of a growth mindset, hey, it’s nice to succeed, no one’s saying it isn’t, it’s nice when people like you in a firm, it’s nice when things work out, of course you want that but even more so, the fact that you have grown, that your relationship has reached another level, that you’ve turned a setback into a triumph, that you’ve grown from. 

That you’ve understood something, you’ve worked hard on something and have understood something, that you didn’t understand before. Also, getting pleasure in other people’s growth. A success is when you’ve mentored someone or helped them and they’ve grown and they’ve succeeded. It’s got this moving forward impetus rather than just sitting there and basking in your greatness.

[0:32:51.8] MB: Another concept that I found fascinating and this was something that really resonated with me when I first uncovered it is the idea that effort robs you of your excuses.

[0:33:01.5] CD: Yes. There is a phenomenon in psychology called self-handicapping. What it means is you really handicap yourself, you go to a party the night before, big presentation, you don’t prepare till the last minute and you do that, you're handicapping yourself, you’re actually making failure more likely.

But, if you don’t do well, you have an excuse, you went to a party, you left till the last minute and if you do well anyway, wow, that really means you're a talented person. Going all out, putting all your effort into something robs you of the possibility of having an excuse for why it didn’t work out.

In a fixed mindset, this makes perfect sense that it makes sense that you would jeopardize your success in order to have an excuse but in a growth mindset, that’s insane. Why would you do anything that works against your improving and succeeding? 

Because in a growth mindset, you know, hey, this is just the first iteration and even though its’s important, I’ll learn from whatever happens and as a team, as a relationship will be better off going forward. This foundation Silicon Valley that gives the failure of the year award. It’s for a team that went all out, did everything they should and could.

The project didn’t work out and then, they learned so many valuable lessons from what happened from that failure that the organization is in a much better place, the organization as a whole is in a much better place going forward to make projects succeed in the future.

[0:35:08.0] MB: One of the most impactful ideas from the book for me was the distinction between repairing your failure versus repairing your self-esteem and how it’s impossible to learn from a mistake, if you deny that you made one to begin with?

[0:35:23.7] CD: yes. In a fixed mindset, the goal is to, after a setback is to repair your self-esteem. We have a study where we give people a really hard task, they don’t do well, people in a fixed mindset choose to look at the performance of people who did a lot worse than they did, they’re not going to learn from it but boy they’re going to feel better than someone.

People in a growth mindset look at the performance of people who did a lot better than they did so they can learn and do better the next time. If you’re looking to repair your self-esteem, maybe you’re looking for people who did worse, maybe you're looking to place the blame, maybe you're looking to deny the failure, in any of those cases, you’re not going to be better off going forward.

Neuroscience research shows that when people are in a fixed mindset, the part of their brain that processes errors is hardly active. They are just turning away from that error as quickly as possible.

As a result, they’re not correcting the error at the next opportunity as much as people in a growth mindset. In a growth mindset, that area of the brain is on fire, it’s just super active, they’re looking at the error, they’re processing it, they’re learning from it and they’re correcting it.

Again, a setback in a fixed mindset is a terrible thing and of course you want to lay the blame or feel better about yourself because it brings you down, it means you're a lesser person but if you can get your fixed mindset persona to collaborate with you, you can say, all right, this happened. What can we learn from this?

How can we shore up this skill? How can we improve in ways we need to improve and go forward more successfully?

[0:37:43.0] MB: To me, that was really one of the most water shed things that I took away from the book was this simple concept that because you're trying to protect your ego and protect your self-image, if you don’t believe that you made a mistake and you’ve externalized that with blame or excuses or whatever else it might be.

It’s impossible for you to learn from that because by definition, you don’t think that you did anything wrong. Without a focus on that, you're never able to improve and it’s such a powerful concept. Another concept in the book that I thought was really interesting was the idea of the mindset of champions and how champions rise to the occasion. Could you talk about that?

[0:38:23.8] CD: Yes. There’s this example I give in the book of Billy Jean King, the championship tennis player playing against Margaret Court, another historic figure in the world of tennis. Billy Jean King was trouncing Margaret Court in a match, in a set rather and before she knew it, she had lost.

She, Billy Jean King had lost. Same thing happened again, she was trancing her and she looked around and she had lost and she realized, that’s what a champion is. There are days you're not at your best, you didn’t bring you’re a game, your focus isn’t there, your strokes are a little off and somehow, you find it within you to prevail.

Michael Jordan once played a championship game with a high fever and he dug down, he found it within himself an athlete, great athlete after great athlete, somehow they just didn’t — they weren’t in perfect shape that day but they found it, they found it in themselves, that energy, that focus, that will, that brought them to a victory.

By the way, we have a program of research on willpower and the people who do best are the people who say, “Okay, it’s in there somewhere, it’s large, it’s replenishable and I can find more willpower, more energy when I need it.”

[0:40:25.8] MB: Another cons have you talked about in the book that I thought was fascinating is the distinction between viewing people as judges versus viewing people as allies.

[0:40:34.5] CD: Yes. When you’re in a fixed mindset, you always have an audience. An audience that has the potential to judge you. Your boss is a judge, your partner is a judge, your friends can be judges. You’re always having to perform and prove yourself so the judges can give you back the validation that you need.

But in a growth mindset, you are surrounded by people you can collaborate with, you can learn from, who can give you constructive feedback, who are resources and for whom you are a resource. It’s a really different world, it’s a world of greater trust, it’s the idea that not all people, that your people but the people are there to help you develop, that people are in your corner rooting for you or at least you can find mentors and certainly your partner is rooting for you.

And that they are not judges. They are collaborators in your development. You can also teach them to be more that way, tell them what kind of feedback you need, tell them what kind of support you need. Now, I’m not denying that there are people judging or that there are situations in which you are judged but I’m saying, as a general view of the world, find those people who are committed to your development or can be resources for your development.

[0:42:28.3] MB: How do we reconcile the lessons of mindset with the idea or the advice of focusing on your strengths?

[0:42:37.1] CD: That’s a great question. Now, you get a lot of advice focused on your strengths and I’m not saying don’t focus on your strengths but I’m saying, strengths and weaknesses are really dynamic. Weaknesses, you could have weaknesses because you never built up those muscles, you never trained in those areas.

You can have a weakness that’s a weakness in one setting and a strength in another setting. So, nothing wrong with finding out what your current strengths are and your current weaknesses are but one thing I found by studying great leaders, CEO’s and so forth is that they built up their abilities in areas of weakness that would have held them back.

A lot of people tell me they thought something was a weakness but when they worked on it, when they got the proper input and the mentorship, they were really great at that. I have in my book some drawings, some before and after self-portraits of people who couldn’t draw to save their lives, a weakness but they took Betty Edwards drawing on the right side of the brain seminar and I think it was four days later, they were drawing these amazing self-portraits, you will not believe the before the seminar and after the seminar self-portraits.

You would say, these were talented people. That shift was amazing because they got the proper training and what it says is that you can’t predict from the before when you don’t have training to the after when you do have training. Again, yeah, capitalize on strengths, why not, of course. But don’t think your strengths are going to be strengths forever if you’re not working on them and growing them and don’t rule out weaknesses as future areas of strength, in the right circumstances with the right training.

[0:45:00.0] MB: Tell me a little bit about the power of words and what happens when for example, we tell a child that they’re smart?

[0:45:06.6] CD: That’s so interesting, we undertook this research at the height of the self-esteem movement, when everyone told tell each other, tell kids, tell your employees, tell everyone how brilliant they are at every opportunity and what we have found in this research is telling kids they’re smart, puts them into more of a fixed mindset. You’ve done something and someone says, oh my God, you’re brilliant at this.

Suddenly you think, everything I do has to be brilliant. Then if you have an opportunity to take on something challenging that you might fail at, in the presence of that person or even in the presence of your own judgement. 

You think well, maybe not. Maybe I want to do something that keeps showing how smart I am. However, when you give feedback to people that focuses on that process, the process they engaged in, their hard work, they’re taking on challenges, they’re trying different strategies, their good use of resources, they’re being a great team member. If you focus on that process they engaged in to do well or have that good performance, they become more willing to go out of their comfort zone.

They become less thrown by setbacks because they feel like right, the process is what’s valued here. I can duplicate that process, I can engage in that process, I’m not under threat, I’m not under judgment. Now, of course, in a business or in school, you have to perform, ultimately but research has shown that when the more you engage effectively in that process of learning, the better you're going to do in the long run.

[0:47:03.3] MB: What’s one piece of homework that you would give to somebody listening to this episode in terms of kind of a simple first step that they could do to implement some of the things we’ve talked about?

[0:47:13.7] CD: Yes, I would say, the very first step is to find your fixed mindset triggers. You know, we used to talk about it as if they were fixed mindset people and growth mindset people, no. We all have fixed mindset triggers. Find those triggers. When do you start hearing that voice, when do you start feeling that anxiety or I don’t really want to do this, that kind of fake boredom or distaste.

Find those triggers. Start keying in to how you feel when that’s triggered, what you’re thinking, how you behave, how you affect others around you. First step, find those triggers. Second step, give them a name.

[0:48:03.9] MB: What would be a good example of a few common things that trigger the fixed mindset?

[0:48:10.3] CD: Yeah, there are a few very common things. First, you’re taking on a challenge or you're thinking of taking on a challenge or you’re out of your comfort zone, big trigger. Big time when people feel threatened and the warning voice starts talking, that persona starts talking.

Second, you’re struggling, you’re not making progress, that’s often a trigger that says get out of there or you don’t like this, instead of find resources, get help, try new strategies. As we’ve been saying, the big trigger, setback, criticism, failure. Nope, what you did wasn’t perfect, it wasn’t right, maybe it wasn’t even good, big trigger.

[0:49:08.1] MB: For listeners who want to learn more, where can people find you and find Mindset online?

[0:49:13.7] CD: Well, my book, Mindset actually an updated addition is coming out this week and is not a completely new addition but we’ve added some important things about the persona work, our work in business organizations, common misunderstandings of a growth mindset. The book Mindset: The New Psychology of Success, we have a website. Mindsetonline.com.

[0:49:52.7] MB: Well Carol, thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing your incredible wisdom. As I said, to me personally, Mindset is one of the most impactful books that I’ve ever read. I would highly recommend everybody listening, go read that book, get the new updated edition.

I’m a tremendous fan and so thank you so much for coming on here and sharing these insights with us.

[0:50:13.0] CD: You’re welcome. Pleasure.

[0:50:15.8] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the science of success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I would love to hear from you, shoot me an email, send me your thoughts, kind words, comments, ideas, suggestions, your story, what the podcast means to you. Whatever it might be. I read and respond to every single email that I get from listeners. My email address is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. 

Shoot me an email, I would love to hear from you. The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these incredible information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners.

You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all of these amazing info, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co, just hit the show notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.


May 25, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Best Of, Emotional Intelligence, High Performance
JulianTreasure-01.jpg

The Secret of How Sound Can Make You Be Happier & Achieve More with Julian Treasure

May 18, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion

In this episode we go deep on sound – we discuss how sound changes your body and affects your heart rate, breathing, brain waves, and hormone secretions, the secret to cultivating soundscapes that make us happier and more productive, the incredible power of listening and how it can change your reality, how, like sound waves, we are all vibrating, from the smallest physical level, to the macro level, and much more with Julian Treasure.

Julian Treasure is the chair of the Sound Agency, a consultancy firm that advises worldwide businesses on how to effectively use sound. Julian has delivered 5 TED talks with more than 30 million views about listening, communication, and the effect sound has on the human brain. He is the author of the book Sound Business and the upcoming book How To Be Heard. His work has been featured in Time Magazine, The Economist, and many more.

We discuss:

  • Why musicians have slightly larger brains than non-musicians

  • We are all vibrating, from the smallest physical level, to the macro level

  • What is sound itself and how does it affect us?

  • How sound changes your body and affects your heart rate, breathing, brain waves, and hormone secretions

  • What sound to listen to if you have trouble sleeping

  • How sound entrains all of your bodily rhythms

  • How music and sound impacts your mood, feelings, emotions, and psychology

  • It is possible to listen to two people talking at once?

  • How ambient noise (especially human voice) can reduce your productivity by up to 66%

  • How noise can negatively change your behavior, create stress, etc

  • How noise kills 1 million health-years per year in Europe (via reduced life expectancy)

  • The secret to cultivating soundscapes that make us happier and more productive

  • The incredible power of listening and how it can change your reality

  • The underutilized sensitivity and power in the ears

  • Why it's a grave mistake to think that everyone listens the same way that you do

  • How silence is a vital part of improving your ability to listen

  • The power of 3 minutes of silence per day

  • Why open-plan offices are terrible for concentration and contemplation

  • “The mixer” exercise you can perform to make yourself a better listener

  • The importance of savoring the mundane sounds around us every day

  • How you can use "listening positions” to transform how you listen

  • The difference between critical listening vs empathic listening

  • We all want to be heard, to be understood, and to be valued

  • Do men and women have different default listening positions?

  • Convergent listening vs divergent listening

  • How “RASA” can make you a much better listener

  • How truly listening to someone can be an amazing gift

  • The human voice is one of the most complex and amazing instruments in the world

  • The 4 communication channels - Reading, writing, speaking, listening

  • The way you say something is much more important than how you say it

  • The vocal toolbox and how you can use these tools to be a more effective communicator

  • Posture is a critical component in the vocal toolbox

  • The power of breath, and a simple breathing exercise we can all use

  • The registers we can use to change the power of our voice

  • The modal register

  • How to speak from the chest

  • You want your voice to have the timbre of hot chocolate (rich, smooth)

  • How changing pace, pitch, and tone can impact how someone receives what you say and make you a more powerful communicator

  • How silence can be an incredible tool in your vocal toolbox

  • The four cornerstones of powerful speech

  • Good speaking is not about you, it's about the other person

  • It all comes down to listening, fundamentally - understanding listening positions is the most important idea of all of those

  • Ask yourself “What’s the listening?”

  • How technology is starting to work more and more towards speaking and listening as skillsets

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] How to be Heard: Secrets for Powerful Speaking and Listening by Julian Treasure

  • [Book] Sound Business 2nd Edition by Julian Treasure

  • [Personal Site] Julian Treasure - Master of Sound

  • [TedTalk] How to speak so that people want to listen by Julian Treasure

  • [TedTalk] 5 ways to listen better by Julian Treasure

  • [Video] The sound of happiness: Julian Treasure at TEDxCannes

  • [Video] "Vocal fry" speaking with Faith Salie

  • [Website] VIV

EPISODE TRANSCRIPT


[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we go deep on sound, we discuss how sound changes your body and affects your heart rate, breathing, brain waves and hormone secretions. The secret of cultivating soundscapes that make us happier and more productive, the incredible power of listening and how it can change your reality. How like sound waves, we are all vibrating form the smallest physical level all the way up to the macro level and much more with Julian Treasure.

The science of success continues to grow with more than 975,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information? A lot of our listeners are curious how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely for free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we dug into a massive framework for answering some of the biggest questions in life. Ask if it’s possible to integrate 50,000 years of human knowledge into a single comprehensive map of reality. We looked at the greatest good that a human being can achieve, we went deep on the path of waking up, offered by thousands of years, hundreds of cultures and with the clearest and strikingly similar paths to enlightenment are across all of those.

We discussed how to integrate and understand connections between art, morality and science as well as much more with our guest Ken Wilbur. If you want to incorporate massive amounts of human knowledge into your understanding of reality, be sure to listen to that episode. Lastly, if you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talk about on this episode and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top.

[0:02:57.1] MB: Today, we have another great guest on the show, Julian Treasure. Julian is the chair of the sound agency, a consultancy firm that advises worldwide businesses on how they can effectively use sound. He’s delivered five TED Talks with more than 30 million views about listening, communication and the effect sound has on the human brain.

He’s the author of the book sound business as well as the upcoming book, how to be heard. His work has been featured in time magazine, the economist and many other publications. Julian, welcome to the science of success.

[0:03:26.1] JT: Thank you Mat, it’s a great pleasure to be here.

[0:03:28.3] MB: We’re very excited to have you on the show today. So, for listeners who may not be familiar with you, tell us a little bit about yourself?

[0:03:34.8] JT: Well, I’m a lifelong musician, I think musicians listen to the world in slightly different ways to non-musicians. Actually, the research shows that musicians have slightly larger brains which is an interesting characteristic for those of your listeners who play an instrument. That’s good for you I think.

I think musicians listen to the world in a slightly different way to non-musicians. If you’re playing in a bad or an orchestra, you have a sort of multi-track listening and I’ve always had that because I’ve played in bands all my life. I had a long career in marketing ending up with a custom publishing firm I launched in 88 and grew, it became one of the most successful custom publishing firms in the UK working for clients like Microsoft and Lexus and so forth.

Producing beautiful magazines. Long time in marketing and brands and at the same time, playing music in the evenings, in my spare time. I sold that business in 2003 and finally had the opportunity to bring the two halves of myself together really, the listening half and the half that understood the needs of brands to communicate better with their customers.

The big question which came to me then was how does your brand sound? You know, brands have a great big book, they call it a  brand bible many of them. And when you say to them, okay, that defines your brand, how many pages are about sound? The answer is universally, none.

That’s a bit weird when you think about it because we experience the world in five senses, not just one, not just with our eyes. It was clear that brands weren’t thinking about the noise they were making, the sound they were making. That’s kind of why I guess we spend a lot of our time surrounded by not very pleasant noise because most of the sound that’s made in the world us is unconsciously made, it’s not planned, it’s not designed, it’s an accident, it’s a byproduct, it’s like kind of the exhaust gas of the world you know?

It just happens. We set about from 2003 where the company called the sound agency showing organizations that good sound is good business and fortunately, that’s been proved to be true. We have a business model, we have a lot of great clients, we’re doing some exciting work particularly in big spaces like airports and shopping malls.

Very often removing mindless music before any of your listeners start thinking we’re just plastering the world with music. We often remove it actually. I love music but it’s not necessarily the right sound in many spaces and instead designing acoustics and reducing noise and installing good quality sound systems and very often, creating more interesting sounds like generative sound which is like a texture.

It’s almost like white walls in a room you know, you don’t come in and go wow, look at those white walls, they just do a nice subtle job and in the same way, the sound that we make very often just does a nice subtle job in supporting people in what they’re doing in a space.

That’s really what I do in my day job now and along the way, it’s really become a big question of not just brands making sound unconsciously and not listening. I realize that we all tend to do that too as individuals. I got the opportunity to talk on the TED stage first in 2009 about how sound affects people because we’ve done a lot of research about that and then it started to morph into, considering the sounds that we all make primarily speaking of course.

And the sounds we surround ourselves with, the kind of design of our environment and also the question, why aren’t we listening.

[0:07:32.2] MB: As a starting point and this might be an overly simplified question but what is sound? How do you think about sound itself?

[0:07:40.4] JT: Well let’s define sound simply as vibration that we can hear, that’s a very practical definition. Everything’s vibrating, you know, you and I are vibrating from the smallest possible level, the strings that make up, the particles that make up the atoms that make up, the molecules and cells and so forth, every level of us is vibrating. Kind of life is vibration it’s hardly surprising the sound effects is when you think of it like that.

You’re a cord sitting there of lots and lots of vibrations all put together. Sound though is vibration we can hear, it needs a medium to carry it, that’s normally air. Although you may not know sound travels much faster through water, about twice as fast through water actually and a lot further too if we’re not making a lot of noise in the oceans.

You know whales can communicate over hundreds of miles to each other. Sound is vibration we can hear through a medium. It affects us profoundly.

[0:08:43.5] MB: What are some of the ways that sound can affect us?

[0:08:48.8] JT: I’ve distinguished four ways actually and in the last 13 years, I’ve had no need to add to any of this. I think these are pretty robust. The first is physiologically, sound changes our bodies, it affects our heart rate, breathing, brain waves, hormone secretions, all our bodily rhythms.

A very simple example is a sudden sound for example, I’ve just given you a little shot of cortisol, your fight, flight hormone, your body will do that. Any time there’s a sudden or unexpected noise or a strange unexplained noise, we interpret that as a threat.

That comes from sharing caves with tigers and bears a couple of hundred thousand years ago. You know, you had to interpret sound as threats, it was safer to do that. It’s very deep, every animal does that, hearing is our primary warning sense so we listen carefully for danger all the time.

By the same token, sound can calm you down, if any of the people listening to this have problem sleeping, my strong advice is to try the sound of gentle surf, it’s a very peaceful sound, it’s a sound which will slow the heart rate, slow the breathing and is very soporific indeed.

Sound in trains all of our bodily rhythms, if I drop you in a night club with rapid dance music, 140 beats per minute, at 90 or 100 decibels, your heart rate will immediately accelerate. We get entrained by sound around us, that’s the first way.

Second way sound affects us psychologically, of course it does. We all know that music for example can affect our feelings, our moods, our emotions. Sad music can bring us down, happy music can bring us up, we use it either to enhance a mood or to counter act a mood and it’s not the only sound that carries emotional impact actually.

Sound works a great deal of the time by association. There may be sounds from your childhood that would cause an immediate visceral, emotional reaction in you. Maybe the sound of somebody’s voice or a grandfather clock ticking or a horse clopping down a lane, these kind of sounds can mean a lot to us and at the same time, there are sounds that we all react to like bird song for example.

Gentle bird song normally means everything’s safe and sound. Most people, when they hear  bird song, they feel a sense of security. Actually, we use bird song a lot in offices and other spaces. Precisely for that reason.

It’s also of course nature’s alarm clock. When the birds are singing, it’s time to be awake as anybody who has been to a very late party knows that moment when the birds start singing is a moment when the guilt kicks in, you’re thinking it really is time to be home now. Third way sound affects us is cognitively.

Nobody can understand two people talking at the same time, think about it, you really can’t. If somebody’s talking and somebody else is talking, you go, quiet, I’m trying to listen to this person. By the same token, if somebody’s talking and you're trying to work, it’s very disturbing isn’t it?

Actually, we have bandwidth for around 1.6 human conversations. That means that if there is somebody talking next to you and you are trying to listen to that interior voice which you need when you're trying to write or do number work, it’s really degrading, it can actually cut your productivity down to just one third of what it would be in a quieter space.

Very distracting sounds will affect our cognition, our ability to be productive and to think clearly and we get very irritated in those situations. Now, of course, I know many teenagers for example or kids will say, they do their homework far better with music playing.

Music is actually quite a dense sound, they may do their homework at all with music playing, they may enjoy it, they may do it for longer, it’s very unlikely they will actually be more productive with the music playing in terms of processing an amount of work per minute.

Music, human voices, ringing phones, any kind of sounds that call a lot of attention tend to reduce our productivity quite substantially. The fourth way sound affects us is behavior really, it changes what we do. Noise for example tends to make us stressed, fought, less sociable, more aggressive, more irritable in our behavior and I think a very large factor and a lot of the adverse behavior we see in big cities because the noise levels can be so intense, the sound will cause us to move away of its very unpleasant, we may not be noticing that, we may not be noticing that, we may not be conscious of the fact that we’re moving away from an unpleasant noise like a road drill or some sort of handle bars.

We will do that if we can. Now, for people who can’t move away form it, noise is incredibly damaging to the health, you know, I mentioned the physiological reactions, there’s some terrifying numbers coming after the world health organization now about noise, they rank noise now as just behind air pollution as not just an irritant but a killer.

In Europe alone, they reckon noise is resulting in the loss of a million disability adjusted life years every year, that’s a million health a year of life lost in Europe, every year to noise. It causes increased risk of heart attack, stroke, all sorts of other health issues which are related to stress arise if we’re exposed to chronic noise and one of the biggest mechanisms of course is traffic noise stopping people from sleeping or air craft noise.

If you can’t sleep, it’s really bad for your health and there are millions of people across Europe, around eight million according to the world health organization whose sleep is being disrupted night after night by traffic noise way above the recommended maximum.

That’s a little explanation of how sound affects us and how important this is. Sadly, none of us pay attention to it, we tend to, we’ve kind of gone unconscious about it I think. Because there’s so much noise around us, we’re so used to suppressing it, I very rarely — well I’ve never heard of politician say vote for me, I’ll make the world quieter, there are no votes in noise, it’s not a big public topic unfortunately but sound is such an important thing and it’s something that we can do good with just as much as its doing a lot of harm at the moment.

[0:15:33.9] MB: That’s fascinating statistic about how many health years are lost due to kind of negative noise. How can we cultivate soundscapes that make us happier and more productive?

[0:15:46.2] JT: Well, there’s a trick to all of this Mat, the secret is simply one word. Listen. You know, we’ve kind of lost our listening a lot I think in the western world in the last couple of hundred years since the world got a lot noisier with the industrial revolution, we’re now surrounded by electro mechanical noise of all kinds and we’ve kind of gone a little bit away from the ears and towards the eyes, you think about all the communication protocols that we’ve invested over the last 40 or 50 years, email, SMS, instant messaging.

These are all text based. They’ve grabbed our eyes and our fingers and it’s now the case that many people prefer to communicate in those ways than actually to talk and to listen. We’ve kind of downgraded our ears which is a real shame. You know, your ears are amazing devices, you hear a sphere all around you, 360 degrees in all directions, sight of course is a cone in front of you. You have eyelids, you can close your eyes, you have no ear lids. Your ears are working even while you sleep.

If there’s a strange noise in your house late at night while you're asleep, you will wake up, your ears are always on. They have an amazing range, you can hear if you’ve got reasonably good hearing, you can hear 10 octaves, perfect hearing that would be. We see just one octave, the entire visible light spectrum is one octave. There’s a huge amount of sensitivity and power in the ears and I think they’re an amazing instrument and then the question is, not only do we have to hear, we have to listen as well.

My definition of listening is making meaning from sound. You hear kind of everything but you don’t pay attention to much of it probably. Listening is what you choose to pay attention to and what you make it mean.

If you do that consciously, consciously making meaning from sound, you can actually change your reality. Listening is incredibly powerful. You know, of course, reality is an abstraction isn’t it? We don’t perceive everything all the time, we pay attention only to a small fraction of what’s around us and we each make it mean different things.

For example, one thing that listeners may not have thought about is that every one of you listening to this is listening in a unique way. Your listening is as unique as your finger prints, your voice print or your irises. Every human being listens in an individual and unique way. It is a grave mistake to make the assumption that everybody listens like I do.

Which is a trap we fall in to so often. Whether we’re selling or trying to influence people or just trying to get on with people, telling somebody we love them, asking if somebody to marry us, asking somebody for pay rise. Whatever kind of conversation.

We need to be aware that we’re speaking into a listening that may be very different from our own and asking the question, what’s the listening Mat, it is an incredibly powerful technique to use in improving the way that we speak and relate to the world. Listening is incredibly important and if we start listening in a conscious way, then we can take responsibility for the sound we make and for the sound that we consume, the environments we’re in, the rooms we occupy, the noise that we surround ourselves with.

We’re unconscious, there’s nothing we can do about it when we become conscious. We can simply move away from unhealthy sound and try to create healthy sound around us all the time.

[0:19:41.6] MB: how can we become better listeners?

[0:19:44.1] JT: In my third TED talk I think it was, I talked about conscious listening and I gave five exercises, simple exercises which people can do in order to improve their listening. You know, just a level of — they’re kind of listening press ups really. You can do them very easily, they cost nothing, they take very little time and they can transform your existence.

The first one is getting a little bit of silence every day. Silence is a sound I think, it’s also the context for all sound. It’s a very important thing to reset your ears. You know, we’re surrounded by noise so often that if you can just recalibrate with a little bit of silence a few times a day, just a minute or two, maybe when you wake up or maybe at lunch time, if you can’t get absolute silence then a quiet room will do or just the quietest place you can find.

You kind of reseat your base line and you can listen afresh again without the jaded tired ears of somebody who’s been surrounded by noise all day. Most of us unfortunately have to work in open plan offices. Now, open plan offices are great for collaboration but they’re terrible for concentration or contemplation, they weren’t designed for that and the people making offices have forgotten that we’ve actually got different forms of work that we all need to do.

Quiet working space is at a premium and it’s very often the case that people go and work from home or go and camp at a board room or a meeting room to try and get somewhere quiet where they can think. Well, if that’s you, my advice is do try and find a few minutes of silence even if it means going to a restroom or a broom cupboard even, just finding that little bit of silence, it will really help you to listen afresh again.

Second exercise is one I call the mixer. This is kind of a fun thing to do if you’re in a café let’s say and you’re surrounded by a lot of different noise sources. Ask the question, how many individual tracks am I listening to? Just imagine you’re in front of a mixing desk like a sound engineer and start asking, it’s not just a mush, there are individual sound sources here.

What am I actually listening to? You can do it in beautiful natural places, you can do it in shops, you can do it any way you like. If you do it quite a lot, it will really improve the quality of your listening. Make you more acute listener, more sensitive.

Third exercise, I suggest is called savoring. Savoring is kind of unlocking the hidden choir in the good sounds around us and also becoming more aware of the bad sounds around us. There are even mundane sounds that can be incredibly beautiful that we dismiss as meaningless or try to abhor in. I remember, every sound has harmonics in it. Sound is made up of a fundamental and lots of harmonics and that’s why my voice sounds different from yours, it’s why a trumpet and a flute playing the same notes sound different, they have different harmonics.

Now, those harmonics exist, we just don’t hear them very clearly. I remember after doing a workshop on harmonic singing, I turned on the car engine and suddenly I could hear all the harmonics in the car engine, it was like suddenly seeing a rainbow. These things exist and if we become more attuned to listening carefully, we can actually unlock the hidden choirs I say and lots of different sounds. 

Turn on the kettle and listen to it closely with your ear, near the base, not the spout, you’ll get rather hot if you're near the wrong end but the sound of a kettle I think is a really beautiful powerful exciting sound if you pay attention to it. There are many sounds around us that we can really relish and enjoy and savor in that way.

The fourth exercise is quite a powerful and quite a subtle one actually. Let me explain it. I call it listening positions. Now this comes from that observation that everybody who is listening is unique, we all listen through a set of filters, that’s why your listening is different from mine. You’ve come a different road to this conversation today for my road. We have the same language roughly, we have different cultures and we have different sets of mentors.

Different parents, different role models throughout our lives where we accreted different values, attitudes, beliefs, you know, we have a different set of filters that we listen through and in any given situation of course, all of us also have probably expectations, intentions, we might have emotions going on, we might have assumptions about the world and about people, these things all filter our listening.

They change what we pay attention to and they change what we make it mean. If that’s the case, we’re listening from a particular position. I don’t mean a physical position. Imagine there’s a house on a hill and if you don’t like it, the way it looks from here, you can walk around the other side of the hill can’t you? See if it looks better form the other side. That’s the kind of metaphor I’m talking about.

Most people are listening at the bottom of that hill from a concrete bunker they created years and years ago. Probably listening through a little slit in the front of the concrete bunker to just a very small part of what’s going on. They’ve forgotten that there is actually a door in the back of the bunker, they can exit the bunker and walk to somewhere else and listen from a different position.

Maybe a couple of examples would make this clear. Let me give you a scale from critical for example to empathic. Now, critical listening is what we tend to do a great deal in our lives. In business particularly, it’s very useful, it’s extracting what’s particularly useful and relevant right now, discarding what isn’t, judging, evaluating, weighing up and saying, this is useful stuff or it’s not, I agree with this, I don’t agree with that. That’s what the listeners have been doing to me pretty much since we started this interview I imagine.

Empathic listening on the other hand is very different. That’s going on to the other person’s island, feeding their feelings and leaving them feeling not just heard but understood. I don’t know if you’ve ever heard this one but I think this is very true. It said that there are three things we desire in any relationship. To be heard, understood and valued.

Well empathic listening goes two of those in one, it’s a very powerful way to listen to somebody and of course, you know, critical listening, very useful but if somebody comes to you asking for time off for bereavement then you don’t want to be marking them out of ten and how well they’re doing this. You want to be with them on their island, feeling the feelings and showing them that you're connected at a heart level.

That’s the kind of difference I’m talking about in listening positions and I guess I’ll give you one other scale, this is a slight gender stereotype but it may be useful particularly since I think this podcast has a largely male audience, it may be useful to understand that genders tend to have different habitual listening positions.

Now, this isn’t a universal truth, I’m not saying everybody’s like this but men, tend to listen in a way I call converging, that is to say for a point, for a solution, listening to get to the end of the road, there’s a place to be, there’s an end this, there’s a point, there’s somewhere to go that’s made it worthwhile.

You know, I have a problem, I say this is the problem, you say here’s the solution, thanks. You know, that’ show we tend to converse, males. Females on the other hand tend — and I’m only saying not all females but they tend to listen in a different way and that is diverging, that is to say it’s not about a point, there isn’t a solution, it’s about enjoying the journey with the other person, going with the flow and it may expand as the conversation goes on and cover more points.

It’s not trying to focus down. We need to understand that because otherwise, she comes home and says I’ve had a dreadful day, this happened, he looks up from the football game and says, have a bath, you’ll feel much better. Now, in the male world, that’s problem solved, back to the football, in the female world, perhaps that wasn’t quite what she was looking for.

She was looking for, you poor thing, sit down, have a glass of wine, tell me all about it and that’s divergent listening, changing your listening position can be very powerful and just realizing that you can do it, that can be transformational.

The final of the five exercises I gave for improving listening is a simple little pneumonic, Rasa. Sans script word for juice, actually rasa. But in this context, it stands for receive, appreciate, summarize, ask. Little pneumonic that’s very useful to using conversation with other people, receive means pay attention.

Look at them, eye contact when you're listening, its’ very important. You know, I think M. Scott Peck said, you cannot truly listen to another human being and do anything else at the same time. I so agree with that. I think there are probably billions of people on this planet who have never had the experience of being truly listened to.

They’ve been partially listened to while people are doing something else, partly paying attention, we’re all so guilty of doing that, giving somebody your full attention and really listening to them is a great gift, it’s such a generous thing to do and it’s amazing if you do that in a relationship.

Rasa receive, that’s lean forward, look at them, you know, be it paying attention. A is appreciate little noises like really, okay. Which you’re not making right now because we’re on a podcast and you’re interviewing me and it would be interrupting me all the time but on phone calls, it’s natural to do that kind of thing because otherwise people will say, “You still there?” I get that quite often because I am intensely listening but I have forgotten to make those little noises. It summarizes the word “so” an important word. If you have a so person in the meeting it goes pretty well. 

If you don’t it could be a very long meeting. So what we’ve all agreed is this: Now we can move on to that. Without that kind of summarizing you can go round and round in circles and we all know those meetings and then asking questions of course at the end. Throughout asking questions shows that you are actually paying attention and you are interested. Rasa. So those are five simple tools and techniques that listeners can put into practice in their daily lives. 

And I promise you, they really do improve your listening skills, your conscious listening and can even change your outcomes dramatically. 

[0:30:59.3] MB: Those exercises are great and many way remind me of mindfulness for the ears and especially the distinction between convergent and divergent listening I absolutely listened to a point and try to listen to okay, what’s the next action step that we need to take as a result of this information. So the idea of listening for the journey and going along with the flow is something that I’ll absolutely implement in my own listening practices. 

I’d love to transition into another topic that you’ve talked a lot about which is the power of the human voice, tell me a little bit about that. 

[0:31:36.6] JT: Yes, the human voice is the instrument that we all play if you think about it. It’s an amazing instrument, very complex, incredibly versatile, you think of opera singers, you think of heavy metal singers, you think of town criers or great artists, people who can make you weep or laugh with their voices. It is an incredible instrument and yet we are not trained in using it. We are just expected to pick it up as we go along. 

I mean I would say the same is true incidentally of listening. When you think about it, we have four communication channels, reading, writing, speaking, listening and we teach two of them. We test two of them. Very few schools teach speaking in a serious way more in your country than mine by the way. I think Americans do get taught a little bit of public speaking. It’s expected that people can stand up in front of people and talk a bit but not in a really profound way. 

And most countries don’t even teach that and then think about do we teach listening? Not at all. It’s a silent skill, we don’t teach it, we don’t test it and we don’t test speaking in general as far as I know. So we’ve got these two very important skills which are the most natural ways that human beings can communicate. They’re the oldest ways, you know we only invented writing what 4,000 years ago? Something like that and for 200,000 years before that, we have been speaking to each other. 

Language is very, very old and so all the ways that we use our voice and yet we’ve  lost contact with that as well just in the same way that we’ve lost contact with listening skills. So this voice is incredible. You have a vocal tool box, most people are not conscious of that at all and there are lot of things in the vocal tool box that we could explore and have a little rummage about plus of course it’s what you say and they say a massive amount that if you mentioned the book I’m writing at the moment. 

A lot of the section I am writing right now is about how to decide what to say because to paraphrase the old song, it is what you say and the way that you say it. Mind you, if I had to choose between those two things I would say the way that you say it is probably the most important thing of all and so shall we open the vocal tool box Matt? Do you want to have a rummage through there? 

[0:34:09.8] MB: Absolutely. 

[0:34:10.9] JT: Okay, well there are all sorts of tools in your vocal tool box and some of them aren’t things that you might think of as associated with the voice. For example, we could start with posture. Now most people wouldn’t think of posture when it comes to the voice but if you’re listening to this wherever you are and you lean your head right forward and stretch your throat out, you’ll find your voice become really quite strained like this. 

Or if you put your head right back into your shoulders, you’ll find your voice rather odd like that. Now that’s because you’re compressing or stretching your vocal chords and they don’t work very well under those situations. In order to use your voice effectively our head needs to be vertically above our shoulders and yet how often are we sitting at our desk leaning forward, peering at our screen, stretching our vocal chords when we’re trying to have a really important conversation with somebody. 

So posture does matter. It matters a lot then the next thing of course is breathing. Now if you ever go to a vocal coach they’ll deal with your breathing first because you voice is just breath when you come down to it. It’s breath going through your vocal chords and you can modulate that breath. You can learn how to breathe more deeply. I’ll give you a simple breathing exercise that anybody can use. Lie on a bed or lie on the floor and breathe in with your hands in your stomach.

And start to concentrate on raising your fingers, your stomach up to push your fingers up. We tend to think of breathing is happening on our chest but actually if you watch a baby breathing, the stomach is what goes up and down. The chest hardly moves at all so you need to think about breathing right down into your stomach and right out from your stomach. It’s like a wheel going in, down to the stomach in and out from the stomach to the mouth. 

If you practice that more and more, you’ll become better and better at really correct breathing. We tend not to breathe much at all. We’re like little birds, we breathe just at the top of our lungs most of the time and without breathe it’s very hard to speak effectively. Incidentally for anybody who gets nervous, walking on stage in front of a lot of people breathing is also the best antidote to nerves. You know that thing when your voice goes a little bit quivery when you’re walking on? 

You’re a little bit nervous but if you take a deep breath before you go on stage that tends to go and you get calmed down and your voice stabilizes. So it’s a great antidote to nerves. So posture, breathing, the way you stand as well of course in front of people matters. Try not to fidget. Try to stand equally on both feet with everything stacked vertically above everything else, hands by your sides or hold a thumb in front of you if you don’t feel comfortable with hands by the sides. 

It’s less distracting that way and I am talking here principally if you are on stage or presenting to a room, you don’t want to be shifting your weight from side to side or walking around in that little aimless walk or any kind of physical twitch which tends to be off setting and distracting. So just being very intentional in the way you stand and in the way you move is a very powerful thing. So let’s move onto the voice itself, now there are four registers that we can speak in. 

Some people can speak in the top one, I can’t. It’s called the whistle register. Mariah Carey is very good at singing right up there. It’s very, very high indeed not very functional. The next one down, falsetto. Well I wouldn’t suggest using that if you’re trying to speak powerfully to anybody. Falsetto sounds like this, it’s the gear above where we normally are. Anybody who knows Monty Python will know falsetto, he’s a very naughty boy. 

It’s men imitating women or it’s women trying to be very, very unthreatening so it is not a very powerful place to speak from and although many singers use it, think of the Bee Gees or Chris Martin from Cold Play, I mean people singing falsetto very powerfully a lot. Nevertheless I wouldn’t suggest that it’s a great place to speak from. So onto the most common register that we use and it’s called the model register and this covers three important areas, our head, our throat and our chest. 

So you can speak with a head voice, right now I am speaking from my nose. You could probably hear it’s a little bit more nasal or I can move down to my throat here and you get a slightly harsher sound or I can move down into my chest here and resonate from my chest and then suddenly, you get the depth of the voice. You get the full range of the voice and that is much more powerful to use. So it’s a really good exercise to move your voice from head to throat to chest and back up again. 

It’s like visualizing it comes from there, it will become natural and if you want to speak in power, you want to resonate from the chest. I strongly suggest that. We tent to vote for politicians with deeper voices, that’s true. It’s been shown by the research and that’s largely because I think we associate size with importance. Big things more dangerous or more significant. Big things have lower voices. A mouse has a voice that’s so high we can’t hear it. 

A cat can’t but its way above like 40 kilohertz, way above our hearing range. Elephants on the other hand, very deep voices. So big things, deep voices, importance-deep voices so we have that association. Now there is one other register which sadly is becoming more and more popular and common and it’s called vocal fry and if you want a good laugh, you could look it up on YouTube. There are a lot of videos on YouTube of people being unkind about vocal fry and I’m not surprised. 

It’s not particularly pleasant at all, it’s kind of speaking like this, it’s very lazy. It’s not really speaking at all and it tends to unfortunately be used particularly by younger people now already. We at least talk about this, it’s so exciting, you know I am putting on an American accent because unfortunately that is largely where it comes from. Your country is specializing in vocal fry. Please, please, please anybody listening to this, try not to go into vocal fry. 

You have this amazing instrument, this voice and it’s very, very sad to be just stuck in this croaky place. It’s using the full richness of the voice that we’ve all been blessed with. So that’s register, something to pay attention to, maybe we could move onto talk about tamba. Tamba is the feel of a voice. We use feeling words, touching words to describe tamba. Most people prefer voices which you would describe in the same way that you would describe a hot chocolate. 

Rich, warm, dark, sweet, smooth and so forth, those kinds of words. Now if that’s not you, if you have a voice that’s thin or squeaky or scratchy or in any way not like that don’t despair. My advice, go get a vocal coach, a singing coach or drama coach. They would be able to help you enormously just with some simple exercises they can transform tamba and it’s amazing what you can do to improve the weapon that you have been given, the tool that you have been given. 

It can be transformed with simple exercises just as you can transform your physic with simple exercises. Then I think we should talk about pace and pitch. Now people tend not to think about these so much but if you get conscious with it, you can get really excited and go really, really fast. Some people are like that all the time and it gets to be gabble. If you get nervous, anybody listening to this, it can result in gabbling at pace and getting really, really excited and nervous. 

Now that’s not so good so be conscious of the pace you’re speaking at and sometimes, slow right down and you can make powerful points by giving it a little bit more air and slowing. The important thing actually is to vary the pace because if you are the same all the time and I’ll talk about tone right now, pitch for example can be varied enormously and I’ve just mentioned that deeper pitch tends to be associated with authority. If you vary pitch, you can vary what you’re communicating. 

The level of excitement for example so if I say, “Where did you leave my keys?” that sounds very calm. If I say, “Where did you leave my keys!” immediately there’s a different communication taking place. I’ve communicated some anxiety or some upset there just by changing the pitch. I didn’t change the pace of that delivery. So pitch and pace together can really deliver a huge amount of emotional impact and by varying them, then you make sure that you’re not being monotonous. 

Now what does monotonous mean? Monotone, one tone, if I speak on one note the whole time it’s extremely boring and robotic and I’ve lost everything there is about being a human being and communicating powerfully. I’ve lost something else as well which is prosody or intonation. The wonderful singing song of speech and again, something we can practice, it’s incredibly powerful. This is root one for emotion. 

This is why listening to a play or watching a play is so much more powerful than reading a play because you get all of that prosody, the pace pitch and so forth that you’re involved in creating prosody. Now it is cultural. Different cultures have different prosodies. Scandinavians for example have a very restrained prosody in general. “Yes, we are very excited about this project” you know? And most people would say they sound bored but they’re not. 

It’s just that they have a very restrictive prosody. I’ve done talks in Finland where at the end of the talk is a very, very muted level of applause going on. I thought oh no, I’ve tanked it. This is going really badly and people come up to me afterwards and say, “That was the best talk we have had this year” and it’s just a different way of expressing yourself. On the other hard entirely, “John all go, like this” in a huge amount of prosody going on. 

To the point where I just bang my head doing that so it is cultural and within your cultural norms it’s a great idea to work on your prosody. Practice exaggerating it if you like so that you can come across as alive and interested and interesting. So those are just some of the important aspects. I’ll mention just one more which is silence. Now you can leave great big porter. Not something that people on the radio or in podcast like doing. 

It’s called dead air and radio people get very nervous about it because they think everybody’s going to reach for the radio or whatever they’re using to listen to this piece and turn it off because they think it’s broken. Sometimes it’s a good thing but if you’re on stage let me tell you, you do not have to fill the air with “ums" and “uhs" and “ahs" and noise. You can stop for the longest time and people will stay with you. It’s fine and actually silence can be an enormously powerful way of delivering impact in any kind of speech. 

So that’s a little rummage through some of the things in the vocal tool box. I think the voice is absolutely amazing and I hope very much that I have given some pointers to ways in which everybody listening to this can work on their own voice and take on sounding even better than they do. By the way, a very good exercise is to record yourself. Get a little digital recorder or just use your phone and record yourself and listen to this on headphones. 

Most people don’t like it. You will be a bit shocked at first, “that’s not me” why? Because we hear ourselves mostly through bone conduction. So I am listening to my voice now coming through the bones of my skull and that automatically makes it sound deeper and more resonant than what goes out into the world and is broadcast by air vibrating and reaching somebody else’s ears. Pretty important to understand the way you actually sound. 

So that you can moderate that and work on it. It may not be the way that you think you sound so I hope that’s useful.

[0:47:10.4] MB: Silence is such a powerful tool and something that I’ve used again and again in things like business negotiations and meetings. Often times people get so uncomfortable with silence that they end up or feel this need to almost fill the void and continue to divulge information in many cases. So I love that as one of the tools of the vocal tool box. Could you also share another concept you talk about as the four corner stones of powerful speech. I’d love to hear those kinds of cornerstones. 

[0:47:43.7] JT: Absolutely and this is where you speak from. I spoke earlier about speaking into and listening. You also speak from somewhere, it’s kind of a spiritual place I suppose and the four cornerstones that I believe are very powerful to stand on spell a word, the word is HAIL. So it’s nice and easy to remember. It also means to greet or acclaim enthusiastically or one meaning of it so it’s a nice word to use for this. 

The H stands for honesty. Most people can spot it when people are lying, bullshitting, when you are not getting the straight story. Being honest simply in this context means being clear and being straight with people. It’s a very powerful way to be and it goes down very, very well. The A stands for Authenticity, being yourself. Just being yourself, we don’t have to pretend all the time. People pleasing can work to a degree but again people can detect it if we are denying our own truth and denying our own values in order to be liked. 

In order to be agreed with, in order to look good whatever it may be, it’s so much more powerful to be yourself whatever stage you step onto. If you can just be yourself its natural, it’s easy and it goes down well. The I is integrity and that is being your word. So if you say it and it happens, your words have power whereas if you say it and it never happens, people just stop listening to you. You lose all the power. “Yeah I’ll be there” and then you’re not or “Yes I will do that” and it happens. 

It’s a very, very different way of having your words over a period of time you generate a thing that I call “a listening for yourself”. So not only are there other people that is listening out that you speak into that listening but you also create. You co-create that. If you’re late to every meeting, people listen to you as late. “I’ll be there at two” “Yeah, yeah he won’t. He’ll be there at ten past two if we’re lucky” so you create a listening and having integrity is about being your word so you create a listening that is accurate and precise and reliable.
 
And the L of HAIL, well maybe surprisingly that’s love. Now I don’t mean romantic love obviously. I’m talking here about a kind of well-wishing. A straight forward wishing people well which is a wonderful thing to do especially if you remember that when you’re speaking to a group of people may be giving a talk or presentation or with a group of friends, it’s not about you. It’s about what you are giving to them. 

If you’re wishing them well it makes so much easier that you can look them in the eye and feel good about that the fact that you are giving them something of hopefully some value. So HAIL the four cornerstones I think is an extremely potent place to stand and to speak from and if there’s one thing to take out of that is that it’s not about you, it’s about giving people a gift and therefore, that’s what’s going to create the connection with them and have them listen to you much more attentively. 

[0:50:59.4] MB: For listeners who want to put some of these ideas into practice, what would one piece of homework be that you would give them as a starting point? 

[0:51:07.4] JT: Well you know it all comes down to listening fundamentally and I think the understanding of listening positions is probably the most important of all of these things. To understand that different people have different listening positions and so asking yourself the question “what’s the listening?” is an amazingly transformative practice whether you are speaking to one person, 10 people or a thousand people, what’s the listening? 

Every time you go into a conversation what’s the listening, asking that simple question I think is so powerful and so transformative people well may find that they get very different results pretty quickly by paying attention to that one thing. 

[0:51:49.1] MB: And where can listeners find you and your books online? 

[0:51:54.2] JT: Well I’m excited to be writing this new book, “How to be Heard” because the old book was about using sound in business and it’s kind of a textbook for that. Nevertheless I think right now I am very passionate about the idea of speaking and listening powerfully and that’s what this new book, “How to be Heard” is all about. That’s going to be coming out at the end of 2017. I’m writing it right now so watch out for that. 

My website is juliantreasure.com and I should say also anybody who’s interested in these topics of powerful speaking and conscious listening, do stop by my website a couple of times in the coming months because we are about to launch a thing called The Communication Academy which is going to be a really big body of wisdom, not just from me but for other people, resources, teachings about these very, very important topics. 

It’s all the stuff that we should have been taught in school and we didn’t get it. So I’m really keen to get it out there in the world and help people to become brilliant listeners and superb speakers. Incidentally I think Matt one thing that’s worth mentioning is that this is going to become increasingly important. Technology has been working against speaking and listening for the last 40 years or so pretty much but it’s about to start working for it. 

You know there have been billions invested in speech recognition and voice synthesis and we are at a stage now where this year we are going to have some artificially intelligent avatars which we can speak to in ways that really we couldn’t imagine a couple of years ago which leaves Siri in the dust way behind. There’s a thing called Viv coming out from the guy who invented Siri which is incredible. It writes code in real time to answer your queries. 

So this is a different kind of beast all together and I think as we start speaking and listening to our own avatar or intelligent agent a little bit like Jarvis in Iron Man, we won’t be using apps so much in the future. We’ll just tell our intelligent agent it will deal with all the apps. It will deal with all the remembering the passwords and doing stuff and we’ll be back in to having conversations and whisper it maybe even to each other. 

So I think the voice and the ears are going to be coming back into fashion over the next couple of years big time so it behooves anybody who cares about making a difference in the world, being a great parent, being a great friend, being a great leader, whatever it is you want to achieve, your voice and your ears are going to be ten times as important.

[0:54:27.6] MB: Well Julian thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all of your wisdom. This has been a great conversation and I’ve really learned a tremendous amount.

[0:54:35.7] JT: Matt it’s been my great pleasure and I hope I’ve been able to give something of value to the people listening. So thanks so much for the opportunity. 

[0:54:44.1] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. 

You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all of these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co, hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.



May 18, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion
KenWilber-01.jpg

Integrating 50,000 Years of Human Knowledge into a Single Comprehensive Map of Reality with Ken Wilber

May 11, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion

In this episode we dig into a massive framework for answers some of the biggest questions in life, ask if its possible to integrate 50,000 years of human knowledge into a single comprehensive map of reality, we look at the greatest good that a human being can achieve, we go deep on the path of “waking up” offered by thousands of years, hundreds of cultures, and what the clearest and strikingly similar paths to enlightenment are, we discuss how to integrate and understand the connections between art, morality, and science and much more with our guest Ken Wilber.

Ken Wilber is the founder of the Integral Institute which serves as a think tank aiming to synthesize all human experience and knowledge. He’s been called the “Einstein of consciousness”, and is the author of over twenty books with a focus on transpersonal psychology including A Brief History Of Everything, The Integral Vision, Sex, Ecology, Spirituality and more.

  • We dig into a massive framework for answers some of the biggest questions in life (who am I, why am I here, etc)

  • Building bigger pictures that fits all of our knowledge into a cohesive framework for understanding reality

  • Is it possible it to integrate 50,000 years of human knowledge into a single comprehensive map of reality?

  • The different paths of showing up, cleaning up, growing up, waking up

  • Most people, even experts, a completely unaware of the vast intersections of knowledge across human history and the major academic disciplines

  • The “integral” approach tries to take everything into account to provide a truly comprehensive approach to human society, life, business, ecology, politics, and more

  • The paths of “waking up” and “growing up” and why they are some of the most central and significant paths you can pursue in life

  • The two major states of consciousness that humans experience

  • Is it a misunderstanding to take ourselves as a single egoic self?

  • How every single thing and event is interwoven with the entire universe as a whole

  • What is the greatest good that a human being can achieve?

  • What is it like to have an enlightenment experience?

  • The seen self vs the seeing self? What is the observing self?

  • The synthesis of zen koans, Jesus’s teachings, and philosophy

  • The maps of “waking up” offered by thousands of years, hundreds of cultures, and what the clearest and strikingly similar paths to enlightenment are

  • All the major religious traditions describe a strikingly similar path towards “waking up”

  • Why mindfulness “resting in the witness” is the powerful path towards enlightenment

  • Religion as a mythic story that you’re supposed to agree with

  • Paths of waking up are not a “mythic story” but psychotechnologies of transformation

  • Nobody is smart enough to be wrong all the time - there has to be partial truth in almost everything that can be integrated into a holistic understanding of reality

  • The levels of human consciousness / understanding from developmental psychology

  • The great stages of human development of society mimic the develop of individuals

  • “Waking up” and “growing up” are two very different things and you can be at different places on either of those paths

  • There is some degree of truth in virtually every approach to reality you look at, how can all of these approaches fit together, how can embrace all of them in a coherent fashion?

  • Hierarchies exist, but they don’t equate to moral superiority

  • The “big three” - the beautiful, the good, and the true (art, morality, science)

  • Is the current scientific perspective too limited to incorporate and understand deeper lessons from human history

  • Dominator heirachries and growth hierarchies - and how integral development transcends and includes the previous levels

  • The goal of the integral approach is to put everything on the table and

  • Tracking the stages of evolutionary unfolding

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Video] Neuroscientist Sees 'Proof of Heaven' in Week-Long Coma

  • [Wiki Article] Jean Gebser

  • [Article] The Primordial Leap and the Present: The Ever-Present Origin - an Overview of the Work of Jean Gebser by Ed Mahood, jr.

  • [Book] Integral Meditation: Mindfulness as a Way to Grow Up, Wake Up, and Show Up in Your Life by Ken Wilber

  • [Book] A Brief History of Everything by Ken Wilber

  • [Book] Sex, Ecology, Spirituality: The Spirit of Evolution by Ken Wilber

  • [Book] Integral Psychology: Consciousness, Spirit, Psychology, Therapy by Ken Wilber

  • [Website] Kenwilbur.com

  • [Website] Integral + Life

  • [Amazon Author Page] Ken Wilbur

EPISODE TRANSCRIPT

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:06.3] Announcer: Welcome to The Science of Success, with your host Matt Bodnar. 

[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we dig into a massive framework for answering some of the biggest questions in life. Ask if it’s possible to integrate 50,000 years of human knowledge into a single comprehensive map of reality. We look at the greatest good that a human being can achieve in their lives. We go deep on the path of waking up offered by thousands of years, hundreds of cultures, and with the clearest and most striking resemblances are on the different paths of enlighten. We discuss how to integrate and understand the connections between art, morality, and science, and much more with our guest, Ken Wilber.

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we examined how mindfulness practices developed independently in cultures across the world, discuss how evolution shaped our brains to focus on survival instead of happiness and fulfillment. We ask what is success, how do we define it? What is the failure of success, and we go deep in how to practice self-compassion and much with Dr. Ronald Siegel. To learn proven strategies for mindfulness and self-compassion, listen to that episode. 

Lastly, if you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’re going to talk about in this show, be sure to check out our show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top. 

[0:02:47.5] MB: Today, we have another exciting guest on the show, Ken Wilber. Ken is the founder of the Integral Institute which serves as a think tank aiming to synthesize all human experience and knowledge. He has been called the Einstein of consciousness and is the author of over 20 books with the focus on transpersonal psychology including A Brief History of Everything, The Integral Vision, and Sex, Ecology, Spirituality as well as many other books. 

Ken, welcome to The Science of Success. 

[0:03:14.0] KW: It’s great to be here. I’m a fan of the show. I’m delighted to be on.

[0:03:18.5] MB: We’re so excited to have you on today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your story, tell us a little bit about yourself. 

[0:03:26.0] KW: Sure. I started out and went to — I’m a child of the 60s and so I tried — Was a product of that time. I also went to a standard university, started Duke University in medical program and then ended up switching to biochemistry and got graduate’s degrees on biochemistry. I found out that those really weren’t addressing the major questions that I had about my life, which are all the typical questions; who am I really and why am I here? What’s this all about? All of these kinds of silly questions. They were really urgent for me. 

I began what turned out to be kind of a life-long quest and I ended up gathering eventually several hundred scholars from around the world and just looking at these fundamental issues and we wanted to make sure that we got as complete view of this as we could. We’ve really just put almost every approach that humans have ever come up with on a table and then try to look at all of the other and see if we could read some sort of conclusions, and that ended up producing what we call integral approach or integral meta-theory. 

It turned out to have a fair amount of impact around the world and I think if nothing else, it showed people that we really can build bigger pictures that fit our knowledge disciplines together and we don’t just have to specialize and end up knowing more and more about less and less. 

[0:05:01.4] MB: That’s a great kind of intro into sort of the very high level of integral theory, and I know it’s a massively, massively deep and expansive topic. For listeners who may not have read into it or read any of your books, how would you define integral theory and what are a few of these fundamental tenants? 

[0:05:21.6] KW: Sure. One of the things that’s so interesting is as we started looking into all of the various areas, all the things that human beings have called knowledge going back 50,000 years. What was so surprising is how — What a vast and rich area it is. Really, how little most it is known, because some of the stuff turned out to be absolutely crucial. 

We’ve been doing this, myself and a team of scholars have been looking at these issues for really about the past 40 years or so now. First, we just looked at all of the areas that human beings have investigated during, basically, their entire history on the planet; scientific, spiritual, historical, artistic, moral, psychological, cultural, and so on. 

In other words, we looked at all the various maps of reality that humans have created during pre-modern times and modern times and post-modern times and we put them really several thousand major maps all on the table next to each other as it were. Then second we attempted to integrate them. That is we used all of them to fill in the gaps in any of them. The result was a really, really comprehensive map, a sort of super map if you will that really covered all or almost all of the major bases of humanities’ knowledge quest through the years. The results is what we ended up calling integral meta-theory. 

What it did was try to identify the sort of crucial components of all of these many maps of reality that humans beings have created. This gave us a framework, what is usually just called the integral framework that includes these crucial central elements. These are the elements that you want to include if you want your approach to reality to really be inclusive, comprehensive, and touched most of the important bases. That sounds a little abstract right now, but I’ll actually give some specific examples in just one moment. 

Then using this integral framework, we found that you could see many various ways that humans have approached their lives and their realities with different goals in mind. All of them have some degree of importance. They are all real. They all exist. Any of us right now can pursue any of them if we become aware of them, if we discover that they actually do exist. 

For example, people can engage in what we call showing up, in cleaning up, in growing up, and in waking up, to just name a few. These all covered different areas of reality. Again, most people don’t even know these areas are there and that you can pursue them, but almost all of them have an absolutely direct bearing on your life as you’re living it right now and what you consider yourself, what you consider important, what you consider goals, or drives. 

Again, what’s so amazing about all of these various areas is that most people are just completely unaware that they exist. Even knowledge experts who might know all about one of them are almost all totally ignorant about the others. It’s actually kind of alarming, because as we’ll see soon, each of these areas cover some truly crucial information about humans themselves and the realities that they have access to if they’re aware of them, that if we take an integral approach, of course, then we get all of these areas into account and this is why integral approach is to a topic or so sort of revolutionary as I’ll try to demonstrate. They are some of the first truly inclusive and comprehensive approaches to virtually any issue. 

So far, over 60 human disciplines had been completely reinterpreted from an integral perspective. We have, for example, integral business, integral education, integral leadership, integral ecology, integral politics, integral therapy, integral art, integral spirituality, and so on, and each case, the results are just more satisfactory. 

I thought one of the things we could do is just focus on two of these culture of an activity, what we’re calling waking up and growing up. Simply show what’s involved here with an integral approach so people can start to get a sense about what it means. These two activities are particularly interesting because they deal directly with human growth and development itself. If you take up any of these practices yourself in either growing up or waking up, it would be called a sort of self-improvement course. 

In other words, do you want to bet at yourself? These two paths; waking up and growing up, are two of the most central, most significant and most important paths that humans beings have advanced anywhere. Yet, neither the average person nor the typical academic knows anything about either one of them. Again, it’s really astonishing. 

We can maybe start with waking up and I’ll try to make very clear of what I mean here and I’ll give some experiential exercises so you can get a real sense about what this is talking about. This is a core path that we find going back at least 50,000 years to the earlier shamans and their vision quests. The idea itself is actually quite controversial and it has been controversial in almost every culture where it’s been introduced throughout history. It’s been that with fear, avoidance, resentment, aggression, violence. Indeed, hundreds of thousands of human beings have been murdered because of this topic. 

The idea itself is quite simple; human beings are said to have at least two major but very different states of consciousness or states of being that they can inhabit. One is the typical, normal, everyday, conventional state or sense of self. This is often called the ego, or the separate-self sense. The idea is that what we usually take ourselves to be, each of us, is an egoic separate-self. We’re identified with this single individual biological body. It was born a particular time. It will exist for several decades, and then it will die, and that’s it. That’s pretty much all we are. Human beings come into life, exist a while, gather a few things, suffer enormously, then die, and that’s it. 

Then humans are said also to have another state of being, or in a sense higher self. This self is actually one with all the existence, it’s one with the entire world, and its discovery marks a profound shift in consciousness and shift in identity from the skin encapsulated ego to an identity with spirit itself, or with the ground of all beings, the state of being one with literally the entire world.

Now, many writers say the leading edge science itself — the modern physics, and the system sciences — are making exactly this discovery, that every individual thing and event is actually interwoven with the entire universe in a seamless whole. It’s important to realize that this waking up is an actual and direct experience, not just an idea or a theory. 

Historically, the discovery of this higher-self or this true self was called enlightenment, awakening, moksha, satori, metamorphosis of the supreme identity, the great liberation, and it was universally held to be the summum bonum; the greatest good that a human being could achieve, the ultimate answer to questions, like who am I and why am I here? 

The pursuit of that path is what we call waking up. Waking up is a metaphor that’s widely used around the world with these traditions to try and indicate what this enlightenment experience is like. What’s like, it’s just as if you awakened from a dream and realize it wasn’t really real. To wake up in this life is to be awakened, enlightened, and to realize who and what you really are. You are not this illusory dream-like, separate and isolated ego-self. You’re actually interwoven with and directly one with the entire universe and all its many dimensions. Awakened from the dream, you are this supreme identity. 

All of the goals, and of all of the goals around the world that humans have sought, this is probably the highest or the most ultimate and we’re starting to see an increased interest in this path in the West and we have, to some degree, since around the 60s when the introduction of the Eastern meditate traditions made the very existence of the path of waking up more obvious. As I said, there’s a strong interest nowadays in trying to show that leading edge sciences are reaching the same conclusion as these ancient paths of waking up. 

As I’ll try to address, is there’s a grain of truth in that notion, but there’s also a kind of major glitch that stops it from being an alloyed truth. What is undeniably true is that of those people who have had this direct and immediate waking up satori, or enlightenment experience, well over 90% of them say that it's the most real, the most absolute experience that they've ever had and it showed them a reality whose existence that they simply couldn't deny. One the most recent got a fair amount of attention in the news, but it’s very typical, but the example Dr. Eben Alexander who's actually a neuroscientist from Harvard and he had this experience and call it “by far the most ultimately real I’ve ever had.” 

That is kind of a generic introduction to what we call this path of waking up, and we do find them in cultures around the world going back, like I say, at least 50,000 years, they tended to drop off with the rise of the modern era and — To continue the discussion headed in that direction, I’ll give a brief explanation of why they tended to drop off in the modern era, and this actually has to do the other path we’re going to talk about which is called growing up. 

To give an indication about what these waking up paths are actually like. In other words, what you experience when you have an enlightenment experience. What I'm going to do here is give a very simplified, a very shortened exercise that hopefully will give at least little experiential hint of what these paths are pointing to. 

We mentioned that virtually all of the waking up paths make a distinction between the ordinary or typical self-big-ego or the separate self-sense and our true self, or real self, which actually reaches far beyond this individual organism and is one of the entire ground of all being itself. How we can get at least a little taste of what that means? 

We can start by just having you simply describe inwardly what it is that you basically call this self of yours. Just or simply, who are you? Make a list of the things that you are. You might say, “My name is so and so. I’m this old. I weigh these many pounds. I’m this tall. I went to school here. I had this degree. I'm in a relationship now for five years. I don't have any kids. I work at this job. My hobbies are these. I drive this car. I like this kind of music, these types of books, “and so on and so on. That’s fine. You could go on and on like that. 

Notice when you're doing that there are actually two selves involved, one is the self that you can see, the self that you are engaged as describing. The self that can be an object of awareness, but the other self is a self that’s doing the describe. The self that’s doing the seeing. It’s not a seeing self, it’s the seer, and the seer could no more sea itself than a tongue could taste itself or an eye could see itself. 

What is this observing self? The real seer? Was is that? As you look for this true seer, this real self, you won't see anything. If you see anything, that's just another object, another scene. It’s not the real seer or the true subject or the real self. Rather, if you look for this real seer and you continually realize that anything can see is not it, is not the real seer, all you start to notice is a sense of vast freedom, a sense of almost complete release. It’s along the lines of I see that mountain, but I'm not that mountain. I'm free of it. I have these sensations but I'm not these sensation. I'm free of them. I have these feelings but I'm not these feelings. I'm free of them. I have these thoughts, but I’m not these thoughts. I'm free of them. I am what remains, a vast pure empty opening or clearing in which all these objects are arising and I'm free of all of them. I'm a pure witness. I’m a pure awareness itself. Not any content of awareness. 

This is why the discovery of this radically free awareness is called the great liberation, or in Sanskrit moksha which means freedom. That this real self is just a sense of pure I am’ness. It’s not I am this, or I am that, that I am this body or I am this person, which is pure I am’ness before is identified with any object or thing. This I am’ness is radically free from the entire stream of time. It’s the pure witness which is aware of time, aware of a past, a present, and future, but it’s itself radically timeless. It lives in what's called, not the passing present, but the timeless president or the timeless now moment. 

As Vichtenstein put it, if we take eternity to mean not everlasting temporal duration, but a moment without time, then eternal life belongs to those who live in the present. Right, the timeless or eternal present, the now moment. This is exactly what Christ then, when he said, “Before Abraham was, I am.” 

Zen has a famous Koan, which says, “Show me her original face,” original face means your true self, this real seer  — “Show me your original face, the face you have before your parents were born.” That’s not a metaphor. That's not symbolically. They mean it literally and directly. Your true self, your original face, your real I am’ness is indeed timeless or eternal and so existed before your parents were born not because it existed in a time before your parents, but because it doesn't enter the stream of time at all. It exist in this timeless now, witnessing this present moment prior to the unfolding of time in the temporal stream entirely. 

This I am’ness is an ever present or timeless reality. It’s always there whether you realize it or not. The great traditions actually maintain that this ever present I am’ness, this ongoing witness, is the only constant and always present experience that you’ll ever have. You probably can't remember exactly what you are doing at this time a week ago, but one thing is certain, your I am’ness was there. You probably can't remember what you were doing a year ago or a decade ago, but I am’ness was there still as an ever present changeless pure witness, empty of any content. 

You can’t remember what you were doing before your parents were born either, but I am’ness is still timeless or eternal. In other words, I am’ness doesn't enter the stream of time and so it still is right now eternal or free of temporal duration as Wittgenstein pointed out, and every mystic the world over agrees with that. 

You can't remember you were doing a century ago or a millennia ago, but that was just prior time is still prior to any of that time and so eternity is still eternity and this is why the true self is everywhere called unborn and undying. It’s unborn because it doesn't have a beginning in time. It’s ever present as. It’s undying because since it never entered the stream of time it never leaves it either. That is it never stops,  it never dives. Unborn, undying. 

If you really push into this ever present witness or true I am’ness, or timeless now, at some point you'll fully break into the real timeless now and your original face will become as obvious to you as clear sunlight on a summer day. That experience is what’s called enlightenment or awakening or satori, the great liberation, the supreme identity. Virtually everybody who's ever had this profound experience agrees that it is indeed the summum bonum, the supreme good of a human life. 


That's the path of waking up and what we found as we were looking at all the maps, the territory of waking up that have been offered over thousands of years around the world by human beings and hundreds of different cultures, is that there is a great deal of similarity between these meditative maps.

Scholars such as Daniel P Brown and Dustin DiPerna have examined dozens and dozens of the various contemplative and meditative paths left by the various traditions. They found a striking degree of similarity in virtually all of them. The quick little exercise I just gave about the witness was just an attempt to give at least a bit of a tongue taste of what's involved here. 

What scholars have found is that as they look at all of the various traditions around the world, as they looked at stages the Buddhist mindfulness of Vedanta Hinduism's five levels of meditation, Zen Buddhism's Ten Oxherding Pictures, Jewish Kabbal’s seven levels the tree a life, the Christian mystics of centering prayer or St. Teresa's seven interior castles, the Sufi Stages of Spiritual States. All of these paths of waking up describe a quite similar path of higher and higher states awareness. Leading from the ego or separate self-sense as one end, to the timeless eternal, ever present, true seer, or pure witness, or I am’ness, or real self, the supreme identity at the other. 

This is really one most significant discoveries that humanity has as ever made and its existence certainly should be made known to every human being on the planet and should be part of any truly truly liberal education. One of the reasons that things like mindfulness had become so popular in the West, is that mindfulness is a good example of a practice that was originally created about 2000 years ago specifically per waking up. 

Its ultimate aim is to free a person from their limited identity with a fragmented world of samsara and the egoic-self which is inherently linked with suffering and pain and agony and open them to their real identity in Nervana that is a totally unified, whole, integrated awareness, one with the entire world, one with the ground of all being, its ever present spirit, or self, or witnessed. A path towards that ultimate enlightenment includes practicing mindfulness, which simply a technique resting in the witness. It’s a technique for being aware of each moment. Seeing it as an object an the ceasing to identify with it as a subject. 

A real awareness in Sanskrit is called neke-neke. That’s not that. I have feelings, but not those feelings. I have thoughts, but I’m not those thoughts. The more we practice mindfulness the more we practice remembering the witness, then the more distance we get from, the more we cease to identify with our present stream of experience; our anxieties and pains and depressions. The more we become awareness, and not any content of awareness. The more open and free and clear and creative we become. We closer we get to appear I am’ness which is awakening to a really radical freedom. 

This isn't anything like a typical religion that Westerners are mostly aware of which is some sort of mythic story that you’re supposed to agree with. If you do, you get to live forever in a mythic heaven with all the other really boring people in the world. This isn't a mythic belief system. These paths of waking up whether we find them in the East or West are psycho-technologies of consciousness transformation. That’s the crucial path of waking up. 

I wanted to get to growing up and I was struck by saying there’s just one little problem with the path of waking up and it actually turns out to be a truly significant almost deal breaking problem. This doesn't have to do with the path of growing up, but I just wanted to make sure. I know I've been talking pretty constantly here. If there any bit questions, are we okay? How we doing here?

[0:28:11.9] MB: Yeah, this is this is great. There're so many things I want to ask about. Before we dig into the concept of growing up, which I definitely want to talk about and I also want to hear your thoughts about the kind of the problem or the tension between growing up and waking up. I wanted to to kind of suss out one of the core tenants of integral theory that informs both your deep study of 50,000 years of human history and integrated all of these different traditions is the really simple, one of the starting points that you have is the idea that everybody is right. Will you share that concept and how that has helped inform the creation of integral theory? 

[0:28:53.8] KW: Sure. Yeah, that was the driving point. I mean if you think about it, one of the ways that I sometimes put this is no human brain is capable of producing 100% error. It can’t function if that's all it did. I sometimes say nobody is smart enough to be wrong all the time. There has to be some partial truth in virtually every concept, notion, idea that human beings have has. Even if we say, “Okay, Ed. There's a time when everybody thought the Earth was flat and the sun went around the Earth,” and so on. We can say that there were some problems with that. We can say, Yes, that's true, but there's a whole school of philosophy called phenomenology,” and that is you just bracket what’s arising in your awareness. Don't try to decide whether it’s empirically true or not. Just look at it as a phenomena itself. Look at it just as it’s arising on its own. If you do that and you sit outside and look at the heavens, that’s exactly what it looks like. The earth does look flat. It doesn't look like a globe and it does look like the sun and the moon go around the earth. Those are phenomenologically accurate. 

The question then becomes, “Okay. How would have to be the overall situation in a worldview, or in a person's overall understanding where they would see the world from just that perspective?” If we do that, then we find that indeed humanity as to individual humans go through a process of evolution. They go through a process of indeed what we’ll call growing up. They grow and evolve through various stages, various epics, various areas of development, and when they do, what they're seeing in those epics is true for that time and it makes sense if you go back and look at it from that perspective. 

If we do that and then put all of these perspectives together, then we don't just say, “Okay. Which one is right,” and all the others are wrong. We say, “No. Wait. Each of these was right at its own place and its own time as it unfolded.” This actually turns out to be important because those previous errors that humans existed 5,000 years ago, 10,000 years ago, 2000 years ago, those turn out to be epics that are reproduced if you will in the world views of influence as they grow up today. 

If we look at the great stages of human development — Jean Gebser is one of the geniuses in this and he outlined the stages of overall development. Just broad generalizations that human beings have gone through over the past 500,000 years and he turned these epics archaic, the magic, the mystic, the rational, the pluralistic, and the integral.

As it turns out those stages are exactly the major stages of growth and development that an individual goes through from birth today. Individuals are born the first year or so of life. They have an archaic worldview. From about years 1 to 3, they have a very magical primary process view the world. Then emerging at around ages 5,6, 7, they start to get a very mythic view of the world. The various developmental schools of psychology that did look at these early stages of development all agree with these different sort of early world views unfolding in that way. 

Then around adolescence, a rational capacity emerges and this is associate also with the age, the rise of modernity in the Western Enlightenment, it was call the age of reason and revolution and then if you look at the pluralistic or relativistic worldview that's associated with postmodernism. Then we’re right on the edge now where were starting to look back on all of these previous stages of development and realizing that all of them are parts of an overall path of human growth and development. All of them are partially right during the ages that they emerge. As it turns out, a human being can stop at almost anyone of those stages. 

We have grown men and women today who are 20 and 30 and 40 years old many of whom are still at a magic stage. Others are at a mythic state. Others at a rational state. Others are pluralistic. We realize it's going to go on forever, but that overall view is starting to be known as the integral view, because whereas all of this previous stages think that their view in their view truth and values are the only real truth and values in the whole world. The actual integral stage development which only a couple of decades old though, but people at that stage of development start to view all of the previous stages as being important. 

That changes everything. We’ve never had up a stage of development that thought other stages were important. If you are at a mythic traditional, mythic literal standard view from the stage, things like you believe the Bible is the literal word of God. All of these myths are absolutely. There are scientific facts. That’s a typical — It’s called mythic literal stage of development. If you’re at that stage of development, you probably belong to a fundamentalist school of one of the world's great religions and this is also called an ethnocentric stage of development because it believes that its special group are chosen people, or the one and only people that are chosen by God. Interestingly, about 60% of world population are at an ethnocentric mythic literal stage of development. 

Then as you rise up into a modern or rational stage of development, then you expand from ethnocentric to world center. World-centric believes not that just my special group alone should be given preference but that all people should be treated fairly regardless of race, color, sex, or creed. That was a huge move historically for human beings, but it was a move from ethnocentric orientation to world-centric orientation. That actually was a specific shift in our history. Believe it or not, that shift didn’t occur until a couple hundred years ago Human beings have been on this planet for close to a million years and it wasn't until a few hundred years ago that we actually figured out slavery was morally objectionable. So in a 100 year, from around 1770 to 1870, slavery was outlawed by every rational industrial modern nation on the face of the planet. First time that it ever happened, even indigenous tribes has slavery. Even all of the cultures where the great religions first arose has slavery. 

St. Paul Council's slaves, “Accept Jesus, and serve your master joyously.” The great traditions [inaudible 0:36:09.4] and Buddhism and Vedanta Hinduism still has slavery. They were good at waking up that didn't mean they were good at growing up. Growing up is that process of going through those stages of individual evolution and development and it turns out that waking up and growing up are two very different things. You can be very high on one and not very high on the other. 

Most common is historically. Most of the people who had waking up or enlightenment experiences were also ethnocentric. They existed in cultures that had slavery, and most of the slaves are different ethnic tribes. In other words they were racist. They were all patriarchal. In other words they were sexist, and they're all ethnocentric. Even though they were awakening to this ground of being, this one with all beings, they are racists, sexist, ethnocentric. That's because even though they were advanced in waking up, they weren’t that advance in growing up. There were at a mythic ethnocentric stage of development, and it wasn’t until we get to the modern rational world centric stage of development that sexism started to be called out, started to get the women's movements and so we have in today's world were to be sexist, is to be charged with a very serious offense. 

Of course, to be racist is to be criminal. This is new, the humanity. This is a product with a very high stage of growing up. The problem is each stage has both these pluses and these minuses of course. One of the problems of the modern rational stage hasn’t emerged, and it outlawed slavery, it overthrew monarchy. There were the French and American revolutions trying to introduce democracy. All of that was good but what was problematic is they looked at the previous error, the mythic-ethnocentric stage of the great mythic religions and I threw out all of them. 
They got rid of racism but they also threw out enlightenment, meaning waking up, and they got rid of sexism but they threw out awakening. They went from ethnocentric to world centric but they tossed out the great liberation. That's problematic, is that we tended to lose access to those very esoteric schools of spirituality that had advanced quite far. 

Those are usually a small portion of the culture and they were often differentiated from the great mythic exoteric religions. In the great Catholic religion, for example, most of the followers are believing in their dogmatic myths. I believe Jesus Christ is one and only biological son of the one only God and then you get to go to heaven. A very small number of them were contemplative schools of development and they were interested in waking up. Problem is the modern world didn't differentiate between those two and it threw out all of them, and so we lost access to this extraordinary road to ultimate reality into our ultimate identity with this ground of all being. 

What was same was everybody's right, is we have to go back and look at all of the truths that humanity came up with over its entire history, because those turnout in some cases do not only have truths that are still true today like waking up but they end up embodying world views that are still true today as people are born at square one and have to move through archaic, to magic, to mythic, to rational, the pluralistic, the integral stages of development. 

We still have well a recent study in this country, America, show that three out of five people, 60% were still at ethnocentric or lower. Hell, we just elected president who’s ethnocentric. He's mythic literal. He is racist, sexist, misogynistic, xenophobic. God bless him, but that's not the highest we can aim for right now. The way he’s seeing the world is exactly the way the world looks at that stage of development and that's why you can't challenge him about those and that's why he is immune to so-called facts. We find this is true for every stage of development. 

One of the things that we do with an integral point of views is we say, “Okay. If we're approaching any topic, like how should we do marketing for business, we have to look not only at just doing market surveys and all of that, but we have to realize — Look at what level of development the different markets are, because somebody who’s at a magic stage of development, somebody who’s at a mythic stage of development, somebody who’s at a rational stage of development, somebody who’s at a pluralistic postmodern stage, somebody who’s at an integral stage have very different drives, very different needs, very different motivations that empirical research on all of these and there to respond very very differently to marketing plans. You want to know what you're doing. 

What most people do in terms of marketing is they'll come up with a particular marketing plan and it's usually comes from the level of development that they themselves are at. They will appeal to people at that one level but they turn off people at the other 6 or 7 levels of development. You need to know what you're doing. We find us through at virtually any discipline. If you’re looking, for example, at spirituality, if you're looking at faith, we have empirical studies now showing that human beings go through around six or seven stages of faith, and those stages are essentially variations on archaic stage, magic stage, a mythic stage, rational stage, a pluralistic stage and an integral state. Their spirituality looks different at every stage, completely different. 

If somebody’s at a magic stage of development, they're in it for the miracles. That want to watch Jesus walk on water they want to see loaves turn into fishes, and water turned into wine. They want to see the dead raised to be living. They want to live forever in a magical heaven. As I move into mythic, and they get a more extensive cognitive orientation, than they start looking for things that are true, that are eternally true. They start looking at God's commandments and things that are important like that and they realize that they have to follow these commandments if they want to fit in and be saved basically by God himself. 

What this is really doing is moving into just a whole dimension of reality that has rules and regulations and that human beings have to adapt to and this is an entirely appropriate move at that stage of development to do that. You still think very much in mythic terms, so you think all of the myths in the Bible are literally true and you think Jesus was the one and only biological son of the one and only God. 

When you move to a world-centric rational stage, then you’ll start say, “Okay. Wait a minute. There all these other world religions and all these other world teachers and I can’t have the only one that’s right. I have a more world-centric point of view, more universal point of view.” So all of a sudden, we’re not the only chosen people. I happen to relate to Jesus Christ, so I’m allowed to accept him as my teacher but I can recognize there are other great world teachers as well. I can recognize that Buddha had important truths and chakra had important truths and so on that. 

Interestingly, the Catholic Church itself for the first time its entire history at Vatican II announced that — Paraphrasing, “We recognize that a comparable salvation can be had by other world religions.” With the first time in the entire history, they acknowledge that they didn't have the one and only true way. They moved from ethnocentric to world-centric, and that is exactly what has to happen because again with sort of 60 to 70% of the world’s population at ethnocentric levels of development. Anything resembling world peace is categorically not possible under those circumstances. Yet that dimension of things is not looked at at all. We look at it in terms of, “Oh, we have to do economic things to help the world,” or “Oh, we have to do technological things,” or “Oh, we have to do political things.” but nobody looks at these interior dimensions, and we find both waking up and growing up.

Of course, we have a lot of other dimensions and in integral is well. We look at cleaning up, which has to do things like shadow elements and we look at things like showing up which has to do with all the different sorts of dimensions of reality that we have. The guiding light in all of this is that there's some degree of truth in virtually every approach to reality you look at. The question is no longer which approach is right, and all the others are wrong. 

The real question is how can all of these approaches fit together. What framework can we adopted that actually embraces all of them and they can all fit together in a coherent fashion? That's what reality looks like, and if we’re not doing that, were really not chasing reality. We’re chasing a narrow, partial, fragmented, broken part of reality and that's a no go. That’s still what most of our professions do. It’s what almost all of our disciplines do, but we clarify find that to be a very limited approach. It certainly makes a difference as you start applying this in your life and how you live

[0:45:52.6] MB:  One of the key components that I think is really important to understand in this whole looking at different levels of development is the idea that hierarchies do exist but that they don't necessarily equate to moral superiority and that each hierarchy to evolve has to sort of transcend and include the levels below it. Could you talk a little bit about that idea? 

[0:46:17.3] KW: Sure. One of the problems with just the whole postmodern movement in general, and postmodernism was named because it came after modernity. Modernity generally means the period starting around 1600-1700 in the West where we had the rise of almost all the modern sciences, modern chemistry, modern biology, modern physics, modern astronomy and so on and we had so-called Western Enlightenment, which is called the age of reason because it moved primarily into using rationality and scientific investigation instead of simply mythic revelations. 

That was a profound period in human development obviously, and because it was thinking in sort of third person rational terms, then it tended to think in terms of universal realities. That’s why it looked at human beings as universal individuals. They had universal rights. Not just rights if you were a Catholic, or rights if you were Jew, or rights if you belonged to this race, or this group, or that class and so on, but rights that you had and just being a human being, a universal human being. That's why slavery was ended and so on. 

That were downsides as I said with each era, and one of the downsides with the modern era is that it just pushed rationality itself too hard. Even in the  great distinction of the good true and the beautiful, the true was represented by rational objective truth, but the good was moral reasoning in moral judgment, and beautiful was aesthetic judgments, and rationality ended up sort of pushing all of those out the window. 

We started to get what was called not just science but scientism, or often called scientific materialism where all of the interior realities, consciousness, awareness, morals, emotions and so on, were thought not to be really real. Just what can be rationally and objectively observed in a scientific experiment is real and that pretty much came down to just material atoms, almost everything else is denied reality. 

The rise of postmodernism which really started around the 1960s and it started as — First of all, it was a higher level of growth. It was a pluralistic stage, which was a stage that became aware of the previous rational stage and found some of its limitation. That's why it’s generally called postmodernism. It’s also called post-rationalism. It came after rationality and attempted to open it up and that's why also we started to get was called multiculturalism, where it’s understood that not just Western Eurocentric culture has the only real truths, but cultures all over the planet have their own unique truths and they need to be honored as well. 

We got the whole Civil Rights movement, we got the acceleration of personal and professional feminism, we got the whole environmental movement and so on. One of the problems with a pluralistic or postmodern stage was because it started to try and sort of include everything but it didn't make distinctions. In others, if you're looking at, let’s say, being inclusive, as being a good thing, which postmodernism did, it didn't look at the fact that there are stages of inclusiveness. Each stage is more and more and more inclusive. Conversely, the lower stages actually less inclusive, that there's actually some problems with those. They tend to be egocentric and ethnocentric. There not world-centric. 

Postmodernism came short of making that distinction and the reason is they confused the types of hierarchies. Postmodernists thought that all hierarchies were dominator hierarchies. Dominator hierarchies are like the cash system or criminal organizations. The higher you go in that hierarchy, the more people you can oppress, the more people you can dominate. The postmodernist thought that all hierarchies, all ranking, all levels of any sort of ranking were dominator hierarchies. They're all oppressive and they all cause enormous social suffering and social ills. 

They didn't distinguish between dominator hierarchies and growth hierarchies. Growth hierarchies, each higher level is more inclusive and less domineering, not the other way around. It’s just the opposite domineering hierarchies. A typical growth hierarchy we see in evolution itself. We go from, quarks, to atoms, to molecules, to cells, to organisms. Each one of those transcends but includes the previous one. It doesn't oppressive. Molecules don't hate atoms. Molecules are not domineering atoms, they're embracing. They actually include them. If anything, they love them. 

Most of the developmental schemes we’re talking about; archaic, to magic, to mythic, to rational and so on, and mostly developmental schemes that developmental psychology looks at, those are all growth hierarchies and it’s only the higher stages of growth hierarchies that you overcome dominator hierarchies. All growth hierarchies move from egocentric, to ethnocentric, to world centric, to integrated. It’s only at world-centric that you stop wanting to domineer and dominate. 

The only cure for dominator hierarchy is a high level of growth hierarchy. People at low levels of growth hierarchies use dominator hierarchies. Even then in growth hierarchies, as you’re saying, you have to be careful because simply the fact that you have a higher level — Higher something means like atoms, molecules, cells, it means that the cognitive structure of a higher level includes all of the components of the previous level, but then adds something extra. 

Therefore is bigger, is wider, is higher, whatever term you want, but it doesn't always necessarily mean it's better because this higher stage can still make mistakes. It can still create problems. It can still deny or if it has in a psychological being. If there are various thoughts or various feelings that you're frightened up or judgmental or afraid of, you can repress them. You concealed them out. The higher you go the more capacity you have for doing that because cognition gets stronger and stronger.  Higher not only means higher potential capacities, it also means higher potential problems. Inherently, the problems at one stage are solved only by the next higher stage and it introduces its own problems and those can be solved again at the next higher stage and so on. 

Growth hierarchies are one most important discoveries that humanity has made. Again, as you look at all the various maps around the world and look at how they broke down, you can see once that were dominator hierarchies and you can see once that were growth hierarchies, and the growth hierarchies always were involved in creating more moral, more sustainable more benign, more goodness, more truth more beauty, and dominator hierarchies were always concerned with oppression and domination and suffering, slavery and on and on and on.

Again, what’s been such a problem with postmodernism in the last 40 or 50 years since it became into being with the 60s is that it didn't allow growth hierarchies and it basically denied all hierarchies, and that was ironic because pluralistic postmodernism itself is the result of five or six levels of a growth hierarchy. Nobody is born a pluralism, you're born at archaic and you have to develop to the hierarchical stages of magic, to mythic, to rational and finally to pluralistic. When the pluralist turn around and said, “Everything is equal. There’s nothing but egalitarianism. All values are the same.” Then they cut out the path of growth to their own level of awareness. They killed growth entirely and that's effectively what we got from postmodernism is it stopped acting as a leading edge in development and that has been just really kind of a disaster across the board. Enormous number problems that the world is facing now around the around the world results from just that. 

What we’re trying to do just with sort of integral approach is put all of these things on the table and make sure that we are looking at not just what people say or do the opinions that they have, or the belief that they hold, but that we also understand the context that those beliefs are coming from, that we take a genealogical approach, that is we actually look at the genealogy of these ideas at the stages of growth and evolution and development that has occurred, because evolution seems to touch pretty  much everything. Tracking the stages of evolutionary unfolding becomes really crucial in this whole approach. Again, virtually any area we’re looking at. 

[0:56:13.3] MB: This is obviously an extremely vast and complicated topic. For our listeners who want to be able to kind of dig in and get a little bit deeper into some of the fundamentals of integral theory, where can they find you online and kind of what’s a good starting place? 

[0:56:32.1] KW: Sure. I've got about 25 books and they're all still in print and you can get any of them on Amazon. They’ve been translated in over 30 foreign languages. They’re pretty widely available and people can just do that. You can also just Google integral and you’ll get plugged-in to sort of a worldwide movement that’s looking at these areas. Website, a place to start might be integrallife.com. We threw a pretty wide web there. We included a lot of different approaches but the core guiding principle of the website is the integral interview and there a lot of discussions and dialogues by me and articles and essays and so on. People can follow up there if they wish.

[0:57:15.8] MB: Ken, thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all these wisdom. I know that integral theory is such a fascinating concept, the idea of integrating the entire history of human knowledge into a piece of framework to understand and explain reality is a massive undertaking. I know that in the limited constraints of a one-hour conversation, there's no way we can even really scratch the surface of it.

I really appreciate you sharing some of these core concepts and we’ll definitely put links to all you books and everything in the show notes for listeners so they can check those out. 

[0:57:51.0] KW: Great. Awesome. 

[0:57:52.2] MB: Thank you very much for being on the show. We really appreciate it. 

[0:57:54.8] KW: Thank you Matt. Thank Austin. I appreciated it. 

[0:57:57.2] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi. Be sure to shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co, that’s scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co and hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.

May 11, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion
RonaldSiegel-01.jpg

Proven Strategies of Mindfulness and Self-Compassion with Dr. Ronald Siegel

May 04, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Emotional Intelligence

In this episode we examine how mindfulness practices developed independently in cultures across the world, discuss how evolution shaped our brains to focus on survival instead of happiness and fulfillment, we ask what is success? How do we define it? What is the failure of success? We go deep into how to practice self-compassion, and much more with Dr. Ronald Siegel.
 
Dr. Ronald Siegel is an Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychology at Harvard Medical School, where he has taught for over 30 years. Ronald also currently serves on the Board of Directors and Faculty of the Institute for Meditation and Psychotherapy. He is a longtime student of mindfulness meditation and has authored and co-authored several books on the topic including The Mindfulness Solution, Mindfulness and Psychotherapy, and more.
 
We discuss:
 
· Lessons about mindfulness from the Harvard medical school
· Why did mindfulness practices spring up independently in cultures across the world?
· You didn’t evolve to be happy (and why that’s super important)
· How evolution shaped our brains to focus on survival and not happiness and fulfillment
· How our minds are like Teflon for good things  & Velcro for bad things
· Type 1 Errors and Type 2 Errors (and why our minds evolved to make way too many Type 1 Errors)
· How evolution sculpted our brains to be incredibly concerned about social ranking and hierarchies
· Why we focus incessantly on what other’s think about us and how we compare to other people and how that drives much of what happens in the world around us
· The pain of “I, Me, My Mine” and how constant preoccupation with ourselves is a major cause of pain and suffering
· When we are preoccupied with proving ourselves, it harms our connections with other people
· What is success? How do we define it? What is the "failure of success?"
· The major misconceptions about what will make us happy
· The importance of connecting with others and engaging more fully in this moment
· The Dunning-Kruger effect and how it clouds our understanding of mindfulness
· “High-resolution consciousness” and how you can create it
· The relationship between mindfulness and thought
· A huge amount of psychological suffering has to do with our thinking
· Thoughts are mental contents rather than realities
· Happiness stems from being FULLY PRESENT and ENGAGED
· Fantasizing about future/past etc creates suffering
· How does mindfulness relate to meditation? What’s the difference?
· Train the mind not to push away the unpleasant experiences
· We go through exercises explicitly design for cultivating acceptance
· How mindfulness helps you break out of a cycle of comparison and cultivate loving self-acceptance
· Identify the feeling states in your body and notice each time you get feelings of inflation and deflation
· The vital importance of self-compassion
· Feel your feelings and trust that it's OK to feel them
· Who was the King of England in 1361? (and why it's ESSENTIAL to understand that)
· The concepts of narcissistic recalibration and the hedonic treadmill
· The scientific reality that everything is a wave function
· Consciousness is a stream of experience that fluctuates up and down
· And much more!
 
If you want to master meditation and mindfulness, listen to this episode! 

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] The Mindfulness Solution: Everyday Practices for Everyday Problems by Ronald D. Siegel

  • [Book] Mindfulness and Psychotherapy, Second Edition by Christopher K. Germer PhD, Ronald D. Siegel PsyD, Paul R. Fulton Ed.D.

  • [SoS Episode] How to Master the Superpower that Builds All Other Powers with Dr. Rick Hanson

  • [Video] The Fly

  • [Wiki Article] Dunning–Kruger effect

  • [Article] Wandering mind not a happy mind by Steve Bradt

  • [SoS Episode] Uncover the Root of Your Pain, How to Smash Perfectionism, Love Yourself, and Live a Richer Life with Megan Bruneau

  • [Website] The Mindfulness Solution

  • [Downloads] Meditation/Exercise files - The Mindfulness Solution

  • [Video] Dr. Ron Siegel: "The Science of Mindfulness" | Talks at Google

  • [Video] Harvard Medical video: What it takes to be happy

  • [Video] Mindfulness and Psychotherapy with Ronald Siegel, PsyD

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we examine how mindfulness practices developed independently in cultures across the globe, discuss how evolution shaped our brains to focus on survival, instead of happiness and fulfillment. We ask what is success, how do we define it, and what is the failure of success? We go deep into how to practice self-compassion, and much more with Dr. Ronald Siegel. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed learning how to learn meta-learning, how Salvador Dali and Thomas Edison practice the art of sleeping without sleeping to hack their neural systems, the concept of chunking, what neuroscience says about it, and how you can use it to become a learning machine, why following your passion is not the right thing to focus on, and much more, with our guest, Barbara Oakley. If you want to become a learning master, listen to that episode. 

[00:02:14.6] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest to the show, Dr. Ronald D. Siegel. Ronald is the Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychology at the Harvard Medical School where he’s taught for over 30 years. He also currently serves on the board of directors and faculty of the Institute for Meditation and Psychotherapy. He’s a long-time student of Mindfulness Meditation, having authored and co-authored several books on the topic including the Mindfulness Solution, Mindfulness and Psychotherapy, and several more. 

Ron, welcome to The Science of Success. 

[00:02:43.3] RS: Thanks for having me. 

[00:02:44.6] MB: We’re very excited to have you on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and some of your work, tell us a little bit about yourself. 

[00:02:51.1] RS: I’m a clinical psychologist by training and I happen to have been interested in mindfulness practices ever since I was a kid and that I’m now in my 60s, so that was quite some time ago. I was doing them personally, and then about 35 years ago, I became involved with a group of people who were either training in or teaching in the Harvard Medical School system. All of whom were mental health professionals who all were also doing personal mindfulness practices. 

Back 35 years ago, we pretty much stayed under the radar and kept to ourselves because the mental health field is very heavily psychoanalytic at the time, and none of us wanted to be accused of having unresolved infantile longings to return to a state of oceanic oneness, which was how Freud understood meditation practices. 

We stayed under the radar and we talked among ourselves. Then, interestingly overtime through the ground-breaking work of a number of innovators who brought mindfulness practices first into medicine and then into education and then into the mainstream more broadly, people became interested in what we knew about how mindfulness practices could help people with both every day psychological difficulties as well as more serious states of depression, anxiety, and alike. 

Then, we started writing and teaching for our colleagues, other professionals who were interested in this. This has now mushrooms so that if you were to now go to, say, the annual meeting of what’s called the ABCT, which is the Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies, which is really where the scientifically-minded people in the mental health field, not on the drug side but the ones developing psychotherapies, get together. The majority of presentations are now online from this and acceptance-based treatments. 

We now have this huge database showing that, “Gee! Mindfulness practices are enormously helpful for transforming people’s lives.” What I do nowadays is I still have a clinical practice. I’m still a practicing psychologist, but I also go around the world training mostly mental health professionals in how to use this with their clients or patients but also sharing this information with the general public. 

[00:05:03.6] MB:  Before we dig too deep into mindfulness itself, I’d love to start our conversation with the idea that you’ve talked about in the past that we didn’t evolve to be happy. 

[00:05:13.8] RS: It’s interesting that mindfulness practices have been developed in virtually all the cultures of the world. We wonder, “How come? How did this happen?” Nowadays, modern psychology is very interested in what structures of the brain were originally evolved through Darwinian processes to be adaptive; in other words, to help us to survive and help us to reproduce and pass on our DNA, but perhaps, we’re not well-equipped or perhaps don’t incline us toward happiness. I can just rattle of a few. 

One of them is our capacity to think. If you imagine our ancestor out there in the African Savannah, hanging around with lions and other kinds of predators around; what did our ancestor — Let’s say Lucy,  who is Australopithecus, one of our ancestors of whom we have the bones. What were her options for survival? If she came face-to-face with a lion, she could bare and show her claws, but, “Argh!”, that wouldn’t be terribly effective. She might try to run, but that wouldn’t work. 

One of the first things you learn if you go on a walking safari in Africa is that everything out there that’s scary is faster than you are. The first thing the guide says is, “No matter what you encounter, please don’t run.” They say, “You see that lumbering hippopotamus over in the mud puddle? 42 miles an hour when he gets pissed. You see that half-blind rhino behind the tree? 38 miles an hour.” In fact, if you run, they’re just going to think that you’re their predator. They’re just going to think you’re a prey and they’ll go after you all the more. 

She wasn’t going to be able to fight back. She wasn’t going to be able to run away. She had a reasonable sense of hearing, a very limited sense of smell, just ask your dog, eyesight that was okay and not as good as an eagle or a giraffe but better than a half-blind rhino. Somehow, she survived. We know she had several things going for her. One was a prehensile thumb, and that’s the ability to grasp things and pick up things to make tools. If you just compare your dexterity to, say, your dog’s dexterity, it’s clear that that helps a lot.

The other thing we had was the fight or flight response, which allows to mobilize a lot of energy in an emergency situation. The third thing we had was this capacity to think. Now, the prehensile thumb doesn’t cause us a lot of trouble as humans. Boy, oh, boy, does this fight or flight system, especially tie to this capacity to think, make us miserable. 

We know the activation of the fight or flight system because we experience it most often as ether excitement or anxiety, and very often, it’s tied to worry.  Thinking gets us into trouble in large part because our thinking capacity is not some neutral computer. Lucy was able to survive out there in the savannah because she was able to remember past events and anticipate future ones and strategize as to how to survive the future challenge, but her mind wasn’t some neutral computer as I said. It was —

I have a friend, Rick Hanson, who wrote a wonderful book called the Buddhist Brain in which she says that our mind evolved with a negativity bias that makes it like Velcro for bad events and Teflon for good ones. When bad events happen, they stick. When good ones happen, they slide right off the pan. This makes perfect sense.

If you could imagine Lucy out there in the savannah, she could have made one of two types of errors. We can call it a type one error and a type two error. Roughly, if any viewers trained in science the way we use those terms in scientific research. She could have been looking at, let’s say, a set of bushes that had a vague shape behind it. She could have thought, “Oh, my God! It’s a lion,” when it was really just a beige rock. That would have been a type one error. Or she could have thought, “It’s probably a beige rock,” when it was really a lion. That would be a type two error. 

If you think about it, Lucy could have made countless type one errors and still live for another day and passed on her DNA and the like. If she made even one type to error even one time thinking that the lion were just a rock, that’s the end of her DNA line. 

We developed brains that are exquisitely sensitive to danger that remember every bad thing that happened. We see this in every day worries, we see this in everyday occupations. We might imagine that back in Lucy’s day, there were some happy Hominids hanging around, holding hands, singing Kumbaya, remembering the last dynamite sexual experience or luscious piece of fruit; they typically, however, were not our ancestors. Why? Because they died before they got to reproduce. Our ancestors were the ones who were going around saying, “Oh, my God. It looks like a lion.” “Damn, it could be a snake.” “Shit, is that a cliff,” et cetera.
 
We developed this brain that has constantly anticipating danger and remembering bad things that happened that is tied to this fight or flight system where we feel are palm sweating or our heart racing, all the different things that happened to us. Whether it’s asking somebody out on a date that we’re afraid, won’t like us, going to the job interview, thinking about what’s going to happen to my finances, worrying about our health, and worrying about what other people think of us, and on, and on, and on. We actually evolved to be tormented in this way. 

Interestingly, some people, when they hear this, they say, “Well, well, well. I’ve heard that stress is really bad for your health, so that doesn’t really make sense that we would have evolved to be such stressed-out beings.” If you think about it, must this stress-related disorders, everything from chronic headaches and stomach aches and the like to things like heart attacks; they typically don’t kill us till after we’ve reproduced. The fact that we live a life stressed out and tormented in one way or another actually had very little negative effect on our capacity to reproduce. Natural selection didn’t really care about it so much. That, in a nutshell, is what we mean by we didn’t evolve to be happy. 

[00:11:24.2] MB: It’s such an important concept for people to understand that our brains were literally sculpted by evolution to focus on the negative, to focus on fears and threats and anything that might bring us perceived harm. 

[00:11:39.2] RS: Exactly. Just to add one other thing; the other thing we’d say they were the other form of harm that causes tremendous suffering for us today is our concern with social ranking. Humans hung out in primate troops of 25 to 50 and you’re with the same group of 25 to 50 from birth until death. New members were being born and dying, but it was a pretty small club. If we look at other primates that are organize that way, chimpanzees and others, we see that they spend a lot of their energy jacking for dominance; trying to figure out who’s the alpha male, who’s friends with the alpha male, who’s supported by the alpha male, which females are going to be sexual partners to the more dominant males and the like. 

There’s actually a fair amount of tension that goes into this. It doesn’t take a lot of observation looking at human beings to notice that, “Oh, my. We spend a lot of our energies jacking for position.” The way that shows up in most of us in terms of our subjective experience is concerns about self-esteem. “What do people think about me? How am I doing compared to the other guys or the other women?”
 
We get hooked on an extraordinary variety and different dimensions or domains. For one person, it’s — Well, in our society who has more money? For someone else, it’s who has the higher position in the organization? For somebody else, it’s who has more friends? For someone else, it’s who’s morally purer or more righteous. For somebody else, who’s more artistically creative? For lots of people, it’s who’s better-looking, who’s more buff, who has the better body, who has the sexier spouse or girlfriend or boyfriend? For older folks; who has the better behavior or higher achieving kids? This goes on and on and on in ways in which we’re constantly comparing ourselves to one another. 

If our listeners would reflect on this for a moment, on the comparisons that you make and we all make even though we tend to be embarrassed in making them and we tend to keep our thoughts to ourselves; who among us always wins? We’re always going up and down in these comparisons. I remember once, I asked a group of therapists about them. A guy raised his hand when I said, “Who among you always wins?” I thought, avoid him at lunch because, the people who think they’re all who’s winning are inseparable. 

We have this other guy mention of social comparison and worrying about whether we’re good enough which is also quite hard-wired. The way that that got hard-wired is because it turns out that the higher ranking males got to reproduce more with the more reproductively-promising or fertile females. Translate; the guys who were on top in the pack got the hot babes. That’s more or less how this translates and they actually got to pass their DNA down more.
 
Here, too, we could imagine that there might have been happy Hominids hanging around, not caring about that, being egalitarian, just connecting out of love. By and large, they didn’t get to reproduce as much, so we didn’t get so many of their genes. It’s not that we don’t have some of those genes but we’ve got an awfully strong genetic loading to worry about who we are, how we compared to others. 

This stuff causes — It runs the whole advertising business, it drives most people’s achievement motivation, and it really does a lot of running the world if we step back and reflect on it, and it doesn’t do it happily because we can never win consistently. Unless you live and we’ll be gone where all of the women are strong, the men are good-looking, and all of the children are above average; you’re always going to be above average and below average some of the time. 

Also, we change our comparison groups, so that if you’re an Olympic athlete, your comparison group is the other guys going for the bronze, the silver, and the gold. You’re not thinking anymore, “Well, I’m the better athlete than the other kids in high school.” That’s no longer relevant, so we continue to recalibrate, and that adds to our difficulties as well. 

[00:15:51.8] MB: That speaks to something you’ve talked about in the past or just the concept of the pain of I, me, my, mine. Is that the same concept or are those interrelated?

[00:16:01.5] RS: Yeah, absolutely. There are a number of dimensions to this. One of the ways in which constant preoccupation with ourselves causes a lot of pain is simply this social comparison and the utter impossibility of winning or staying on top consistently. Another in which that plays out is when we’re preoccupied with trying to prove ourselves in some way, it tends to disconnect us from other people.

One of the other things that we are actually hard-wired for is to feel connected to the rest of the primate troop. If you can imagine again going back to the African savannah, if somebody were kicked out of a troop and were there on their own, their chance of survival would be quite minimal. We have this really hard-wired instinct to want to be accepted by and connected with the group. 

In fact, when we feel connected to a group of friends or family, it feels really good to us. This runs counter to this other impulse toward becoming the winner which tends to cut us off from people and cause a lot of suffering. Unfortunately, most cultural forces, particularly in western premarket economies, nowadays, you don’t get a lot of messages of, “How can we support one another?” You get a lot of messages, “How can you achieve and come out on top?”

I might even say, for the title to your series, which deals with success, it’s a very — I don’t know how many of your speakers have been expressing this, but what do we mean by success? Do we mean by success coming out on top? Having the most in terms of the social comparisons; or we mean by success no longer feeling like we need to pursue that. Either way, and I would argue the latter way, you’re going to wind up a good deal happier than if you put all your eggs in the basket of beating the other guy or the other woman. 

[00:18:00.9] MB: That ties into another concept you’ve talked about, which is the failure of success and how we constantly recalibrate. I’d be curious to hear you explain that. 

[00:18:11.8] RS:  That’s what I was mentioning, vis-à-vis the Olympic athletes, but we don’t even need to look at them. We can look at just our own lives and think of how many moments we had in our lives in which we thought, “Wow! When I reach that threshold, when I reach that milestone, I’m going to feel good about myself and I’m going to feel like I had arrived.” 

This starts very early in the kid feeling like, “Oh, I really want to stand up and walk.” They do feel good when they stand up and walk for a while; or when I can ride a bicycle; or when I can go to the store by myself; or when I graduate elementary school or junior high or high school; or get my first girlfriend or boyfriend; or get a driver’s license; or get a car; or get a house; or get a well-paying job; or whatever it is. 

I train a lot of mental health professionals, and most of us work very hard to get a professional degree at some point. For many of us, it was a six-year or so post-baccalaureate process. After college, another six years or so for most people to get, say, a doctorate in psychology, or roughly similar to become a psychiatrist, for example. 

While we were going through those processes, the thought of, “Wow!  When I finally get there, when I’m finally degreed and licensed, that’s going to feel good.” Indeed, when we reach the milestone, it does feel good. I’ll often ask the audience of mental health professionals, many of whom are quite senior, “How many of you woke up this morning feeling, “I feel so fulfilled because I have my professional degree and license?”

Everybody cracks up laughing because everybody’s habituated to it. It’s like, “Oh, yeah, that. Of course, that, but I feel good or bad depending on what happens to me today. Are more people interested in my work? Am I getting praise from the people I’m working with? Am I being invited to be part of this or that professional organization?” We constantly recalibrate and then need more and more and more if we’re predicating our sense of well-being on achievement. 

[00:20:15.8] MB:  How does that tie into some of the common misconceptions that people have about what they think will make them happy? 

[00:20:24.4] RS:  The misconceptions we have about happiness are very similar to addictions, generally, what happens when we’re addicted to something. Let’s take addictions that don’t have a particularly strong wholesome aspect to them like addiction to alcohol or eating too much chocolate cake. Addiction to anger is a little complicated, but some kind of unwholesome habit that we find ourselves doing. 

In the short run, it feels very good. To go from not drinking to drinking; if you’re feeling anxious, or upset or stressed out, it feels really good. Of course, and I’m not knocking alcohol. If you do that occasionally and in moderation, it’s fine. If you do it too much and you always go for it to get rid of some pain and to feel better, we know that in the long run, it feels quite bad. We do not get happy doing that. The same is true for almost all of the unhealthy things that we do because they feel good in the short run but bad in the long run. 

When we have a self-esteem victory, when we beat the other guy or the other woman or we were the chosen one, or we got to feel, “Hey, I’m really good at this.” In the short run, it feels very good. We have that uplifting feeling in our chest, the sense of buoyancy, feeling taller, feeling bigger, thinking, “Oh! People will respect me now or like me now.” There’s all this good feeling that goes with that. 

The problem is if we attach to it, we become addicted to that feeling and then, trying to reproduce it makes us quite unhappy in the long run. As it turns out, what makes people far happier in the long run is finding ways to connect safely to others and to engage more fully in whatever they’re doing in this moment, whether the thing we’re doing in this moment seems something grand or special or seems quite ordinary. That’s actually where mindfulness practices come in as an antidote to these hard-wired propensities towards suffering. 

[00:22:35.8] MB: Let’s transition the conversation now and really dig into the concept of mindfulness. People use that word a lot and they sometimes use t interchangeably with phrases like meditation and they sometimes use it incorrectly. Really simply, what is mindfulness and how do you define it?

[00:22:35.8] RS: Mindfulness is actually an attitude that we can have toward whatever we’re experiencing in a particular moment. It’s not exactly a state of mind. It’s not about being calm, but it is about being aware of your present experience, whatever happening right now and being able to accept or embrace whatever’s happening right now. 

Because mindfulness practices are now being used so widely in psychotherapy, there have been a number of scales developed to measure mindfulness.  It turns out that if you ask people, “Are you aware of your present experience with acceptance,” you run into this problem. It’s actually called the Dunning-Kruger effect, a couple of psychologists at Cornell. I think they won the Nobel Prize for discovering this. 

This has to do with the fact that across all human activities, our actual confidence is inversely proportional to our perceived confidence. Actual confidence is inversely proportional to perceived confidence. What that means is we can think of this as the Homer Simpson effect. Homer’s supremely confident when we goes out on his misadventures. It’s just us and the audience thinking, “It doesn’t look good.”

People who think they’re great at stuff typically aren’t. People who have doubts typically are more skilled. What we see in terms of mindfulness is people who have spent years doing mindfulness practices, which have designed to cultivate mindfulness. If you ask them, “Are you aware of your present experience with acceptance?” They say, “Well, it’s a rare event. Sometimes, I’m really present.” If you ask people who haven’t been practicing, they’ll say, “Oh, yeah. I’m aware all the time.” 

One of the things that happens as we develop mindfulness is we develop where at Google they’re now calling higher resolution consciousness. Think of it as more pixels per square centimeter, if you will. You develop the capacity to really notice what’s going on in the mind moment by moment. What we find when we develop that capacity, is we find that most of the time, our minds are lost in the thought stream. We’re thinking about the future, thinking about the past, and trying to strategize or angle how to get more pleasure, more pleasure, more pleasure in the future and avoid pain and discomfort in the future. 

What we start to realize when take mindfulness practices is that there is an alternative that instead of being lost in the thought stream, we can actually bring our attention moment to moment to what’s happening in the mind or the body. As a result, most mindfulness practices, things that are designed to develop mindfulness, to develop this attitude toward experience involve picking a sensory object, something in the present moment, a sensation, like the sensation of the breath and the body, or like sounds, or like colors, or like taste, but something that’s a sensory experience and following that as closely as possible with our attention. Every time the mind leaves it and leaps off into the thought stream, gently bringing it back to this object of awareness. 

When we do this enough, what happens is we actually begin to disconnect somewhat from our thoughts. Thoughts still arise and pass the way they normally do, but instead of believing in each thought as being reality, like if I’m thinking, “Hey, I’m doing a good job on this interview,” and thinking, “Okay, it’s real,” or “I’m doing a terrible job on this interview,” and think of that as reality. Instead, I just start to notice, “Oh, there’s another self-evaluated thought popping up.” 

We start to see thoughts much more like clouds passing through a sky. We simply don’t identify with them or believe in them as much. That starts to become enormously useful, because that starts to disconnect us or free us from this hard-wired negativity bias around thinking that I spoke about earlier. 

Just to pursue mindfulness and thought here for a moment, and then I’ll get back to your question about meditation. I invite you and people in the audience to think about something that’s upsetting. Just bring that to mind. Then, reflect for a moment, “Would I be upset about this of it weren’t for, simply, my thought about it?”

When we think about things that are upsetting, they’re typically not what I’m tasting now, what I’m touching now, what I’m feeling in my body now. They’re typically anticipations of what might happen or what is happening somewhere else. We start to notice that a huge amount of our psychological suffering has to do with our thinking. If we can begin to get perspective on our thinking by doing mindfulness practices in which we simply notice thoughts as arising and passing as mental contents rather than realities, that can be enormously freeing to us.

Now, there is a wonderful study that was done actually at Harvard by a graduate student here named Matthew Killingsworth. He developed a smartphone app, which page people at random intervals during the day and asked them to report on three things; what they were doing, where their attention was at that moment, and how they were feeling. 

First of all, he discovered that people’s minds, he said were wondering 47 odd percent of the time. I think that’s a grossly low estimate. If you take up mindfulness practices, you’ll begin to notice your mind is wandering 95 plus percent of the time. There was that. The next thing he discovered was what predicted whether people felt a sense of well-being or not, had little to do with what they’re actually doing. 

The main variable was whether they were paying attention to what they were doing while they were doing it. To use an extreme example, participants who were making love or eating a gourmet meal, but whose minds are wandering, felt less well-being than people who were washing the dishes but were fully present to the experience of washing the dishes; feeling the soap, feeling the water, noticing the colors, looking at the bubbles, like that. 

It turns out that, as human beings, when we can be engaged in the present moment, that almost always brings a sense of well-being. When we’re fantasizing about the future, thinking about the past, and trying to angle for how to rack up more pleasure, more status, more of stuff that we think will  make happy; we actually have, a great deal, less well-being. 

Just to circle around to something I neglected that you mentioned. You said, “How is mindfulness related to meditation?” These are overlapping ideas. Meditation describes a whole set of different kinds of practices that we might do to cultivate certain states of mind. There’s Christian contemplate of meditation, I guess, is an example, where people meditate on passages of the bible to see what relevance they might have or what teaching they might have to offer for how to live a life well. That’s one form of meditation. 

Mindfulness meditation is a different form of meditation. Mindfulness meditation has two components. Not to get too technical about this, but one of them is developing concentration, developing the ability to have this higher resolution consciousness which we develop by simply practicing again and again, bringing our attention back to a sensory object in the present and really attending to it carefully. 

The other component that it — Other components that it has is now called by a neurobiologist, open monitoring, which is once we develop a certain amount of attention, then we kind of open the field of awareness to notice wherever the mind goes in each moment, but we’re aware that the mind is jumping around to different objects. 

In open monitoring, I might be starting to pay attention to my breath, but then I hear the birds sing and then I notice the itch on my left thigh, and then I noticed a thought coming about what I’m going to do next. We sort of follow these different things out. It may be a little technical for people who are just beginning, but the upshot of this is we learn how to train the mind to be aware of what’s happening and to be able to accepting of it to not to be pushing away the unpleasant experiences and grasping the pleasant ones. It is that skill when we learn to actually accept what’s going on moment to moment that really shifts us away from all of the hardwired propensities to its suffering to living a life that feels much fuller, much richer, in which we’re really engaged moment to moment in what’s happening, but we’re not striving so much.

[0:31:23.8] MB: One of the things — And I practice meditation regularly for about three years. One of the things that it’s helped me with tremendously is cultivating that awareness of my thoughts. I’ve struggled more with the acceptance component. How can you really cultivate and train and build that acceptance muscle?

[0:31:42.8] RS: There are a number of exercises that are actually explicitly designed to do this, that various mindfulness traditions have their practices that are called love and kindness practices, for example, that come out of Buddhist traditions in which a person first visualizes somebody who is naturally loving and kind and then begins to try to generate in the heart. This is sometimes actually done with a hand over the heart or two hands over the heart and try to generate loving and kind wishes for that person as you might for a puppy, or a child you love, and alike. 

Then, once you got a little bit of that going and beginning to feel those feelings, actually generate the love and kindness feeling towards oneself, because a lot of times, if the thing that’s arising in the mind — The mental content is painful. Let’s say it’s a feeling of shame, or a feeling of failure, or a concern about rejection, or worry about our health, or on and on and on, the different things that are painful to us. 

One of the ways that we can learn to accept it is by developing the capacity to soothe ourselves. Just as if a kid gets hurt and a caring adult comes and scoops them up in their arms and says, “Oh, it will be okay, sweetheart.” Simply being held in that way makes it much easier for the child to bear the pain. in a similar kind of way, we can make it easier for us to bear the pain by learning how to be loving toward ourselves this way. 

There’s a whole array of what are called love and kindness practices or self-compassion practices which fall under the umbrella of mindfulness practices which help us to self-soothe and help us with the acceptance part. Basically, human beings can accept and awful lot if we feel loved, if we feel save. We have difficulty accepting things when we feel like we’re going to be rejected for it and we feel all alone with it. 

This applies to — Let’s take something — It happens all the time, where we feel rejected or slighted in some way in a relationships. Maybe it’s a love relationship that isn’t working out as we want to, or a relationship that work where our peers or our superior isn’t looking at us with shining eyes. It’s always very painful to us. 

If we can feel loved and held by a good friend, or a parent, or a lover, and be able to feel that feeling of disappointment, we find that it’s much easier to bear it and that if we open to it, it passes and transforms by itself. In fact, sometimes we learn things from it. Those kinds of practices can help with the acceptance I mentioned of mindfulness.

[0:34:29.2] MB: We also talked about — And you did a great job explaining how social rankings and how we get caught in these cycles of comparison. How does mindfulness help us break out of those cycles?

[0:34:40.3] RS: It helps in a number of ways. One way is simply to notice how often it occurs. We can all do an exercise together right now that I’ve been experimenting with. Think for a moment of something or some attribute that you’ve got. Some quality that you kind of rely on for your self-esteem. Maybe it’s that you’re smart, or you’re athletic, or you have friends, or you’re well-liked, or you’re creative, or you’re a good writer, or could be anything. We all have them, but just think of something that kind of makes you feel good about yourself. 

Then, remember the last time that you got some feedback, whether from others or from yourself, that validated it, that made you think, “Yeah, I really am smart.” “Yeah, I really am a cool dude.” “Yeah, I really am lovable,” or “Yeah, I really do a good job at my work,” or whatever it might be. 

Just tune in for a moment of how it feels in your body to remember, or if you can’t remember at the time, just imagine it happening now, this feeling of success, or validation. If you don’t mind me asking Matt, can you describe how you feel it? Where this is a bodily sensation? 

[0:35:52.0] MB: I would say it’s like a calmness in my upper body and maybe like a sort of a tingling energy in kind of my lower torso.

[0:36:00.4] RS: Okay. Cool. For me, it’s a kind of uplifting of the chest a little bit. I feel a little kind of taller, or so, when it happens. Now, imagine for a moment or recall a time where the opposite happened, where either you got rejected, or you felt you failed, or you got feedback that you weren’t so good at something, or you tried something and you gave yourself feedback that you weren’t so good at it and it felt like a dejected moment. Can you describe how that feels in the body? 

[0:36:29.3] MB: I’d say it’s like a tightness in my chest and sort of a racing feeling up my back and bottom of my spine kind of. 

[0:36:38.0] RS: Okay. Cool. For me, it’s a little bit of a sinking feeling in my stomach and my shoulders kind of roll forward, and it may be different for our listeners. Everybody is different around this. 

Just identifying those feeling states in the body. One of the things you can do with mindfulness practice is as we’re staying as much as possible, moment by moment, with noticing what’s happening in the mind and in the body during the day, notice each time that we get one of the inflation feelings and each time we get one of the deflation feelings. Now, this can be a little horrifying, because many of us start to notice, “Oh my God, it’s happening all day long. Virtually, every conversation, either comparing with somebody or thinking, “Oh, this is going well, and they like me,” or “This isn’t going so well.” There’s a lot of these ups and downs that are happening. 

Not to put you the spot, but I had some technical difficulties getting started. I’m imagining that during those few minutes where you are trying to get the computer to work, there’s a lot of those both anxious and not feeling so good about  myself feelings going on. It gets rolling and you start saying, “That’s okay.” I’m in the saddle again. I’m doing all right. I’m just using that as an example, because it just happened between the two of us, but these things are happening all day long for all of us. 

As we become more mindful, we start to notice, “Oh, gosh! The ups and downs, the ups and downs, the ups and downs. Look at this.” The more we see it, the less seriously we start to take it. Instead of putting all of our energy into how can I arrange it so I always come out a winner, we start to, instead, put our energy into just watching these cycles of winning and losing so that we learn to not take them so seriously. 

The other thing that we do with mindfulness practice is this is more the self-compassion part of it, or the love and kindness part of it. When we are hurting, when we notice that we’ve had a disappointment, we’ve had a failure, something hasn’t turned out well, which should inevitably will. Inevitably, we’ll have these moment of defeat, that we can just kind of be nice to ourselves and give ourselves a hug, feel the feeling of vulnerability, feel the feeling of failure, and trust that that’s okay too, that it’s just part of the cycle and we don’t have to identify with that or believe in it. Because as it turns out, none of us are so great and none of us are so terrible. I know a lot of your audience is on the younger side, so you may not think too much about this, but the life cycle is a pretty brief trip. 

A friend of mine gave me this example and tried this on. You know who the king of England was in 1361? Do you happen to know?

[0:39:21.3] MB: No idea. 

[0:39:22.7] RS: Yeah, I don’t either, but I can promise you, in 1361, he was a big deal in England and a lot of people knew. Whatever all of our success and failures are, they’re all going to be pretty relevant not too long from now. I maybe more acutely aware of that than your younger listeners because I’m in my 60s, but it doesn’t take long before we start to notice that it is really all a passing show and all of these energy that we put into trying win at the game winds up seemingly a little silly to a certain point. 

This is not to say — By the way, let me just make it really clear, that it’s not a good idea to put your heart and energy into some project that you’re interested in or some achievement you want to make, have, or getting an advanced degree or the like. This is only to say that doing those things with the fantasy that they’re going to allow us to them always feel like a winner, that’s the mistaken one, because that’s what doesn’t work out. 

If we’re engaged in it in a wholehearted way and we’re using our talents, our energies and alike, that’s wonderful. That’s not subject to narcissistic recalibration of what’s called the Hedonic treadmill, these things in which we need more and more of them just to stay in the same place, because engagement like that, that can sustain us throughout a life, but the social comparison stuff we can’t win at in any kind of sustained way.

[0:40:49.1] MB: It’s a great example, and I smile to myself when you kind of use that example, the king of England in 1361. It just shows that it helps us in some ways sort of untether our self-worth and our daily experience from these achievements that seems so important and so relevant in the moment, but in reality it’s all kind of — Everything is going to pass away eventually.

[0:41:12.0] RS: That is one of the other insights that comes from mindfulness practice. When we take up these practices, we start to notice that all consciousness is this stream of experience and that whatever our experience was, even your and my experience and the listeners’ experience from five minutes ago, that’s already gone. That’s gone over the waterfall of experience. 

[0:41:39.3] MB: I know you have to go shortly. What is one kind of small piece of homework or a starting place that you could give listeners who want to really dive into mindfulness? 

[0:41:49.2] RS:  There are a number of resources. One, it’s usually best to take up a mindfulness practice with a guided meditation. I happen to have some that are available for free on the web if anybody wants to check them out. They’re at a website which is called mindfulness-solution.com. If you go to the download meditations, you can stream them or download them and you can take up the practices. 

There’s also a book that I wrote for general audiences called The Mindfulness Solution: Everyday Practices for Everyday Problems. That gives you kind of detailed instructions, and it’s actually linked to the downloadable meditations. That’s an inexpensive paperback that’s easy to get. That’s one way to start. There are my other people who have done this as well. You don’t have to start with my resources. 

It’s usually best to start doing mindfulness practices which are times where we take some time out of our day to deliberately cultivate this awareness of present experience with acceptance. Then, once we’ve taken some times out to do it, at the same way, if you wanted to become physically fit, you could go to the gym for a little bit every day or every other day and you develop some physical fitness. Then, during the intervening times, you might decide to take the stairs instead of the elevator or perhaps walk somewhere instead of getting on the bus or going in the car. 

In the same way, there are informal mindfulness practices that we can do in between our meditation sessions that help to bring us our mind into the present. Help us to attune to sensory reality and help us to become less caught in believing in our thoughts. Those are all outlined in the mindfulness solution book. 

[0:43:30.0] MB: Where can people find you in the book online? 

[0:43:32.4] RS: Mindfulness-solution.com.

[0:43:36.2] MB: We’ll make sure to include that in the show notes. Just go to scienceofsuccess.co and click the show notes button at the top. You can get all of that stuff. 

Ron, thank you so much for being on the show. This was an amazing conversation. I know I learned a tremendous amount, and it’s been an honor to have you as a guest. 

[0:43:51.5] RS: Thanks so much for having me. 

[0:43:53.4] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi. Be sure to shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co, and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.

May 04, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Emotional Intelligence
BarbaraOakley-01.png

Learning How To Learn, Sleeping Without Sleeping & Hacking Your Brain To Become A Learning Machine with Dr. Barbara Oakley

April 27, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Creativity & Memory

In this episode we discuss learning how to learn, meta learning, how Salvador Dali and Thomas Edison practiced the art of “sleeping without sleeping” to hack their neural systems, the concept of Chunking - what the neuroscience says about it and how you can use it to become a learning machine, why “following your passion” is not the right thing to focus, and much more with our guest Barbara Oakley.

Barbara Oakley is an associate professor of engineering at Oakland University in Michigan. She has been described as the “female Indiana Jones” and her research adventures have taken her from Russian fishing boats to Antarctica. She has authored several books on topics ranging from genetics to neuroscience and has an recent book called Mindshift: Break Through Obstacles to Learning and Discover Your Human Potential. 

We discuss:

-How Barbara’s journey has taken her from the Army, to Russian Trawlers in the Bering Sea, to an outpost in Antarctica
-How Barbara went from a math-phobe to a professor of engineering (and what she learned along the way)
-Are you afraid of math? Why math can seem to intimidating (and it doesn’t have to be)
-Why the emphasis on memorization as the sole basis of learning has sabotaged our efforts to learn
-How the concept of deliberate practice and why its so important to learning
-How you can augment deliberate practice to become an even more effective learner
-Meta learning and how you can "learn how to learn"
-The concept of chunking - what the neuroscience says about it and how you can use it to become a learning machine
-What learning an instrument can teach us about learning physics and math
-How the brain learns - and the difference between “focused mode” and “diffused mode”
-The “task positive network” and the “default mode network” within your brain
-Why you can’t be in both the “focused mode” and the “diffused mode” at the same time
-How Salvador Dali and Thomas Edison practiced the art of “sleeping without sleeping” to hack their neural systems and harness the benefits of both the “focused mode” and the “diffused mode"
-How do we strike a balance between “focused attention” and “diffused attention”?
-How you can harness learning limitations like ADHD or slow memory to your advantage
-How the difference between a race car and a hiker illustrate the difference between divergent thinking styles and strategies
-The curse of genius, why geniuses often jump to conclusions, and have a hard time changing their minds when they are wrong
-Illusions of competence and how they can short circuit our learning attempts
-Is test anxiety real? Why do we feel anxious before a test?
-Often limiting beliefs and excuses crop up when we haven’t done the work truly trying to learn something
-How to test yourself and improve your knowledge and understanding of any topic
-How you can think about math equations as a form of poetry to more deeply understand them
-Why you should focus on distilling knowledge into the core elements and principles
-Why you procrastinate (and the neuroscience behind what happens when you do)
-The pomodoro technique and how it can help you conquer procrastination
-Why “following your passion” is not the right thing to focus on
-How testosterone impacts how women and men learn differently and why women often mistakenly don’t pursue analytical paths
-Passions can lead you to dead ends in your career, you should focus on broadening your skillset
-Why its important to be strategic about your learning
-How you can “learn too much”

If you want to master the art of learning - listen to this episode! 

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Website] Barbara Oakley

  • [Coursera Course] Learning How to Learn: Powerful mental tools to help you master tough subjects by Barbara Oakley

  • [Book] Mindshift by Barbara Oakley

  • [Book] A Mind for Numbers by Barbara Oakley

  • [Wiki Article] Santiago Ramón y Cajal

  • [Lifehacker Article] Productivity 101: A Primer to The Pomodoro Technique

  • [TedTalk] Learning how to learn by Barbara Oakley

  • [Website] Class Central: Search Engine for Online Courses & MOOCs

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss learning how to learn, meta learning, how Salvador Dali and Thomas Edison practiced the art of sleeping without sleeping to hack their nervous systems. The concept of chunking and what the neuroscience says about it and how you can use it to become a learning machine, why following your passion is not the right thing to focus on, and much more with our guest, Barbara Oakley.

The Science of Success continues to grow with more with more than 900,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you, a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed how school gives you zero of the social and interpersonal skills necessary to be successful in life, the best starting point for building nonverbal communication, how to read facial expressions and body language to discover hidden emotions, how to become a human lie detector, the secrets super connectors use to work a room and much more with Vanessa Van Edwards. If you want to become a human lie detector, listen to that episode.

[0:02:24.5] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest on the show, Barbara Oakley. Barbara is an associate professor of engineering at Oakland University in Michigan. She’s been described as the female Indiana Jones and her research has taken her from Russian fishing boats to Antarctica.

She’s authored several books on topics ranging from genetics to neuroscience and has an upcoming book called Mindshift: Break Through Obstacles to Learning and Discover Your Hidden Potential. 

Barbara, welcome to the Science of Success.

[0:02:50.8] BO: Hey Mat, thanks so much for having me on here.

[0:02:54.7] MB: Well, we’re very excited to have you on here today. For listeners who might not be familiar, I know you have a fascinating background. Tell us your story.

[0:03:03.6] BO: Well, it’s a little bit of a convoluted one, basically I had no idea I would end up doing what I’m doing. I flunked my way to elementary middle and high school math and science which I just thought, “Oh, you know, the only thing I can maybe do is learn another language because I clearly can’t do anything with math or science or technology.” So I did learn another language.

I joined the army and they taught me Russian and I ended up working out on Soviet trawlers up in the bearing sea. But I found something a little bit dismaying and that was that I had followed my passion just as everyone when we said to do, and I followed it right into sort of a box because basically, working out on Russian fishing trawlers is about one of the few jobs you can do with a specialization that only involves knowing Russian. 

When I was 26 years old, I decided to retrain my brain, if I could, and see if I could actually learn math and science. To my shock, even today, I am now a professor of engineering, It obviously worked, but I think that there’s —If I had known then what I know now about how to learn and be successful in learning, I could have made it a lot easier. That’s a lot of what my work is about.

[0:04:35.2] MB: Do you think that people today are math phobic and afraid of math?

[0:04:40.5] BO: Surprisingly often yes and I think it’s because of the way that Math has been introduced and taught to them at least in the west.

[0:04:49.7] MB: What about the way that math is taught that makes it so intimidating for people?

[0:04:54.2] BO: There has been, over the past, well let’s say, over the last 2,000 years or so of human learning, there has been a very strong emphasis on memorization as sort of the basis, the sole basis of learning and of course it’s not. Memorization is only like a part of learning but over the last hundred years or so, there’s been this sort of swing to the other side of things.

We said, “Memorization is really bad when it comes to learning and the only thing that’s important is understanding.” That’s bad too. For example, I had a student come up to that, I was teaching statistics and he shows me his test and it’s all red line and he says, “I can’t believe I flunked this test because I understood it when you said it in class.”

I almost had to laugh because he has clearly heard through his life sort of echoes from a zillion teachers, if you just understand it, that’s enough but it’s not enough. Practice and repetition is a critical part of building expertise in any discipline and that includes math and science and unfortunately, we could have thrown that out, we placed so much emphasis on understanding that we forget that that’s only part of learning.

[0:06:25.6] MB: You’re an expert in how we learn and the concept of, I guess maybe you call it meta learning. Can you tell me a little bit about kind of what that is and why it’s so important?

[0:06:36.7] BO: Let’s take me for example, I learned how to learn Russian at the Defense Language Institute. Now, what I didn’t realize that I was also learning at the same time because nobody ever told me this was that I was learning how to use deliberate practice on the parts of the material that were really the most difficult for me in order to kind of advance my learning more swiftly.

A lot of times when you're learning something, you make the mistake of, “Hey, this is easy, it feels good to be some prospect you’ve already learned because you’ve already learned it. You sort of tend to spend your time on this easier stuff instead of always pushing the edge, kind of going, “Now what’s difficult for me? That’s what I need to practice with.”

When I was learning Russian, I learned about this concept of deliberate practice where I push myself on the stuff I’m really having trouble with. I also learned about practicing repetition when I’m learning verb conjugations and various sorts of procedural fluencies that it’s not really enough to know how to conjugate a verb but to know how to conjugate different kinds of verb and pull them up instantly whenever I need them and mix the together with other sorts of things.

All of this are meta learning ideas that apply equally well to learning in math and science or learning to drive a car, learning to play soccer, how to play a musical instrument, it’s all really the same kind of thing and so what ties all of this ideas together is the concept of chunking. Chunking is a lot of interesting neuroscientific research that’s coming out on this now but we didn’t understand before that when you’re first sitting down to look at something and learn it, your little working memory and your prefrontal cortex is going nuts because it’s trying to make sense of this really difficult to handle material. 

But once you’ve mastered it or understand it and you practiced with it, you can actually pull that chunk into mind and then you have other —It’s what really happens is, your prefrontal cortex settles down when you have acquired expertise. You might think, “It should be working harder,” but it’s not, it actually settles down because it turned out this mental processes to other parts of the brain and it can just call them in to play into the working memory whenever you need to and it can even tie other things together when you need to, if you sort of really develop neural patterns that you practice with that you can easily pull to mind.

[0:09:39.7] MB: There’s a lot to unpack from that and I’d love to start with the concept of deliberate practice, it’s something we’ve talked about in the past and that’s something I’m a huge fan of on the show but for listeners who may not know about it, can you briefly explain kind of what is deliberate practice and why is it such a powerful technique?

[0:09:56.5] BO: Well, let me give the example of learning to play a musical instrument. Let’s say you want to get better at the guitar. Well, your tendency is to — you’ll learn a chord and learn a few chords and maybe learn a song and then you’ll practice with that song so maybe you’ll spend an hour practicing this song at length, right? But you’re practicing the whole song, you’re not focusing on the parts of the song that you’re really having trouble with. 

Parts of that practice are really easy and comfortable to do because you already know it pretty well. It’s also kind of wasted time because you already know it. Instead of kind of wasting time on those easy parts that you already know, it’s much better to put most of your time into the stuff that’s really hard that you fumble finger over.

The more you’re able to place your attention on those really hard parts, the more quickly you will improve. Some studies between people who have really become masters at whatever area they’re working it, whether it’s playing chess or sport or a musical instrument, the more the people put practice into the toughest stuff, the more rapidly they advance.

For me, I put that in my mind as, “Well, gee, you’re sure making learning unpleasant right?” Because you’re supposed to just work on the painful parts but if I instead reframe that in my mind as I’m going to put X number amount of time into put really focusing on the tough stuff, whether I can only take a 25 minutes of doing that or whatever — sorry, I put it in mind how much can I really take of hard learning and then I set everything aside so that I’m only doing that hard learning during that time. That does seem to really help.

[0:12:24.1] MB: Let’s dig deeper into kind of how to become better learners? One of the things you’ve talked about is the difference between the focus mode and the defuse mode in the brain, can you dig into that distinction and why it’s so important from a learning standpoint?

[0:12:41.0] BO: It’s easy to look at the brain and it’s extraordinary complexity and get sort of lost in it. But the reality is that research is showing that there’s sort of two fundamentally different modes of thinking that the brain uses. Almost like two different ways of perceiving the world. 

One of them is what I’ll call focus mode and it might be considered, it’s sometimes termed pass capacitive networks in the psychology literature and there’s a little bit of evidence that actually just kind of focus mode is more left brain oriented although any type of thinking, you obviously need both sides of the brain.

Focus mode thinking is you can turn it on instantly. Sort of like a flashlight, boom, it’s on and then you can focus on that math problem you were trying to solve or the bit of coding you wanted to do or even the type of kick that you wanted to make in soccer, you’re focused and that involves sort of a smaller network in a particular area of your brain.

Then, there’s that other network I was talking about and I’ll call it the defused mode. What I mean by this kind of catch all term is the mini neural resting states, the most prominent of which is the default mode network and this network quite literally has broader range connections. When you go into this defused mode, you can’t do this type focused type thinking that you came when you’re solving a math problem or something. 

But you can at least get to a different place in your brain, right? A different way of thinking about things that can sometimes get you out of a rut. For example, if you look at my old books when I was trying to retrain my brain. I was 26, had to start with remedial high school algebra and if you look at the book, it has this dimples on the pages.

The dimples are because I get so frustrated, I take a fork out and I’d stab the book page with the fork. What I didn’t know now, I mean, of course, frustration of what you’re learning, especially if it’s tough, it’s quite common and what you often need to do when you reach that stage, you’re in focus mode.

What you're doing is you’re kind of in this little tiny network and it’s not the right network, you’re getting frustrated because you can’t solve it. Being where you’re at in your brain so to speak. You can only solve it by taking a big step back and taking a completely different approach that can maybe get you to the part of the brain where you need to be thinking and solving this particular problem or understanding this particular concept.

Learning often involves going back and forth between this tight network focused type thinking and this broader network defused type thinking. You can’t be in both modes at the same time, you can only be in focus mode or defuse mode.

That means, as long as you’re focusing, you’re actually blocking the other type of thinking, the other network that you may need to be able to solve the problem or understand the concept. That’s why again, when you get very frustrated, it’s important to close a book, get your attention off it, whatever you’re trying to learn, and just let your mind go.

You can either focus on something different or you can go for a walk or just do something very different. After a while, your defuse mode is like processing in the background and when you next return to that concept, it makes more sense and sometimes you’ll say, my goodness, how did I ever miss? It’s so easy, I should have been understanding it.

“Now, you might say, well, why can’t I be in focused and defused mode at the same time,” about the same topic? The thing is, the brain just doesn’t work that way unless you’re on certain forms of mushrooms and I am not suggestion that that’s a good thing to do.

[0:17:31.7] MB: It’s not possible without sort of some extreme interventions to simultaneously be in both the focus mode and the defuse mode?

[0:17:41.3] BO: Indications are about that same subject, you can’t be in both modes at the same time. If you’re focusing on a particular problem, you can’t also be defusing about the problem as long as you’re focusing on it. But if you switch your attention to something different, then your defused mode can be processing in the background.

As long as your attention switch. On the same topic, the same problem, the same thing, you can’t be in both modes at the same time.

[0:18:21.0] MB: You’ve shared a couple of examples in the past of particular famous people, specifically Salvador Dali and Thomas Edison and how they were able to cultivate a strategy to switch between this modes in a way that helped them kind of harness the benefits of both, could you share those stories and examples?

[0:18:39.0] BO: Sure. Salvador Dali had a technique that he called sleeping without sleeping. What he would do with this is he would sit in a chair with some keys in it and he’d relax, he’s kind of loosely thinking about whatever problem with his surrealist painting, he was a great surrealist painter that he was trying to resolve or crack a business related problem and he relaxed away with his keys in his hand and his hand would be dangling above the floor. Just as he relaxed so much that he’d fall asleep.

The keys would fall form his hands, the clatter would wake him up and as he was in this sort of relaxed, almost drifting towards dream like state, he would get this ideas that were extremely creative and as soon as the keys would drop, the clatter would wake him up and he’d come out of that defused mode reverie back into the focus mode and that’s where he could refine and analyze and work with the ideas that had come to him while he was in the defused mode.

You might think wow, that’s great for surrealist painters but you know, I’m an engineer, how does that help me? What’s interesting is that Thomas Edison apparently did something almost identical. Except, he sat in a chair with ball bearings in his hand, at least according to legend and relax away, kind of loosely cogudaing on some sort of a technical issue, he was trying to solve.

Just as he’d fall asleep, the ball bearing would fall from his hand, the clatter would wake him up and off he’d go to work on some of this new creative ideas that had come to him. Now, I’ve tried this and you know, I have trouble sleeping anyway and when Id o fall asleep, I really fall asleep so it didn’t work too well for me but perhaps it might work better for some of the listeners.

[0:20:55.8] MB: When we have something to study or something we really want to drill down and focus on deeply, what’s the best balance between kind of focused attention and I guess daydreaming or defused thinking?

[0:21:08.9] BO: That is a very good question because there actually is an important balance depending on what you’re doing. For example, if you are doing your taxes and that’s something that requires intense focus effort and your best bet is to put yourself in a room with no distractions whatsoever and so that you can really work a way in a focused way on whatever you’re working on. Let’s say that you’re working on something like trying to understand cardiac function or how an irrigation system that you’re designing might come together or that you’re building — Something that involves like a bigger picture, you’re not just memorizing or working through rope kinds of things. 

You sometimes need to focus but then also step back and see the bigger picture and the best way to do that is to do something like go to a coffee shop because a coffee shop, what will happen is, you go along, you can be focusing away and then suddenly there will be like a little clatter in the background and that little clatter and the little bit of noise here and there, what it does is it momentarily seems to take you out of the focus mode and put you momentarily into default mode network, into defused mode kind of thinking.

These little occasional transitions are healthy because they kind of distract you, you look at it with a bigger picture way and it can help you to understand sort of this kinds of bigger picture issues. For example, the book I have coming out now is called mind shift and in it, I write about things like this. Medical schools sometimes have problems with students who seem to be on the face of it stellar students, they get great grades, they’re just superb, they are the kinds of students who can sit there and memorize all the anatomical terms maybe in a couple of hours that other students might have to spend weeks, even months trying to learn because medical school is a deluge of information.

This ace memorizers can easily pick up memorized material but then they might sit down and they’ll use the same technique to study for a cardiology exam, well guess what? You can’t memorize how the heart is functioning and sort of see and imagine all the different kinds of things that are happening simultaneously and that influence one another.

It takes a very different kind of studying and that often takes much more time. Here are this ace memorizers who are super stars when it comes to the anatomy examinations, suddenly, they give themselves way too little time to study for something like a cardiology examinations and they do terribly because they think they can just memorize it but it doesn’t work. I think there’s a lesson for us in all of this and that is that of course, memorization is an important part of learning.

Often, you do need to be able to step back and make sure that you’ve synthesized information particularly about complex systems that have sort of a lot of moving parts to them so to speak.

[0:24:56.8] MB: For people that have learning limitations or struggle all the things like a slow memory or ADHD? What does that mean for their learning style and does that inhibit their ability to become effective learners?

[0:25:11.6] BO: ADHD is very interesting in that we often sort of penalize individuals whose attention is kind of like shiny, you suddenly give this rapid and it sort of falls out what you were doing. The reality is that individuals that have this kinds of challenges can actually have a superior — They can have a big advantage over those who have steel crafts or some working memories and minds. The reason for that is that if you have this easy distractibility, what it seems is that in essence, things fall out of your working memory very easily, it’s not sticky.

When something falls out, something else goes in and that’s where more creativity comes from and so researchers shown that individuals with more working memory problems or ADHD or distractibility, they are often more creative. Do you have to work harder to sort of keep up with the Jones’, the people who have overly tenacious working memory? Yeah you do but you would not want to trade off the advantage that your core working memory actually gets you.

More than that, people with a sort of a slow way of thinking, it can be a little bit demoralizing because you're sitting in class and the teacher utters some complex question and before the words have even escaped the teacher’s mouth, some race car driver grain person has already got their hand up in the air with the answers. But where does that lead the rest of us? Where it leaves the rest of us is a very interesting and sometimes very desirable place because the race car, the person with the race car brain, they get there really fast. In some sense, think about what a race car driver sees?

Everything goes by in a blur and boom, they’re there. Now, the rest of us may have something that I would call like a hiker brain, you get there but it’s really slower. So a hiker brain is like you can reach out, I mean, a hiker can reach out and touch the leaves, they can smell the air, the pine in the air, they can hear the birds, see the little rabbit trails, completely different experience than the race car brain.


\In some ways, richer and deeper. By hero in science is Santiago Ramon y Cajal, he won the Nobel Prize, he’s considered the father of modern neuroscience. And what Ramon y Cajal said was I am no genius and he was being honest, he said, I got to where I am because I was persistent and because I was flexible when the data told me that I was wrong in my conjectures.

He said, I am no genius but I have worked with many geniuses and he said, geniuses tend to jump to conclusions and then because they’re used to always being right, they have difficulty changing their minds when they’re wrong. If you are a slower thinker, rejoice. Sometimes you can see things that even the geniuses miss. There’s definitely a place for you.

[0:29:02.7] MB: Tell me about the illusion of competency and how that factors into learning strategies. 

[0:29:09.5] BO: Well we all suffer from illusions of competence and money. For example, I’ll sometimes be trying to learn something and I realized that I spaced out a little bit. I haven’t been testing myself to see if I really understood the concept because sometimes it’s a bit painful to really push yourself with learning actively. It’s so much easier to watch a video on how to solve a problem and it’s like, “I got it, I don’t need to work this myself” and it’s simply not true. 

For example, one class I had the worst student in the class. He would watch the videos and he would come to class and he couldn’t grab it. He just thought that his presence in watching the videos when he was trying to learn something or sitting in class would get it into his brain through osmosis and he just didn’t recognize that you actively have to do it if you want to master the material. So I think one thing that is apparent to me is what makes me laugh, whatever could make me laugh. 

You know I suffer from test anxiety. What makes me laugh is that as a society we more or less encourage this kind of misunderstanding of what learning entails because don’t get me wrong, test anxiety is real. I suffered from test anxiety but over the decades as I have talked, I discovered that 99% of those who claim to have test anxiety never work with their groups, never worked hard on homework problems. They’re at a loss because basically they are not doing the work on the side to try to understand the material. 

So it’s really important to be aware of how you’re fooling yourself when you are trying to learn something. Often the first thing that comes to mind about why you are unable to learn something is a thought that is actually fooling yourself. You may say, “You know I just don’t have a talent for math” for example when actually it isn’t that at all. It’s that you’ve for example procrastinated about learning math and then you come up the last minute and you try to learn it all at once and of course you can’t do that. 

So the best way, some of the best way to get around illusions of competence and learning are to test yourself at every possible time that you can do that. So make little flash cards for yourself. If you’re learning a language, it’s natural to develop flashcards or anatomy parts but actually even flashcards when you are learning in math and science can be extremely valuable. We often say, the poets will say memorize the poem and you will understand it more deeply. 

But why should we let the poets have all the fun? If you have an equation, that equation is a form of poetry and if you memorize it, you’ll think about it more deeply. So don’t just sit there and mechanically try to memorize it but go, “Now let’s see why is that M multiplies times the A? Why isn’t it dividing?” so you are memorizing F is equal to MA but you are thinking about it or if you’re taking mass times velocity squared over two, why is that velocity squared? 

So you are thinking about these equations and as you are memorizing them and it will enhance your understanding. So test yourself, make little flashcards, even put the equation like you are working a problem for homework. It just bores me sometimes. We have this philosophy that you just do a homework problem once and you turn it in and you somehow absorb how to do it and that’s like saying, “Yeah, you sing a song onetime” sure now you’re suddenly Lady Gaga. 

You could sing like that, it just doesn’t work that way when you are learning something difficult. So your best bet if there are some, you can’t really internalize everything but if you are learning something difficult in math and science or language or anything, what you want to do is for example, take a problem and then see if you can work it cold and if you can’t, take whatever hints you need to, look and then try later in the day just see if you can work it cold. 

And then try that over the next couple of days and what you’ll soon find is that you worked it enough times that boy, that problem just flows like honey from your mind like a song. Whenever you look at the problem you can see the steps that you need to do in order to solve the problem and that is rich learning and then when you are under stress with an examination, you’ve got these ideas so deeply internalized that they’ll flow naturally even under conditions of stress. 

And of course, they’ll stick with you for many, many more years. The other little trick that can help with illusions of competence and learning is to use the method of recall and what recall involves is let’s say you’re reading a chapter in the book and you are trying to internalize the key ideas. So you read it, read a page and then this is key to this technique, you just look away and see what you can recall as far as the main idea. 

Now if you want to, you can put a little note in the margin or maybe just a bit of underline somewhere but what you really want to be doing is looking away and see if you have internalized the key idea enough so that you can regurgitate it on your own. By contrast, if you simply read the text, your eyes will flow over it but you won’t internalize it or if you just underline a bunch of stuff or even if you do concept mapping, none of these techniques is as good as simply seeing if you can recall what you’ve just read. 

[0:36:24.3] MB] So for those of us that aren’t students, are these strategies still effective or what are some of the strategies that we can use in our everyday lives to build and retain knowledge? 

[0:36:24.3] BO: Well it depends a lot on what you are trying to learn. The key idea here is like when I was talking about recall and reading something difficult, often no matter what you’re doing, let’s say that you’re in business and you are sitting there listening to someone’s report, what you really want to be doing is trying to get one chunk, a key chunk, maybe a couple of them so these are the key points that that person is making. 

So what you want to be doing is sitting there and analyzing, “Okay, there’s this wall of words coming out of me. What’s the crystal? What are the couple of little crystallized ideas that this person is really trying to communicate?” because during a presentation like that, you are actually being taught and you are learning something and so that’s a good way to synthesize what you’re learning. Another technique that’s more applicable just for learning in general and in life is often times when you’re trying to retool yourself or learn something new. 

You always feel like you’re at a disadvantage because let’s say you are trying to learn a new program in language for your job. You’ll be thinking, “Wow there’s these other people who are so far ahead of me how can I even catch up?” For me, when I was trying to switch from language study to becoming an engineer or I was thinking, “Oh all these people know so much more than me” and we all do this kind of thing where we feel like we’re an imposter. 

Whenever we are at a work situation where it’s new to us and everybody else seems to know more than we do but now psychologist will tell you that feeling like an imposter is a very bad thing and you should just stop it because you’re just terrific and you are there by virtue of the fact that you’ve got so many gifts and you are not just lucky, you’re just really talented and all these kind of stuff. I think that’s kind of baloney in some ways and the reason and I think it’s very well meaning. 

It’s nice to tell people to stop thinking that way but I think they don’t need to stop thinking that feeling like an imposter is a bad thing. I think feeling like an imposter is a wonderful thing because what that does is it gives you a kind of beginner’s mind. It lets you much more open to what’s going on around you and you’ll look at things and think about things. See when you are the outsider, when you’re the new one, it gives you… 

Even if you’re like, for example, for me, a woman in engineering and there’s not as many women in engineering but that can be a good thing because it gets me used to, “Oh I’m different” so if I have ideas that are different, that’s okay. I’m used to that so I think it’s a healthy and naturally to be sometimes be a bit of an outsider by virtue of whatever reason because it gets you more used to, “Hey, it’s okay to think a little bit away from everyone else” and also, it does keep you a little bit more open because you’re trying to figure out what that situation is. 

So you’re watching more carefully, you’re not over confident of how you’re just so smart and gifted and intelligent that of course you’re going to be a superstar. So these are my kinds of thoughts and approaches about meaning in equator of working world. 

[0:40:23.7] MB: Earlier you touched on procrastination. I’m curious, why do we procrastinate? 

[0:40:29.1] BO: We procrastinate sometimes, in fact many time because it hurts. It turns out if you even just think about something you don’t like or you don’t want to do, it activates a portion of the brain, the insular cortex that experiences pain and so the brain naturally bough, will now look for a way to stop that negative stimulation and it turns your attention away from whatever you were thinking about. This is called procrastination and that’s exactly what happens a lot of times with procrastination. 

It’s simply is slight changing of what you are focusing on so that it takes away the pain. You do this once, you do it twice, no big deal at all. You do it very often, however, and it is procrastination and it will have very serious long term consequences on your life. So the biggest thing that I recommend there is something called the Pomodoro Technique and that was invented by the Italian Francesco Cirillo in the 1980’s and it’s so super simple. 

That is probably why I love it and actually the course I teach is called Learning how to Learn and it is the world’s biggest massive open online course. So we’ve had approaching two million students now. I teach this course with Terrence Sejnowski, the Francis Crick Professor at the Salk Institute. One interesting thing is student in this course like I hear from a lot of these students was just really tough when you got to know these students. 

But it also gives you a sense of what people find really important and they love this Pomodoro Technique. They find it incredibly effective and helpful. So I think if you haven’t heard of this technique before, it’s high time to hear about it and if you have heard then this is a good reminder for you. All you need to do is turn off all distractions, so no little ringy-dingy on your cellphone or notifications on your computer and you set a timer for 25 minutes and you just focus as intently as you can in those 25 minutes. 

Now if your mind distracts you and says something like, “My mind was A” which was, “Holy cow, I’ve only done two minutes of my Pomodoro and I’ve got 23 more minutes to do? I just can’t do it” and I just let that thought go right on by and I return my focus to the Pomodoro or to whatever I am focusing on and then when I’m done, I relax. Now this is not to say if I’m really in the flow I let myself go longer than 25 minutes but at the very minimum I’ll do my 25 minutes and then I switch my attention to something else. 

So I might cruise the web, get up and move around a little bit, just something to change my attention for a little bit and this is as we found earlier a really important part of a assimilating on mastering or understanding whatever you are working on. It’s a little bit like while you’re focusing you’ve got the roast in the oven cooking and then diffuse mode afterwards when you relax or reward yourself. You’ve taken the roast out and it’s continuing to cook a little bit. 

You don’t want to jump right in and have that roast. So we always used to think that you only learned when you are focusing. That little diffuse mode is when you’re also consolidating and processing, whatever you’re trying to work on and that helps you to understand it more effectively.

[0:44:28.7] MB: Changing gears a little bit, one of the things that you’ve talked about is the idea of following your passion isn’t necessarily the right direction to go in. Could you talk about that for a moment? 

[0:44:41.1] BO: I think that that’s a very important question and the reason is there are many competing poles in any one’s life. There is how you internally feel about what you want to do and some things come easier to some people than to other people. So let me give you one interesting example. It turns out you might ask, “What effect does testosterone have between men and women and their understanding of math and science. 

Oh boy, that’s a scary question right? What research shows is well it really doesn’t have any difference. Actually any women on average are equally capable in learning math and science but testosterone does have an effect on some aspect of what we’re interested in and what we think we’re good at and that is that testosterone unfortunately when in fetuses and young children, what it can do is it delays the development. It doesn’t stop but it delays verbal development in boys because they’ve got more testosterone. 

Well clearly, it doesn’t do this in girls. So as boys and girls develop what happens is guys will lag behind initially, they’d catch up later. They lag behind verbally and so within themselves they’ll look at themselves and go, “You know I’m better at analytical sorts of things” and women on the other hand, they’ll look inside themselves and would go, “You know I’m better at verbal sorts of things than analytical things” and it’s true. 

Even though men and women are the same in their analytical skills, right? So what this really means is that women sometimes look inside themselves and go, “You know I’m just naturally better at verbal sorts of things so that’s what I should do in my career” and guys will go, “You know I’m better at analytical sorts of things so that’s what I should do in my career” even though they both have the same sorts of capabilities. 

So when we tell people, “you know just follow your passions” what that really equates to is a lot of the time is simply do whatever is easiest for you, whatever feels the easiest and so well the guys will go off and detect logical more often and this is all on average, more technologically related sort of issues and of course that’s an advantage today because technology is really important in today’s society and women on the other hand, they’ll hear “follow your passion”. 

And they will say, “Well gosh English comes so much easier to me, that must be my passion” even though they could be equally good at something more technological or matching it with something technological and off they’ll go into something that perhaps not going to benefit them in the workforce. It’s important to be strategic about your learning. Passions can lead us to dead ends as I’ve found when I learned Russian. This doesn’t mean that you give up on your passions. 

It means that you’ll use a little bit of common sense to see if either you can combine your passion with something else or find a way to at least make sure that you’ve got a workable living in a real world that can combine and help support whatever you’re creative passions may involve. I heard a psychology professor and I love psychology, I write about psychology but this psychology professor said, “Oh I told these parents that their child should go into psychology because psychology is a general sort of thing,” 

Engineering or something like engineering you’re very specialized in what you can do whereas psychology is very general. And that is a complete misconception of what’s going on in those two careers. Engineering is a general field like look at Jeff Bezos. He has engineering degrees but he’s the CEO of a company. In fact there was a study done on what is the top factor in common of all the world’s leading companies? And that factor was that they were led by CEO’s who were originally trained as engineers. 

Not as accountants, not as English majors, as engineers and engineering helps you to think in terms of tradeoffs. Now I’m not saying that engineering is the “be all end all” and if you have caught a degree in psychology, I actually love it. It’s a wonderful thing but it’s a very good idea to as much as you can broaden your skill set. So if you are really good at humanities or social science oriented sorts of things, it’s a good idea to try to broaden into something just a bit more technical. 

And if you are more technical, then you want to go the other way. You want to enhance your public speaking skills and your writing skills and just broadening your passion I think is the way to go. Don’t just follow your passion. You want to broaden it. 

[0:50:45.1] MB: What is one piece of homework that you would give to listeners who want to practically implement some of these ideas in their lives starting today? 

[0:50:53.2] BO: I would say to get out a piece of paper and write down where are they now and where do they want to go, what direction do they want to go at and then here’s what I would suggest. I would say go to an outfit called Class Central online and Class Central is a wonderful mechanism for taking online courses, really good ones and go in there and see what kinds of free or very low cost learning might help you to get to wherever you want to go in your learning and in your life. 

Head off a little bit. Learning doesn’t have to be — you can learn too much. You could fill your life with it. Learning to the detriment of everything like relationships or just relaxing a little bit but learning is like exercise for the brain. Having a little bit of exercise during the day helps you to be a healthier human being and in a similar way just having a consistent learning program of some sort also helps your brain. It literally makes it more healthier. 

It allows new neurons to survive and thrive and grow when you’ve got that trellis of learning for those new neurons that are being born every day to grow onto. If you are not trying to learn anything new then you become one of those kind of as you are growing older sort of stuck in the rut kind of inflexible sorts of people and nobody wants to be that in your learning or in their life. So learning can help just make you a fun person to be around as well as the most interesting person in the room.

[0:52:55.6] MB: Where can people find you and the book and your courses online? 

[0:53:00.6] BO: Well, if you go to my website, it’s www.barbaraoakley.com and there are links there for the Learning How to Learn course, which is free by the way, and that’s really, you can buy a certificate that people can like but all the material is right there and it took me a long time to develop that course and we did it in our basement. I do have to tell you that I was invited to speak at Harvard about the course once and I was so nervous. 

Here I am, this little mid-western engineer, I walk in the door and it was filled with Harvard and MIT and Kennedy school folks and I wonder, “What the heck is going on?” And it’s because our one little course made for less than $5,000 in my basement mostly has in the order of the same number of students as all of Harvard’s course online courses put together made for millions of dollars with hundreds of people. So that tells you it’s a course that people really like. 

And so you could also find a link to my new book, Mind Shift, which will be coming out very soon and that one, I travelled all around the world to research and write and it’s pretty exciting and there’s also an ebook, a massive open online course coming out about that. 

[0:54:31.2] MB: Well Barbara, thank you so much for being on the show and sharing your wisdom. I think there’s so many lessons here about how we can become better learners so thank you very much. 

[0:54:40.9] BO: Oh you’re very welcome, Matt. 

[0:54:43.0] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I would love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these incredible information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners.

You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all of these amazing info, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co, just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.

April 27, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Creativity & Memory
VanessaVanEdwards3-01.jpg

The Secret Science of Lies & Body Language with Vanessa Van Edwards

April 20, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Best Of, Influence & Communication

In this episode we discuss how school gives you zero of the social and interpersonal skills necessary to be successful in life, the best starting point for build nonverbal communication, how to read facial expression and body language to discover hidden emotions, how to become a human lie detector, the secrets super connectors use to work a room, and much more with Vanessa Van Edwards.

Vanessa Van Edwards is the lead investigator at Science of People, a human behavior research lab. She is a Huffington Post columnist and published author. Her work has been featured on NPR, Business Week and USA Today. She has written for CNN, Fast Company and Forbes. Her latest book, Captivate, was chosen as one of Apple’s Most Anticipated Books of 2017.

We discuss:

  • School gives you zero of the social and interpersonal skills necessary to be successful in life

  • The skills of nonverbal communication can be learned and trained

  • Between 60% and 90% of our communication is non-verbal

  • Why you shouldn’t put 100% of your eggs in the “verbal communication” basket

  • How humans give more weight to non-verbal communication

  • What is the best starting point for build nonverbal communication?

  • The importance good eye contact & a strong handshake

  • Why eye contact creates oxytocin and builds deeper connections

  • The “sweet spot” for maintaining good eye contact

  • What blind babies teach us about our facial expressions and the universality of much nonverbal communication

  • How twins separated at birth have the same nonverbal affectations

  • What are micro-expressions and why they are so important

  • The facial feedback hypothesis and how our faces create a feedback loop

  • The 7 micro-expressions that will change your life

  • Research from mental patients who lied to their doctors

  • How to read facial expression (or body language) to discover hidden emotions

  • The “fake science” myths around human lie detection

  • The statistical cues to deceit - things that liars most often do

  • Do “truth wizards” exist?

  • Average person is 54% accurate in detecting lies

  • What is baselining?

  • Encoding vs Decoding

  • What research on thousands of hours on TED Talks tells us about successful body language & the importance of congruency

  • Most people are better at decoding than encoding - start with what you are weakest at

  • We cannot cover up what we feel, focus on opportunities where you can thrive instead of places where you are merely surviving

  • “The secrets of super-connectors,” how to “work a room” and the specific patterns they use

  • How to be someone’s "social savior”

  • "Context conversation starters”

  • You learn ALOT about someone from a handshake

  • Handshakes produce more oxytocin than 3 hours of face to face time

  • Make the handshake equal (firmness and direction)

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Ted Talk] Trust, morality — and oxytocin? by Paul Zak

  • [Paul Ekman Article] Micro Expressions

  • [Science of People Quiz] Spotting Lies

  • [Book] Human Lie Detection and Body Language 101 by Vanessa Van Edwards

  • [Book] Captivate: The Science of Succeeding with People by Vanessa Van Edwards

  • [Website] Science of People

EPISODE TRANSCRIPT

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performance tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss how school gives you zero of the social and interpersonal skills necessary to be successful in life. The best starting point for building nonverbal communication. How to read facial expressions and body language, discover hidden emotions, how to become a human lie detector, the secrets that super connectors use to work a room, and much more with Vanessa Van Edwards.

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 900,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you, a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the world “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we looked at what rabbit populations, craters on the moon, files on your hard drive, and the GDP of countries all have in common. We discussed the power fractals, the math of chaos theory, and what it all has to do with the 80/20 principle. How your understanding the 80/20 principle is only the tip of the ice berg. How to generate 16 times more leverage to achieve your goals. We went deep into sales wisdom from one of the world’s top marketing consultants and much more with Perry Marshall. 

If you want to achieve massive leverage in your life, listen to that episode.

[0:02:27.9] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest on the show, Vanessa Van Edwards. Vanessa is the lead investigator at the Science of People, a human behavioral research lab. She is a Huffington post columnist and publish author. Her work has been featured on MPR, business week and USA today. She’s written for CNN, fast company and Forbes. Her latest book, Captivate, was chosen as one of Apple’s most anticipated books of 2017.

Vanessa, welcome to the science of success.

[0:02:54.8] VE: Thanks so much for having me.

[0:02:56.7] MB: Well, we’re very excited to have you on today. For listeners who might not be familiar with you and Science of People, tell us a little bit about yourself and your background?

[0:03:05.8] VE: Yeah, well first of all, I cannot help but say that the title of your podcast, Science of Success, is possibly one of the best titles ever because those are two of my favorite topics, science and succeeding. I was thrilled to be on here with you guys.

[0:03:19.7] MB: Awesome, that’s great! Yeah, I mean, you know, it’s funny, very similar to the purge you take, we try to have every guest that’s on here, we really want to focus on is this data back, is this sort of research validated or is this just kind of somebody’s talking points. I think everything that you’ve done is so grounded in the research, that’s why I’m really excited to dig in and explore a lot of these topics.

[0:03:40.4] VE: Yeah, that’s the perfect kind of segue into what got me started in this crazy career. So, you know, as you mentioned, I run a human behavior lab in Portland, Oregon and what got me started is actually, I felt like school did really well by me. It taught me all the technical skills that I needed for a career but it taught me zero up to people skills. So when it came to interviewing, negotiating, making chit chat with colleagues, networking, heaven forbid, dating, flirting and trying to be emotionally attractive like those definitely not. 

So I realized that I felt like there was this missing skill set that most people kind of think will just happen, right? Adults always say, “Oh, she’ll pick it up, she’ll figure that out in the playground or she’ll eventually pickup how to ask for more money in a negotiation.” But those kinds of skills, unless you’re lucky enough to be born with them, which most people are not, you do have to learn them and that was the case for me. I kind of created the text books, the courses that I wish I’d had in school.

[0:04:43.0] MB: That’s awesome, and your first book started out digging into body language and how to determine if people are lying and a ton of the components of nonverbal communication. As a starting point, how much of our communication is nonverbal? You hear a lot of different stats thrown out about that and, you know, what’s kind of the research really say about how important nonverbal communication is and what kind of what proportion of our communication is made up of nonverbal queues?

[0:05:10.8] VE: Yes, there’s two important things to keep in mind when it comes to nonverbal, the first is, it’s far more than we think about, at a minimum, 60% of our communication is nonverbal and some research says it’s up to 90%. You might have heard the famous Mary said a 93% that actually has not been backed up so that 60% is still a lot, not quite as much as the 93-myth that goes around but what’s important is that we put all of our eggs in a verbal basket.

If you talk to someone who is about to go into a pitch with investors or about to go on a date or about to go into an interview, they usually think about what they want to say, you know, the questions that are going to answer, they practice their verbal responses. We very rarely think about how we want to say something.

That basically is coming out with 40% of our ability and so that’s the first thing is that 60% is sort of a missing ingredient, it’s this un-utilized super power that I think we have and the second thing is that we give more weight to nonverbal. What I mean by that is, when you think about how we are evolutionarily, we have developed the ability to be very persuasive verbally. It’s relatively easy to come up with a story quickly especially for highly creative people. 

There’s some science that say that highly creative people are better liars. But nonverbally, it’s very hard to be convincing with your body language. It’s hard to control your facial expressions, it’s impossible to control your micro expressions, it’s very hard to think about, “How can I lie convincingly with my words and look like I’m telling the truth as well?” We tend to look at someone’s nonverbal as a more important indicator of honesty, which means that if you go into a pitch and you have the perfect script but if you are not congruent with your words or your nonverbal does not support your words, it actually comes across as inauthentic.

When I think people talk about this idea of “be more authentic”, “be yourself”, “be passionate”, those phrases always drove me crazy because I never really knew what they meant so I think that learning that nonverbal has more weight, it was like, “Oh, I get it! An inauthentic person is someone who is saying one thing but showing another.” I think the most important thing that we can do from a body language perspective is to align our words along with our body.

[0:07:29.0] MB: Nonverbal is obviously something that, as you said, it’s hard to control, it’s difficult to master, and it’s a very complicated topic. Where do we begin, what’s the best starting place to begin to build this skill set?

[0:07:42.6] VE: That’s a good question. I would say that the first thing that I would encourage people to think about is the two things you heard most since you were little, but a little bit defined. We’ve heard most — when I tell people like, I studied body language, they tell me, “Oh, good eye contact and a good handshake.” That’s great.That’s like a really good start however there’s a little bit more to the story when it comes to good eye contact. 

For example, in western cultures, we make about 60 to 70% eye contact in the ideal conversation. What I mean by ideal conversation is when we make eye contact with someone, we produce oxytocin and oxytocin is the chemical of bonding. A researcher Paul Zack, if anyone is interested in sort of the chemistry of love, I highly recommend his book. I actually a meeting with him next month that I have a little oxytocin necklace that I wear instead of a heart because I think that’s the true expression of love and what he has found is that oxytocin is what makes us feel that warm and fuzzy feeling of belonging. 

So if you’re with someone and you’re having this deep conversation and you’re making great eye contact, you actually begin to produce oxytocin, mutual gazing produces oxytocin. If you don’t hit that 60 to 70%, the body doesn’t get as much oxytocin as it would like. So if you’re looking around, you’re looking at your phone, you’re looking at your watch, if you tend to process up — some people tend to have a very wondering gaze — the other person is going to feel like, “I don’t know if we’re on the same page here.” Or, “I don ‘t know, I’m not really feeling it with this person.” 

That’s where that comes from, it’s actually a chemical feeling. That’s why we say that liars look us in the eye less because that shiftiness makes us feel really uncomfortable, the funny thing about liars is they actually look you in the eye more because they’re trying to see if you believe them. So eye contact is this really funny beast but what you want to know is that in that 60 to 70%, that is the sweet spot. So eye contact is not just good for you because it feels like you should be doing it, it’s actually good for a chemical reason. It’s a chemical reason we feel connection.

[0:09:43.2] MB: I think that’s great and you hear all the time that it’s important to maintain eye contact but the fact that there is a sort of neurological, neurochemical reaction that actually makes eye contact so effective is fascinating.

[0:09:56.5] VE: Yeah, and I think it helps, so whenever I do corporate trainings, I do a lot of corporate trainings and my favorite group is highly technical people. I would even say geniuses, I would go as far to say that. You know, amazing engineers, programmers, graphic designers, very technically brilliant. And I was just doing a training at Intel and I asked them, I have a little slide in my presentation that says, “What is the ideal amount of eye contact, is it 30% of the time, 50% of the time, 60% of the time or 65% of the time, or 90% of the time?”

Without a doubt, whenever I have highly technical groups, everyone in the room raises their hand at 30% of the time. That hurts them, right? They’re undermining their credibility without realizing it when they are in their own heads about a process and not focusing enough, giving that other person the chemical reason to pay attention to them.

[0:10:44.9] MB: I think the interesting point and it just segue’s into some research that you talked about in the past but these are things that are biologically rooted in our bodies and things that, you know, regardless of somebody’s disposition towards you, the more eye contact you have, it shares literally a physical reaction in them.

The research you’ve talked about previously about how babies develop facial expressions, can you share that example? I think that’s a really interesting instance of another example of how this are sort of universal and not kind of culturally driven or individual?

[0:11:16.6] VE: Yeah, so of course there is some nonverbal that’s cultural, we can talk about that if we want but a lot of the principles that I teach as much as possible, I try to make them universal and this baby study was sort of — I read this and I was just like, I was amazed at the amount of our body language or our nonverbal communication that’s genetic or coded. 

In this research experiment, they looked at congenitally blind babies. Babies who have been blind since birth, and back in the day we used to believe from anthropologist used to think that we learned nonverbal that we would look at our mother and father’s face, we would mirror or mimic the facial expression, that’s how we learn facial expressions. Or we watched how our mother flipped her hair and that’s how we flipped our hair. But actually, what they found is that congenitally blind babies make the same facial expressions at the same time as seeing children.

What this means is that we are somehow genetically coded to make these expressions and they’re not learned. They are the same across genders or races. They also found that there was, I think it was done at the University of Edenborough, where they looked at twins and they found that twins who were raised separately showed very similar nonverbal affectations. 

So like flipping your hair, how a woman flips her hair over the side of her shoulder, how she laughs, how a man walks, how a man scratches his nose, they found that twins actually do the same thing even though they had different parents, they were raised in different houses, they were raised even across the globe. This was really surprising for people because it legitimized nonverbal science as a way that we can study something because if you know that something has universal application, it’s much easier to study and it’s not just cultural. So that study I think was the first of many that indicated that there could be an algorithm here.

[0:13:05.9] MB: How do you — I know one of the things you’re an expert at is micro expressions and talking about babies and their different facial expressions, how do you read somebody’s facial expressions to determine their emotions or their reactions?

[0:13:19.1] VE: Yeah, so a micro expression is a really fancy word for a very short facial expression. So technically it’s a brief facial expression that is involuntary that we, as humans, make when we feel an intense emotion. We like to think as adults that we’re pretty even keeled that we don’t have intense emotions, that we don’t show, we’re stony faced, right now. Stoicism is so hot, everyone’s trying to be real stoic but we are actually quite emotional creatures, very emotional beings and we tend to show our emotions on our face, involuntarily.

The reason for this is because it helps with our empathy and most people don’t think of facial expressions this way but there’s something that’s called the facial feedback hypothesis and this basically says that when we feel an emotion, we make a face. But when we make a face, we also feel that emotion.

So there’s this really interesting feedback loop that happens with our emotions and why this is important is because when we meet another human being and they show us a sadness micro expression, our body has neurons and begins to mimic it without even realizing it. If you look at a face of someone sad, you usually will begin to form the sad face, we can’t even help it. So as you make that sad face, you begin to feel literally feel the emotion that they feel.

This is why humans are empathetic, it’s because we not only mirror the people around us but that mirroring helps us feel like them. So that’s a very body sensation intuitive feeling based way of interacting but we typically interact in our head, we don’t think about this kind of emotional expressiveness that’s why facial expressions are so important and that’s why we talk about empathy being so important. That’s a very different explanation for empathy.

[0:15:02.4] MB: What are the different micro expressions and are they cross cultural?

[0:15:08.8] VE: There are seven different micro expressions. They are — let’s see if I can do it all off the top of my head. They are fear, happiness, anger, disgust, contempt, sadness and surprise. Yay, I’m so happy I was able to do that for memory is smooth. Yes, those are across cultures.

Dr. Paul Eckman is the researcher who coined, I think he discovered the micro expression, I don’t know if he coined the phrase. That might have been Darwin. Don’t quote me on who coined that phrase, but Dr. Eckman is the one who pioneered this concept and what he found in the back of the 1970’s was first, he was working with a mental institution on patients who lie to their doctors and this always has been a huge problem that it was particularly a problem there because they had patient who lied about being okay. 

So she was very depressed and she went into the doctor and said, yes, I’m so much better, can you give me a weekend pass to go home. Thank goodness before she left, she admitted she had like a breakdown, she had admitted that she had lied that she was actually planning to go home and harm herself.

This really rattled the doctors in the hospital because they believed her. They had issued her with a path, they were going to let her go home, and they thought she was so convincing and this happens, it happens a lot where patients will lie to the person who is looking out for their best interest. People go to the doctor’s offices, they lie at what medications they take, they lie about their eating and exercise habits and so Paul Eckman was watching the video of this patient over and over again.

He eventually slowed down the video, he was watching it on slow motion and he noticed that right before the patient lied to say that she was really looking forward to seeing her family and being home, she made a very brief sadness micro expression and he realized that there’s something to reading facial expressions to discover hidden emotions.

So he took this research and he traveled to remote regions in Papua New Guinea, and forgive me if I don’t get the exact science right. I think it’s chapter six of my book, if you want to dive into the deep stuff but it’s a high level. He went to Papua New Gene and he found a tribe that was not very exposed to the outside world. So they hadn’t seen a lot of television, they hadn’t seen a lot of movies, they weren’t exposed to western culture and he asked them to make facial expressions based on different emotions with the translator.

He would say, “What’s an angry face? What’s a sadness face?” I think he actually did it with situations. So I think he said, “If your friend stole your food, what face would you make?” He found that the faced they made were strikingly similar to when he asked Americans that question. Basically that we somehow have these universal responses to this emotions and he was able to repeat this study and found seven universal ones. There are over 10,000 facial expressions, but there are seven universal micro expressions and by studying them, you can learn how to spot emotions across cultures and genders and races.

[0:18:05.3] MB: Speaking of somebody who, for the example of lying to their doctor and being able to discern that, is it possible to tell if somebody’s lying solely based on their body language?

[0:18:16.2] VE: Yes, it is possible. Of course it’s possible. So we do a lot of human lie detection research in our lab. I’ve always been fascinated by it. I’ve been fascinated by the real science and the fake science. Let’s bust some myths, first of all, some of the fake science. So fake science, liars have shifty eyes or liars don’t look you in the eye.

That is completely false because research has found that actually liars look you in the eye more, as I mentioned, because they want to know if you believe them. They actually make a lot more eye contact, they go over the 70% into like the 80 and 90% range, which is interesting because we also don’t like that. So as humans, not only do we not like below 60% because that isn’t enough oxytocin, we also don’t like above 80%. 

There is like a sweet spot in the middle and the reason we don’t like above 80% is because one, our instinctively we know that that means that someone is kind of checking us out and it’s a very invasive queue, it’s almost too much oxytocin. Like when two men are about to get into a fist fight at a bar, they usually are intensely gazing at each other. It’s a very territorial invasive gesture. We don’t like being looked at that much. So that’s the first myth to bust. 

The second lie detection myth is you probably have heard this silly NLP “study”, which wasn’t even really as study about when people lie, they look up to the left and people are telling the truth, they look up to the right. That has not been backed up. In fact, it can often be reversed based on if you’re right or left handed, it can be reversed based on how you access memories, not everyone accesses them the same way. What’s hard about lie detection is there is no Pinocchio’s nose. 

There is no one thing that means someone is lying, there are statistical queues to deceit. So there are things that we have found, liars most often do, like 76% of the time, liars will do X but those are not foolproof; they’re not 100%. so what we’ve developed is a framework, there are seven steps of lie detection to help you be an ethical lie detector and an accurate lie detector. So it takes a little bit longer but it makes you much more accurate and also make sure that you’re not assuming guilt where there is none. 

In fact, the more optimistic you are about humanity, the better lie detector you are. It actually serves you well to not be skeptical. Skeptics actually do worse on lie detection quizzes. I think we’re just putting up, it’s not up yet, but if you want to see how you do on a lie detection, we have a free lie spotting quiz at sciencepeople.com/lies and you can test your ability because we are looking in our lab, we’re constantly doing research experiments and I really wanted to know if there was such a thing called “truth wizards”.

Dr. Paul Eckman and Dr. Maureen Sullivan found that there was a very small percentage of the population who can detect truth with 80% accuracy. That’s very rare, most of us, average people, detect lies with about 54% accuracy. We are terrible lie spotters. We are starting to run this lie detection test to see if we can find people who can get all five of the lies right. On our little quiz, it’s five lies, you watch five real people lying and we see if you can spot them. We’re also trying to back up the idea there’s a truth wizard behind lie detection.

[0:21:32.1] MB: What are some of the statistical queues that give away that someone’s lying?

[0:21:35.9] VE: Well, I can’t teach you just statistical queues because remember that they’re not 100%. For example, one of the statistical queues is nose touches. In Bill Clinton’s testimony, they — I believe it was Allen Hirschberg researcher, I think? Who counted the amount of nose touches during the Bill Clinton trial and he found that, Avana Colinsky, and found that when he was lying on the stand, he touched his nose, something like 46 times and when he was telling the truth on the stand, he touched his nose twice. 

They think that the reason for this is because we have a very special tissue at the very tip of our nose that slightly inflames or slightly increases when we feel guilt or intense guilt and so our nose very slightly itches, which makes us want to touch it more. They think that maybe the writer of Pinocchio had this sensation. Some people, by the way, in our lab have said to us, “I feel my nose itch when I lie.” So some people can even feel it. You might want to pay attention to it the next time you’re lying and so that is one statistical cue to deceit. 

However, what if someone has allergies? What if someone always constantly touches their nose? So you can’t take that clue alone. You have to make sure that you are hitting the 100% with it. So that would be an example of one of the queues and why you have to be a little careful with it. 

[0:22:50.0] MB: And does that tie into the concept of base lining and figuring out what someone’s default behavior is before you can assess how they’re thinking or feeling or reacting to you? 

[0:23:00.6] VE: Yes, so that’s exactly what that ties into. Base-lining is half of it, you also have to make sure though, and this is I think the biggest mistake that a lot of rookie lie detectors make is that they think, “Oh I will baseline someone and then I’ll look for statistical cues of deceit.” But there are additional precautions that you have to take to make sure that you are not mistaking guilt from nerves. 

So that is the biggest mistake that people make is truth tellers can be nervous too. Nerve does not indicate lying or guilt. In fact if you accuse an innocent person of doing something terrible, they will often be very nervous because they don’t like to be falsely accused. We hate it. Actually, being falsely accused can often make us angrier and more nervous than being accurately accused. So you have to make sure that you’re knowing how to differentiate nerves from guilt, or emotions and anger from guilt. 

[0:23:50.7] MB: What are some of the other steps that people can use to become human lie detectors? 

[0:23:55.3] VE: I would say that the most important thing that would help is learning the seven micro expressions. So when you learn how to spot these and they’re a blessing and a curse. Micro expressions is where I started my research many, many years ago because I found them fascinating and what’s great about them is once you know how to see them, you see them everywhere. I joke with my students that once you learn them it’s like turning on the world in HD. Like, all of a sudden you see the world in high definition. 

So what you are looking for in lie detection is you’re looking for congruency and this is the same thing for authenticity. So in body language, you’re talking about two different sides, decoding and encoding. Decoding is spotting queues, looking for hidden emotions, looking for emblems of someone’s emotions or feelings. Encoding are the signals that you send off to the world. So saying “I want to look confident on this date,” and then knowing exactly what to do to look confident. 

Or saying, “I want to look friendly in this corporate board meeting. How do I look friendly?” A lot of people struggle with the encoding piece but it’s actually very different than the decoding piece. So with congruency, there’s both decoding and encoding. You want to encode signals that are correctly aligned with your words. You want to demonstrate the words that you are using and you also want to decode people when they’re speaking to you to make sure that they are being congruent. 

So with the seven micro expressions, what you’re looking for is you want someone to look like the words that they are using. So if someone says they are angry, they should look angry not afraid. If a woman or your wife says, “I’m fine,” but shows contempt, she is not fine. That is not congruent words. You want to spot the differences. The other aspect which I think is interesting is we did a huge research experiment last year and the year before on TED Talks and what I was looking for was I wanted to know if — I love puzzles, and so I noticed that on TED there was all these amazing TED Talks but the same 20 went viral like they got viewed millions and millions of times whereas hundreds of other talks barely got noticed. 

I was searching on the TED website for leadership and there was two talks that popped up, one by Simon Sinek, which had 45 million views and one by Fields Wicker-Miurin, which had I think was under 40,000 and both of these talks were on the same topic, they had almost the same title. When they first came out they were both given by relatively unknown experts and they were both 18 minutes long and it came out the same month of the same year, September 2009.

I was like, “Why? Why is it that one of these talks went viral and one didn’t?” What I realized after doing the TED Talk research, we analyzed thousands of hours of TED Talks and found five main patterns from the most successful to the least successful TED Talkers. One of them was this idea of congruency that the best TED talkers speak to you on two different levels. They’re speaking to you with their words, but they are also speaking to you with their hands and their body and their face. 

The worst TED Talkers were so memorized that their non-verbal was almost neutral. So it was almost as if the people who had rehearsed too much had rehearsed their emotions and their passion out of their TED Talk and so they were delivering this talk that was great verbally. It was every word was hit spot on, but from a facial perspective, they were showing no happiness. From a body perspective they were showing neutral or low power. 

From an expressiveness standpoint, they were not aligning when they would say, “I am so angry about this cause that I work for,” and not showing any anger the audience didn’t believe them because they were like, “Where is the manifestation of the anger? You’re just saying that,” and so I think that the best place to start is looking for those inconsistencies is understanding the nuances of body language so that you know where to look or spot things. 

[0:27:52.1] MB: So encoding is the process of getting congruent with our own emotions and our own body language with what we are trying to communicate and decoding is the process of trying to decipher what the rest of the world is saying and what other people are saying and reading through, are they congruent in their body language and their behavior? 

[0:28:11.8] VE: Yeah and what’s interesting is, if you think for just a second, I always have my audiences self-diagnose. So on a scale of one to five, one being terrible, horrible, awful and five being amazing rock star perfect, how would you rate your decoding ability? The ability to spot hidden emotions. So if you want to give yourself a little self-rating. 

[0:28:32.5] MB: Oh sorry, were you asking me to rate or are you just talking?

[0:28:36.0] VE: Yeah, please. 

[0:28:36.9] MB: I mean I am familiar with some of this stuff, so I would say probably three out of five, three and a half out of five maybe. 

[0:28:42.1] VE: Cool. Okay, so now encoding, how would you rate your ability, one being awful, horrible, abysmal, five being amazing rock star perfect, your ability to control your non-verbal? 

[0:28:53.5] MB: Let’s say probably like two and a half or three. 

[0:28:56.2] VE: Okay, cool. So what’s interesting is that will tell you exactly where to start. You want to start with the lower one, the lower number. Most people have a strength and a weakness. Most people are better at decoding than encoding. So if you’re not as good as encoding that’s where you would want to start because that will automatically help you with your decoding anyway. So if you think about that, for those who are listening, about whichever your lower number is that’s where you want to start. 

[0:29:19.4] MB: That was the next question that I was going to ask is which one of these should we start working on first. So let’s get into since encoding is the one that I needed to do more work on, we’ll start there. Tell me what are some of the secrets or some of the best places to start if you want to improve your ability to encode? 

[0:29:33.9] VE: Yeah, so remember that we cannot cover up what we feel. So I think the body language teachers or even the people skills teachers that make me sad are the ones that try to tell you to fake it until you make it. I do not believe that that works. I think that it is an extremely inauthentic way of acting and the problem is our emotions are catching. So we can pick up on people’s emotional cues. 

So if you are trying to learn to encode and you want to show confidence and you walk into a networking event where you feel extremely uncomfortable, even if I teach you the best power body language moves there are, your feelings of lack of confidence are going to leak through or come through and so that’s where you get people who are really rubbed wrong. I would say if you think about it in your life the people who have really just like — where you were like, “Oh I do not get along with this person. I don’t like this person,” it was probably because they were trying to use power queues, confidence queues, attraction queues but didn’t actually feel them. 

So the very first thing with encoding is actually making sure that you are showing up in the places that make you feel amazing and making sure that you are getting your mindset right before you actually walk into an event. So researcher Dr. Barbara Wilde found that when people look at a picture of a smiling person, they actually begin to feel happier. It improves their mood. When they look at someone with a neutral expression it doesn’t change their mood at all. 

The reason I share these studies is because I think that we often think that we can cover it up or we can make it work but I feel like if you don’t like networking events, don’t go to networking events and then I call these thrive versus survive locations. So I personally do not like nightclubs or loud bars. I have a really hard time even at concerts, and that’s because my favorite way to interact with people is having very deep conversations where I’m exploring, they are exploring. We’re talking about a topic deeply and in a really loud concert venue you can’t do that or in a loud bar you can’t do that. 

So I really like learning places like conferences, classrooms, networking events. I really like barbecues, smaller parties, one-on-one coffees, you should think about what are the different places where you actually can set yourself up to succeed because that’s the best thing that you can do because our emotions are naturally contagious. 

[0:31:55.7] MB: How can we, let’s use the example of the networking event or something like that, how can we spark up a meaningful conversation with a stranger? What are some of the secrets behind the science of having really powerful conversations? 

[0:32:10.1] VE: We did an experiment where I partnered with a bunch of local organizations and what I was looking for were the secrets of super connectors. I wanted to know, you know, I’ve heard this phrase “work a room, how to work a room” and again, me being not naturally people inclined I was curious about what that actually meant, I had no idea. So I was like, “Okay, let’s actually map up a room and let’s follow people who are really good at working it and let’s see what they teach us.” 

So we partnered with a bunch of organizations. We tracked all the networking events, basically at each networking event we set up cameras in every corner of the room and as people entered, we had them do a little pre-survey. On the pre-survey we asked them their name, we asked them for their business card, we asked them what their goal was for the evening, we asked them how much they liked networking. We felt like we could sniff out the people who hated it and who were just there because they felt like they had to be there, and their goal for the event. 

Then we tracked every single person throughout the room. So we watched movement, we looked at how many handshakes there were. We looked at how many connections were made and at the end of the night, we had people do a post survey where we had them answer questions like, “Did you have a good time? How many business cards did you collect? How many contacts did you make, and what’s your LinkedIn profile?” and then we went online and looked at their LinkedIn contacts to see where they unemployed, were they employed, how many connections do they have on LinkedIn. 

We ended up specifically paying attention to what we call the super connectors. These were the people who had a lot of connections in LinkedIn but also really felt like they benefited a lot from the event. They collected the most business cards, they had the most handshakes and non-verbal interactions with people in the room and they collected the most cards. We looked at those people and we found that they had very specific patterns in the room. So one of the things that they did really well was they tended to plant themselves in the right places. So, can you guess where is the best place to stand in the room? 

[0:34:05.3] MB: Maybe just off the bar like when people are getting a drink and then wondering on what to do next?

[0:34:11.7] VE: Yep, exactly. The perfect place to stand, actually just to really get detailed on what you just said is, it’s right as someone is turning, they have their drink in their hands and they are turning to the room with that look of like, “Who do I know? I have no one to talk to. What do I do next?” That is the perfect opportunity to come in and be someone’s “social savior", that’s what I call it because that is the most high anxiety moment in an event, when you are standing there with your drink and you are like, “What do I do?” 

So I like to plant myself right as people exit the bar and are specifically turning around to face the room and the best thing you can do here is make context conversation starters. So, “How’s the wine? I was thinking about getting another wine, is it good? Have you ever been to this place before?” Even just, “Hey I’m Vanessa,” works so well in that moment because they are so grateful that someone was there to talk to them that they don’t even care what you say, they’re just excited to be able to talk to you. 

[0:35:13.7] MB: What was that phrase that you used, context conversation starters? 

[0:35:17.1] VE: Yeah, context cues or context conversation starters. I have maybe 10 or 15 of them I think in chapter three. They are under “conversation sparkers”. That’s one or two of them and then we have a couple I call them Killer Conversation Starters that you can use as well. 

[0:35:32.8] MB: And how would you recommend making a great first impression when you meet somebody? And I think this integrates both the conversation elements and obviously the non-verbal as well, what are the keys to really making a solid impression with them? 

[0:35:46.5] VE: I would say that there’s a lot but the one that I would do as the first priority would be the handshake and again, this is one of these things that we’ve heard about a lot. We’re like, “Yeah, I know how to make a good handshake.” But there are a couple of really interesting subtleties about a handshake. So we learn a lot about someone from a handshake. In fact the amount of oxytocin that’s produced in a handshake, so oxytocin is especially produced when we have skin to skin touch. 

So hugs as well, it doesn’t happen to be skin to skin but touch, hand to hand, hugs, pats, high five’s, those all produce tremendous amounts of oxytocin. The amount of oxytocin that’s produced in a handshake is worth three hours of face-to-face time. So if you are talking to someone for three hours making eye contact, that is still not as much oxytocin on what we would produce in that immediate handshake. 

The biggest mistake that people make is they forgo the handshake for a wave. I see women do this all the time where they walk in a room and they go, “Hey. Hey Bob, how’s it going?” And they’d hold up their hand in a little wave. The fist bump produces a lot less oxytocin than a palm to palm handshake or you’re at a networking event, you have a drink in one hand, a plate in the other, you don’t bother. You always want to bother because it’s literally sealing the deal for your first impression. 

It’s what carries that oxytocin really high and so making the handshake, making sure it’s a priority and then also making sure that it’s incredibly equal and what I mean by that is not just firmness, which is important to people but actually the direction of your hand. So if you think about a handshake, reach out right now towards your computer or the front of you as if you’re going to shake someone’s hand. Your thumb should be up towards the ceiling or the sky and your pinky should be angled down. 

When the handshake gets shifted, so the back of your hand is up towards the ceiling and your palm is towards the ground. That is a very dominant way of shaking someone’s hand. If you ever had your handshake flip, like you started shaking hands with them and then they flip your hand up, it feels terrible and ask people that if it hasn’t happen to you and people remember if that happens to them, that’s because it’s very, very dominant. 

So it’s really important to make sure that you keep it really equal and then also doing the opposite of offering your hand up. That’s a very submissive gesture. So equal, nice and balanced, firm, and making sure that you don’t short change the handshake is one of the best things that you can do in a first impression. 

[0:38:09.0] MB: So on firmness specifically, because this is something that I have debated with people in the past, do you mirror their firmness or do you try to be on the firmer side? 

[0:38:17.5] VE: With a handshake specifically, I kind of liken it to squeezing a peach. You know how when you go to the grocery store and you squeeze a peach, you feel the softness and then you squeeze until you feel it get firm, that’s exactly is like with a handshake. When it’s soft you squeeze and the moment you feel muscle tension, you stop because that’s a mutual way of getting the right firmness where you’re not over squeezing someone or under squeezing them. 

[0:38:45.4] MB: What is one piece of homework that you would give our listeners to implement some of these ideas or improve their ability to develop the skills of non-verbal communication? 

[0:38:56.3] VE: One, this is what’s really easy, is I would get feedback on your handshake. So we almost never get feedback on it. So whenever I do workshops I always make everyone do a handshake audit. Specifically, I want them to product oxytocin but I also want them to give feedback and I would say 30 to 40% of the room are shocked to get feedback that their handshake is too firm or too strong. They flip someone’s hand, and so we very rarely get feedback on it. So ask at least three people that you trust to audit your handshake. 

[0:39:27.3] MB: For listeners who want to dig in and learn more from you, where can people find you and the book online? 

[0:39:32.0] VE: Yeah, so the book is called Captivate. It’s available wherever books are sold, at least that’s what my publisher tells me and everything else is on my website. So our lab is scienceofpeople.com and I hope that you can play with us. We have tons of research going on, come and take our lie detection quiz, take our vocal power quiz. We would absolutely love to play with you. 

[0:39:51.7] MB: Awesome, well Vanessa thank you so much for coming on the show. It’s been an honor to talk to you and we’ve really enjoyed learning all these fascinating lessons. 

[0:40:00.2] VE: Oh yeah, thanks so much for having me. 

[0:40:01.9] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say “hi”, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I would love to hear from you and I read and respond to every single listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all of this information?” because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all of these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can go to scienceofsuccess.co, just hit the show notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.

April 20, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Best Of, Influence & Communication
PerryMarshall-01.jpg

How You Can Work Less & Achieve More by Mastering This ONE Key Principle with Perry Marshall

April 13, 2017 by Lace Gilger in High Performance, Decision Making, Money & Finance
Check Out Perry's Epic Course on 4xing Your Productivity With 80/20

In this episode we look at what rabbit populations, craters on the moon, files on your hard-drive and the GDP of countries have in common, we discuss The power of fractals, the math of chaos theory, and what that all has to do with the 80/20 principle, How your understanding of the 80/20 is only the tip of the iceberg, how to generate 16x more leverage to achieve your goals, we go deep into sales wisdom from one of the world's top marketing consultants and much more with Perry Marshall.  

Perry Marshall is a trained engineer and one of the world’s most sought-after business consultants, helping clients across 300 industries by combining sales, engineering, art, and psychology. Perry is the bestselling author of several books including The Ultimate Guide To Google AdWord, 80/20 Sales and Marketing and Evolution 2.0.

  • How Perry went from being laid off and surviving on ramen and bologna sandwiches to becoming one of the world's top marketing consultants

  • How your understanding of the 80/20 principle is only the tip of the iceberg

  • What Fractals and Chaos Theory have to do with the 80/20 principle

  • What the pattern that Earthquakes, volcanoes, tornados and hurricanes follow has to do with marketing strategy

  • Fractals are everywhere in your life, nature, and the universe

  • The raw power of the butterfly effect

  • How the 80/20 principles rules everything in your life and business

  • “Levers within levers, within levers” and how that can shape your focus

  • Where to find the tiny hinges that swing huge doors

  • What do rabbit populations, craters on the moon, files on your hard-drive and the GDP of countries have in common?

  • How to align yourself with the 80/20 principle and harness its incredible power

  • Do you want to live in the IS world or the SHOULD BE world?

  • If you deal with reality the way it is things become effortless

  • Once you understand the 80/20 principle, it transforms what you focus on

  • How most problems in life are a result of being on the wrong side of the 80/20 equation

  • What is “racking the shotgun?” and why is it so important

  • Don’t focus on fixing the bad 80%, focus on reproducing the successful 20%

  • One of the jobs of civilization is to mitigate the 80/20 principle

  • The world will always condition you to focus on the underperforms (the 80%)

  • You can get “A's" in six different subjects, but you’re gonna make a living in ONE

  • If you try 20 projects, the law of 80/20 says 1 should succeed!

  • Failure is OK, you only have to go get rich once

  • The 20% is 16x more leverage than the 80% that doesn’t generate results

  • Everyone is in sales in some form or fashion in their lives

  • Sales is not a convincing people process, sales and elimination process

  • First thing you should do in sales is disqualify people as quickly as possible

  • Never ask someone who can say no but who cannot say yes

  • The key questions you need to ask to disqualify sales leads

  • The story of the $2700 espresso machine

  • The 8 different modalities of selling and how you can thrive by embracing your own unique sales strengths

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • Check out Perry’s Epic Course on how to 4x Your Productivity Using the 80/20 Principle

  • [Website] Fractal Foundation

  • [Website] 80/20 Curve

  • [Book] 80/20 Sales and Marketing by Perry Marshall

  • [Book] The 80/20 Principle: The Secret to Achieving More with Less by Richard Koch

  • [Personal Site] Perry Marshall

  • [Blog Article] How To Perform An 80/20 Analysis by Matt Bodnar

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we look at what rabbit populations, craters on the moon, files on your hard drive, and the GDP of countries have in common. We discuss the power of fractals, the math of chaos theory, and what that all has to do with the 80-20 principles. How your understanding of the 80-20 principle is only the tip of the iceberg. How to generate 16 times more leverage towards achieving your goals. We go deep into sales wisdom from one of the world’s top marketing consultants, and much more, with Perry Marshall. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed how you can create success by mashing two seemingly unrelated ideas together. We looked at why energy is the currency of the biological world and how that impacts the evolution of money within our society. We went deep into understanding money and its role in our lives and we looked at why you should investigate your own biases about money, with Kabir Sehgal. If you want to improve your understanding of money, listen to that episode. 

[0:02:27.6] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest on the show, Perry Marshall. Perry is a trained engineer and one of the world’s most sought after business consultants and marketing experts helping clients across 300 industries by combining sales, engineering, art, and psychology. He’s also a bestselling author of several books including The Ultimate Guide to Google AdWords, 80/20 Sales and Marketing, and Evolution 2.0.

Perry, welcome to The Science of Success.

[0:02:53.8] PM: Hey, thanks for having me on the show, and you guys got a big following and a lot of interesting guests that you had. It’s really an honor. We talked earlier and I think we’re going to have a rocking conversation today. 

[0:03:07.8] MB: I think it’s going to be great, and there’s so much that you talk about that I think the audience is really going to enjoy. Before we dig into that, tell us a little bit — I kind of gave a brief bio. Tell us a little bit about yourself and your story.

[0:03:20.1] PM: I was about 25 years old when I got laid off from my first engineering job and my wife was three months pregnant. I could have stayed in the same track I was on if I was willing to move, but I wasn’t willing to pull up roots, and so I ended up going into sales. I thought, “Well, this shouldn’t be too hard.” A couple of years of bologna sandwiches and ramen soup later, it’s like, “Wow! This is not for the faint of heart.”

I eventually did find my way and I eventually did find the groove, but really, there were some excruciating periods of time where the bills weren’t getting paid and I just try all these stuff and it wouldn’t work. I would spend all my time trying to pound through brick walls and everything. 

Eventually, 20 years later, writing a book that’s — The book that I wish I’d had when I was starting out, or for that matter, all the different marketing stuff, because any more — If you don’t have some marketing to back you up as a sales person, you’re screwed. That’s what that’s about. 

Life is a lot different now. Ironically, I’m a sales and marketing consultant. I think that actually goes back to the fact that it’s not hard to teach what was hard for you to learn. I had a huge learning curve. I think I can explain a lot of that stuff in ways that were never explained to me.

[0:05:02.2] MB: I know one of the transformational ideas in your life is the concept of the 80/20 principle. I’d love to kind of — Many people hear that and they think, “Oh, yeah. Of course, I know what he 80/20 principle is.” Your understanding of it is so much deeper than that. I’d love for you to kind of explain to the audience why the surface level understanding is really only the tip of the iceberg.

[0:05:25.4] PM: I heard about the 80/20 principle back when I was marketing manager and I thought, “Oh! That’s interesting. Okay, 80% of your sales come from 20% of your customers.” I actually printed out a QuickBooks report and I went through it and, “I’ll be darned. That’s pretty much exactly right. That’s interesting.” 

At that point, I thought I knew it. I thought I knew what it meant, and I really didn’t. I would politely suggest that most people have never really explored what it actually is and what it means. Let me tell you two little stories back-to-back that will kind of tie this together for you. 

The first story, it goes back to when I was in college and my wife went to the library and came home with a book on fractals and chaos. Hopefully, most people have seen fractals before, those computer images where there’s spirals, and there’s a spiral on the spiral, and there’s a spiral on the spiral on the spiral. If you haven’t seen this, you should type fractals in YouTube and just start clicking on stuff and you’ll quickly see it. 

She brought this book home and I was looking through it, and I discovered, “This isn’t just interesting shapes. This is actually a major way that the world works.” If you look at a tree, you see that branching pattern, but then you can zoom in and the branches have branches, and then those branches have branches, and you can get down the leaves and you could get a microscope and even the little veins that feed the individual cells are still showing that branching pattern. That’s a fractal pattern. It’s a pattern that repeats over and over and over again.

What the book explained is this is very closely related to the way that things like earthquakes, and volcanoes, and weather, and hurricanes, and tornadoes, and avalanches are all predictably unpredictable. They always follow certain patterns. It’s just the specific instance that you can’t quite predict. You can be sure that somewhere in the Rocky Mountains, if you clap your hand at the right place at the right time, you’re going to trigger an avalanche. It speaks to the way cracks travel through glass when a rock hits your windshield and cracks on the sidewalk, or sand dunes — Getting these whole new lens for the world. There had never been language for any of these. Of course, I had seen all my life, but suddenly, there was language. I thought it was all very interesting. 

Then, I went out to my car the next day, and it was as cold November day and there were ice crystals on my car, and I looked at those ice crystals and I go, “Oh my word. Those are little tiny fractals growing on the roof of my car.” They’re everywhere, and I couldn’t — From that point forward, I couldn’t not look out the window and see the pattern, the traffic is fractal, and rivers are fractals. 

Anyways, that’s a little geeky. Of course, I know your audience probably enjoys things like that. Fast-forward to — Actually, this is more than 10 years ago, I was reading Richard Koch’s book, The 80/20 Principle. Early in the book, he just mentioned for maybe a paragraph or two that the 80/20 principle was closely related to fractals and chaos, and the butterfly effect which says that a butterfly’s wings can trigger a hurricane six months’ later half a world away, because that’s how weather actually works. That’s why you can’t predict it more than two or three weeks out. 

He made this comment, and all of a sudden, something clicked in my brain and I connected 80/20 to the fractals and the chaos. What I suddenly realized was 80/20 is the arithmetic of chaos and fractals. That means there’s an 80/20 inside every 80/20, and then there’s  another one, and another one, and another one, and this all just exploded in my brain in about 10 seconds. I was in a coffee shop and I jumped up and I drove home, and I ran home, and I got out my calculator, and I got all these pieces of paper.

At that time, I had been in my own business for about a year and a half. I had quit my job as a sales manager. Hang out my shingle as an independent marketing consultant, and I had a few clients, and I was selling some products, and I was little wobbly still, but getting going, and it was starting to go well. I realized, “Oh my word! This 80/20 thing, it applies to everything in my business, every just column on every spreadsheet, every web visitor. How many people fill out the form? How many people call on the phone? How many people buy a product? How many people turn into a good client?”

80/20 is predicting all of these stuff and I was just having this massive geek-out moment and I was realizing, “Hey, wait a minute. There are levers within levers within levers, and now that I can see them, I know exactly what to do,” where before, it was a mystery. 

It’s kind of like when I was a brand new guy and I get laid off my job and I found a sales job and I was kind of blissfully ignorant, I didn’t know where the levers were. Then, I don’t know what I don’t know. Then, I just keep getting kicked in the teeth and, pounded in the head, and clobbered by two-by-fours, and I never know when the next one is coming. 

Now, I’m actually — It’s like, “There’s really reliable ways to know that two-by-four is coming.” Also, there’s really reliable ways to know where there’s more business in a place where you just found a little bit versus other places where you’ve already found all that you can get. That was a huge, huge, huge thing for me. In fact, it might be the most significant moment I’ve ever had reading a book in my whole business career, and it totally tilted my world. 

Interestingly, during the following year, I started teaching Google AdWords. I started speaking at seminars. Since that time  I’ve written the world’s bestselling book on internet advertising, which is The Ultimate Guide to Google AdWords, and 80/20 was how I figured out Google AdWords. 

Back then, and I’m talking about 2003 right now, Google AdWords was this crazy, weird thing that most people didn’t understand. It was a wild west kind of a deal. It’s like, “Now, we’re bidding on positions in a search engine, and how does that work, and where the whole English language is up for sale, and how do you organize a campaign, and how do you write these ads, and how do you run these tests.” All of a sudden, I realized, “80% of this doesn’t’ matter. 20% of it matters a lot, and 20% of the 20% matters even more, and 20% of the 20% of the 20% matters even more,” and there’re these tiny little hinges that swing big doors. “I can figure this out,” and I did. In fact, a lot of the things that I figured out then have now become standard best practices in $100 billion industry, which we call pay per click marketing. 80/20 is really important, and I just want to say to everybody listening, if you’ll stick with us here and really get into some application, I think you’re going to find this really fascinating. 

[0:13:57.2] MB: I find it amazing that the 80/20 principle can describe everything from the GDP of countries, to the distribution of wealth of individuals, to craters on the moon, so it’s amazing. 

[0:14:09.3] PM: Yes, it does. Literally, it’s true. 80/20 describes rabbit populations, it describe the size of files on your hard drive. Let’s take your hard drive. 20% of the files take 80% of the space, and 20% or 20% of the files take 80% of 80% of the space. That means 4% take up 64%. You can have 80/20 squared 80/20 cube, 80/20 of the power of four. 

80/20 cube says that 1% of the files on your hard drive take up 50%. It’s also true of customers. 1% of your customers give you 50% of your money. 1% of the drivers gets 50% of the speeding tickets. 1% of the real estate owners own 50% of the real estate. 1% of the people own 50% of the wealth. This is a truism. It’s true regardless what country you go, of what state you’re in, or what kind of system of government that you have, and see, “This is extremely powerful, because if the same ratios hold for real estate in Belgium as for the size of craters on the moon, as for the size of pebbles on the beach, then it tells you that there’s something very, very fundamental that’s going on in the world and you either align with yourself with it, or fight it, and nature doesn’t care.” 

If you want to fight it and get your teeth kicked in, you can go right ahead and you can do that, and the universe does not care. On the other hand, if you align yourself with it and harness it, you can develop great wealth, you can achieve great things, you can have a very large disproportionate amount of influence. It’s really just a question of; who decides to live in the is world, versus who prefers to remain in the should be world? I just got to a point where I’m done living in the should be world. I’m going to sell and market the way the world really does work, and I’m going to harmonize with this.

[0:16:29.5] MB: Such a great statement, the distinction between the is world and the should be world. We talked about that a lot on the show and it’s something that definitely bears repeating. 

[0:16:40.0] PM: Trust me. I could live in the should be world for a really long time. I’m an idealistic person, and I get all these ideas. I don’t think any of us can afford to stay there. It’s fun for a while, but — Reality is actually a lot — If you just deal with the reality the way that it is, life is just so much easy.

[0:17:00.4] MB: Yeah, aligning yourself with reality whether or not you think that’s the way reality should be is how you achieve almost anything with these. It’s almost effortless once you feel aligned. You know that? That makes me think of the fact that once you understand this principle, it completely transforms what you think about and what you focus on, and you kind of hinted on that, talking about the tiny hinges and focusing on the wrong things. 

I think you’ve talked about in the past how — Or said something around the lines of, “Every problem in business, or most problems in your business, is because you’re on the wrong side of the 80/20 equation.” 

[0:17:40.3] PM: Yeah, that’s right. I’ll tell you a quick story. My friend, John Paul Mendocha, dropped out of high school when he was 17 and he hitched-hiked to Las Vegas and he decided to become a professional gambler, which his mother was, I’m sure thrilled with. That’s literally what he did. 

After a few weeks in Vegas of poker and black jack, he’s like, “Dang! This is harder than I thought it was going to be.” He was hanging out a gambling book store one day and he starts talking to this guy. He finds out this guy runs a gambling ring and he’s been doing it a long time. He’s like, “Hey, could we work something out?” and they agreed. It’s like, “Yeah, for a percentage of your winnings, I’ll teach you what we do.” They agree, “Jump in the jeep, John, we’re going for a ride.” “All right. Here we go.” 

John gets in the jeep and they’re driving down the highway and John goes, “Okay. How do I win more poker games?” The guy says, “You have to play with people who are going to lose, not people who are going to win. People who are going to lose are called the marks. You want the guy that just showed up from Wichita, Kansas with his grandmother’s inheritance money that thinks he’s going to get rich in Vegas. That’s the guy you want.” 

John goes, “Okay. Where do I find all these marks?” His friend says, “Here, I’ll show you.” He pulls in to a strip club parking lot and they walk into a strip club and there’s women, and music, and pounding rock and roll, and people drinking, and all these stuff going on in there, and it’s really loud, and Rob and John sit down at the table, and Rob always carried a sawed-off shotgun with him, which gives you a little hint of what kind of guy Rob was. 

He pulls his sawed-off shotgun out of his jacket and he holds it under the table and he says, “Watch this,” and he opens the chamber and then shuts it and he racks it, and makes this noise, and they look around and several people in the club, these biker-kind of-guys, are like, “Hey, what was that?” The club owner comes over and he says, “Hey, is everything okay over here?” “Everything is fine. Just teaching the lad a lesson. Don’t you worry about us. We’re not going to cause any trouble here.” 

He looks over to John and he goes, “John, did you see those guys that turned around when they heard that noise?” John goes, “Yeah.” He goes, “Don’t play poker with them. They’re not marks. Play poker with everybody else.” That is what — In 80/20 in marketing, that’s what I call racking the shotgun. Racking the shotgun is anytime you do something to a crowd, or somebody else does something to a crowd. 

By watching, you can figure out who’s the minority that’s paying attention and who’s the majority who’s not. It could be racking the shotgun is who searches for a certain keyword on Google and who doesn’t. Who clicks on an add and who doesn’t? Who fills out the form and who doesn’t? Who opens the email, who doesn’t? Who clicks on the link, who doesn’t? Who buys the stuff, who doesn’t? Who buys the upsell, who buys the super duper upsell? It’s all racking the shotgun. 

Everything we do in marketing is racking the shotgun, and all the time, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, the world, the is world is telling you what people do, how they behave, and you have to expect totally disproportionate results. 80/20 says that if you hire 10 sales people, two of them are going to sell 80% of the stuff, and the other eight are going to sell 20% of the stuff, which means the two are 16 times better at selling than the eight. 

That is going to happen. If you go out and hire 10 sales people, it almost doesn’t matter whether you try really hard to find good ones or not. If you’re good at finding good ones, then you’ll get better ones. If you’re not, you’ll get worst ones. Either way, that ratio is going to be true. You’re going to have a disproportionate number of winners and losers, and what most people try to do is they try to fix the eight bad sales people. No. No. No. No. No. You get rid of most of them at last, and you put all your energy into supporting the good ones and finding more good ones, because, frankly, you’re going to sell more with three good sales people than with 30 bad ones. 

[0:22:53.5] MB: That’s a great lesson, and it’s so important. You made two really, really key points there. One is that the 80/20 curve and kind of the whole model is sort of an inescapable patter. It doesn’t matter if you think it should be that way or want it to be that way, or even try to kind of wiggle out of I in some way. It’s going to continue to repeat itself in whatever sample of data you’re looking at. 

The second piece is that you shouldn’t focus on fixing the bad or the kind of mediocre performing 80%. You should really focus on all of your attention on the 20% that is producing and how can you do more of that. How can you support that? How can you add on to that? I think it’s a critical lesson. 

[0:23:37.1] PM: Exactly. Let’s just take a step back and let’s acknowledge that one of the jobs of civilization is to mitigate 80/20. There’s always going to be kids that are slow in school, and there’s always going to be people who can’t pay their bills, and there’s always going to be an old person who needs medical care. That’s always going to be true. Yes, we need to take care of the disadvantage and — Okay. That’s understood. 

However, beyond that, you really have to fight almost everything you’ve been taught your whole entire life in school and everything else if you want to be excellent and achieve things, because the world will always — Even your training and your conditioning will always condition you to go fix the under-performer. When, actually, what you should be doing is you should be super-charging the few things that work. Like in school, the very best students are supposed to get straight As and it’s like, “Well, did you get an A in everything?” You know what? You can get As in six different subjects, but you know what? You’re going to make a living in one subject.

You could be a savant and probably be more successful than if you’re well-rounded. If you’re terrible in English and you’re terrible at social studies, but you’re really good at math, there’s some place that will hire you to do really amazing math. They don’t really care how good your English or your social studies. 

Another thing is that, a lot of the times, you never get to what’s really successful until you’re willing to fail, because failure is a rack the shotgun. If you’re an A student, is conditioned to never fail. Therefore, an A student will almost always be mediocre unless they unlearn the A student instincts and relearn — Because here’s the thing. One of the things that 80/20 says is that if you’re willing to fail 20 times, one will be a slam the ball out of the park home run even if the other 19 are total dogs. It always guarantees it. In fact, it puts a whole different perspective on failure if you expect to fail 80% of the time. It gives you more courage to put yourself out there. It’s like, “Okay. We’re one closer.” 

You can use 80/20, fortunately, to eliminate a lot of things like, “I’m not diving in that swimming pool. There’s no water in that.” There’s a lot of failure that goes on that’s unnecessary, and I’m not suggesting you should do that at all. I just think the world has this very warped idea. If people knew how many things we try, how many experiments. We’re always trying stuff. You know what? Most of the time the results are disappointing. You know? You don’t need that many victories to have a successful life. You don’t. 

[0:27:04.5] MB: That’s another great conclusion of the 80/20 principle. You don’t have to be successful. I think, actually, Charlie Munger who — I don’t know if you’re familiar with, but we’re a huge fan of him here on the show. 

[0:27:15.6] PM: It’s on your website. Yeah. 

[0:27:17.1] MB: Yeah. He says the same thing, which is you only have to get rich once. Which is the same idea, essentially, is that you can fail a bunch of times, but if you succeed one of those times, that’s the only time that matters. 

[0:27:28.8] PM: That’s right. Then you just need to not lose it. There’s an 80/20 strategy for that, and that’s probably not where we’re going to go today, but absolutely. If you know that there’s levers within levels within levers, so 80/20 of the power of four says that .2% of what you do gets you 40% of your results. 

If you’re in any performance-oriented profession, so you could be a computer programmer, or you could be in sales, or you could be in some kind of negotiation. If you stop and think of last year, what’s .2% of your 250 days that you’re working? Let’s say one day, I’m going to submit to you that 40% of what you accomplish last year happened in one day, and you probably never really realized it. If you really zoom back and you go, “All right. What did we really accomplish?” Most of us have 100 days a year where we really accomplished nothing at all. What this really means is most people are doing way too many trivial things. Most things people do they know aren’t going to create anything big, so why are they doing them? 

[0:28:54.2] MB: Yeah. That reminds me, I would have to paraphrase a quote, but there’s a great Tim Ferriss’ quote that’s very similar that’s essentially the vast majority of what everyone does it totally worthless. It’s those few random things — It’s very hard to find what they are, but it’s those few random things that happen to create almost all of the positive outcomes in your life. 

[0:29:17.5] PM: Yeah. If you start to recognize the pattern and to realize how disproportionate they are — I said this before, but I should really emphasize it again. The 20% that generates results is item for item 16 times more leverage than the 80% that doesn’t. When you start recognizing those levels, they’re laying all over the place. They’re right in front of you all the time. 

It’s just like the biker bar story. 20% of the people in that bar were bad ass guys that you don’t want to play poker with them, but I guess if you wanted to go rob a bank, or sell cocaine, or ride Harley’s, or whatever, then you get 16 times more attraction with those guys than you would with anybody else, of course. Then, if you’re trying to win poker games, there’s 20% of that room that’s going to be far easier to win a poker game than everybody else. You just have to figure out who it is. 

That’s what a professional really does. This actually leads to something very important about sales, which is sales is not a convincing people process. Sales is an elimination process. Before you try to convince anybody to do anything, you should figure out, “Should I not even be talking to this person at all?” When you do that, that takes so much pressure off of the situation and it makes you not seem like at times you’re a salesman. 

I know a lot of people that are listening here, they’re not even in sales. The fact is, is everybody has to convince somebody to do something for a good portion of our life. We got to get coworkers, there’re departments, you got to get buy-in on some project. We all have to get cooperation, and if you understand that — If you start within a question, “Well, do they have the money or the resources to do this in the first place? Do they have the ability to say yes, or they actually only have the ability so say no?” 

I think, a lot of times, when we ask for stuff, we’re asking people who can say no, but we can’t say yes. If you’re trying to get a job, don’t go to HR. HR cannot say yes. They can only say no. You go to a department head. If he likes you, he’ll get you through HR. Do they agree with your fundamental selling proposition in the first place, or not? A lot of times, you actually know, or you can ask them before you try to get into this. 

You can just save so much time, and if the other person knows that you’re not going to try to ram anything down your truth, if they know that you’re going to figure out if it’s a fit before you attempt to sell them, then they actually come towards you, because you’re disqualifying. It’s kind of reverse psychology. Really, you’re just basing it in the truth. The truth is 80% of the people, I might consider for this, not my customer. 

[0:32:37.0] MB: Tell me the story of the $2,700 espresso machine. I love that example.

[0:32:44.5] PM: One of the things — When I have the epiphany about 80/20, and I realized there was an 80/20 inside every 80/20, I immediately realized, “This tells me that 20% of my customers would spend four times the money, and 20% of them would spend four times the money, and 20% of them will spend four times the money,” which is really just another way of stating 80/20. 

I went home to look it was true, and already with a 18-month-old business, I could already see that was true.  Let me give you a hard example of this. If let’s say that a Starbucks store sells a 1,000 $4 lattes every week, and they’re at Starbucks, and they’re going to buy their stuff and you say, “All right, 4,000 people a week are buying these lattes.” That pretty much guarantees you almost like a law of physics that every week one of those 4,000 people is going to buy a $2,000 stainless steel espresso machine. In other words, all those people, they have a coffee-itch, and they are there to scratch it, and 20% of them have 16 times more itch than the other 80%. Then, 20% of those have four times more itch than that 20% that we just talked about, and on and on it goes. 

You can start doing the math, and you can go, “All right. For every thousand cups of $4 espresso, I’m going to sell one $2,000 espresso machine. By the way, I’m also going to get — I’m going to get 10 people that come in here and spend $300 or $400.” What are they spending $300 or $400? Maybe they come in once and they buy a whole bunch of stuff. Maybe they come every day and they buy CDs, and they buy coffee mugs, and they buy bags of coffee, and maybe they buy the $200 espresso machine, but they are going to do that. 

I guarantee, if you give them the opportunity to spend that money, they will spend it, and the amount of money they spend will fit something you referred to earlier, which is called the 80/20 curve. If you put 80/20 on a graph and you get the least interested people on the left and the most interested on the right, that graph — It looks like a ramp that goes up, up, up, up, up, and it just goes infinitely towards the top right side and it never stops, and it goes until you run out of people.

80/20 will reliably predict how many espresso machine Starbucks is going to sell. 80/20 says there’s 7 billion people in the world, and this is how much money they’re all going to make at these different levels. It’s also going to say, “Here’s the top 10 people in the Forbes 400.” Guess what? Even when we’re in the Warren Buffett-Bill Gates stratosphere, 80/20 is still true at the very tippy-top of the world. It’s true everywhere. It’s fractal. It’s macro. It’s micro. It is everywhere.  

[0:36:09.9] MB: I think even once you have sort of a cursory understanding of the 80/20 principle, the espresso machine example, for me, was so interesting, because you think of it sort of vertically kind of going out in sideways in terms of smaller and smaller piece of the population. But that really turns and it also goes vertical, and I think it’s so interesting, and I know it’s hard to kind of visualize it on just listening to this. But you have a website, where it’s 8020curve.com that you can kind of plugin some numbers and see all the different examples. 

[0:36:43.1] PM: Yes. We have examples there. It also means that if 50 people a year each buy a $2,000 espresso machine, it means one of them wants to spend $100,000. At that point, most people, they’re like, “What?” You know what? Maybe they spend a million. It might be the guy that buys a Starbucks store, or a franchise, or something like that. The math works all the way up to things like that, because they’re still scratching the coffee-itch. 

What this means, practically speaking, is it means that if you have a bunch of customers that all did one thing, there’s a bunch more money in your list, and it’s the existing customers. You don’t need to go get a bunch of new customers to sell the espresso machines. If you didn’t have an espresso machine before, and now you do, you can go back to that crowd and sell espresso machines. It means you can have the junior espresso machine. You could have super-super-deluxe espresso machine. It means that an awful lot of small companies and freelancers can make a huge increase in their income just by inventing an espresso machine version of what you sell. You go, “Okay. What would make this really deluxe, really special, much easier to use, or much bigger of an experience?” You don’t just slap a big price on something. It needs to be worth the money. If it’s worth the money, they will buy it.

[0:38:23.9] MB: So many people fail to think about the opportunity to create these upsells kind of within their existing audience, and I think that’s what’s so fascinating. In the book, you also mentioned things like you have a coach ticket for $300 and you have a first-class seat, or a luxury seat on some of these international flights that can go for, literally, $10,000 or more.

[0:38:47.1] PM: Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. That’s a perfect example. In some of the really nice airlines, like Singapore Airlines, or Emirates, yeah, they’ll have these little pads in $15,000 and they have the most expensive vodka, and the most expensive sushi, and the most expensive caviar. If you do the math, they can totally go all out on the food and it’s still only a few hundred dollars. 

The fact is, for every hundred people that want to fly coach, there’s that one guy, and he’s got the alligator shoes and all of that, or he wants to sleep because he’s a got a meeting when he arrives, and it’s a super important meeting. Frankly, if he’s 10% better at his meeting, it’s worth the $15,000, because he’s working on a $10 million, or a billion dollar deal. It’s totally worth it from the customer’s perspective.

[0:39:46.5] MB: You touched on earlier the idea that everybody, to some degree, has to sell, or is in sales, even if they don’t realize it. I’d also be really interested for you to share the marketing DNA concept that you have and the idea that everyone has a unique sales style. 

[0:40:04.7] PM: My first sales job was at this rep firm, and the people there, they were great people, they were great human beings. I loved them. There was Wally, and there was Fred, and there was Mike, and there was Steve. They were all great folks. One guy in particular, Fred, he was really successful and he had a lot of accounts, and he sold these really big deals. I would watch him in action. He would say things that I can’t figure how he got away with them. Do you ever know a salesperson like that? They could just kind smack a customer on the side of their head and get to guy to smile and say thank you. 

Fred just mystified me. I was like, “How can I be as good as Fred?” On top of that, to make matters worse, Fred had a very hard time explaining what he did in words. He wasn’t actually a very articulate person and he could barely spell, but he could still sell like crazy. 

It was like I was trying to be Fred. Actually, there were a lot of people I was trying to be like. I listen to these motivational tapes and stuff, and later I started to figure out why he was selling like crazy and why I wasn’t. It was because I had a fundamentally different style of selling than he did. All of my instincts ran totally counter to how he did his job. 

I figured out enough of that, that when I got fired from that job and got a new job, that the new job was a much better fit. In fact, it went really well, and I worked there for four years, and I made good money, and they sold the company, and I got stock options. It was a really happy story. 

Then, fast-forward another 10 years later, and at that point, I’ve been a marketing consultant for years and I’ve worked in 300 industries, and I have dealt with every kind of marketing and salesperson you can imagine. I started to realize the people’s selling styles can be extremely, extremely different. How one of them sells, has nothing to do with how somebody sells. 

Let me give you some examples. In fact, I’ll tell you what I ultimately concluded. I came up with — There were eight different modalities in selling, and I’ll tell you what they are. One of them is the alchemist. The alchemist wants to sell by showing you something that got invented yesterday that is super new and super cool that you have never seen before. It’s all about the new. 

A producer is somebody who sells you based on it’s reliable, it obeys the rules, it’s proven, it follows the 146 steps. Now, you’ll notice that an alchemist is almost the complete opposite of a producer. 

Here’s another one; is live versus recorded. Some people thrive in the moment, in gun fire, hostage and negotiator, throw him into a situation, and this Fred was the hostage negotiator. I am not. I was more like the recorded, which is whether it’s video, whether it’s audio, whether it’s in print. I want to sit and I want to perfect that message before I put it out there. That’s why I write books. Fred couldn’t write a book to save his life. I could negotiate a hostage situation to save my life. Do you know what I’m saying? 

Then, the next one is images versus words. There are people that sell you by showing you stuff, “Look at this.” “Look at that.” “Look at this.” “Look at that.” Maybe they sell bright, yellow Corvettes, or something. Then, there’re people they sell with words. They sell with stories. They sell with descriptions. They write catalogs. They write copy. They write the big, long webpages that are ugly, but they sell a lot of stuff. 

Then, there’s empathy versus analytics. Some people pluck your heart strings and they tell you a really moving story, they make you laugh, the make you cry. Other people sell with proof, and data in spreadsheets, and graphs, and numbers. 

Those are eight components. What I did was I devised a profile test online where you can go take it and it will tell you, “This is how you naturally sell.” Do not try to take a job, or a function, or an entrepreneurial adventure that forces you to sell outside your style. Do it within your style, because that’s the 80/20 of your skill set. The 20% of your skills that will produce 80% of all of your results are probably concentrated in one, or two, or three of these areas, and then you have these others that are weaknesses. 

For example, we’ve got a guy, his name is Joshua Earl. He was a computer programmer. He took the marketing DNA test, and the marketing DNA test said, “You are a copywriter.” 18 months later, he had quit his job and he was a full time copywriter, and he loves what he does. He didn’t really enjoy computer programming. 

I think if you’re going to sell anything. I don’t care if you do sell for a living, or if you don’t sell for a living. If you have to persuade people to do stuff, you should figure out what is your persuasion groove? What is your natural way that you can convince people to do stuff, because it’s already there, it’s already been present in most of the interactions that you’ve been successful with. Now, you just need to build on it. 

[0:46:26.8] MB: for listeners who want to take kind of a concrete first step to implement the 80/20 principle in their lives, what’s a piece of homework that you would give them as a starting place? 

[0:46:37.9] PM:  I would respectfully suggest that you read my 80/20 book, it’s called 80/20 Sales in Marketing. In fact, it has a link to the marketing DNA test inside which is normally $37, so it’s a really nice discount. I would encourage you to read that. 

As far as specific actions — I want you to think about — Think about how somebody gets to you. Let’s say that you’ve got certain keywords, or ads, or whatever, that are on the internet, and people. Think how 80/20 applies to every single step. 80% of the people search — Or 100% people search, 80% don’t click on your link, and 20% do. 

Then, the ones that come to your website, 80% leave without doing anything that you want them to do, and 20% do what you want them to do. Then, the 20% that filled in the form, the 20% of them actually get on the webinar or talk to you on the phone, and 20% of them buys something. 20% of them actually buy something else. 

What I want you to do is I would like you to sit down with a piece of paper, go to Starbucks, or wherever your favorite thinking place is, and just sketch it out and realize that, okay, you’re dealing with 20% of the 20% of the 20% or the 20%, which is some tiny fraction. What I want you to do, starting from now, is instead of beating yourself up for the apparent massive waste, because, hey, it’s true. 99.5% of these people never do what you want them to do. Instead of lamenting over those, I want you to focus on the fraction that do it, do what you want to do, and I want you to ask yourself, “What’s the next 20% —  What’s the giant step that 20% of these people would take that’s four times bigger than the step they took before that I haven’t asked them to take? How do I even get bigger doors on these tiny little hinges.”

Sure, you can improve your ratios everywhere else, but you’re not usually going to improve them by a huge, huge amount. Most of steps, you’re not going to improve 10-X. You might improve 50%, or you might double them, or something like that. Either way, most of the money, most of the success, most of the whatever you are after is in this small number, and there’s a bunch of stuff you’re doing now that you don’t actually have to do. 

[0:49:33.1] MB: Great advice, and we’ll be sure to include links to all of these in the book, the 80/20 curve, everything in the show notes so listeners can get access to all of that. 

Perry, where can people find you and find your books line?

[0:49:47.0] PM: You can go to perrymarshall.com. In fact, we sell the 80/20 book for $7 including shipping in the United States. It’s an incredible loss leader but we do that for a very particular reason. You can also find my other books, and we’ve got a lot of things and you can get on our email list, and you can study what we do and how we do it. 

In fact, what I would suggest you do, if you want to see 80/20 sales in marketing being done as opposed to just describe, just go buy the book for $7 and see what happens. We use 80/20 all over the place. It’s layered in into what we do. The up-sell is from the book, and the emails that you get, and whether you get a lot of emails or only a few based on what you respond to, or whether you respond to things, whether you opened the emails or not. All of that is self-adjusting. 

Again, you can go to perrymarshall.com and you can see all of that happen. It’s one thing to read about it, but it’s another thing to have it done to you and see how that works. I actually have a lot of people that get on our email list just to see what we do.

[0:51:04.2] MB: Perry, this has been a fascinating conversation. I really, really enjoyed digging into the 80/20 principle and some amazing stories and examples and some really concrete ways to apply it and think about sales and marketing. Thank you so much for being on the show.

[0:51:19.4] PM: Thank you for having me and thank you for going on all these weird little nooks and crannies of the universe as I try to stitch and saw together and help people be more effective and persuading. 

[0:51:31.0] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email, my email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see on the next episode of The Science of Success.


April 13, 2017 /Lace Gilger
High Performance, Decision Making, Money & Finance
KabirSehgal-01.jpg

Your Brain on Money - Its Role in Biology, History, Life & Society with Kabir Sehgal

April 06, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Money & Finance

In this episode we discuss how you can create success by mashing two seemingly unrelated ideas together, why energy is the currency of the biological world (and how that impacts the evolution of money within our society), we go deep into understanding money and its role in our lives, and we look at why you should investigate your own biases about money with Kabir Sehgal.

Kabir is a former a vice president in emerging markets at JP Morgan. He is the new york times and wall street journal bestselling author of the book Coined and has served as a speechwriter for the John Kerry presidential campaign, having been featured in Fortune, The Harvard Business Review, and other publications. Kabir is a CNBC contributor as well as a grammy winning producer, composer, and Jazz musician.

We discuss:

  • Creating an opera about the financial crisis

  • How you can create success by mashing two seemingly unrelated ideas together

  • The idea of lateral combination vs incremental growth and how it amplifies possibility

  • What is Money?

  • Unit of Value

    1. Instrument of Exchange

    2. Counting mechanism

  • Why Kabir defines money as a symbol of value

  • The neurological triggers associated with money

  • How a trip to the Galapagos islands transformed the way Kabir thought about money

  • The “biology of exchange” and how money expresses something deeply biological and rooted in evolution

  • Why energy is the currency of the biological world (and how that impacts the evolution of money within our society)

  • The rich history of money

  • Looking at financial decisions through brain scans and MRIs

  • How talking about money can change the electrical conductivity of your skin

  • Fascinating research data about how money impacts

  • How making money creates a brain state almost identical to cocaine addicts

  • What does research show makes men more excited - dead bodies, naked women, or money?

  • How your genetic composition impacts your psychology of money

  • How twin studies demonstrate people’s genetic preference for certain financial behaviors and risk profiles

  • The anthropology of debt

  • The history of bartering and how social debt was actually the first currency

  • Think of money as a measurement of debt

  • What’s the difference between currency and money?

  • What does Genghis Khan have to do with the history of money?

  • What are Native American potlatches and what do they tell us about tipping behavior?

  • What is Soft Money, what is Hard Money, and what are the differences?

  • Does the weather impact your financial decisions?

  • What is the Soul of Money?

  • Misquoting Jesus?

  • Do Jesus and the Hindu scriptures offer the same financial advice?

  • Understanding money and its role in our lives

  • Why you should start with investigating your own biases about money

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Jazzocracy: Jazz, Democracy, and the Creation of a New American Mythology by Kabir Sehgal

  • [Book] Coined: The Rich Life of Money and How Its History Has Shaped Us by Kabir Sehgal

  • [Book] Nonzero: The Logic of Human Destiny by Robert Wright

  • [Bio] Brian Knutson

  • [Wikipedia] Nixon in China

  • [Musical] Hamilton on Broadway

  • [SoS Episode] Trading Your House For A Tulip, Your Love Life, And What It All Has To Do With Making Better Financial Decisions with Dr. Daniel Crosby

  • [Book] Thinking, Fast and Slow by Daniel Kahneman

  • [Personal Site] Kabir Sehgal

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss how you can create success by mashing two seemingly unrelated ideas together. Why energy is the currency of the biological world and how that impacts the evolution of money within our society. We go deep into understanding money and its role in our lives and we look at why you should investigate your own biases about money with Kabir Sehgal

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 875,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one new noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast, and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed the fundamental principles of GameTtheory, we correctly guess the answers to SAT questions without ever knowing what the questions were, we looked at how to use Game Theory in practical ways and went deep on how a college professor and his student started a beverage company, sold a billion bottles of tea and competed against Coke, Nestle, and other major players to become incredibly successful with our guest Barry Nalebuff.

If you want to learn how to apply the lessons of Game Theory to being successful in your life, definitely listen to that episode.

[0:02:25.7] MB: Today, we have another fascinating guest on the show, Kabir Sehgal, Kabir is a former Vice President in emerging market at JP Morgan. He’s a New York Times and Wall Street Journal bestselling author of the book Coined and has served as a speech writer for John Carry during his presidential campaign. He’s been featured on Fortune, the Harvard business review, many other publications. He’s also a regular contributor to CNBC as well as a Grammy winning, producer, composer, and jazz musician. 

Kabir, welcome to the science of success.

[0:02:53.3] KS: Thank you so much for having me. Really a pleasure to be here.

[0:02:56.2] MB: Well, we’re super excited to have you on today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you, kind of fill in some gaps in that background and tell us a little bit about yourself.

[0:03:05.5] KS: You covered a lot of it. I guess I just find myself mostly as a writer and that’s writing words and writing music and creating content. For me, that’s taken me to write several books, you talked about my first book, Coined, history of money, but I’ve written about jazz and I’ve written I think up to seven books now. Children’s books as well. 

That’s one of my passions is writing and also, writing music. I’ve just finished writing my first musical opera on the financial debt crisis. So I try to be inter-disciplinary in my topics and also my approach but the one commonality is trying to express myself through the written, and spoken, and performed word.

[0:03:50.4] MB: That’s fascinating, it kind of reminds me a little bit of, and I’m sure you’ve thought of the comparison but almost Hamilton-esque in the sense of like combining this two totally different mediums. But an opera about the financial crisis sounds really interesting.

[0:04:02.9] KS: Yeah, you know, the thing is, when you want to create a real unique idea, you could have a lot of success by sort of mashing up two different disciplines together. If I were going to write an opera, I could write an opera today of things you’ve heard before.

But why not take it in a completely new direction and you know, that’s why the opera in Nixon in China did so well because they took a story about Richard Nixon going to China and turning that into music. Something unexpected and so this idea, there’s like incremental ideas of like staying within one profession or one discipline and like incrementing the idea or improving a product five, 10%.

When you take one discipline and mash it up with another discipline, you start to get all these different combinations that you didn’t think of before and it creates and it sort of amplifies possibility. You also create a new aesthetic, you create a new brand, you create a new way of looking at the world. It might seem weird, but it definitely gives you the many more permutations of invention and innovation.

[0:05:10.6] MB: It’s fascinating, I love that advice and as somebody who has been so creative across seemingly kind of disparate, non-related fields, I think that’s some deep wisdom to share with our listeners, I love it.

I’m curious, I’d love to kind of dig in a little bit and talk about some of the kind of the core concepts and lessons from Coined.

[0:05:30.9] KS: Sure.

[0:05:32.5] MB: One of the first things I’d love to kind of get your thoughts on, just really simply you know, I think people have a lot of preconceptions about this, but what is money?

[0:05:41.2] KS: That’s a good question. The typical definition of money that comes from economic theory and economists is that money is three things. Money is a unit of value, it’s an instrument of exchange, and is used for counting things.

Unit of value, instrument of exchange, and basically a way for counting a value and I have always found that to be sort of a very limiting definition of money. Yeah, if you define it, a unit of value is something that you count, a store value is something that captures money, an instrument of exchange, we transact.

But money could be more than that thing. Money to me, and I define it in my book, is really a symbol of value. Because anything that represents value has sort of a neurological trigger in our brain and that means that a potato can function as money or some type of currency.

If there is an invasion by aliens into the earth and there’s some kind of rare metal that they bring in and it becomes valuable, that new metal will take on monetary value. So anything that simulates sort of the reward circuitry of the brain, and we can get into that, that to me is what money is, a symbol of value and I think probably the economist and the most well described with Milton Friedman is, you know, whatever society determines should be money will be money. 

You can go back to caveman days or you can go today, whatever the people deem to be money will be money. So it’s very user defined and today, what is money? The definition of money of changing and it always will be changing because our minds are changing and, you know, our brains are plastic, the neurological wirings are changing. It will continue to change as use cases change.

[0:07:23.9] MB: I definitely want to dig into kind of the psychology and some of the rewards circuitry around money but before we do, I’d love to — and I think this is a kind of a natural segue into that. Tell me a little bit about the phrase you talk about, “the biology of exchange” and how you kind of, in the book you start with the really kind of physical, biological components of it and even the journey you took to Galapagos islands and other things, I’d love to kind of weave that into how our brains think about money.

[0:07:52.3] KS: Sure, well you know, I started writing this book with the history of money and you could think about, if you’re going to write a book on the history of money, where will you start? Most books will start in, I guess, Mesopotamia or the beginning of human civilization, sort of Neolithic era of 10,000 years ago or maybe even the great rift valley in Africa.

I was like, “Money expresses something deeply survival based and evolutionary.” I started thinking about it and sure enough, I said, “I think there’s a biological component of why we use money.” In order to dramatize this point, I went to the Galapagos islands because that’s where Charles Darwin, that’s where he came up or was inspired to come up with this theory of natural selection, the evolution of my natural selection.

So I get to the Galapagos, go and hang out with some friends who are marine biologist and what do we do? We go diving into the water and all of a sudden there’s this sea turtle that comes up to me and there are some wrasse fish, this little fish that are going up next to it’s fin and they’re cleaning the turtle, ingesting these parasites. What becomes clear is, this is an exchange going on.

The turtle’s getting cleaned and in exchange, the fish are ingesting or getting the calories they need to survive, the parasites. This is obviously an example of symbiosis and the turtle and the fish is not the only example. This, of course throughout the Galapagos, different stages of the ecosystem, you see a symbiosis.

You see transfers and the first type of currency, the natural currency, the currency of the biological world is energy. Energy, energy, energy. When this starts to get mapped on the history of humanity, you start to see the first types of currency is the first types of things that come traded as a currency or some kind of value is food products.

You look at salts or barley or butter and these are items that give us the calories we need to survive that we take this things and we ingest it and it gives us basically a survival mechanism. Even today, you can say, “Well, you know, that’s a far cry but you know, what do we use money on today? Well, we use money to acquire the resources, namely the food and the energy products that we need to survive. We literally need bread to get bread.” 

So it’s been abstracted away because over thousands of years, but its original purpose, money was an instrument to acquire the needs to survive and there are genetic implications, there’s biological implications and a lot of supporting evidence from neuroscientist that show that there’s actually this energy concept is actually the evolutionary historians that are looking at, indeed, it wasn’t until the brain expanded and we got symbolic thought that money as we knew it was invented. But at its core, money is really an evolutionary product and that’s why I went to the Galapagos, to dramatized that accounts.

[0:10:58.2] MB: After going to the Galapagos, where was the next place on your journey, the next destination that kind of follow the history of money?

[0:11:06.2] KS: That’s a good question. I think for me, it was getting together with a neuroeconomist, because when I started realizing that there was a biological input, there’s input for money and why we use it, I wanted to talk to someone who knew about this. So I met with Dr. Brian Knutson at Stanford University who is one of our leading neuro economist, sort of like an emerging discipline of brains scientists that look at financial decisions. Largely through MRI and brain scans. 

Neuroscience is really sort of like, as they say, 90% neuroscience, 10% economics and hopefully that will change so more economist aren’t factoring in brain insights but you know, we talked about when I say the word money, like your audience, when it hears, when your audience listen to the word money, there may be an actual increase in the skin conductance, the electrical current going through your skin, just at the thought of making money or hearing the word money.

So there’s a biological change, there is a study that shows that, well, if you take money and count it — in China, they did the study where people counting large denomination bills and then they took their fingers and put it in hot scolding water and the people that counted the money reported feeling less pain than the people they were counting blank pieces of paper and then putting their fingers in hot scolding water.

This way, that money sort of dulls your senses. I went to Brian Knutson, this neuroscientist and we talked about, “Hey, is there a biological, neurological reason for this?” He says, "Absolutely there is, there’s a part of the brain called the nucleus accumbens and it’s deep within sort of evolutionary part of the brain, the limbic system of the brain and it fires incessantly at the thought of money. 

He’s done brain science studies and others have done studies that have proven this out, there is a study at Harvard that showed that people who were high on cocaine looking at their brain scan, their nucleus accumbens is firing incessantly. It looks the same as when someone’s about to make money. The brain scan of a coke addict and someone about to make money, the brain scans look almost indistinguishable. 

But Dr. Knutson then, he looked at heterosexual men and he showed them pictures of dead bodies and naked women and money. What got the most excitement out of men was thinking about making money more than getting together with a girl. It just shows you that we’re deeply wired for this thing, to make money, because you realize that we needed to survive. Because survival, you know, is prerequisite to reproduction. 

That was the next step of my journey was understanding the genetic components and having a neuroscientist and reading through the neuroscientific literature to realize, wow, there is actually hard wiring in the brain for money and things that function like money.

[0:13:58.2] MB: Really interesting. The research studies are so intriguing, especially the one about the cocaine finding is fascinating. So I’m curious, what are some of the other kind of components of the psychology of money?

[0:14:12.3] KS: Well, a lot of it comes to your genetic composition too. People don’t often think about it but you know, there is a group of studies called gene studies, twin studies that they take identical twins who have the same genotype, they have the same genes and they separate them over long periods of time and then they ask these twins to make an asset allocation decision.

You want to put your money in stocks, bonds, or cash? They found that twins, even if they’ve been separated for a long period of time, identical twins that they invest and they part their money in similar proportions. That your genetics can in fact influence your financial spending decisions. Dr. Knutson and others, they’ve worked looking at your credit score actually and they found that there is one type of gene, it’s called the COMT gene and there’s two variants of it and it’s evenly dispersed within the population these two types of alleles.

They find that if you have one variant, you’re more likely to be risk averse to put more money in bonds, in cash and to have kind of a decent credit score. If you have the other allele, you’re more likely to be risk seeking, put more money in stocks and higher performing assets but also risk your assets, and to have a lower credit score.

They found that over time, among the sample that they were tracking that there’s one varying to the gene could explain about 97 points on your credit score and that’s about 20% of your credit score. It just shows you that, you know, when you’re making your financial decisions, that often times, it can be your genes and manifesting themselves, the decisions are being — what you’re buying is being manifested by genetic impulses. 

I tread carefully here because look, you can obviously try and thwart your genes, you’re not destined to be doomed by your genes and you can get educated and if you’re not very good in handling your money, you can definitely get classes and so forth. But there is something to be said that if you’re not good with money, you can maybe blame your parents and say you know, my parents made me do it because it’s their genepool after all. There’s definitely genetic reasons and impetus to how we spend.

[0:16:31.5] MB: I’m curious, another concept that you talk about and I know is kind of one of the next steps on this understanding of money that you talk about in Coined is the idea of the anthropology of debt. I’d love for you to share that story.

[0:16:44.0] KS: Sure, so most histories of money going back to Adam Smith and Aristotle, they say that money was invented through barter, right? We’ve all heard this that there is this land and someone had apples, another person had bananas and they were trying to trade with each other, so they decided to barter and then all this bartering started going on. Eventually money was invented out of this bartering, as a way to replace barter. That whole idea of bartering led to money has been with us in economic literature for thousands of years.

Anthropologist have gone back and they’ve studied it and they said, “Well wait a second, this is actually not the case that societies — there’s almost never been a society that functions on barter as the principle of a means of exchange. In fact, it’s usually debt, social debt.” Because you know, bartering is what you do with someone when you're not going to see again, someone comes into your village and go, “Hey okay, let’s trade something and get something of value for each other and because we want to make sure we have a fair trade.”

If I know you, you’re part of my family, you’re part of my tribe or the neighboring society and we have a lingering relationship then let’s just do the transaction on debt. Like, you’ll owe me one. Okay. This whole idea of social debt is really one of the first and probably most ubiquitous currencies in the world, you think back to Neolithic times that if you’re a caveman and you catch some game and you bring it to the feeding station and you’re going to invite your friends because if you don’t invite your friends, the day will come when you’ll be hungry and then they’re not going to repay you. You won’t be repaid because you didn’t really offer to reciprocate or invite them. 

So think about this caveman, inviting you a feeding session, it’s basically like a forward derivatives contract today that, “Look, you’re going to owe me in the future at some time and I’m not sure what the value’s going to be but we’ll figure it out later.” That’s kind of what a forward derivative contract is when it’s traded on the market on Wall street today. When you look at the first types of currencies in the world, it’s actually not coins or paper. It’s, in ancient Mesopotamia, the record show that its loan documents, clay tablets that were denominating loan and silver and barley. Basically saying, “you owe this person X, you owe this person Y”.

That’s the first type of sort of monetary instrument that gets invented as credit and debt. There was some great writers who talked about this that when you think about distance, you think about a mile as a measurement of distance, you think about an inch as a measurement of distance. Start thinking about money as a measurement of debt. Money is a measurement of a way to capture and understand how much debt is in the world because debt is the way, even today when you think about how our monitory system works with fractional reserve banking is basically we’re taking a one dollar or due credit multiplying it through our society into $99.

When you ask about the anthropology of debt, it’s really re-equating ourselves with what money really is which is a measurement of debt.

[0:19:53.0] MB: What’s the difference between currency and money?

[0:19:57.9] KS: Well, currency, if you break it down, currency comes from a word “carer” in Italian which means like to flow and currency is, I like to say, a broader use of money. Anything can function as a currency, right? Like I was saying before, there’s different types of currency, there is social currency, there is financial currency, there is different types of monetary currency. I think that’s like if you're thinking about a scientific term, the mother genus, if you will, will be currency. Money tends to be a financial type of currency. 

The word money comes from the roman goddess Juno Moneta and who is the goddess that was sort of supposed to look after the treasury and after the gauls came in and sacked Rome or that treasury, Moneta means “to warn” in Italian. That name, over the many years has stuck money. To answer your question, currency is like a broader look at money and how I look at money through the book is really looking at currency throughout the world and money is definitely the financial child of the word currency.

[0:21:08.6] MB: Tell us about your visit to Mongolia and why you went there?

[0:21:14.7] KS: Mongolia is a fascinating place. I went there, again, to dramatize the history of money and because I was intrigued that paper money and a lot of monetary concepts that we think of is very western, really started in the east and the Mongolians get sort of a bad rap for Genghis Khan and he is a brutal dictator but they’re also parts of his empire, they’re quite modern. 

Genghis Khan, he basically unified and the Mongols unified so much of the orients and the west and he had a lot of modern innovations. Like he brought modern postal system, he setup a postal system. There was a freedom of religion and so forth. He also precipitated, that was really the beginning of paper money as we know it and really, it was Kubla Khan, he was like, “Basically, I want to invade China.”

He went to the Southern Song dynasty and he fell that kingdom and he took over the Chinese empire, essentially. He realized right away that he needed to use something to unify his lands and he needed something to create a value throughout this land. So he issued paper money and paper money was initially backed by silk and I think essentially silk and silver. The great Marco Polo writes about Kubla Khan as the Khan prints money out of the barks of trees. 

Then, they started spending so much money, they started running out of silver and silk so Kubla Khan does something he decides to cut that link between money and metal and he issues these Edicts saying that, “If you do not use my money, you’ll be put to death, I will kill you.” He also issues Edicts that say essentially that, “If you counterfeit this money, I will also kill you.” You start to see that money is really backed by fear of the kingdom or the Khan in this case and force. 

So this money starts to circulate and throughout this part of China, throughout the Mongol empire, which was quite vast and over time, they started printing more of it, there was a monetary crisis which led to inflation and then an inflation turned into a full-fledged economic collapse. Then there was a plague and all this other healthcare problems, that part of the Mongol empire fell and now I went to Karakorum, Mongolia which is the seat of the ancient Mongol empire. 

There’s nothing there anymore except for some ruins and it just shows you that civilizations could come and go and one of the most important decisions that any civilization, any society can make is what will function as money but also making prudent financial decisions to make sure that they’re not living beyond their means. Because if you do, you could go the way of that part of the Mongol empire or any country that’s really fallen and disappear because of their economic misfortunes.

[0:24:20.7] MB: Very interesting that the Mongols are essentially one of the creators of fiat currency.

[0:24:26.5] KS: Right, yeah. A lot of people lay claim to it. Some people say the Tang dynasty in China, which was 9th century AD, they invented paper money but money didn’t really function and flourish until the Mongols. Then you have sort of the checking system that came about in the Munecian times. Money’s really been a global, an incremental innovation and almost every country has adapted it for their own use case and so many different things have functioned as money throughout thousands of years in human history.

[0:24:57.7] MB: Another facet of the kind of anthropology of money, you talk about tipping and what tipping behavior can say about us, nut you also share the story of a Native American potlatch. I’d love to hear that story. 

[0:25:11.6] KS: A Native American potlatch is a practice when a tribe or a group of tribes will invite everyone to a ceremony and you hold a potlatch during a very special occasion. So let’s say there’s a new chief or a new king or a new queen or someone is getting married and the practice is you line up everyone and everyone sits in order according to their status and there’s singing and there’s dancing and there’s a lot of food and then at the end, there’s a gift giveaway and everyone starts getting gifts. 

So the king or the queen or the chief or whoever will start giving gifts to everyone who’s been invited and your gift, the type of gift and the expense of the gift is based on your status within the tribe. So if you get something amazing, if you get a nice piece of meat for example that means you’re respected. If you get something that is not so good, it might be that you’re too junior or you don’t have much respect and so a potlatch became a way of using currency or giving currency, giving something of value as a way to reinforce status within the community. 

So overtime these potlatches became competitive. It became very competitive where other tribes will come and they would invite a neighboring tribe and they will hold a potlatch and they would give so much of their wealth as a way to shame their guests saying, “Oh I’m giving you so much of my wealth I can afford to give you all this wealth because I am so rich.” 

So essentially they are big timing each other and so the potlatch became a very competitive thing and this has implications even to today but I should say that in Native American tribes, Native American community gifts are not something that you keep. Gifts are something that you keep on passing to other people and this term “Indian Giver” in the West Americans, we may see it as a negative thing. You know Louis and Clark when they did their travels across America, they would give gifts in their trade with Native Americans. 

But then the Native Americans would give the gifts that they had just received to other people or they would give the gift back to Louis and Clark and the early settlers and this was really bizarre. Why are they giving their gifts away? A gifts are meant to be appreciated. But in Native American communities, if you just hold onto a gift, it loses its spirit of being a gift. You have to keep on giving it and that giving and receiving defines social rules within the community and it’s something that we do. 

I saw some poll recently and around holiday season that a large sloth of Americans are embarrassed by saying and admitting that they are re-gifting something but a large sloth of Americans also do re-gift. So we all do it, a lot of us do it so that shows you what a potlatch is and how gifting is so endemic to the idea of money and how even today this idea of re-gifting helps define where you are in the social community. Not only in Native American communities but also in our day to day lives as well. 

[0:28:12.0] MB: Have you ever read the book Nonzero by Robert Wright? 

[0:28:15.6] KS: No. Tell me about it. 

[0:28:16.6] MB: I think you’d really like it. It’s a book about he essentially uses and combines Game Theory and social anthropology to describe the evolution of human societies and it’s a really, really good read and we’ll include it in the show notes as well for listeners who want to check it out. But he talks a little bit about potlatches and I think he even goes there were some tribes where the tradition became so extreme that they would burn all the gifts. It will be like who can burn more stuff as a demonstration of how wealthy they were and how powerful they were that they could torch copious amounts of food and supplies and all kinds of stuff. 

[0:28:52.8] KS: Wow, how perverse you know? It’s absurd but at the same time revelatory about what a society values and wants to express about itself. 

[0:29:02.7] MB: So what is the difference between the concept of soft money and the concept of hard money and what are both of those? 

[0:29:09.7] KS: Soft money I define as — Well, let me start over. I’ll stick a first pin looking at hard money. Hard money is money that’s backed by a commodity or a metal. We often think about gold as being a hard money that the gold standard that it used to be that the dollar or the pound was redeemable by some amount of gold currency, by some amount of gold that there is a special room somewhere that you go and exchange your money and get an adequate amount or an equal amount of hard currency. 

And so, I define hard money as just that, metal back to money and in some cases, you can call it proto money. Anything that has some sort of intrinsic worth like meat, or salt, or barley. All of these things like coffee beans, this things service having value to human that you can eat it, you can consume it, they are instantly valuable. These are different types of hard currencies. Soft money is the opposite of that, which is an article of faith, it’s paper. 

It’s basically saying this piece of paper is basically an IOU from the government and it’s not necessary an IOU for gold. In fact it’s really an IOU saying that this is a legal tender for all debts private and public and so people say that the US government military or the US government is the backing of the US dollar but it really is the faith in our institution, it’s the faith in our government that the dollar will be backed by our government to come to the rescue much like it did during the great financial crisis in 2008-2009.

So increasingly we are in a soft money world and some people say we need to get back to a hard money world where there is the gold standard and so forth but I would say that getting back to a gold standard would be very deflationary for the economy. In fact Winston Churchill when he was the head of the ex-checker in Britain he said it was the worst mistake of his political life to try to get back to the gold standard in the same rate at which Britain left because there was a massive amount like 50% deflation in unemployment and millions are going out of work because they are trying to go back to this gold standard. 

Whereas I always use a thought experiment that let’s say there is a financial crisis in America and you are the president of the United States and you have two options. The first option is you can inflate and issue more soft money and sort of paper over the problems and hope that you can stimulate a way through government spending problems or you can do very little or do nothing. Say, “Oh we cannot issue any more money. We’re going to have deflation.” 

Well one is interventionist and one is not and you probably don’t want to be a politician who’s looking like he’s not doing anything or being very hard lined and that’s why you always have this policy of interventionism and you always have this policy of spending of soft money and that’s why soft money is so ubiquitous in the world because it’s a silent tax on all of us that the government can rob us very slowly with the value of money. The dollar has lost 81% of it’s value on a purchasing price pair parity level over the last 30 or 40 years. Soft money is with us, it’s not going anywhere anytime soon and I think we are stuck with it. 

[0:32:41.6] MB: In many ways that is the modern version of what Kubla Khan began. 

[0:32:46.4] KS: Yeah, exactly. There is a history of money and I talk about it in my book that the history of political leaders that have sought to use soft money and every problem there had been consequences for that. Kubla Khan would be one, you could look at John Law in the early 1716 to 1720 in France, you could look at Benjamin Franklin who wanted more bank notes issued, Abraham Lincoln, these are all people that took us away from hard money. Franklin Roosevelt, Richard Nixon. So there’s many core leaders that have pushed us in the direction of soft money for thousands of years.

[0:33:30.3] MB: The most interesting description or criticism of the gold standard that I have ever heard is the idea that essentially the expansion of credit in an economy that’s tied to the gold standard is not determined by for thought or economic policy. It’s solely determined by random fluctuation of rocks that are pulled from the ground.

[0:33:50.6] KS: Right, I think Warren Buffet has a great line that we dig up metal from these holes in the ground and put them in other holes in the ground and into our vault so we can store them and any Martian looking at us will be like, “Why do you do this?” And so somewhere, you get back to the evolutionary thought. If somewhere the idea of shinny metals and values, those neurons fire together maybe it is something that attracted us, that maybe early primates were attracted to something that had shinny luster and that it was valuable because there’s very little use case for gold. 

Other than preventing fires, it’s a resistance but there is very little use case for gold other than ornamentation and it’s been short of a principle of value for us and it’s hard to explain why that happened other than we were just naturally attracted to it. 

[0:34:45.9] MB: Buffet also has a great criticism of gold as a “asset class” where he says, “If you had all the gold in the world, you can’t do anything with it,” right? Which is what you were saying but he compares it to an asset that’s actually income producing. Like if you had a factory, you can make things and sell them and it returns capital whereas gold just sits there. It doesn’t produce anything. It’s not a productive asset. It’s just a rock. 

[0:35:11.0] KS: Right, exactly. That’s what it is. He’s a wise man. 

[0:35:15.8] MB: He is a wise man. Changing gears, I’m curious you’ve talked about how does weather impact people’s financial behavior? 

[0:35:24.1] KS: So weather manifest itself and through a financial decisions. You can see it in stock market returns. Going back to 80 years ago, we have data on weather patterns. We also have data on stock market returns and so the researchers looked at trading patterns for the largest markets, New York, Tokyo, Hong Kong and London and they looked again at the data and they found that sure enough that on sunny days the markets performed and annualized 25% or something like that versus cloudy days which is like 12%. 

And so it shows you that one type of business barometer or market barometer is the weather and I had a client of mine and my clients manage billions of dollars and I never had a client say, “You know it could be the sun made me buy that stock.” But often times we’re not really aware of what is shaping our financial decisions and this can be found on a very micro level too. Ask any waiter, and you asked about tipping before, but ask any waiter and they will say that when you seat people outside on a sunny day versus a cloudy day or versus seeing them inside, when you seat them outside on a sunny day, people are in a better mood. 

People are in a better frame of mind and this study was replicated I think over a couple dozen cities and they found that waiters sure enough would get more money when they’re guest were seated outside on a sunny day. So again, there is genetics, there is biology, there is weather factors that shape our financial decisions even when you are not thinking about money, you’re thinking about money. 

[0:37:06.4] MB: In the book you talk about the soul of money. What does that mean? 

[0:37:10.6] KS: I think the way you use money can also may determine the fate of your soul, which is a loaded comment I know but that’s how if you are a believer in the scriptures whether it’s the tree Abraham religions or also to Hinduism, that’s what the scripture says. I went to Al Qaeda and I went to the home for the dying investiture and Mother Theresa and there I found a young teenage and he told me that he was there because of what the scripture teaches, the gospel teaches. 

When I was his age, I was focused on other things. I wasn’t focused on helping lepers and so I went back and read the scriptures and sure enough that the gospel is pretty clear. In the book of Mathew there are eight parables and in eight of the ten parables Jesus is talking about money or wealth, how to use money. He talks about money so often it always makes you feel uncomfortable. Jesus is always giving financial lessons of what to do with money and not to squander it and make sure that your valuing thing that are everlasting. 

Even on the Sermon on the Mount he says, “Lay up your treasures in heaven and not on earth,” and then he goes on to say something very precarious that people had been trying to work out for generations, theologians have been arguing about this. He says essentially, and I don’t want misquote Jesus but he says essentially that the eye of the body, do not darken the eye of your body and then he goes on to talk about money again. 

And the question is like, “What is He talking about with this idea of the lamp and darkening your eye?” Theologians have believed that he was talking about greed. He is talking about greed because greed is something that you cannot see in yourself. You see it in other people and greed is something that darkens your eye meaning that, again, you can’t see it. You can always say, “Oh someone else is making more money or someone else is a better reputation, or someone else has more social media followers.” 

But in fact, there’s a pastor who talks about this who’s been hearing confessionals for 25 years. He says, “You know, I’ve never ever had someone come into the confessional and said, “Forgive me father I have sinned, I am too greedy.” He says, “It just doesn’t happen.” People aren’t concerned about how much money they have but Jesus is putting forward a test that if you want to follow me sell all of your possessions and follow me, detach from money and that’s not something we want to hear because it’s not practical. It’s very difficult. 

If we live according to the scriptures then how you use money at least can be a determinant on the fate of our souls and if we lived and how we use money can determine our character. So I ended my journey, and I wrote about this in my book, at a temple in India and learning about what Hinduism says about money and I thought the advice in Hinduism to be the most practical and nuanced out of the time I spend looking at religion and money. 

Because in Hinduism there is a few goals, that fighting four goals to life. One of the goals is called Artha, which means wealth. It is your job, it is your duty in life to make Artha, to make money because you’ve got to take care of your family, you’ve got to take care of your friends and people are going to look at you for that, Artha. But there’ll come a time in your life when you realize that chasing money and chasing status, you realize it will leave you a little empty inside and that’s when you prepare for the end goal of Hinduism, which is called Moksha or liberation. 

Which is, “Okay I have attained these things. I’ve done it ethically. I’ve got all of these resources. I’ve made money. I made a name for myself and now it’s time to detach from these things,” that is to correspond to periods of your life. So if you are young and you’re listening to this podcast and you’re trying to learn the tips of the Science of Success and try to succeed, that’s awesome. Do it, make Artha, make your money, make your status but as you get older 70’s, 80’s, 90’s and you start to think about leaving the world, you can start relinquishing these things and sart realizing that it’s okay to renounce these things and leave things to other people. 

This can also correspond to period every day which is in the morning you are making money. You are making a name so you decide to go into work but at night you detach from these things and it’s with finding some balance or some harmony in your life and it just shows you that it’s good to go out and make the money but also realize the Moksha or liberation from it’s also determination. It would also focus you on this idea of the soul of money meaning that how you use money arguably, again according to the Scriptures can determine the faith of your soul. 

[0:41:46.4] MB: So for listeners who want some practical actionable steps that they can take to implement some of these findings about money and the history of money, what are some ideas or strategies that you’d recommend for them or what’s maybe one piece, one simple piece of homework that you would give to them?

[0:42:04.1] KS: That’s a good question, I think my book wasn’t so much about how to make money. It was about understanding money and its role in our lives and with your focus on psychology and the science of success, one of the probably easiest places to look if you are in biases and cognitive biases of how we use money, so there’s all kinds of biases. If you hadn’t read Daniel Kahneman’s work Thinking Fast and Slow, but a lot of people have documented these biases. 

One of them is called the availability bias that the more often you can think of something you start to inflate the probability of actually happening. A good case of this is my father, he plays the lottery every week and I say, “Okay why do you play the lottery every week?” He says, “Oh I see it on the news and I could win. I could be there holding that big check,” and I said, “Well you haven’t seen the millions of other people that lost,” and so he’s trying to get to inflate the probability of it actually happening. 

So I would say that if you are looking to try to get smarter or how you use money, start of thinking the biases that you live by. A practical one is if you hear about a stock idea or they hear about a new company you want to invest in, give it three months and let it cool off a little bit. That company is not going to go away. The stocks are still going to be there and because you are familiar with that information, you start to really get excited about it. You start to make an emotional decision. 

I would say start to institute time constraints. Anytime you hear about something you want to buy, put a month. Put two months before you actually buy it because them you are actually cool to the decision and if you still want to do it, then you’ll do it but you’ll be making such an emotional and perhaps irrational decision immediately. 

[0:43:42.4] MB: Where can listeners find you, your books, and your music online? 

[0:43:47.3] KS: You can find me at www.kabir.cc. 

[0:43:53.0] MB: Awesome. Well, we’ll make sure to include that in the show notes so that everybody can find the books and listen to some of your music and explore these topics more deeply. 

Well, Kabir thank you so much for being on the show. It’s been a fascinating conversation and we really appreciate having you on here. 

[0:44:10.1] KS: My pleasure, great to be with you. 

[0:44:12.0] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every single listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners and you can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all of this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about, and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co, just hit the show notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.

April 06, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Money & Finance
BarryNalebuff(2)-01.jpg

How a Game Theory Expert Sold One Billion Bottles of Tea & What He Learned On The Journey with Barry Nalebuff

March 30, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Decision Making

In this episode we discuss the fundamental principles of game theory, we correctly guess the answers to SAT questions - without every knowing what the question was! We look at how to use game theory in practical ways, and go deep on how a college professor and his student started a beverage company, sold a billion bottles of tea, and competed against Coke, Nestle, and other major players to become incredibly successful with our guest Barry Nalebuff.

Barry is a Professor of Economics and Management at Yale School of Management. A graduate of MIT, a Rhodes Scholar and Junior Fellow at the Harvard Society of Fellows, Barry earned his doctorate at Oxford University. Barry is the author of several books, an expert in game theory which he applies to business strategy, and the co-founder of Honest Tea which has been named one of America’s fastest Growing Companies

We discuss:

  • What is Game Theory?

  • What are the fundamental principles of game theory?

  • The difference between ego-centric and being alo-centric

  • How do you design a system that avoids death spirals?

  • Everything in life is a game

  • Barry grills me on game theory with a fascinating example

  • We crush through some SAT questions and find the correct answer - without every knowing the question!

  • We use a simple game to understand Nash equilibrium and how that explains third world development challenges and corruption

  • What is the prisoner’s dilemma and how does it apply to the real world?

  • How global warming demonstrates a multi-person prisoner’s dilemma

  • The concept of “signaling” in game theory and how Michale Spence won a noble prize studying it

  • A real-world example of how signaling can be used to change outcomes getting hired

  • How to use game theory to negotiate and create the best possible outcomes

  • A concrete example of how to "divide the pie” and reach a fair and “principled” conclusion in a negotiation

  • Why it's important to figure out what the pie is before you determine how to split it

  • How a professor and his student pooled their resources, started a beverage company, sold a billion bottles of tea, and competed against coke, nestle, and other major players

  • The concept of “declining marginal utility” and how that shaped the founding of Honest Tea

  • We explain why a function is maximized when its derivative is zero

  • The “Babysitter Theorem” and why it was critical to Honest Tea’s success

  • How Barry and Seth used the Lean Startup approach to launch Honest Tea

  • Would it make sense for Pepsi to release a perfect replica of Coke?

  • Barry’s advice for aspiring entrepreneurs

  • Be radically different

    • Solve a challenging problem

    • Succeed without being copied

  • How Honest Tea prevented their business model from being copied and knocked off

  • And much more

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Coursera Lecture] Negotiating Online

  • [Bio] Michael Spence

  • [Book] Mission in a Bottle by Seth Goldman, Barry Nalebuff, and Sungyoon Choi

  • [Movie] A Beautiful Mind (2001)

  • [Book Site] Mission in a Bottle

  • [Bio] Barry J. Nalebuff

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.7] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study, and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss the fundamental principles of game theory. We correctly guessed the answers to SAT questions without ever knowing what the questions are. We look at how to use game theory in practical ways, and we go deep on how a college professor and his student started a beverage company, sold a billion bottles of tea, and competed against Coke, Nestle, and other major players to become incredibly successful, with our guest, Barry Nalebuff.

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed why dieting actually predicts weight gain over the long run. How you can build a health style of habits that accumulates small advantages and create a healthy lifestyle overtime. How habit loops are formed and how you can leverage neuroscience to create habits that stick. The concept of mindful eating and how it can transform your relationship to the meals that you eat, and more with our guest, Darya Rose. If you want to build a healthy lifestyle, listen to that episode. 

[0:02:36.9] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show, Dr. Barry Nalebuff. Barry is a professor of economics and management at the Yale School of Management. He’s a graduate of MIT, a Road Scholar, and a Junior Fellow at the Harvard Society of Fellows. He earned his doctorate at Oxford University. He’s the author of several books, an expert in game theory, which he applies to business strategy, and he’s the cofounder of Honest Tea, which has been named one of America’s fastest growing companies. 

Barry, welcome to The Science of Success.

[0:03:06.2] BN: Thanks for having me.

[0:03:07.4] MB: We’re very excited to have you on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your story, tell us a little bit about your background. 

[0:03:14.8] BN: You gave me a nice intro. For many years, I couldn’t seem to hold a job, so I taught at Harvard, Princeton, and now, Yale. I’ve been here, I think, 27 years, so it’s home. I teach in the School of Management. My subjects are negotiation, innovation, strategy, and game theory. 

[0:03:34.5] MB: Game theory is something that I’m fascinated with. I love strategy and games and it’s something that I love reading about and thinking about. Actually, the original introduction I had to you and your writing was the old school book, Thinking Strategically, that you wrote with Avinash Dixit, and I’ve really enjoyed that. I’m curious, for listeners who may not know much about game theory, how would you describe sort of what game theory is and sort of the basics of game theory. 

[0:04:01.1] BN: Sure. It’s the science of interaction. You start with a simpler problem, called decision theory, and that is you make a decision and you think about how that will interact with nature. When an engineer builds a bridge, they think about tensile strength of steel, the load factor on a bridge, but you don’t have to think about how the bridge is going to respond to your actions. 

In contrast, when a strategist or a general takes a particular action, they have to think about how the other side will respond. What is their objective? What are they trying to accomplish? Only by taking into account the other side do you have a chance of being success. Normally, people tend to be egocentric, that is they’re focused on themselves. Game theory is all about being allocentric, understanding the perspective of others. 

[0:04:50.6] MB: Very interesting. Where does that tie into kind of the idea of strategic behavior?

[0:04:56.8] BN: Your strategy is both about predicting how other people respond to what you do, but also about shaping what it is that they’re going to do. If you think about the current healthcare debate, everybody would like to have a situation where people without preexisting conditions can just get insurance whenever they want, but the challenge is that if they can buy insurance anytime, then they’ll say, “Well, I’ll just wait until I need insurance, and then I’ll get it,” and then the problem is only the sickest people will go and buy insurance. That means that the cost of the insurance is going to be incredibly high and you get into what sometimes is called the death spiral. 

[inaudible 0:05:35.3] is how do you go and design a system which gives people incentives to sign up even when they’re not don’t currently need it. One tactic, like with the stick, which is we’re going to impose a tax penalty on you if you don’t sign up. The other view could be a carrot, which is if you do sign up, we’ll guarantee that you can continue to sign up and you can get continuous coverage and you can’t be denied insurance going forward so long as you’ve been continuously covered.

[0:06:05.9] MB: I think that’s a great real world example. I’m curious, for somebody who’s listening and thinking, “Game theory kind of sounds interesting, but why does it matter to my life, or why it is important?” Why do you think it’s so critical to study and learn and understand game theory?

[0:06:22.2] BN: Right. I think pretty much everything we do in life is a game. It’s not always called that way. Whether it’d be negotiating with your children, your spouse, or raise at work, to understand how competitors respond to you in a market place. So since you’re playing a game, you might as well play it well and understand, really, what’s going on. Game theory is everything in my view. It’s everywhere. I thought if you don’t mind, actually, I’d give you a little example that we could have some fun with. 

[0:06:51.8] MB: Yeah, that sounds great.

[0:06:53.7] BN: Here is a question I’ve taken from the SAT, and I’d like your — It’s a real question. I didn’t make this up. I’d like you to tell us what the right answer is. Here are the choices; A is merits, B is disadvantages, C is rewards, D is jargon, and E is problems.

[0:07:12.6] MB: All right. What’s the question?

[0:07:14.6] BN: Oh! No, I wasn’t going to tell you the question. You see, I think, by using game theory, you can actually figure out the right answer. Let’s imagine for a moment, you’re the person writing the test. What is your objective in this? 

I think there are a couple of objectives. One; you don’t want everybody to get the right answer. You don’t want everybody to get the wrong answer. You want to be able to spread people out. Two; you want to make sure there’s only one possible correct answer, ‘cause if there are two right answers, you’re going to have to go and re-grade the exam, and it will be a nightmare. Three; you never want somebody to get the right answer to the wrong logic. Okay?

Now, you understand the perspective of the person writing the test and your choices are merits, disadvantages, rewards, jargon, and problems. 

[0:08:02.7] MB: All right. Going back to my SAT days, and I definitely should have had another cup of coffee this morning. I’m looking at it and the one to me that seems to jump out and be the least like the other four, or five, is jargon. It seems totally disconnected to the others. 

[0:08:17.6] BN: Okay. That could be a good thing, or a bad thing, because if it’s just all by itself, then maybe it doesn’t have any good decoys. Let’s go and figure out if we can use any specific principles here; merits, disadvantages, rewards, jargon, and problems. I’ll get you started a little bit. I would say that disadvantages and problems are pretty similar to each other. 

[0:08:41.8] MB: I agree. 

[0:08:43.2] BN: And so if one is right, it’s kind of hard to imagine that the other would be wrong, that somebody could make a  good case that the other word would also be an appropriate choice. My view is that two of them knock each other out. Are you with me on that?

[0:08:57.7] MB: Yeah, let’s go with that. 

[0:09:00.3] BN: Now you are left with merits, rewards, and jargon. 

[0:09:04.6] MB: I think there’s definitely a distinction between — There’s obviously a distinction between merits and rewards, but they both have to me sort of this almost like positive connotation, whereas jargon just seems completely out on an island. 

[0:09:18.4] BN: The island part is dangerous, because it could be no decoys, but the question is how close are merits and rewards? Are they sufficiently close that somebody could make a valid argument that they would both work? I think the answer is yes, actually. 

Here is the first part of the question. It says, “Each occupation has its own.” You could see how both merits and rewards work for that and it’d be pretty hard to distinguish between the two as you go on. I think those cancel each other out and you’re left with jargon. 

The whole question is actually, “Each occupation has its own blank; bankers, lawyers, computer professionals, for example, all use among themselves language which outsiders have difficulty following.” You can see that jargon is the right answer.  

[0:10:06.6] MB: Ta-da!  

[0:10:07.6] BN: Okay? Now, as you understand it, let’s try one last one, because you’ve got the principle; accurate, popular, erroneous, widespread, and ineffectual. Accurate, popular, erroneous, widespread, and ineffectual. 

[0:10:25.1] MB: All right. I’m writing these down; accurate, popular, erroneous, widespread, and ineffectual.

[0:10:30.9] BN: Correct. 

[0:10:32.0] MB: Let’s see, popular and widespread obviously kind of synonymous. 

[0:10:36.6] BN: They cancel each other out. Great. Now, we’re left with accurate, erroneous, and ineffectual.  

[0:10:41.7] MB: Accurate and erroneous are kind of opposites. I think, ineffectual —  

[0:10:45.6] BN: They are indeed antonyms. That’s correct. 

[0:10:48.1] MB: Antonyms. There we go. We’re getting our vocab words in. I think that, to me, erroneous and ineffectual could do have sort of similar connotations. I’d probably — I don’t know. I don’t know —  

[0:11:00.0] BN: Let’s pause for a moment. Accurate and erroneous, because they’re opposites, actually are each great decoys with the other. That is, if a person reads a sentence backwards, or misunderstands the meaning of the word and flips it, they would choose the other one by mistake, but nobody could claim that that was the correct answer. 

That suggest that accurate and erroneous are our most likely candidates here.  Now, we have to figure out is there a good decoy for one of them. 

[0:11:28.3] MB: It feels to me like ineffectual could be  a decoy for erroneous. 

[0:11:33.0] BN: The question is if one was correct, but you really argue the other one is not correct. 

[0:11:38.5] MB: I think it’d be challenging. 

[0:11:40.1] BN: I don’t know. Actually, you could be correct. You could be accurate, but also ineffectual. My example here is totally spot on, but I don’t seem to be having the effect I want, and so I could be ineffectual in this example that I’m using even if I’m not erroneous.  

[0:11:54.9] MB: Good point.  

[0:11:55.7] BN: To me, the words actually are that there’s open water between the meetings as supposed to popular and widespread, where I think you can really make the case that there’s not open water there. To me, ineffectual is a good decoy, but a far enough decoy away that it really there isn’t both a right answer for erroneous. In fact, the question whether some people who think only the poor and less educated people use slang, but this idea is erroneous. 

Anyway, my point in this is that it’s actually possible by understanding how the test maker is trying to achieve — The test maker’s objective. You can figure out what’s the right answer without even reading the question. Of course, it’s easier to do the problems reading the questions. You understand what the other side is trying to achieve, then you can accomplish what it is that you’re trying to achieve. That’s the essence of game theory. 

[0:12:50.2] MB: That’s a great demonstration, and it’s really fascinating. I think it does an amazing job of kind of highlighting the point that just by understanding the other party and their incentives in the way that they think you can get a tremendous amount of information.  

[0:13:05.0] BN: That’s the idea. 

[0:13:06.3] MB: I’m curious, what are some of the kind of core mental models or concepts that come out of game theory? 

[0:13:13.4] BN: One of the most important is the idea of equilibrium, and this goes back to John Nash who won a Nobel Prize, had a movie done about him, A Beautiful Mind, starring Russell Crowe. This is the question of, “How do I figure out what the other side is going to do when they are trying to figure out what it is that I’m going to do?” That’s a challenge because, essentially, it can’t be I’m responding to your actual actions, I have to respond to what I think you’re going to be doing while you’re thinking about what it is that I’m going to be doing. 

Here is another simple game that we can play. If the two of us pick the same number, we’ll have a third party, your producer, each pay us that amount of money. We have to pick a number between 1 and 10. If we don’t pick the same number, we both get zero. Do you understand the game so far?

[0:14:09.9] MB: Absolutely.

[0:14:11.2] BN: All right. I think seven is really a lucky number. I like seven. I heard a lot of people — I understand pick seven. Of course, you could pick any other number. Now, you can see that there’s a little bit of a paradox that you have to choose. Which is we both pick 10, we both get more money. You might be saying, “Although I’d like to pick 10, I’m a little worried that Barry is going to pick seven. Barry might have to pick seven, cause he’s afraid that Matt is going to pick seven because he thinks Barry is going to pick seven.” We both end up worse off, or maybe we don’t even coordinate, I end up picking seven, and you pick 10, and we both get zero. 

One of the challenges that exists with Nash equilibrium is that it can be more than one and we may fail to find it, and this simple example, and she goes a long way towards explaining why we have development issues in many Third World Countries. We could like to be in a situation where nobody pays bribes and nobody asks for bribes. We want to get rid of corruption, but if I believe that the official is going to want a bribe, and I don’t pay the bribe, then I won’t get my new passport, I won’t get my new driver’s license, then I will have to offer the bribe, the person will end up taking it and we end up in a situation where the economy get stuck in this corrupt equilibrium and doesn’t advance as quickly as it might.

You can’t just change by having one person change them. I’d go from 7 to 10 and the other person doesn’t flip, it doesn’t help either. You have to have this coordinated move, and that’s not so easy to do.

[0:15:50.9] MB: That’s a beautiful demonstration going from a very simple game to an extremely concrete real world application. I’d be curious, could you explain — Another one I know is very popular and kind of the cornerstones of game theory; The Prisoner’s Dilemma. For listeners who may not know what that is, or maybe have heard it but don’t really understand it, I’d love to hear your kind of explanation of it and then maybe if you can think of one, perhaps a real world instance of the The Prisoner’s Dilemma as well.

[0:16:18.4] BN: Yeah, I sometimes shy away from it, not because it isn’t [inaudible 0:16:22.7] example, but because people end up thinking that’s all there is to game theory, is the idea of the The Prisoner’s Dilemma, and anyone who has seen a detective movie knows the drill. Two prisoners are interviews in separate cells and each one is told that if they can confess and they’re the first to confess, they’ll get a lighter sentence, maybe even get the turn state’s evidence. Whereas if they both confess, there’s a whole lot less value in those confessions, and so it doesn’t work out so well for them. On the other hand, if neither confesses, they may actually get a life sentence, or not even convicted. 

The problem is that if you’re colleague in crime doesn’t confess, it turns out that the leniency you are shown is a good — It really makes it worthwhile for you to confess. Similarly, if the arrival of your fellow criminal does confess — Oh my God! You surely better, because otherwise they can have the book thrown at you. 

Whatever happens, it’s in your interest to confess, and then when both sides confess, they don’t do so well compared to the situation where neither confesses. By the way, we use this not just for criminals, but also in antitrust enforcement, in corporate crime. If it turns out there’s been a conspiracy or an antitrust and one company comes forward, they end up often getting amnesty as a result. If you know that if you are rival — If your coconspirator has this incentive to come forward and be a whistle blower, then you may decide you have to do that too, because you’ll be left having the books thrown at you.  

It’s used in many context, and sometimes we think of this as a bad thing if you’re a prisoner, but it’s a good thing if you are the law enforcement. Then, the question — Go ahead.

[0:18:10.2] MB: Continue please. 

[0:18:11.9] BN: Then, the question is how do you get out of it? It could be that, “Well, okay. I’m going to meet up with you in jail. If I do that and you confessed, or other prisoners will say, “Wait a second. This guy was a rat. He confessed,” and they’re going to punish you quite severely in prison for that. That’s a good enough deterrent. 

If we’re actually coming across people again and again and we have the ability to punish them in the future for what they did in that confession, then that’s how the mob often prevents people from churning. What’s true and what’s possible in a single interaction much more is possible when you run into the same people again and again. 

We can also think of a multi-person prisoner’s dilemmas, and you can think of global warming often in that circumstance, which is it’s in my own interest to drive a car, to fly in an airplane, to heat my house, to use an air-conditioner, and if other people are all doing that and the planet is going to go and heat up, well, I can’t stop it, so I might as well enjoy life now. If nobody else is going to do it, then it doesn’t really hurt for me to go ahead and expend a little bit more carbon. 

In some sense, whatever anybody else does, I want to be a little bit more of a carbon user. Then, when everybody acts that way, we end up putting way too much carbon in the atmosphere and we globally suffer the consequences. Each individual has an incentive to do something that’s not good when it’s done collectively.

[0:19:50.1] MB: Is that the same instance of the concept of the tragedy of the commons, or is there a distinction there in this multi-person prisoner’s dilemma?

[0:19:57.5] BN: Nope. Strategies of the commons is pretty much the multi-person dilemma, and it’s one reason why people believe ole for government regulation, which is that we think of the invisible hand, Adam Smith, sort of prizes guide people to do the right things, but sometimes those prizes are unfair, because you’re not correctly charged anything when you take this action, putting carbon in the environment. If you don’t have a prize mechanism, there’s no sense in which what the way people will play these games will necessarily be good for themselves or for society as a whole.  

[0:20:34.1] MB: Another concept from game theory that I’ve heard you talk about before is the idea of signaling. Can you talk a little bit about that and kind of explain that? 

[0:20:41.1] BN: Sure. Michael Spence won a Nobel Prize for his work on Signaling, and it’s a little embarrassing to me, because part of the theory of signaling is that you go to get a degree, not for the stuff that we teach you, although we’ll teach you about signaling theory, but for what it says to the rest of the world. 

Let me give you an example with my MBA students. Imagine that you are a smart woman and you want to convince your employer that you are really going to be there and make a commitment to this company. The employer is sexist and, perhaps even illegally, is thinking about discriminating against women, because they’re worried they’re going to leave, have kids, and start a family. Therefore, this person doesn’t want to make the investment in the employee that they would make if they knew this person would be staying on. 

Now, the employee says to the firm, “Okay. Look, I’m really — I’m committed. I’m the kind of person who will stay here through thick and thin.” The problem is anyone can say that and it doesn’t mean anything. How do you take an action which conveys you’re the type of person who really means that as supposed to just saying it? 

One way of doing that is going and getting an MBA. You go and you spend $120,000 in tuition. You spend two years of your life listening to professors like me and you’re able to endure that. Why would you have done that and then leave labor force right away? You can say, “Look, I took these actions that only makes sense if in fact I am planning to be here for the next 20 years, next 15 years.” 

A lot of people who will say that they are committed to this company to being a professional, but you could look at the actions that I’ve taken and show that I’m not that average person, I’m really the one who is going to go and make this happen. 

A nice example, I think, from Steve Levitt, Freakonomics, is a dentist who’s getting a little on in the years and wants to convince patients that he or she is not about to retire goes and buys a new furniture for the office, like, “Look, if I was going to retire in the next six months, I would have just let that [inaudible 0:23:01.4] kinda hangout there a little bit longer, but it didn’t make sense for me to redecorate the office, buy a new furniture, a new equipment if I was about to hang out my shingle.” Anybody can say they’re going to be staying on, but the fact that I have made this investment suggest I’m really going to be around for a little bit longer.

[0:23:21.2] MB: One of the other concepts that you’ve talked about in the past is the idea of using principled arguments in negotiation and kind of the concept of dividing up the pie. I’d love to explore that idea briefly. 

[0:23:34.5] BN: Sure. I’ll put a little plug in. I’ve created a free online negotiation course at Coursera, coursera.org, and you can learn all of it there, but here’s the preview; a lot of people think that negotiation is about who can yell louder, and shake my hand, do this deal, five, four, three, two, one, shake my hand now, say yes. It’s sort of how Dwight negotiates in the office. That’s not a principled approach. 

I want to say, “What type of arguments can you make that might persuade other people about what is appropriate, what is fair?” I spent a lot of time thinking about what is the pie? Why are we having a particular negotiation? I can use a simple example, if you’d like. We have A and B, two parties who have nine to divide up. In the sense that if they can reach an agreement, there’s a pie of size nine that they can share. 

Now, in order to figure out what will happen, I also have to say what they should do — What they will do if they can’t reach an agreement. Let’s say A can get one on his own, and B get two on her own. If they reach an agreement, A and B together can get nine. If not, A can walk away with one and B can walk away with two. Now, the question is how do we divide up the nine?

What most people say is that B is, in some sense, twice as strong as A, and so B should get six and A should get three. That if B can get twice as much if they don’t reach an agreement. Perhaps B should get twice as much if they do. My view is we fundamentally misunderstand power and proportionality, and the right way of thinking about this is that A and B without an agreement can collectively get three; A gets one, B gets two, so collectively they get three. If they reach an agreement, they can get nine. There’s an extra six they can get by reaching an agreement. Who is more important for that agreement? A or B? My answer to that is they’re equally important. If A walks away, that six disappears. If B walks away, that six disappears. 

That means A and B are equally important to that six, so you should divide it three and three, so A will get four and B will get five. That is the principle, which is figure out what the pie is. Figure out what the two of you are able to create by working together, rather than not reach an agreement, and split those gains. 

[0:26:21.0] MB: I love that example, and I think it’s a great way to look at it, because if you think about sort of 50-50 split off the bat, it’s not quite equitable than if you think about a two-thirds, one-third split, it’s not quite equitable, but really looking at all of the different outcomes and what the parties can achieve on their own versus what they can create together. I think you’ve achieved the most sort of fair, and I guess as you would say, principles split of the proceeds. 

[0:26:46.6] BN: The argument doesn’t depend on which side you’re taking, and I think that that aspect of, “I can make that argument for either side,” is a critical component of what it means to be fair and reasonable. 

[0:26:58.7] MB: I think that’s a great segue to dig into Honest Tea, which we haven’t talked about yet. Obviously, you’re an expert in game theory, but on top of that, you and one of your students actually founded one of the fastest growing companies in America, a beverage company that has been incredibly successful. I’d love to just kinda here this story —    

[0:27:18.8] BN: We just sold our billionth bottle. 

[0:27:20.2] MB: Congratulations.  

[0:27:20.6] BN: [inaudible 0:27:21.2] McDonald’s signs up there, “Billions and billions served.” 

[0:27:25.4] MB: That’s amazing. That’s really cool. It’s so fascinating. I’d love to hear the story of how a professor and a student start a beverage company and go up and compete against the likes of Coke and Nestle and other giants in that space. 

[0:27:39.7] BN: You think it’d be a recipe for a disaster in the sense that neither of us had much experience in terms of starting a company, starting a beverage company, but we had some ideas. In fact, we had issues like, on our side, passion, we had luck, and we had economic theory. I’ll emphasize the economic theory, because that’s my job. 

One of the key lessons we say in economics is declining marginal utility. If you liked — The first scoop of ice cream is really good, the second is okay, and by the time you’re in the 10th scoop, it’s like, “I’m kinda full now. I’m not so interested in having a little more ice cream.” 

Same thing in terms of whether it’d be shirts, or shoes — Well, maybe not shoes. For most things, as you have more and more of them, the incremental value of the next one is less and less interesting. I think that’s true for sugar. You add a little bit of sugar to a beverage, it takes away the bitterness. The next, add some flavor, and each incremental one is less and less good, but it carries the same number of calories. 

It didn’t make any sense to us that all the beverages out there were either zero calories and often very sweet with diet, or 140 calories and basically turned into a liquid candy. Why wasn’t there a normal beverage with one or two teaspoons of sugar? We figured out that weren’t alone and wanting to have something like that. With that inspiration and insight, we thought we could just make a tea that tasted like tea and to use an old fashion recipe, kind of fire, water, and leaves, and not much else. That was the start of Hones Tea. 

[0:29:32.3] MB: I think it’s really interesting, and you talked about the concept of declining marginal utility. I don’t know if you still do it or not, but you used to actually put a curve on the bottles that demonstrated kind of the tradeoff between calories and flavor in terms of sugar content.  

[0:29:49.2] BN: I think that label may now be a historical item, although only pretty recently, it was on the Green Dragon Tea. This, again, is a case where only real wonks could get the inside line, but in calculus, we learn that the derivative of a function is — The function is maximized where its derivative is zero. What that means in normal person speak is that when you’re doing something and you’re right at the optimum, when you’re doing it as best as possible, if you make a small change, you had a little bit more, a little bit less, it has almost no impact on the result.
 
In particular, imagine that you came up with a recipe, which maximized the flavor based on how much sugar was in there. That one, the blind taste test. Now, we cut back the sugar 10%. Essentially, since the case was optimized, cutting back the sugar by 10% will have almost no impact in terms of what people think for the flavor, but it will cut back the calories by 10%. That is a direct linear result.
 
What’s interesting is the product, which wins the blind taste test, is not actually the best product in the market. Another way of thinking about this is a blind taste test. If you’d like your eyes are closed and your mouth is open. If I want to flip that, we’d have a test where your eyes are open and your mouth is closed. What is that? That’s a test where you go and read the label. The ideal label, if you like, has zero calories in it and nothing artificial. The problem is that doesn’t always taste so great. 

For the same reason that I wouldn’t want the product to win the eyes-open-mouth-closed test, I don’t want the product to win the eyes-closed-mouth-open test. Where I think the right test is is there something in-between the two where you read the label and you taste the product. That’s going to lead you to something which is less sweet than wins the blind taste test; and more sweet than someone that wins the eyes-open-mouth-shut test. So to speak, that’s a sweet spot that Honest Tea lives in.

[0:31:56.7] MB: Another theory you’ve talked about that that helped inform the start-up of Honest Tea was the idea of the babysitter theorem. Will you talk a little bit about that?

[0:32:04.5] BN: Yeah, the babysitter theorem. The basic idea here is that nobody goes and hires and babysitter to eat at McDonald’s. It’s going to cost you 50 bucks for the babysitter, 10 bucks for McDonald’s. Now, you should’ve said, “Wait a second. I just spent $50 to go to McDonald’s? That makes no senses at all.”

What is the larger — You might spend $50 to go out and get a fancy dinner at a white-tablecloth restaurant. The idea is if you have to spend a lot of money to get out the door, you’re going to go and do something of high quality, not low quality. To apply that result to Honest Tea, in our case, the babysitter is the bottle, the label, the cap.

If we were to fill up a bottle just with air, but put on the cap and the label, it could cost us $0.60 to get out the door. If you’re going to spend that much money on packaging, you might as well spend a little bit more on ingredients. 

The other guy who’s out there were spending a penny or so on tea, a couple more cents on high-fructose corn syrup. We think if we spend a nickel on tea, people can actually tell the difference. It’s going to raise the price maybe from $1 to $1.10. If you’re already spending your dollar, you might as well spend a buck-10 and get something truly amazing in terms of quality. The babysitter theorem helped us get there. 

[0:33:32.3] MB: Being a professor and a student, how did you take this idea and go from concept to purchase order and then, from a purchase order to product on shelves?

[0:33:46.5] BN: It’s a long story, which we tell in our book called Mission in a Bottle. That’s another plug [inaudible 0:33:53.7] I’m allowed. That’s where we had a huge amount of passion. Seth is brilliant. He’s tireless. He is inspiring. We started out using the Lean Startup approach, which in this case meant making tea in our kitchen. Taking an old snaffle bottle and washing off the label. Using rubber cement to glue on a hand-printed label, filling up the bottle with the tea that we had made, putting thee cap on back our self and bring it to a buyer at Whole Foods, who fortunately liked the way the product tasted and he ordered in a truckload. Then, we had a couple of months to figure out how to make it. 

If we couldn’t have sold it to the buyer at Whole Foods, that was our complete target customer, then we would have realized that we hadn’t truly understood the market that we thought we’d understood. 

[0:34:41.1] MB: For the listeners out there, we will definitely include in the show notes Mission in a Bottle. We’ll include the negotiating course on Coursera and links to everything else we’ve talked about. That stuff will all be in the website. Everybody can make sure to check that out. 

[0:34:54.2] BN: I’ll take you back again to one last bit. Imagine — We’ll stick in the beverage world. Imagine for a moment you get to be the CEO of — I don’t know. Pepsi-Coke, and you have the opportunity to get Coca-Cola’s secret formula. It’s not an ethical issue. It’s not a legal issue. What would you do with that if you had it?  

[0:35:16.7] MB: That’s a good question. Do you produce it or not? I don’t know. 

[0:35:21.5] BN: Yeah, that is the question. I’ll give you one shot and then I’ll flip the cards . 

[0:35:27.8] MB: All right. Fair enough. I would say — This almost happened with the fiasco with new Coke back in the 90s and it was a disaster for Coke and they ended up completely reversing course. I think you probably — I think it’d make sense to produce it in some way or another whether it’s under the same label or not. If nothing else just to try to kinda knock ‘em down a peg.  

[0:35:50.0] BN: Let’s say that you did that, and now there’s sort of another thing out, they taste just like Coca-Cola, separate from whether or not the taste of Coke is really what matters the most or is it really its association with being America and the brand. If that happened, that’s likely to bring the price of Coca-Cola down, because they’re now going to have to compete more aggressively against this perfect substitute, this generic version of coke that’s really more than generic, it’s a perfect replica. 

When the price of Coca-Cola comes down, what is that going to do to the folks at Pepsi?  

[0:36:21.8] MB: Lower their prices.  

[0:36:24.2] BN: It’s going to probably force them to respond with lower prices. The last thing you want to do is make the world of Coca-Cola more competitive, because that is going to come back and bite you. By playing out the moves and countermoves, you can see that, actually, the best thing to do along with probably the ethical and legal thing, is to throwaway that recipe and never look at it.  

[0:36:48.9] MB: That makes a lot of sense. In many ways, it’s kind of the same concept behind cartels like OPEC that would prefer to keep prices at a certain level in order to maintain all of their margins.  

[0:37:01.0] BN: Sure. They are actually doing what would be illegal in United States in terms of restricting output. Here, there’s a question of, “Do I want to go and make a perfect copy of what my rival is making in the market? I may not even be able to, but if I could, the answer is I probably don’t, because that forces my rival to be in a more competitive situation. If my rival’s prices come down, then mine will probably come down too.” That’s not colluding by not doing it. There’s no requirement that I go and force my rival into a greater competitive environment. In fact, I generally want to differentiate my products from a rival rather than copy them. 

People’s first instinct is often, “Ho-ho! I got it. I can really screw the rival. I can feed them up. I can trash them. Let me go and do it.” It’s a little bit of a game theory insight. You realized that unlikely to actually help you in the long run.

[0:37:57.8] MB: That’s a great lesson and, again, shows game theory is not something that just exists in textbooks with something that’s incredibly applicable to all kinds of different fields of our lives. I’m curious, what would be a piece of advice you’d have for somebody who’s listening who might be kind of an inspiring entrepreneur that wants to follow, in one way or another, kind of the footsteps of you and Seth and what you’ve done with Honest Tea? 

[0:38:24.9] BN: Find something that truly makes a difference. In economics, we sometimes say that if you’re just 10% better, or 1% better, the whole world will come to you, but it turns out that’s not true. You have to be radically different and better in order for folks to care and pay attention. I think that’s a starting point. That also is a reason to have a passion. 

I think there are two aspects you need to have a successful business. One is you have to have the solution to a great problem. That’s what most people focus on. You also have to figure out why you’re going to continue to succeed even after the world knows about what you’ve done. That is why won’t others copy you, or having copied you, why that you’ll still succeed after they’ve copied you? That’s an often harder challenge. The problem is that most good ideas are good ideas for somebody else. They’re not good ideas for you. Work on that as well when you’re trying to come up with your great entrepreneurial idea. 

[0:39:30.8] MB: What prevented Honest Tea from being copied?  

[0:39:33.7] BN: Let me take a step back. Before doing Honest Tea, I thought about mixing orange juice and club soda. I do that myself. I think it’s a great drink. If you’d like, it’s an organic, all natural soda that’s half the calories of oranges. You could sell it and it would have half the cost of making orange juice and sell for the same price. Better margins. It’s all good. 

The problem is that if we had made that, I think you’d be test marketing for Tropicana. If they could come in, perfectly will copy what it is that we’ve done, and I would be a bitter professor saying that others had stolen my idea. For 10 years, I didn’t do anything on this, because I was afraid that in the end it will be copied and you [inaudible 0:40:17.4] succeed, we wouldn’t have known anything in the long run. 

The nice thing about tea is that the way in which we are making it, literally, boiling water and putting in tea leaves, it was not something that the big players, whether in the time it’d be Nestle, or Snapple. Arizona were doing — They’re using syrup and concentrates and powders. Our more artisanal way of doing things was a little hard for them to copy in what they’re up to. 

It was also the case that they would suffer some cognitive dissonance, which is if we’re saying what they’re making as liquid candy, then it’s hard for them to also go and make a product which isn’t so sweet, because their customers are expecting stuff that’s really sweet. They’d had to say to their customers, “Look. If you like our regular product, now you’re probably not going to like this, and so don’t drink this.” That’s not so easy for them to say. That does mean in the end, that folks won’t copy you, but it means it will slow them down and allow us to have more a foothold than build up a brand which we’re able to do. 

[0:41:27.4] MB: What is one kind of simple actionable piece of homework that you would give to somebody listening that wants to take a first step towards implementing or learning more about what we’ve talked about today?  

[0:41:39.5] BN: Other than buying Mission in a Bottle, I’d say go and make your prototype. The best market research I think is will I able to pay for it? I’ll give you one quick example of some students of mine wanted to make and sell organic cotton shirts. How could you figure out if there’s a market for that? I think you could show them pictures. You could tell the story. What you could also do is go to a custom tailor and have the person make you organic cotton shirt. Then, you could show the person, they could look at it, they could hold it, they could touch it, and they could say, “Okay. Yeah, I’d buy that.” You’d say, “Great. Write me a check.”

Then, you know that it’s a real piece of demand, not just a hypothetical piece of demand. I may not have to have thousands of pieces of inventory, but having one piece of inventory makes a project look so much more real and will allow you to truly gauge demand in a much better way.  

[0:42:38.4] MB: It’s a great piece of advice and something that’s so critical. It’s very easy for people to say, “Oh, yeah. That sounds like a great idea.” Unless they’re willing to put hard dollars on the line and actually support it, that’s where the rubber meets the road. 

Where can people find you and Mission in a Bottle and all of your other books online? 

[0:42:58.9] BN: Well, missioninabottle.net, [inaudible 0:43:00.9] a little preview there, barrynalebuff.com have links to everything. The Coursera Course has the free online negotiation. That’d get you pretty well started, I’d say. Of course, Amazon, pretty much has everything. 

[0:43:16.3] MB: We’ll make sure to have all of those included in the show notes. Barry, thank you so much for being on the show. It’s been a fascinating conversation. I enjoyed having the tables turned and testing my SAT test taking abilities and my game theory knowledge. Thank you so much for coming on here and sharing all your wisdom. 

[0:43:33.4] BN: Thanks for being a good sport and for having me. I appreciate it. It was fun.  

[0:43:37.3] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email, my email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see on the next episode of The Science of Success.

March 30, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Decision Making
DaryaRose-01.jpg

The Neuroscience Behind Building a Sustainable Healthy Lifestyle with Foodist Darya Rose

March 23, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Health & Wellness

In this episode we discuss why dieting actually predicts weight gain over the long run, how you can build a “healthstyle” of habits that can accumulate small advantages and create a healthy lifestyle over time, how “habit loops” are formed and how you can leverage neuroscience to create habits that stick, the concept of Mindful Eating and how it can transform your relationship to the meals you eat, and more with our guest Darya Rose. 

Darya Rose is a neuroscience Ph.D and the author of the book Foodist: Using Real Food and Real Science to Lose Weight Without Dieting. Darya is the creator of Summer Tomato a blog where she teaches others to form healthy food habits by combining neuroscience, mindfulness and nutrition. She has been featured on the Today Show, Oprah, Time Magazine, and was recently named one of the 100 Most Influential People In Health and Fitness.

  • How Darya dug into the science behind healthy lifestyles and what she discovered

  • How everything Darya learned about health and nutrition was wrong

  • How Darya defines “dieting” (and why that’s so important)

  • Why dieting actually predicts weight gain over the long run

  • How your current relationship with food impacts your long term health (and how you can shift it)

  • What the “biggest loser” gets wrong about dieting and weight gain

  • Why dieting is “torture” and is “set up so that you cant’ win”

  • The psychology behind why dieters often regain weight

  • What it means to “moralize” your food choices and why you should avoid it

  • Why you should lose weight more slowly

  • How “dieting” can confuse your hormones and negatively impact your satiety cues

  • You are the sum of your habits

  • How do you build a “healthstyle” of habits that can accumulate small advantages and create a healthy lifestyle over time

  • How “habit loops” are formed and how you can leverage neuroscience to create habits that stick

  • Why growth mindset is essential to changing your habits and living a healthy lifestyle

  • The critical importance of rewards in building habits (and the different types of rewards)

  • Rewards must be internal and innately linked to whatever you’re doing

  • “Home court habits” that you need to develop to live in a healthy place and stay there sustainably

  • Why you should eat your veggies!

  • Why Darya says that "Sitting is the new smoking"

  • The importance of sleep and maintaining your circadian rhythms to building a healthy lifestyle

  • Why Mindfulness is a critical part of a healthy diet

  • Mindful Eating and how it can transform your relationship to the meals you eat

  • The definition of “mindfulness” - being aware of your present physical experience, thoughts, & feelings (emotional feelings in the body) and being AWARE that those are happening without judgement

  • Why you should focus on chewing your food more and eating more slowly

  • How to battle junk food cravings

  • The importance of real food, how do define it, and how to find it

  • The 80/20 principle and how it applies to healthy living

  • Create a habit journal and recognize how the things you are doing often

  • And more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Website] Summer Tomato

  • [Book] Foodist: Using Real Food and Real Science to Lose Weight Without Dieting by Darya Pino Rose

  • [Podcast] Foodist

  • [Challenge] The 5-Day Mindful Meal Challenge

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.7] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss why dieting actually predicts weight gain over the long run. How you can build a health style of habits that can accumulate small advantages and create a healthy lifestyle overtime. How habit loops are formed and how you can leverage neuroscience to create habits that stick. The concept of mindful eating and how you can use it to transform your relationship to the meals that you eat, and much more with our guest, Darya Rose.

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 850,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener emails and comments all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely for free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed why you can’t outthink your emotions, the relationship between trauma and our mind-body connection. How to start listening to your emotions, the power of hypnosis, and how to drop into your body to experience what you’re truly feeling with Rene Brent. If you want to really tap into your emotions, listen to that episode. 

[0:02:33.7] MB: Today, we have another fascinating guest on the show, Dr. Darya Rose. Darya is a neuroscience Ph.D. and the author of the book Foodist: Using Real Food and Real Science to Lose Weight Without Dieting. She’s also the creator of Summer Tomato, a blog where she teaches others to form healthy food habits by combining neuroscience, mindfulness, and nutrition. She’s been featured on the Today Show, Oprah, Time Magazine, and has recently named one of the hundred most influential people in health and fitness. 

Darya, welcome to the Science of Success.

[0:03:01.7] DR: Thank you. It’s great to be here.

[0:03:03.2] MB: We’re very excited to have you on. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your story, tell us a little bit about yourself. 

[0:03:09.2] DR: Oh, I’m such a geek. Basically, I grew up in Southern California during sort of the Baywatch era in the 90s, and my mother was a chronic dieter, and I just thought that that’s how women were supposed to live. I started dieting at age 11. I didn’t have a weight problem, I just was doing what my mom did, which was having chocolate milkshakes for breakfast that are supposed to make you lose weight, which is awesome if you’re an 11-year-old, but it started a bad cycle. Where I went through, basically, every diet under the sun; low fat, low carb, cabbage soup, grapefruit, you name it. Eventually, I started running marathons. 

In the other part of my life, I went to college, studied molecular biology and neuroscience and then went on to get my Ph.D. in neuroscience and this whole process took 15 years. At some point, I’m like — I feel when most people think about health and weight loss, they think that if they had more will power, they’d be better at it. I’m like one of those type-A people with really strong will power and I would do the diet, and I would do them for years, and I would do them well, and they would work for a little while, but I was so unhappy. 

Eventually, I was just, “I’m doing everything right. I’m doing everything the authorities and every realm are telling me to do, and I’m still miserable, and I still don’t have the results I want. I’m still unhappy with my body.” I decided that — I was on a second year in my Ph.D. program and at this point I could actually read a scientific paper and understand it, which is hard to do. It takes a lot of training to get there. I just was like, “I’m going to solve this problem, and I’m going to stop reading the glossy magazines, and the diet books, and I’m going to read science.” 

I would spend my nights and weekends reading everything I could get my hands on. At first, I was looking for the perfect diet. Eventually, I realized that dieting doesn’t work, that everything I had tried with, actually, the reason I was struggling, dieting is actually a better way to gain weight than to lose weight. That what I really need to do is stop all that nonsense. Focus just on real food and building tiny habits around sort of good, normal, healthy things that my grandma would tell me to do, and that would work. 

I didn’t really believe it at first, because it just sounded too good to be true, but I tried it and my life completely changed. I was not hungry for the first time in my life. I enjoyed food for the first time in my life. Even while being happy, I slowly lost weight. Over the course of the year, I ended up oozing — Gosh! I hit my goal weight and then I went something five or seven pounds below that. I was so shocked by how everything I learned was wrong and how easy and wonderful it was to do the right thing. I was like, “I have to tell people about this.” I started a blog and wrote a book.

[0:05:56.7] MB: I’d love to kind of hear — You talked or you touched briefly on the idea that dieting actually can predict weight gain. I’d love to hear a little bit more about that and maybe talk about some of the data that demonstrates why dieting isn’t that effective as a strategy. Also, just for listeners who could have sort of some different concepts about this, how do you define the concept of dieting?

[0:06:19.7] DR: Great question. I define dieting as a restrictive limit on your food intake. It usually involves some exercise as well, but not always. For me — Just to be clear, and this is actually a really subtle point that is often missed in the dieting industry. You can lose weight on any diet temporarily. They work temporarily, but I don’t want that. I don’t want to just do something for a little while and then look good in one picture and then be done with it. I want to solve this problem. 

When I talk about success, I’m talking about long term success. One of the first — By long term, I mean two, three years. One of the first pieces of information in found when I was researching this stuff was that over — I think it was the study that really blew my mind. It was something like over a three-year period, having dieted during that period were the predictor of weight gain than weight loss. They, and they were actually worse off than people who never dieted at all. It was actually net bad to diet. 

It’s a shocking thing to hear. I’ve been dieting my entire life. Basically, everyone believes that if you want to lose weight and get healthy, you have to stop eating fat, or stop eating carbs, or whatever, and that’s just not true. It’s crazy.

[0:07:38.9] MB: In some ways, this is kind of the distinction between the concept of diet as the noun versus dieting, the action as a verb, and there’s a big difference in terms of having sort of a healthy diet versus pursuing dieting as an activity that’s kind of a fab driven thing that doesn’t necessarily produce real sustainable results. 

[0:07:58.0] DR: Yeah, absolutely. Actually, that distinction is so incredibly frustrating to me that I came up with a new word called health style, which for me that means it’s a combination of focusing on your health, but also creating a lifestyle for yourself. It’s more individualized and it’s also more of something that you do always, rather than something you’re doing temporarily.

[0:08:23.5] MB: How would you describe the average person, or maybe the average American’s relationship with food today?

[0:08:31.1] DR: The average American. Who’s that? I think that most people have — Actually, kind of a messed up. When I say most people, I’m talking about what I see in the media and what I hear when I talk to people about health. I see two things. I see a sort of rejection of the idea of restriction by a large group of people. They’re like, “You know what? Screw it. I love food too much.” That they’ll take that to a really unhealthy level, where it’s just like anything goes all the time.

On the other side, I see if this belief that if you want to have a result different than that, it requires a tremendous amount of suffering. Whether that’s denying yourself things you want, forcing yourself to eat bland, boring things you don’t like, forcing yourself. The Biggest Loser is a great example. The way that show is, it’s like people who — They start out just not caring at all and just really having this issue where they hadn’t really dealt with it in a longtime. Then, deciding to do something about it and going to the entire opposite extreme where they’re working out seven hours a day and eating 1,100 calories when they should be eating three or four times that for their body size and just creating this super — It breaks my heart. It’s like such a broken way of dealing with a problem.

That’s why I do what I do, is because I find that I know that doesn’t work. There’s data that it doesn’t work. On top of it, it’s torture. It’s a torturous way to live. It sort of set up so that you can’t win. You’re either miserable, because you’re starving and not doing anything you like, or you’re miserable because you’re obese. Those are the choices. I say, “Screw that.”

[0:10:17.6] MB: How would you think about the kind of distinction, I know this is a concept you’ve talked about in the past, between the dieter’s brain and the normal brain?

[0:10:28.6] DR: That’s a really a good question. There are a lot of reasons that dieting is more likely to, long term, cause weight gain. There’re issues of metabolism and stuff and that everybody kind of talks about that. One of the big things that people don’t talk about as often is the psychology that comes from restricting yourself a lot. For instance, somebody who has dieted tends to have a moralization of their food. There are foods that are good and foods that are bad. If you eat the good food, then you are good. If you eat the bad foods, then you are bad. 

When you would go ahead and eat — Basically, you could eat good all day long. In psychology, what happens is, eventually, that takes will power. If you’re eating morally, if you’re moralizing your food choices and you’re trying to be good, that takes will power. 

That’s funny. Actually, when you think of food that way, it actually even undermines your true liking of the food. You might actually like the food you’re eating, but if you’re doing it to be good, you still are using up will power to do it. What happens at some point, you get tired, you get stressed. Your will power breaks down. If you’re a dieter and you’ve been doing this, what happens is you swing the other way, it’s like a rebound effect, and you tend to binge, or eat a lot of foods that are fat, or whatever. We’ll rationalize, it’s like, “Oh, I deserved it. I was good. Now, I get to do what I want.” 

It becomes a mental habit on somebody who’s a dieter, and so it’s very difficult at that point to renegotiate your relationship with food and it can be a really big problem and it’s something that needs to be unlearned. That’s one of the reasons that dieting, in particular, can set you up to eat worse in the long run in some sense.

[0:12:22.4] MB: One of the main reasons dieting can backfire is the idea of this ego depletion, or zapping, or tapping your will power. 

[0:12:30.3] DR: Right, exactly.

[0:12:31.3] MB: I know you’ve also talked about it. Actually, I love to explore just briefly so listeners can kind of understand the metabolic response to dieting, and I know there’s been research that’s come out looking at, I think, things like The Biggest Loser and how your body kind of rebounds from calorie restriction like that. I’d love to hear a little bit about that if you can kind of explain that piece of the science as well.

[0:12:53.4] DR: I wish — We don’t really know yet. One of the — In the case of The Biggest Loser where — These people were put through really, really intense starvation, essentially. They were — God! I read somewhere that it was 3,500 calorie per day deficit, calorie deficit. That’s so much more they were burning than eating, which is so insane. That is so insane. 

They were working out a lot, but when you’re working out that much, it’s really difficult to build muscle if you’re also starving. Generally, your metabolism is it’s determined by your muscle mass and also your hormones. It’s hard to say exactly why in their case the metabolism ended up in such a negative place where it did. Basically, even if they gained weight, their metabolism didn’t rebound. They still had the metabolism of somebody who weighed less. People that weight more tend to have a higher metabolism. These people, they weighed a lot, they had a high metabolism. They lost a lot of weight. Their metabolism went down accordingly, but then when they regained the weight, their metabolism didn’t rebound with the weight. It’s basically a cycle where they would gain even more weight, because their metabolism was slower even though they’re bigger. I don’t think science has a good answer for that. 

A bit part of it is that, generally, if you’re not eating enough, you’re not going to be able to maintain your muscle mass when you lose weight. If you lose your muscle mass, your metabolism is going to slow down. One of the things I recommend is just losing weight slower and doing it in a way where you aren’t forcing your body to burn muscle in order to lose weight. 

[0:14:39.7] MB: That makes a lot of sense. Building up your base metabolic rate is a great way to create a more sustainable long term healthy body as supposed to these crash and binge diet strategies. One of the other things you’ve talked about is how dieting can also impact our — I’ll probably say this word wrong, but our satiety queues. I’m not exactly sure if that’s how you say it. Could you kind of explain that concept and share that idea?

[0:15:08.3] DR: Yeah. The way that your body knows when to sleep, when to eat, when to rest, when to be active is through a series of hormones that as a group we — Or as a phenomenon, we refer to it as circadian rhythms. Basically, there are hormones that tell you, “Oh, it’s time to wake up.” This is what jetlag comes from, it’s like your body has as clock and if you throw it off, it gets really confused. It’s best to eat and sleep and things at the same time. 

If you’re not following those queues and you’re not eating when you’re hungry, you’re not sleeping when you should be sleeping, if you’re all over the place, it makes it very difficult for your body to know what it wants. When your body doesn’t know what it wants, your brain is confused and so you can sort of be hungry all the time, because there’re no queues that it can follow to know better. 

You can train yourself so that you — When you train yourself to ignore when you’re hungry, it also means you ignore when you’re full. It can be very difficult to recalibrate that. It’s something that takes — You have to relearn how to do that if you’ve been dieting a longtime. Yeah, you’re setting yourself up to undo any possible chance you have of natural self-food regulation. You have to relearn it if you’ve been dieting for a long time. Just a bummer.

[0:16:40.8] MB: We’ve looked at a couple of the ways that dieting is sort of ineffective and doesn’t really help us achieve long term health. I’m curious — You touched on it earlier. What’s kind of the alternative, or what’s the strategy that you recommend if pursuing dieting isn’t really going to be an effective way to lose weight and be health?

[0:16:59.7] DR: Excellent question. In my research, when I was reading all these papers and I was learning that everything I had been doing for 15 years was a better way to gain weight than to lose it, I was like, obviously, disheartened and frustrated. Then, I had another question. I was like, “Okay. Not everyone has this problem. Not all humans have this problem that I have. I’m particularly crazy.” 

I was wondering what is it that people who are naturally been or have always been thin, what do they do? What do they eat? It turns out they never diet. Most of them have very simple rules that they have in their own brain to just keep them sort of inline. They focus on real food. They don’t worry about macronutrients, carbs, fat, whatever, and they  just sort of do little trials to figure out what works for them and they just live that way. Those are all habits. 

This is a very different approach, because habits don’t require will power. Habits are things that they’re like little loops that you create in your brain that happen automatically in response to some sort of trigger. Whether that trigger be something in your environment, like you see something on TV, or it’s the time of day, or something like that, or internal trigger, like, “I just work up in the morning, my circadian rhythms are telling me I’m hungry,” type of thing. 

When you can take habits, and if you have enough of them that build health; eating vegetables, getting regular activity, physical activity, sleeping well, eating mindfully, eating at certain times of day. Then, you can build up — This is exactly what a health style is. I think your heath style is all those habits, all those little habits that add up to a health or unhealthy person.

What’s cool is you can just tackle these one at a time, and each one of them is so much easier than starving yourself or never eating sugar again, or something really hardcore that most diets will do and recommend. It allows you to find little tiny things you love. Also, you can personalize it. If you’re not the type of person who likes the gym, let’s say, which is a lot of people. Maybe you like hiking, or maybe you like swimming, or maybe you like playing basketball with your friends. There are a lot of other things you can do to have all those habits add up to work for you. 

What’s awesome is habits, the way they form in your brain, the way the little automatic loops form, is that you have to — It’s paired with a reward. The way it works is there’s the trigger, whatever is telling you to do some action. Then, there’s the action. Then, there’s a reward associate with that action. If your brain makes that connection, it’s like, “Whoa! Cool,” and that reward will sort of reach back and — This is why it’s a loop. It reached back and reinforces that rigger so that the next time you get that trigger, your brain is like, “Yeah, let’s do that again.” Until, eventually, that just becomes automatic, like autopilot.

With health habits, that’s what you want. That’s really good. The key there and how this is totally fundamentally different dieting is that you have to like it. It has to be something you like. Otherwise, it won’t become a habit and you won’t be able to take will power out of the equation. 

It’s a total reframe around how to approach your health, because instead of thinking, “What do I have to do? Which torturous thing do I have to subject myself to today, or this moment?” Instead, you think, “You know what? I never liked exercising before for X, Y, Z reasons. I’m going to try something different, because I know I like that, and hopefully make it stick.” You have to create this world where you actually like the things you do. 

What’s amazing is even this whole process itself becomes a loop, because once you start realizing how much you like certain things or you start building healthy habits, you start to feel better. Then, you really like those habits. Then, you start to see results in the mirror and then you really like those habits. Instead of this sort of negative loop of failure, it’s like this positive loop of success and joy. It’s so different. 

I describe it, and it sounds amazing, but I can’t even tell you how life changing this is, especially if you’ve done the dieting thing. It’s like such a transformative way to live and experience your health and your body and food. It’s just so amazing. 

[0:21:33.1] DR: I think it’s a great concept, the idea that we should transition from health kind of being — Or this health style as you call it, being something that we should do or feel obligated to do into something that we want to do. It’s kind of being pulled and drawn towards it instead of pushing the boulder uphill. 

I’m curious, I can almost heart listeners asking. For example, somebody who — Let’s just use broccoli as an example. Somebody doesn’t like broccoli, or whatever. How do you build that habit? How do you train yourself to like healthy lifestyles if you are sort of in a place now where you don’t like working out and you don’t like eating kale, and you don’t like all of these things that — How do you train yourself to become somebody who likes those certain things?

[0:22:22.3] DR: Really good question. Yeah, this all sounds amazing in theory and the devil is in the details for sure. There are a lot of answers to that question, and I take many approaches for people. I like the example of broccoli. You don’t like broccoli. Fine. There is many things that I would tell someone if they just were, “I don’t like broccoli. I can’t do this.” 

I would say, “First of all, there is a lot of vegetables. Are there any you like at all?” Most people have a few that they like in certain ways, and that’s great. I tell them to start there. Start adding things that you like that are good. By good, I mean whole foods, unprocessed foods, and real foods is actually what I like to call them. One of the things that’s interesting is that people don’t actually realize — Most people don’t even taste their food. Most people eat on autopilot. 

While a lot of people that haven’t started on this journey yet, they think they don’t like kind of food. Most people, once they approach it with a growth mindset, which is the idea that this is something I can learn to like, or learn to do, they end up completely falling in love with real food and wondering how they ever liked all those other things that they used to eat. I’ve talked to thousands of people who have had that experience. 

On the one hand, I would say, “Just start with what you like and build on that,” to “approach this with a growth mindset.” One of the things that was revolutionary from myself, personally — I started in the exact same place, by the way. All I ate was processed food and I didn’t really understand — I didn’t know to cool. I didn’t know how to do any of that stuff. One of the things I discovered — I was lucky and I happened to live in San Francisco at the time and they have these amazing restaurants and amazing farmers markets and I didn’t understand why, at certain restaurants, the food was so good, because I grew up in a suburb eating chain restaurants. 

I learned — Because this is the culture in San Francisco. I learned that the reason is because they focus a lot on ingredients. Specifically, they buy seasonal ingredients that are grown from farmers who really care. They actually care, a carrot is not a carrot is not a carrot. Carrots grow in season from heirloom varieties that were built, or that were bred for taste rather than transport taste completely different than sort of the stuff I grew up eating from the grocery store.

When you start to understand that, “Oh, I hated brussels sprouts when I was a kid, but that’s because my parents were serving over boiled frozen ones that were totally out of season.” You try a different one and you realize it’s like a completely different experience. Then, you go from, “Oh! I just don’t like vegetables,” to “Oh! I only like seasonal vegetables,” or “I’m fund of — I like root vegetables more than I like leafy greens today. Maybe in the winter, when leafy greens are more sweet and less bitter I’d like those.” 

That is bringing a certain growth mindset to the idea of changing your habits. Also, a certain amount of knowledge and skill, the knowledge being that like you have to know what it’s in season, and that’s something you can learn. That’s something you can adopt and learn and work on. It does certainly help to be able to cook and create to be able to transform foods from raw ingredients into something you enjoy eating as well. It’s another factor. 

There are a lot of ways to approach building habits, and it’s not about forcing yourself to do anything. It’s about being creative to learn how to love this stuff. I’ve seen so many people do it. So many people do it. Most of them — People don’t go back from this stuff. It’s that good. It’s not like you do it for a little while and you’re like, “That habits kind of fizzled out.” No. This really sticks, because it’s so life changing. 

[0:26:18.2] MB: I know you talked about rewards kind of being one of the key pillars of forming a habit loop. Can you give me a specific example of how pursuing kind of some of these healthy habits can create rewards that, let’s say, somebody who’s listening who their average meal of pizza and beer, something like that, gives them a lot of happiness. How can they create some rewards that will really anchor in this habits and what do those rewards look like?

[0:26:45.2] DR: Great question. There are rewards — Very simplistically. They come in two forms. There are rewards that are sort of external to your psyche. Let’s say you work really hard at something and then you get a price, like money, or a vacation, or something. Those work for some activities, but they do not work for forming habits. External rewards are not good. Don’t tell yourself, “If I eat this broccoli, I’m going to put $5 in my vacation travel plan,” or whatever. You have to have the reward be internal and innately linked to whatever activity you’re doing.

An example is, yeah, you have to enjoy the taste of the food you’re eating, or you have to feel really good after eating it, that helps too. It’s funny though, we tend to have a lot of assumptions, put it that way, around what is rewarding and the reason we do things. The reason for that is because we feel — We feel a certain way, and then our brains rationalize and make up a reason for it. Often times, those reasons are wrong. 

For example, your pizza and beer example. You might think that you love pizza and beer because it tastes so good, and that might be true. However, if you ate pizza and beer for every meal, you would start to feel like crap and you wouldn’t want to eat that all the time. That’s one thing. We tend to lie to ourselves and believe that we would if we let ourselves eat whatever we want. That’s usually not true. 

Another thing is context and the environment you’re eating and your mental state is essential in your perception of your experience. It could be that the reason you think you love pizza and beer so much is because you always have it with your friends on Thursday night football when you watch it with them and you have a good experience and it’s not necessarily the food. The food is fun and that can be a part of it, but it could just be that that experience is so valuable for you that trying to force yourself to eat like a salad or something instead if just silly, but it’s not necessarily because the pizza is so good. It’s because you don’t want to ruin that experience of camaraderie with your friends. 

You sort of have to be willing to step back a little bit about your assumptions about why you do things and what you want and really question and test, even, those assumptions. You can do little experiments on your own to see what the rewards really are, and they’re not always the first thing you think. Often times, we eat because we think we’re craving chocolate in the middle of the day. Really, we just need a break from work because we’ve been focusing really hard for three hours and it’s been a long day. You may tell yourself, “I need to go to the cafeteria and get a snack or something.” Really, you just need a little break.

You can do little experiments to test that, but if the — Then, you can discover what the reward for whatever habit you have actually is. Another thing that comes up a lot is the difference between good habits and bad habits. This is a way to both break not so healthy habits and build healthier habits, is really truly understanding what your triggers are and what your reward is. 

[0:30:10.8] MB: You’ve touched on a few of these and kind of mentioned it, but I’m curious, what are the core healthy habits that you recommend people work on incorporating into their lives so that they can move towards this health style, this healthy lifestyle?

[0:30:26.3] DR: Yeah, great question. I call these home court habits, and these are sort of the habits that you need — The set of habits you need to sort of get yourself personally to a health place and stay there. I want to start with the caveat that everyone is different. Not everything works for everyone and everybody has to learn how to make these things work for them. I can give you some broad habits that often — I’ve talked to thousands of people about this stuff and what often works for people. 

Eating more vegetables is really a big one. Vegetables are incredibly healthy, they keep you from getting — I think, they keep you from getting sick. As much, they keep you feeling good. They obviously are low calorie, high nutrient density, and it’s a positive. It’s something you can do more of. It’s not that hard. Eating more vegetables is a big one. 

The next thing that kind of comes from that is what do you cut out then if you’re eating more of something? I recommend people, if you’re going to make cuts in things, to choose process foods. Processed grains, like flour, processed sugar, processed meat, processed oils. Those are all places that you can cut back on, but I would focus mainly on eating more vegetables. 

Learning to cook is a big one, because cooking, it gives you so much control over what you eat and also whether or not you like it, being able to actually make something that taste good. This is actually one of the biggest habits — The most impactful habits. One of the most impactful habits someone can have. It’s a tough one, because a lot of us didn’t learn to cook growing up, which is why I created a program around it. 

Yeah, cooking is a big one. You need to have some sort of physical activity, and being sedentary is really counterproductive. It’s quite unhealthy. It’s been recently shown to be as bad as long term smoking, actually, long term sitting. It doesn’t have to be crazy. I definitely recommend strength training for looking great. It makes you look great and it does help build your metabolism up, like we talked about earlier. Even just walking 10,000 steps a day, or something around there, can have a big impact. What else? 

For me, big habit is I need to have a grocery store, or a farmers market where I can get high quality vegetables, because if I can’t get high quality vegetables, I don’t want to cook, because cooking is no fun when it doesn’t taste as good or the vegetables are low quality. For me, that’s a big one. Other people don’t care as much. They’re perfectly happy to just cook whatever. 

Sleep is a big one. If you are exhausted and tired, you’re not going to have the energy to cook. You’re not going to have the energy to get activity, physical activity. Sleep is a big one. I’m trying to think if there’s anything else. 

One that doesn’t get talked about actually is maintaining your — Just thinking about a little more about your circadian rhythms; trying to go to bed at the same time each day, trying to wake up at about the same time each day, trying to eat at approximately the same time and not all over the place. It’s much easier to work with your body than work against your body. The more things you have working on your side, the easier it will be. 

Another big one that doesn’t get talked about a lot either is mindfulness. This can sound like a little hippie, or a little woo-woo, but it’s actually incredibly powerful. One of the reasons is what I mentioned earlier, it’s hard — Most of us just go through our entire day on autopilot. We get trigged. We do stuff. We don’t even really think about why. We don’t really — We have this illusion of freewill, but most of us are just plowing through our day being triggered and just doing things and not being very conscious of it at all. That’s especially true of your eating habits, and your eating decisions. Most of us don’t make those very consciously.

Mindfulness gives you a tool to do that, to pay attention to your thoughts, pay attention to your feelings, pay attention to your experience and your perception and not judge it and just be aware of what’s going on. Because if you’re aware of it, of what’s happening, then you have a chance to change it if you’re not. 

People wonder why they have bad habits, and maybe you’re stress eating, or emotional eating, or has something to do with something your mom said when you were a kid, or something, and they think breaking that habit isn’t possible, but it will be. It’s very, very hard to change something like that if you don’t actually know what’s going on and you don’t know what your brain is really trying to get.

I encourage people to practice mindful eating and, generally, mindfulness, mindful practices in their own lives to develop that skill, because it’s really is a skill that you need to have to make this sort of progress if you want to break really difficult habits and things like emotional eating and things like that. Yeah, those are the home court habits that I talk to people the most about and that I find that people have the most life-changing results with that they can incorporate some smattering of those habits.

[0:35:30.3] MB: We’ve definitely talked a lot about meditation on the show previously, and are huge fans of it. How would you define specifically mindfulness, because I know it’s relate but not necessarily kind of exactly the same. Specifically, what do you mean by the phrase mindful eating?

[0:35:46.9] DR: Yeah, this is tricky. The way I personally — I’ve done a lot of work on this. I was a dieter, and dieters do not eat mindfully. Dieters eat fast when they eat, because there is guilt and shame around it. You’ve spent so much of your life starving. When you do let yourself eat, you start of go really fast and just dig into it. I had a lot of difficulty with this particular habit, but I had read so much about the benefits of it. It helps you enjoy your food more. It helps you eat less naturally. It helps you make better decisions. Just all sorts of things that you want. We want these things.

Gosh! Is it hard to develop this habit. I’ve been working on it for — I had been working on it for five years before I really feel like I got a handle on how to do it. I also went into a meditation retreat, silent meditation retreat for 10 days. After all these attempts, I finally have — I have my own working definition of what mindfulness is. 

I think of it as being aware of the present moment, and that includes your physical experience, whatever you see, touch small, taste, whatever. Your thoughts; whatever your thinking in words. Your thoughts tend to manifest in words in your brain. Silently, obviously, but when you think to yourself things, maybe you tend to use words. Then, feelings, which is usually a sensation in your body, maybe attention or rush of adrenalin or some heat in your body, or some tension and some part of your muscles, or something. Just simply being aware that those are happening. It’s really hard to do, because what happens is when you get a thought, or you get a feeling, the feeling almost is immediately translated into a thought, and you want to follow it, like, “That’s an interesting thought. I wonder why that is,” blah-blah-blah and you get hooked on the thought. 

The practice of mindfulness, for me, is being aware that that happens, and when you recognize it being, like, “Oh, I’m stuck in that thought,” and going back to paying attention to not what’s in your head, but your present experience, and just doing that over and over again as a practice so that you are aware when you get pulled into a loop, get pulled into some sort of trigger. Really hard to do.

It’s also really difficult, particularly difficult around food. We tend to practice mindfulness during meditation. That’s what we’re told to do often. Meditation is hard, because it’s hard for people to just sit still, because they need to practice meditation. In some ways, it’s easier, because you know what you’re supposed to be doing, you’re just supposed to be sitting there. 

Eating is more active, right? Your eyes are open. You have to physically feed yourself. You have the experience of eating the taste, the texture, the flavor, the smells and paying attention to all that at once is difficult. Also, on top of it, a lot of us have so much mental baggage around — An emotional baggage around food, and body image, and all these stuff. It’s a challenge. 

Actually, if anybody is interested in mindful eating, I actually just recently started something called The Mindful Meal Challenge, it’s like a five day challenge and it’s free on Summer Tomato, if anybody wants to check it out to practice this. It’s fun to start with eating, actually, because it’s something we all do three times a day, at least, and it’s so integral to our experience and our health. That just taking some time to learn about how to do it and what it actually feels like to do it and realizing how hard it is and how if you just sort of vaguely try to eat mindfully, you’re just trying to be mindful. You’re almost inevitably going to fail, because there are so much distraction built into our brains.

It’s a really cool thing if you can do it. I do highly recommend practicing, setting aside time in your day to practice. Whether it’s during food, or meditation, or anything like that, or even your shower, just mindfully showering. Just to have that time to observe what your brain does on its own, because I think you’ll find — Most of us find our brains are totally nuts. They’re so undisciplined and so scatter brained. Being aware of what you tend to do is very illuminating. 

[0:40:08.2] MB: I know this kind of ties into the idea of mindfulness, but how do we battle things like a craving for junk food? 

[0:40:16.4] DR: Interesting. A craving is a trigger and a feeling. It’s a feeling that’s been triggered from something. Step one is being aware of it, and rather than just anxious, going to the pantry and eat a bag of cookies. That is not what you want to do first. You first want to be able to be, “I feel a craving.” That’s what it is and have a name for it, recognize it that it’s a feeling. 

The second thing is you don’t want to battle it. You can’t control your feelings. They don’t obey the rules of physics like a physical object does. What happens if you try to just make it go away or you try to ignore it, is it — First of all, it won’t go away, it will manifest in some other weird way and you will continue to experience this again and again and eventually you’ll break down. 

A better way to approach a craving is to just take a minute, take a deep breath, close your eyes and feel it. Just feel what it feels like. Locate it in your body. Usually, there’s a place in your body. You can locate attention, or maybe your heart is raising a little bit, of maybe you get a tingly somewhere, or maybe — Who knows? There are a lot of different ways. You get a little sweaty, or something. There’s a lot of physiological ways our bodies respond to feelings. Just feel it. 

Instantly, you’re probably going to want to judge it as negative and recognize that your brain wants to do that and just go back to the feeling, go back to experiencing it, like, “Is it in my chest? Is it in my arms? Is it in my fingers? Is it in my jaw?” Just focus on just taking a deep breath and breathing into that feeling and just trying to be okay with it. 

If at some point you decide you still want to proceed with your binge or whatever, that’s okay too. don’t beat yourself up for it, because it’s hard to break something like that that’s been trained and conditioned for a long time. The first step is pausing, and being aware of what’s actually happening. Usually, there’s a reason, and that’s something you can look into or think about in another time of your day. What is it that’s tripping you? Is it stress? Is it body image issues that your mother created when you’re a teenager? Is it an identity think, you like you feel like you have to be somebody for — Something for somebody and you feel like you’re failing? What is it? 

Understanding that, usually, if it’s an unhealthy craving, if it’s an emotional eating type of thing, realizing that it’s something that’s understandable and not feeling like it’s something you have to fight, but something you need to understand. I think that’s a big step. 

Also, cravings can also be nutritional. That’s another thing. For example, for years, I didn’t eat carbs, forever. Then, I would start of go off the diet, or when I went back to certain more normal, I had sugar cravings all the time. One thing I realized — Or one thing that happened to me was when I started eating more real foods that contain carbohydrates that I wouldn’t let myself eat before. For example, rice, or potatoes, or something like that. When I allowed myself to eat those, my sugar cravings completely disappeared. I didn’t think my body just wanted some more nutrition. There was a nutritional component that was missing there. 

Step one is making sure you have good nutrition. Step two is really understanding what’s triggering you, if it’s an emotional habit, emotional eating habit, and accepting it for what it is, not fighting it. Maybe work on addressing the original issue and maybe not try to treat it so much with food eventually. It’s hard. It’s a hard thing to do.

[0:44:04.8] MB: I know we’ve talked about it a little bit and you’ve used the term a couple of times. I’m curious, how do you define or think about kind of the idea of “real food” and what is that and how can listeners distinguish between that and, I guess, whatever the opposite of real food is?

[0:44:20.3] DR: Processed food. Yeah. I think of real food as anything that obviously comes from nature. Plants grow out of the ground. Fish swim in the sea. Birds — I guess, chickens don’t really fly, but an animal product. Those are all read food. Processed foods are foods that, often, they start as real foods, but then they’re processed into oblivion. One of my favorite examples is a flake, like a corn flake. 

Corn is a real food, but when you look at a cornflake, it didn’t grow on a tree. You know what I mean? It’s brought out of the ground looking like a flake. That means it’s been processed. If you can picture how it was created and it didn’t involved a factory, then you’re on the right track. 

[0:45:02.8] MB: Perfect. I think that’s a simple and kind of easy heuristic to use. I’m already categorizing things in my mind.

[0:45:09.4] DR: By the way, I’m not militant about any of these stuff. It’s like you can processed foods. I do. I eat pizza, and I eat sugar, and I eat all sorts of things. One of the critical things to understand is that you just don’t want those to be your main habits. You want your main habits. It’s kind of like the 80-20 principle. You want breakfast, lunch, and dinner, especially on weekdays. That’s something you do all the time. You want to those to be based on real foods. A lot of vegetables and real foods. 

If it’s brunch on your birthday, or whatever, go have whatever you want. Have the most on French toast. If you’re, most of the time, eating real foods, you can totally make room for those processed treats, or whatever you want, especially if you love them, or your evening pizza and beer night with your football buddies. It’s fine. 

I just wanted to bring that up, because it’s not about never eating anything. In fact, saying that anything in your life is off limits is generally a bad move, because it’s going to result in one of those psychological rebounds. You don’t want to be using will power, just craft the things that matter the most, your daily habits, from real foods. 

[0:46:22.4] MB: I think that’s a great point, and it’s not about sort of a strict elimination of X, Y, or Z, it’s more about kind of the weighted average of your activities should skew towards things that are real food and things kind of support a healthy lifestyle, but not to the extent that you are tapping your will power and creating suffering in your life and avoiding all the things that make you happy and make you enjoy your experiences. 

[0:46:49.2] DR: Yeah, exactly. 

[0:46:50.4] MB: What’s kind of one piece of homework that you would give to somebody who’s listening to this interview as kind of a concrete starting place for them to implement some of these ideas? 

[0:47:00.7] DR: One of the things that I recommend for a lot of people who are just getting started is to keep a little habit journal. We’re specifically talking about food and physical activity, because a lot of the times, like I was saying, we don’t really know what we’re doing all the time. We’re just not aware of it. Recognizing the things that you do often. 

Again, the things that you do not that often don’t matter so much. The things that you do often is you could sometimes find the biggest wins in there. You can sometimes find, “Oh my gosh! I eat a muffin every day for a snack after lunch, and that is 600 calories.” If you added up, 600 calories after lunch every single day at work, that’s 3,000 extra calories a week. That’s more than an entire extra day of food. 

You don’t even necessarily want the muffin, you just kind of want to take a break from work and want to socialize with your friends, grab an orange, or an apple, and cut that down to an extra 800 calories a week. That can be a huge win. You’ll lose 10 pounds in a couple of months doing a swap like that. Sometimes, it’s that simple to identify that, or just eat more vegetables. I always encourage everybody to eat more vegetables. 

[0:48:13.3] MB: Where can people find you, and your book, and your blog online? 

[0:48:17.6] DR: Yeah, come over to summertomato.com, and that’s where you can find pretty much everything. My book is called Foodist, my podcast is called Foodist. If you’re interested in getting started, like I said, the mindful meal challenge that I recently launched is a great intro to — And it’s free just to this whole world, and it’s fun, and people really enjoy it and it’s five days, so it’s not that hard.

[0:48:39.6] MB: Awesome. We’ll make sure to include links to Summer Tomato, links to Foodist, both the book and the podcast and the Mindful Meal Challenge in the show notes.  

[0:48:47.5] DR: Thank you so much. 

[0:48:48.6] MB: Awesome. Darya, thank you for coming on the show, it’s been a fascinating conversation and I’ve really enjoyed hearing your wisdom and learning all these different concepts. 

[0:48:57.1] DR: Absolutely. I appreciate your thoughtful questions. 

[0:49:00.2] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners, You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’ve talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see on the next episode of The Science of Success.

March 23, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Health & Wellness

How To Listen To Your Emotions, Recover From Trauma, and Control Your Brain Waves with Rene Brent

March 16, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Emotional Intelligence

In this episode, we discuss why you can’t out-think your emotions, the relationship between trauma and our mind/body connection, how to start listening to your emotions, the power of hypnosis, and how to drop into your body to experience what you’re truly feeling with Rene Brent.

Rene is a Certified Clinical and Transpersonal Hypnotherapist. She is the Director and Instructor of the Externship Program at the Orlando Florida Institute of Hypnotherapy. She’s also the bestselling author of How Big is Your But: Discover How To Let Go Of Blocks And Move Forward In Your Life.

We discuss:

  • How working as a trauma nurse deepened Rene’s understanding of the mind/body connection

  • How our thoughts control our body chemistry and physical reactions

  • What is hypnosis and how does it work?

  • How Rene approaches hypnosis from a science-based perspective and how hypnosis impacts your brain waves

  • The difference between alpha brain waves and beta brain waves

  • The relationship between hypnosis and flow states

  • How we can get caught in conscious thought loops that prevent us from experiencing our emotions

  • What happens when we consciously suppress our subconscious thoughts and feelings?

  • How the subconscious mind bubbles up and tries to get you to listen

  • How being very busy with your external life can prevent you from looking at your internal life

  • True joy only exists when you start experiencing emotions and listening to your subconscious mind

  • You cannot out-think your emotions, positive thinking doesn't work when you’re in a survival state

  • How something that happens in childhood can imprint a false belief that can impact you for your entire life

  • Communication is not what you said, its what the other person heard

  • How do you listen more effectively to your subconscious mind?

  • How to push a pause button and pattern interrupt in the subconscious brain

  • Why you cannot heal something until you bring it up from the subconscious mind

  • The power of breathing and breath exercises

  • Anxiety is not an emotion, its a symptom of fear

  • Emotions amplify when we push them down, they release when we allow them to happen

  • While you may not have words for your emotions, your physical body is your emotional GPS

  • The “felt sense” of emotion and how you feel it in your body

  • When you drop into your body, you’re actually dropping into your subconscious mind

  • If the heart is quiet and you pay attention, the mind will be still

  • The pattern of how events create beliefs, beliefs create emotions, and emotions create symptoms

  • How targeting the subconscious mind rapidly speeds up interventions

  • The power of forgiveness and working with your inner child

  • How negative self-talk is counter productive

  • Why SLEEP is the fundamental pillar of psycholigcal wellbeing

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Website] Rene Brent Hypnosis

  • [Book] How Big Is Your BUT? by Rene Brent

  • [Book Site] Practice Happy Now

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[0:00:12.6] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performers tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss why you can’t outthink your emotions, the relationship between trauma and your mind-body connection, how to start listening to your emotions, the power of hypnosis, and how to drop into your body to experience what you’re truly feeling with Rene Brent. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with more than 800,000 downloads, listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge I get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we’ve created an epic resource just for you; a detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed what to do if you feel like you’re having a midlife crisis every two years, the importance of staying grounded while you make big changes in your life, how to pivot your career and take smart risks, how to discover your strengths and the right way to make big, exciting changes in your career with Jenny Blake? If you’re thinking about changing your career or making a pivot, listen to that episode.

[0:02:19.1] MB: Today, we have another exciting guest on the show, Rene Brent. Rene is a certified clinical and transpersonal hypnotherapist. She’s the director and instructor of the Externship Program at the Orlando, Florida Institute of Hypnotherapy. She’s also the bestselling author of How Big Is Your Butt?: Discover How To Let Go Of Blocks And Move Forward In Your Life. 
Rene, welcome to The Science of Success.  

[0:02:41.1] RB: Thank you Matt. I’m happy to be here. Great day.

[0:02:44.1] MB: We’re very excited to have you on. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and some of your work, tell us a little bit about yourself and share your story.  

[0:02:51.7] RB: Certainly. I am been a registered nurse for over 25 years, and I used to think in nursing that the body control the mind. How we felt physically affected the mind. I started to see in nursing and in the trauma room, I was a trauma nurse, that if I could connect with somebody and help them have that human connection with me at the front of the bed if they just had a car accident, motorcycle accident, whatever, if I could do that, then they felt better, the vital signs were better, and they were more connected. That intrigued me.

Then, I got divorced and I wanted a new career and had some experience with healing and hypnotherapy and off I went and never looked back. It was the best decision, because now I understand truly that the mind, our thoughts, control the chemistry and our reaction to us physically. That is a very intriguing for me as a clinical hypnotherapist to help people with the mind-body connection. 

[0:03:47.1] MB: What is the difference between a hypnotist and a hypnotherapist?

[0:03:51.4] RB: Good question. A hypnotist usually has about 50 to 100 hours of training, someone who can do hypnosis can put someone into the state of hypnosis, which is not that difficult. It’s really a change in a brain wave. A hypnotherapist is someone who can put someone in the state of hypnosis, but actually allow them to get to their truth. A hypnotherapist — I do not tell people how to feel or think. Everyone, every single person has what they need within them, but they’re blocked by a conscious reality sometimes. 

To be able to get into the state of hypnosis and allow someone to awareness of their truth, then they can start releasing blocks. You have to be aware of blocks and false beliefs in order to change them, and hypnosis is a beautiful way to bypass the conscious mind, get to the boss, which is the subconscious mind and make those changes. I just people the opportunity and also within protocol to help them kind of guide them loosely to healing and a place of forgiveness and understanding, acceptance, and really change how they perceive life at the end of some sessions. It’s pretty remarkable.  

[0:04:59.1] MB: Tell me a little bit more about hypnosis itself. How does it work and how does it bypass these sort of conscious watchdog and get to the root of many of these subconscious issues?

[0:05:10.7] RB: Yes. Hypnosis, like I said, is just a change in a brainwave, and I really approach from this platform of science. That’s why I’m so excited to be on your show, Matt, because this is my world, is the science of the mind and what’s going on, and hypnosis is woo-woo. What I do is not obscure, it’s based in science and brainwaves and perceptions of a child and how we access information. 

I put someone into the state of hypnosis, it’s not that difficult. We go in and out of hypnosis all day long. We’re in a beta wavelength, which is human, which is survival. That’s 5%. That’s conscious mind. 95% is a subconscious mind and the way to access that is dropping into an alpha wave. We do that when we’re driving in a car, when we’re in a shower, we’re just hypnotized by the sounds of the waves on a beach when we’re really connected to that. That is hypnosis, and it’s not that hard to get into and that’s what I help people do. 

There, that’s when we’re really — People think hypnosis puts you to sleep, Matt, but it really wakes — It wakes you up. You’re in your truth, that aha moment. It’s life-changing foe people. I tell people I have the best job in the world, because I get a front row seat. I get to help people explore their truth and change it and change the reality and release those — My book, How Big Is Your But, those big buts that block them and they’re not even aware of that. Really crucial to change is getting in to the subconscious mind in an altered brain wave. 

[0:06:42.7] MB: That’s really fascinating. The idea that we dip in and out of hypnosis in sort of our day-to-day experience is something I’d never really thought of. You mentioned driving is an example. Another one that I think is really relevant for me personally is I love to play video games, and sometimes I feel like I can be playing a game and it’s almost like I’ve blacked out for 20 minutes and I’ll be like, “What just happened?” 

[0:07:02.7] RB: Exactly. When it’s four in the morning and you don’t know where the rest of the day went and you haven’t eaten for 10 hours because you’ve been playing this game, you have absolutely been hypnotized, when you have an alter in time lapse. My clients, I’ll do in a session for an hour and a half and they really could swear that they were in for 15, 20 minutes. That’s a good indication of hypnosis, absolutely.

[0:07:26.1] MB: Is there a relationship at all between hypnosis and flow states? I think of that, because in many ways I’ve always felt like when you have that, that sensation that time has passed by and you didn’t really understand it. In many ways, that’s connected with the idea of flow. 

[0:07:41.7] RB: Yes. Really, when you’re living in your passion and you’re living in your flow, then you’re living in your heart. You’re living in your truth, which is the subconscious mind. You can naturally go into that. I’ve never worked harder in my life, but I am so passionate. That’s why I tell people if you’re living in your passion, but you have days where you’re struggling, where you’re like, “Oh my God! Why am I doing this? What’s going on? I can’t do anything.” 

Hold on to the why you started it in the first place. If you’re in school or a new career, hold on to the why, the end game, because that will keep you in your flow. That will keep in your subconscious state and keep you out of a conscious mind that’s so analytical, it’s so judgmental. You’re absolutely right, being in your flow is being in a relaxed, living from the heart, actually. 

[0:08:31.2] MB: I love to dig into that, that concept, this sort of dichotomy between the analytical mind and how emotions are often kind of stored in our body and how we can get really caught up in thought patterns that prevent us from truly experiencing our emotions. I know that’s something you’ve done a ton of work on. Tell me a little bit about that, that whole concept.

[0:08:52.5] RB: That’s basically the work that I do with my clients. Our subconscious mind, 95%, the boss, when you want to get something done, you go to the boss, right? So it makes sense to drop in to this state and do the work. It holds our emotions, our beliefs, our memories, it holds all of that, and it’s always trying to talk to us, Matt. The subconscious mind’s job is to move us away from pain and towards pleasure. 

It wants us to heal. It has a lot of jobs and it’s always trying to communicate, and it comes up, and we’re not taught how to manage the subconscious mind, by the way. That’s a real problem for people, because it comes up and we push it down with, “No. I got to do this. I got to get this job done. I got to take this test. I got to do these things,” and you’re like, “No,” and you push it down and you push it down. 

If you spend a lifetime of not having awareness of the subconscious mind or not listening to it, it will show up to you, because it starts as a whisper and then it starts louder and louder and it’s screaming at you, and it could be screaming at you in lots of ways, which is maladaptive behaviors, addiction, weight gain, overuse of drugs and alcohol, porn, all of these things, it will show up and it’s trying to get you to listen. 

I tell people when they walk in my office, “You know what? I want you to think that behavior. I want you to think that 50-pound weight gain, because it got you in the office. When you’re stuck and you don’t know why, your subconscious mind is just dug its heels down and said, “No. You are going to listen to me now.” 

I love it when young people in their 20s come to see me, because if you could learn this in teens and — I also see children who have a lot of anxiety. If I can get someone between the age of 18 and 30 and they can change their patterns and start listening to the subconscious mind, then you’ve created a lifetime of ease. The majority of my clients are in their 50s, when they’ve had three marriages, they’ve had addiction, they’ve had health problems. I love teaching people this early, and it’s crucial to pay attention and just learn — It’s not that difficult to learn the skills to do it, and that’s one of the reasons why I do what I do, why I speak publicly, why I wrote the book, because I want to teach people mainstream. It doesn’t have to be woo-woo. Mainstream, how to learn some techniques to just listen through the day, and you’ll sleep better, you’ll eat better. It’s pretty incredible how life shifts when you do that.

[0:11:15.4] MB: I think it’s fascinating, and I’ve definitely experienced this in my own life, that if you consciously try to sort of suppress or avoid your emotions and your subconscious, it will bubble up, it will kind of manifest itself in all kinds of different ways. I think it’s so important to really understand and kind of start the journey, because it’s not sort of a one second awareness, but really begin the journey of understanding of how listening to your emotions and experiencing them can help you much more effectively deal with those kind of maladaptive behaviors that you talked about. 

[0:11:49.1] RB: They’re not going away. You can have a life — For instance, for me, I had some extreme false beliefs through my childhood and I found a way to move through them, push them aside, and have outsourced things that help me feel better. I was married for 20 years, I had three children, I was busy volunteering and working as a nurse. Kept very busy on the external, but I wasn’t listening to the internal. Then, I got divorced from a 20-year marriage, and all that was ripped away. It really unsettled me, and I was forced to look at it. 

I know what it’s like to push it down and be happy. When you close your heart, you don’t cry all your tears, but you don’t laugh all your laughter. Only through joy exist, Matt, when you can start paying attention to your subconscious mind. You don’t have to be in your emotions all the time, nobody is. There are three things you can do with emotions. You can shove them down and they’re going to show up in your body or your life somewhere. The second one is you can scream or cry or road rage, is about this. It’s never about what it’s about. It will show up. Nobody gets out and shoots somebody because they pulled them in front of them or they were going five miles beneath the speed limit. It’s about something else.

The third one is you can learn to allow. I teach people every day to open your heart and learn to allow without being caught up in the emotions. That is the key to success. You cannot overthink or outthink this stuff. Positive thinking doesn’t work when you’re in a survival state. The only thing you can do is survive as a human, and your body doesn’t know the difference between you’re running from a lion, or you have a job that you hate, or you’re overwhelmed with home life. You must drop into an altered state to be able to really shift that for yourself. 

I said a lot there, so go where you want with it. 

[0:13:41.6] MB: Yeah, you did. There are so many good points, and I want to dig in to a couple of them. One of the ones that I think is really important — We actually talked about this on a recent episode, is the idea that the example you used with road rage. It’s never about that particular moment of anger, or rage, or unhappiness, it’s much more about this deep-seated emotional environment that causes that to happen to begin with. I think that’s such a critical point that so many people miss, and there’s two sort of things that that makes me think of. 

One is the idea that everybody is kind of fighting a battle that you know nothing about, and that whole quote and that concept that helps sort of cultivate compassion. The other is that when people are sort of rude to you or mean to you, in many instances, it’s often not a reflection of you in any way, it’s often just a reflection of kind of their internal emotional situation spilling out into their experiences and events in their daily lives.  

[0:14:36.8] RB: Absolutely. This is absolutely the result of false beliefs. When we’re younger than 10 years old, Matt, our subconscious and conscious mind is open. Anything that’s said or done to us can be encoded as truth, and it doesn’t have to be drama or trauma, it could be as simple as a teacher who laughed at you when you got up and misspelled a word or did a thing on the board. It could be — I had a woman who had a beautiful life by anyone’s standards, but she woke up every morning unhappy, and sad, and she didn’t understand that she came to see me, and we regressed to the first time she felt these things, and hypnosis. 

She went to third grade and she was standing outside of a room with her best friends, and they decided that day that she was not good enough to be in their group, and they made fun of her. Encoded, stamped into her in that moment was that she’s not good enough, that she’s not a part of. She carried that pattern for the rest of her life, but didn’t have an awareness of it. 

False beliefs, we filter our perception of the world through that every day. If you have a belief that you’re not good enough, that you’re ugly, or that you’re not lovable, anything that someone says to it, a boss, a partner, a friend, someone in a grocery store, if they say something to you, it’s going to through that filter and it’s changing what you’re hearing. 

If a boss says to you, “You know what? I really want you to look at this number. I really want you to just take another look at that, what you handed in to me.” If you feel like you’re not good enough or stupid, it’s filtering through that. You’re hearing a completely different message, “My boss hates me. They think that I’m stupid.” That’s not what the boss was saying. It changes, and it causes this turmoil within us without us even knowing it. It’s very important to understand those false beliefs and the perception and pay attention to what we’re hearing. 

I do work with couples and I tell them, “If someone’s reacting to you, it doesn’t make sense with what you thought you were saying.” You’re married, right Matt? 

[0:16:38.2] MB: I am. 

[0:16:39.2] RB: Yeah, so you understand this. You could say something to your wife and she has a completely different reaction than what you expected. 

[0:16:45.9] MB: Absolutely. 

[0:16:46.3] RB: I want you to ask her, “What did you hear me say?” Communication is not what you say. It’s what the person hears. This is true communication. Ask her, what did you hear me say? She maybe hearing something completely different. That’s when you start talking about it, when you clarify what you meant, because everyone is doing this everyday with anything that is said or done to them.

[0:17:08.4] MB: I love that question, “What did you hear me say?” It’s a great way to kind of pierce through the filter and see what kind of came out the other side and how someone interpreted your actions. 

[0:17:19.1] RB: Yeah, absolutely. Yeah.  

[0:17:19.9] MB: Before we dig into kind of filters and false beliefs and limiting beliefs, which I want to go into, I want to zoom back out or kind of talk about something we talked about a little earlier, which is how do we kind of cultivate the ability to listen more effectively to our subconscious mind? 

[0:17:37.4] RB: Certainly. Learning some techniques to push a pause button if you’re feeling overwhelmed, anxious, fearful, angry, just be able to push a pause button, because pushing a pause button, pattern interrupts in the brain, allows you to just stop for a minute and then regroup. When you regroup, you can get in touch with what was really going on with you. Then, you can have the truth talk, “What’s really going on with me? Is that the truth?” Then, you can start those. 

In my book, each chapter I have, each one build on the other where I have techniques where you could start listening to the subconscious mind pretty effectively. You cannot heal it till you bring it up from the subconscious mind. For instance, if someone is feeling completely overwhelmed, what they can do is breathing. I know breathing is so — I don’t know. Popular, or it’s a tag line, but it’s really important, and I teach people why to breathe. 

When we’re feeling uncomfortable, or we’re feeling fearful, or anxious — Anxiety, by the way, is just a symptom of fear, and it’s a chemistry of the body that’s anxiety. It’s not an emotion. When you’re feeling that in your body, the physical symptoms, because every emotion has a physical reaction. When you’re feeling that, we tend to breathe shallow. It’s part of the fight, flight, or freeze. We freeze. We think that if we breathe shallow and we just stay put for a minute, that things are going to go away, and they’re not. We’re just going to get hit by it harder. 

If you’re breathing shallow through the day, I want to encourage people to take a big breath in, really breathe in and then exhale, and when you do that, you’re actually holding it for a few seconds, you’re pressing slightly on a vagus nerve right at the diaphragm. When you do that, you allow this beautiful surge of chemicals and your parasympathetic nervous system to kind of come and check and balance. You can shift things pretty quickly by taking a few breaths when you’re feeling that way, and that’s a good way step to pattern interrupting.  

[0:19:39.1] MB: On the concept of learning to allow, how do we cultivate that as a reaction as supposed to either ignoring, kind of showing our emotions down, or just letting them simmer into anger, or crying, or whatever it might be?  

[0:19:55.0] RB: We’re all allowing, one way or the other — And we’re not allowing by using alcohol, drugs, whatever, to suppress. To learn to allow is dropping into an altered state of hypnosis into an alpha wave, which could be deep breathing, doing a countdown, getting some meditation that you like. I have two free ones on my website, or Headspace is a great thing to do, and get in the habit of taking about 5, 10 minutes a day to just drop into this day and say, “What’s going on with me right now?” Not allowing it to amplify. 

If you’re feeling angry, take those breaths and drop into say, “What’s really going on with me?” I teach techniques, like tapping. I don’t know if you’ve heard of EFT, or tapping, it’s a good way for people to just start understanding. I do meditations, like opening the heart, or teach people to drop in and connect to higher perspective. The real change to listening is teaching yourself quickly how to drop into an alpha wave, and it’s not hard to do. Breathing, count-downing, learn how to do self-hypnosis, all hypnosis is self-hypnosis. 

When you’re feeling something, you’re saying, “Man! I’m really angry right now.” Just acknowledge it. Don’t try to push it down. Don’t blame it on someone. Take accountability for it, “Right now, I am feeling angry.” “Man! That really hurt my feelings. I’m feeling very sad.” When we learn to allow and acknowledge emotions, thy begin to release. They amplify when we push them down. They release when we allow. Just by saying, “What’s going on with me right?” “Oh! I’m feeling sad.” Just that will make people feel better. 

People feel better just in 20 minutes of talking to me on the couch, because I don’t tell them how to feel. I just give them an opportunity to express how they feel. Just acknowledging it and then saying, “Okay. I’m feeling angry. I’m ready to release it. What’s really going on with me?” Then, dropping into an altered state. Was that clear enough for you?

[0:21:58.1] MB: No, that’s great. I think that makes a lot of sense. I think those are some really valuable tactics to kind of drop into your body a little bit. Personally, I’m very kind of cerebral person, and one of the things I’ve been working a lot on is trying to cultivate that body awareness. This is something I’m really fascinated with. 

[0:22:15.9] RB: Sure. Let me tell you about body awareness, and not everybody has emotional words. Not everyone wants to acknowledge that they’re sad, or afraid, or angry. Some people just don’t have that ability to acknowledge that. I have people that can’t give me motional words. What you always have, always, is your physical body. Your physical body is your emotional GPS. Emotions show up, because you have an emotion, you have a chemical response, and it reacts in the body. Then, you have a reaction in the body, and then it validates the thought. Then, you’re in a mind merry-go-round. 

You know when you’re angry in one little — This happens in couples sometimes. When you’re angry, then you have a chemical response and your body start to tense up, then you think of other things that made you angry, and then you’re like, “Yeah! You did that.” Then, you go round and round and round. Before you know it, you’re completely off topic and you’re rageful. It’s because of the chemical response to it. 

When we’re feeling emotion, there is something called the felt sense, feeling the sensation of emotion, energy in motion. It shows up usually somewhere between your chin and your lower abdomen. When you’re angry, or upset, or anxious, or fearful, Matt, where do you feel it in your body? 

[0:23:31.1] MB: That’s something I’ve been thinking about, and after reading your material and watching a couple of interviews, I started to kind of develop some awareness of that. I think, typically, it’s kind of almost like right below my rib cage is where I think I typically feel it. Sometimes in my lower back, maybe. It’s something that I — As I said, I’m still trying to understand and cultivate this ability. It’s something I’m really curious about and want to learn more about.

[0:23:57.4] RB: I teach people, when you drop into that sensation, you’re actually dropping into the subconscious mind, because now you’re allowing. If you’re feeling this thing in your lower rib cage, what you do is take the breaths and then you put your hand right where you feel it, drop into the sensation of it. Don’t judge it, just drop into it and say, “If there was an emotion attached to this, what would it be?” It might be fear, it might be anger, whatever. Don’t question it. You’ll hear the word.

The subconscious mind is excited, because you’re listening to it. You’re dropping into this sensation, so you’re going to feel better already. When you drop into that sensation right there and just say, “Oh! This feels like fear. Okay, so what’s going on with me?” Then when you breathe, you’ll start hearing, “I’m afraid I’m going to fail,” or “I’m afraid that I’m not going to be loved,” or “I’m afraid they’re going to leave me.” You will hear those things. Then, that’s when you start arguing for your truth. The truth is that I am smart and I can do this. The truth is I am lovable, I am capable, I can create this life that I want, but you have to drop in and understand what’s going on for you. 

If you do not have a word that shows up for you, there’s something you can do that I teach in the book called Release the Piece. Christian Mickelsen created this and I have adopted it for myself. I love it, because it’s a way to allow without acknowledging what’s actually going on with you. If you have that feeling in your ribcage or your lower back, Matt, I want you to just put your hand on it. No word comes up. You have no emotional word for it. That’s okay. Send that emotion, that feeling, that sensation — I know this sound really corny, especially for your audience, but it works. Send it acceptance and love. That’s all you do. No judgment about what it is, why you don’t have a word for it, anything. Just send it acceptance and love and it will release. 

Often, it shifts. I tell people to follow it, and it will go from their stomach, to their heart, or to their neck, and then it will let. It will release, because what you’re doing is allowing to backdoor away to allow emotion through the sensation, because the sensation is your emotional GPS in the subconscious mind. 

[0:26:11.4] MB: I love that. I think it’s amazing, and I’m definitely going to practice all of these exercises next time I feel something or kind of feel  a little bit off. I can’t wait to put in some of these ideas into practice.  

[0:26:23.4] RB: Yeah. If people do that through the day, when you feel it coming up and not showing, it doesn’t take long, 30 seconds, and I can help someone release it. You can learn that, absolutely. Everyone who’s listening can release that. When you do that through the day, then the evenings are going to be better for you. You’re going to eat better. You’re going to take better care of your body. You’re going to sleep better. Absolutely, sleep better. Then, you’re going to create this pattern of acknowledgement, but also peace. The mind is a reflection of the heart, Matt. The heart is quiet, and you pay attention to it, the mind will be still and you will be able to focus and reach your goals and create the success that you want. 

[0:27:04.0] MB: I’d love to dig into kind of the relationship between — This is getting into more kind of the idea of these false beliefs and the filters that we have that explain — That we use to interpret reality. I’d love to get into the relationship between beliefs, and emotions, and external events, and how those are all kind of connected and how we form these filters that shape our understandings of reality.

[0:27:27.4] RB: Absolutely, and this is the basis of the work. I’m an instructor, like you said, of hypnotherapy, so I teach this to my students through the school. There is a pattern. It’s events and emotions. Really, it’s relationships, because it’s not just one event, it’s a relationship. Its events and relationship that usually happen younger than 10 that occur that create beliefs. Beliefs create emotions, and emotions create symptoms. It doesn’t matter how old you are, so let me say that again. Events or relationships younger than 10 — Like I said, it doesn’t have to be drama or trauma. I have people that say, “But I had an amazing life. I had an amazing child hood. My parents were incredible. I had everything that I wanted.” “Okay. Let’s look into that deeper.” 

Maybe there was a sibling who is really good at a sport, and everybody went to the games, and the parents thought they were creating this incredible environment of family and together, but the perception of the child was, “Maybe, I’m not good enough, because I’m not out there on the field.” You understand what I’m saying?” It doesn’t have to be the big thing, it’s the perception of the child in the moment. 

Event, relationship lead us to false beliefs. Sometimes they can lead to amazing beliefs. It doesn’t always have to be false. If you had a parent who told you, “You are fabulous, and amazing, and so lovable,” then that’s what you’re going to carry with you. Events, relationships, beliefs, false beliefs, usually is what I deal with, emotions, because if you believe that you’re worthless, you get believe you’re going to have anger, or sadness, or hurt about that. Then, that causes symptoms. Why does it cost symptoms? Because a subconscious mind’s job is to move us away from pain towards pleasure. It’s going to do what it can. 

If you discover that at 11 years old, if you ate French fries, or a doughnut, and it made you feel better, you’re creating that pattern. Now, you have eating issues as you’ve grown older, or you realized when you were 15 that all the pain would go away when you drank a beer, then that could be something that you just use as your ability to release emotion. 

People come to me for symptoms all the time. People say to me, “What do you deal with?” Majority, I deal with anxiety and addiction, but I deal with all kinds of things. It’s just a symptom. I have no judgment about someone walks in with me. I know that behind all of it is emotions, and beliefs, and relationships, or events younger than 10.

[0:29:53.2] MB: For somebody who’s suffering from some of these kind of these false beliefs, how do we start to discover them and how do we work to kind of transform them? 

[0:30:05.2] RB: You don’t necessarily need to see a hypnotherapist. I’m a hypnotherapist, that’s my modem of — If you go to regular therapy, you better have someone who’s going to help you drop into the subconscious mind, or you’re taking two or three years to get to one issue, because the conscious mind is going to — You’re going to spin around in it, and if you get to the subconscious mind, you’re lucky. It takes a lot of repetition to do that. 

Find a way to drop into the subconscious mind. I tell people — I can do this on the couch for a session. I tell people, “Are you feeling that when you’re talking about that you’re angry with your boss, or you feel like you’re not respected in your life. Where do you feel that?” “In my chest.” “Okay. Drop into that chest. What does it feel like?” “It feels like sadness.” “Okay. Now, what does that remind you of?” They usually go back to the first time they did it very quickly. 

I encourage people to go, find that inner child, take some deep breaths, relax your mind, go find that inner child who’s feeling that hurt, or that sadness, or that fear and ask that child, “What do you need?” I have a whole chapter on forgiveness. It’s about really forgiving yourself, or others, and moving forward. If you don’t have forgiveness, if you’re in that moment — Because, every day, that false belief, you’re re-remembering that hurt, or you’re remembering that situation, or that relationship, and that regret every day. It’s about acknowledging it. 

Drop into the sensation and find your inner child, and they’re holding the belief, and tell that inner child, “What do you need from me?” When people do this, it’s so beautiful, Matt, because when you can connect to that child who’s hurting, that’s who’s having the behavior. That’s who’s struggling. It’s not the adult. The adult knows they want to do this, they want to have this career. They want to have this relationship, but when they’re not finding it, when it’s mismatched, it’s because the inner child is waiting for you to come back. When you connect to that inner child truly and say, “No. The truth is you are lovable. You are not that situation. You are not what that person said. You are so much more.” The only person that can heal that inner child is the adult ego, and it’s so, so important. I love doing that kind of work. I love people who just untether themselves from it. 

Because when you can heal that little child, that inner child with love and acceptance and forgiveness, guess what goes away? All the symptoms. This is the basis of my work with addiction. When you’re feeling worthless and your inner child is screaming at you and you feel unlovable, the only thing you have to do is opiates or alcohol, you’re going to do it. When you heal the inner child and they feel strong, and they feel lovable, and they know their strength and it matches the adults, man, the addiction behavior goes, because you know you’re valuable. You’re going to want to take great care of yourself. You know that you can create this life. 

[0:33:00.3] MB: So much wisdom in there, and I think it’s fascinating that these experiences that we have before — In many cases, even that we can’t even remember consciously. Tremendous power in shaping who we are 10, 20, 30, 40 years down the road. If you don’t really meaningfully investigate some of these issues, these can be patterns that end up defining your life in a major way.

[0:33:26.5] RB: They can. If you have a pattern, or you feel stuck, or you procrastinate, or you sabotage and you don’t know why, the answer is in your subconscious mind, absolutely, for sure. I know from my own experience, I was left from my childhood. I had an alcoholic mother, and I never felt safe, and she did the best that she could, and I have forgiveness in my heart for her. She’s passed now, but I understood that it left me with unlovable, unwanted, and not valued. I covered that up through external things. If your value is in a job, or a car, or whatever, a girlfriend, or a relationship, and it goes away and you’re so hurt and it doesn’t match what just happened, you need to take a look at what buttons it’s pushing. 

For me, I was devastated by the end of the relationship. One day, I found myself in my closet and I was just hugging, crying, and hugging myself, and I was like, “Oh my God! I used to do this when I was a child. I would go hide in the closet and just tell myself, “You’re okay. You’re okay.” I understood the connection, and I understood — Anyone can get over an end of a relationship, it wasn’t easy, but you can do it. 

What I was really hurting over was that the band aid had been taken away from my false beliefs, unlovable, all those things. When I healed that little girl and I understood that we didn’t have to be in the closet anymore, that we could go out and be proud and know our value, everything changed around my relationship with my X-husband, and I understood him, I saw him clearly. I saw my accountability and end of the relationship. I have to tell you, now, I look back with wisdom. Thank God, because I wouldn’t have this life. I wouldn’t have this career. I wouldn’t have the love in my life that I do if I just stayed in that and pretended like everything was okay. 

[0:35:18.2] MB: What do you think —  I know we’ve talked about a lot of these kind of methodologies, but what do you think the core thing was, or the few things were that allowed you to heal that inner child. As you said, once you kind of rip off the band aid, it can be really scary emotionally. I’m very curious, what do you think kind of helped you heal those issues?

[0:35:37.9] RB: When you’re going through an emotional trauma like a divorce, a near death, death of someone close to you, you are open emotionally subconsciously. Everything feels very raw to you. That’s a good time to do traditional therapy, in my opinion. That’s what I did. Then, I started feeling better. I started closing off. Then, I switch therapists to someone who is better at getting me into the subconscious mind. Then, I remembered the work that I had done in hypnotherapy. It took me a while to get there. Sometimes we don’t have awareness when we feel overwhelmed. I decided I was going to be a hypnotherapist. I wanted to help people, and I did my own work in hypnotherapy. I stayed in the subconscious mind. 

The thing about doing hypnosis and hypnotherapy is you go right into the subconscious mind, and it happens pretty quickly. My clients’ three to five sessions have a really good understanding and have some tools to be able to manage the rest of their life, so it can happen pretty quickly. Of course, I’m a hypnotherapist, I’m going to tell people that hypnotherapy is incredible. It’s not woo-woo. You have to get someone who’s educated. In my school, they have over 500 hours of training. If you’re going to go to someone to do this kind of work, make sure they have the expertise. Make sure that they can put you in hypnosis. Also, when you’re in there, do the work that you need.  

[0:36:55.1] MB: I’m curious about another topic that you’ve touched on in the past, which is the idea of these kind of I am stories. I know that’s tied into our filters and our false beliefs, but I’d love to hear a little bit about that. 

[0:37:06.6] RB: I am is your belief system about yourself, and it is the false beliefs. We can change our I am story, but we just have to be aware of it. We don’t know what we’re saying about ourselves. If consciously, you’re staying, “I am fabulous. I am so capable. I’m a winner,” but your heart, you’re getting that feeling in your chest, it’s not congruent. When you’re not congruent, then it’s impossible. A mind in conflict, Matt, will very seldom reach its goal or success. 

Be aware of thezI am story. If you have a negative self-talker in your brain, then you need to get a hold to that, because it’s filtering. It’s the I am. That’s telling you the truth, and it’s got the highest intention for you, but it’s affecting you every day physically, because it’s sending all those chemicals. 

One of the first things I do with the I am story first is teach people how to go into an altered state. You can learn to do it on your own. Then, listen to what your truth is and argue for your truth, but you must argue with that inner critique. There’s a chapter called Cracking the Ego Code, where I teach people about the inner critique, the inner child, and the adult ego. You just learn some simple skills and you start arguing with it. You don’t allow it. 

You would never allow someone to speak to you the way we’d speak to ourselves inside our heads, never ever. We would be violent against them. We allow it for ourselves. It doesn’t makes sense. 

[0:38:33.5] MB: I think that’s a great point, which is that, and many times our self-talk is so harsh and critical and yet we would never speak to a friend that way, we’d never speak to a loved one that way. We’d never would allow anyone else to talk to us that way. Yet, that’s often how we speak to ourselves. It’s fascinating that something that most people are sort of almost unaware of that that’s even taking place.  

[0:38:56.4] RB: That inner critique has the highest intention for you. Usually, it is a sub-personality of the ego state. Usually, any behavior that we have as a sub-personality of the ego state, it usually has the highest intention. The subconscious mind does not want to harm you, it wants to help you. 

I’ve had clients who were heroin addicts. The part of them that was the addiction was that they would rather see them dead than live through the pain. That highest intention was to help, but it doesn’t work in their life and their world. If you have a behavior of that negative self-talk, it’s trying to remind you to be the best that you can be. It thinks, and if it criticizes you that you’re going to make changes. It’s not the truth. 

We are run in an old program. I tell people, “You’re not going to run the same computer program for 20 years. Why would you do that in your mind?” When you go to that part of you — I love doing parts therapy. I do it all the time. I love it, because when you understand that it is the highest intention of keeping you happy or finding success, but you change the behavior, you stop that internal battle, you hear a supportive voice every day, people’s lives just fly. They just untether themselves and they just soar. 

I love that. I love hearing about the successes of my clients when they tell me, “You know, when I started being nicer to me, then I stopped filtering through that I am this, or I am that, I only heard, “I am capable. My best is good enough, and if there are areas in my life I want to improve, I’ll do that with self-love and self-acceptance,” then they were able to focus easier, because they’re not in survival. They were able to accomplish their goals. They meet incredible people in their life. Stop addictive behavior. It’s fantastic. 

[0:40:42.5] MB: I’d love to did in a little bit — And we may have already kind of covered this, but to talk about kind of mental additions and addictive behaviors. I know we touched on that earlier. I’d love to kind of get your thoughts on why those happen and how we can help overcome them. 

[0:40:58.0] RB: Certainly. Like I said, the subconscious mind, it’s job is to move you away from pain towards pleasure. If you have this internal battle of feeling worthless, or unlovable, or not good enough all day long, whether you acknowledge it or not, it’s showing up for you. You’re re-remembering all of these through the day, and the subconscious mind will grab on to what it knows. 

If it knows alcohol, if it knows porn, if it knows cigarettes, if it knows food, that’s what it’s going to do. It wants you to feel better. It doesn’t think about the past or the future, it just in the now. It wants you to feel better now. That’s why addictive urges just come on to people and they just like, “You know what? I had that cigarette. I had that drink. I was smoking pot. I was — Whatever. Before I even knew it.” That’s how powerful the subconscious mind is. 

When you move through the day and start acknowledging how you’re feeling and you work with the inner child and you release those false beliefs of worthless and not valuable, it’s very hard to stay clean and sober, or to release an addictive behavior when you believe you’re worthless, or not good enough, or not capable. It’s about getting to that. Then, learning your tools through the day, pattern interrupting this stuff, and have a plan. You have to have a plan. If you don’t, you’re going to move right into the behavior before you know it. 

You learn your techniques, you spend your time — I tell people every morning, this is a great way to do this, is every morning before you open your eyes, you’re already in a hypnotic state. Like I said, it’s a change in a brain wave from alpha, to theta, to delta. Delta is sleep. Every day you go into an altered state to go to sleep and every morning when you come out of sleep. I set my alarm 10 minutes before I’m supposed to wake up — Or 20. I spend that moment imagining my day and how I want it to go, only positive. 

I’ve already set myself up chemically and emotionally and in thought, because I’m in an altered state already. It’s a great opportunity to do that. I have a plan. I don’t have an addictive personality. Sugar is probably my thing, and I think that’s — That everybody in the world, the country, for sure, sugar. I have a plan of how I want to respond to decisions I want to make about sugar that day. I give myself permission to create that, and it’s so much easier for me to stay in that moment. 

Also, feel the joy. When you do positive visualization, you can’t just put the thought out there, “I’m going to be a success,” because if you do that with fear, it runs away from you.” I know I’m going off topic, because I could talk about this all day long. Give yourself the opportunity through the day, would be the biggest technique that I would talk to people, to allow emotion, acknowledge that felt sense and have a plan for anything that shows up for you.

[0:43:53.4] MB: What does it mean to you to practice happy? I know that’s a term you use in the book. I’m curious to kind of give listeners a framework to think about going forward. What does that mean to you?

[0:44:03.8] RB: Sure. I’m a happiness hunter, and the idea of practice happy, when you know about the science of the mind and the body, and neuroplasticity, you know that we train our brain. How we fire it, we wire it that way. Some people who are just trying to survive, it’s our natural instinct to survive. Sometimes we have to remember the negative. If negative things have happened to us, we never want to feel like that, so we’re always scanning for it. 

When you’re scanning for it, you know people who are very negative about everything and they don’t even see it, because they’re in survival mode all the time. Now, they got this negative, negative, negative. We learned this from ages where we had to remember what the cave bear looked like, and smelled like, and felt like, so it stays on the forefront of our thoughts. Negative, negative, negative, now we’ve trained our neurons to scan that way. Happiness is not going to come and sit in your lap. You must hunt for it. You must go find it. The way to do that is if you — Awareness, conscious awareness, is bring it to your forefront. If you see a negative thought, you flip it around. If you continue to do that even if it’s just, “You know what? I woke up this morning,” or, “Okay. I didn’t get fired.” Whatever it is, “I have $20 in the bank. Last week, I only had five.” Whatever it is, find something positive, because now you’re retraining the neurons. When you do that, you practice the state of happy, you’re retraining your neurons, and all the research shows beautiful research, neuroplasticity, proving what I do, is that you can retrain it. You can literally change your mind in three to four weeks, but you must practice it. 

That’s why I have bands, and shirts, and it’s part of my book chapter, because we can take back our happiness. You have to know your version of happiness. You have to have awareness, but you can practice is. You can be a but buster, and you could be a happiness hunter all day long, and it shifts to your perception. If you continue to do that, then, eventually, you’re just going to be that way.

[0:46:08.4] MB: We’re talked about a bunch of different kind of strategies and interventions to help people, or for people who are suffering. I’m curious, what’s kind of one starting place, or one sort of simple piece of homework that you would give to somebody listening to this interview that wants to kind of take a concrete step down this path? 

[0:46:27.0] RB: I would say to them — People tell me I can’t meditate, I can’t go into hypnosis. Everyone can do it. Learn a technique. Do Headspace. Go to my website, practicehappynow.com, download a meditation for sleep, or to meet higher-self, to hear that positive perspective again. Find a way to drop yourself into altered state and then start arguing for your truth. Learn some techniques to allow, like I said, the emotions, or the felt sense in your body. If you start doing that and you gain awareness, but you must do it in an altered state. You must do it in alpha wave. You can’t outthink this. You must get in touch with your heart, and then your mind will follow. 

Find something that works for you. Do the morning thing when you wake up, just start with that. That’s a good one. Do that. Also, if you’re not sleeping, then, sure, download my sleep meditation. It just takes you in a natural state. If you’re not sleeping, then you’re automatically going to be in survival state, which is beta or high beta. Your body is the priority as a human. If you’re not sleeping, you just put yourself chemically into a survival state. We must sleep. You’ll have so much more effective life. You’ll have so much success if you sleep, very, very important. If you’re not sleeping, then start with that, for sure, and exercising a little bit will send those chemicals moving your body. You don’t have to do a big workout, but you got to move your body and release those chemicals. I think that would be a good start. You don’t have to go straight into inner child work, just gain awareness. This is why I wrote the book, because it’s an introduction of people to learn and manage a subconscious mind. 

[0:48:09.0] MB: Where can listeners — And I think you just mentioned it, but where can listeners find you and find the book online? 

[0:48:15.9] RB: Of course, I’m on Amazon. How Big Is Your But is on Amazon. I’m so proud it’s an international bestseller now, six months going, so I’m super proud and happy, because that means people are getting the message. It’s great to say I’m an international bestseller, but people are getting the message, and I’m getting the emails about how it’s affecting them. 

Go to practicehappynow.com, download the meditations. If you’re interested in the book, there’s a couple of chapters there for you if you want to just start looking at it. That’s fine. Also, go to renebrenthypnosis.com, and podcasts like this, and check me out. I’m all over the place. I love to speak to people. I speak all over the country. Just find me. 

If you’re a listener, has a specific question for me, please email me. Please email me and ask, because I love helping people get started. If they have a specific question, I would love to hear from anybody. Really, that’s why I do what I do, Matt. 

[0:49:13.0] MB: You don’t have to share, but is there an email that you’d want them to send it to that you’re willing to kind of put on the episode?

[0:49:18.1] RB: Of course — No, my email is fine, it’s rene@practicehappynow.com, or renebrenthypnosis.com, either one. Just send me a note, text me, I love it. I’m open.

[0:49:30.9] MB: Awesome. Rene, thank you so much. This has been a fascinating conversation, and I’ve really enjoyed kind of hearing your story and learning information. I think there are some very practical kind of mind-body interventions to cultivate body awareness, and I’m very excited to implement many of these ideas. Thank you very much for being on the show. 

[0:49:49.6] RB: Oh! You’re so welcome, and let me know how it goes. 

[0:49:52.7] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes, because that helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners, You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co, and  joining our email list. 

If you want to get all these incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’ve talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again, and we’ll see on the next episode of The Science of Success.

March 16, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Emotional Intelligence
Jenny Blake-IG-2-01.png

Find Your Dream Job, Pivot Your Career, and Take Smart Risks with Jenny Blake

March 09, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Career Development

In this episode we discuss what to do if you feel like you’re having a mid-life crisis every two years, the importance of staying grounded while you make big changes in your life, how to pivot your career and take “smart risks,” how to discover your strengths, and the right way to make big, exciting changes in your career with Jenny Blake.

Jenny Blake is a bestselling author, career and business strategist. Jenny began in the startup world and went on to work in Training and Career Development at Google before pivoting to pursue her own projects full time. She’s the author of Pivot: The Only Move That Matters Is Your Next One: and has been featured on TED, CNBC, Forbes, US World & News, and more!

We discuss: 

  • What to do if you feel like you’re having a mid-life crisis every two years

  • The importance of learning, growing, and making an impact

  • How to find “pivot points” in your life and what to do when you find them

  • The importance of staying grounded while you pivot and while you make big changes in your life

  • The 4 stages of pivoting & how to take "smart risks”

  • The comfort zone, the panic zone, and the stagnation zone

  • The critical importance of finding your strengths

  • Exercises that help you truly find your strengths

  • The risk of “self assessment” strength tests and what you can do to find your strengths more effectively

  • The critical importance of bolstering your bench

  • “Frentors” and how they can create accountability and help you achieve your goals

  • How finding people who are a few steps ahead of you can help you

  • The “perpetual newbie state” and the critical importance of learning and growing

  • Think of your career like a smartphone, not a ladder

  • Why you don’t have to know what direction you’re heading in next, but you can try many directions and double down on the ones that are working the best

  • The importance of "10% projects” and how you can find them either within your career or in entirely new spaces

  • The “15 for 30” challenge and how you can transform your options

  • Why you should revel in what others reject

  • How someone else’s grunt work can be your area of genius

  • The “3 Es” of Testing a new idea and how they can help you pick the right direction to move in

  • How you can “flip failure”

  • How defining failure can help you overcome the fear of it

  • And much more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Pivot: The Only Move That Matters Is Your Next One by Jenny Blake

  • [Website] Pivot Method

  • [Book Site] StrengthsFinder

  • [Personal Site] Jenny Blake

  • [Website] Pivot Coaching

  • [Website] RescueTime

  • [Website] The Momentum Crew

  • [Website] 16 Personalities - Free Personality Test

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss what to do if you feel like you’re having a midlife crisis every two years. The importance of staying grounded while you make big changes in your life. How to pivot your career and take smart risks, how to discover your strengths and the right way to make big, exciting changes in your career with Jenny Blake.

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 800,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called  How to Organize and Remember Everything All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we talked about emotional intelligence. What is emotional intelligence and why does it matter so much? We looked at how science demonstrates that emotional intelligence matters far more than your IQ and what you can do to develop and improve your EQ as well as how to build the muscle of focus, and much more with Dr. Daniel Goldman. If you want to improve your emotional intelligence, which is highly important, listen to that episode.

[0:02:24.4] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show, Jenny Blake. Jenny is a bestselling author, career and business strategist, she began in the startup world and went on to work in training and career development at Google before pivoting to pursue her own projects full-time. She’s the author of pivot, the only move that matters is your next one and has been featured on Ted, CNBC, Forbes, US world and News and much more.

Jenny, welcome to the science of success.

[0:02:49.0] JB: Matt, thank you so much for having me, it’s great to be here.

[0:02:52.7] MB: Well we’re very excited to have you on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and the book, tell us a little bit about kind of your background and your story?

[0:02:59.8] JB: Although I have worked in various forms of career development for the last 10 years, the book really came from feeling like I was going through a quarter life or midlife crises every two years. I remember leaving college early to work at a startup, as you mentioned, after two years, hit a plateau, moved over to Google, almost left Google within two years and ended up pivoting internally to coaching and career development and when I left Google, this is now almost six years ago, but I remember thinking, that was the hardest career decision I probably ever have to make. 

People thought I was crazy. I joked that it was like breaking up with Brad Pitt. “You really think can do better than Google? Why on earth would you try and start your own business let alone moving from san Francisco to New York, the most expensive city in the country at that time? I thought that was tough and I rode the adrenaline of trying to do my own thing for the first year and a half and then once again, hit this pivot point where I wasn’t sure what was next. This time I didn’t have a steady paycheck to fund that exploration. 

As my bank account balance dwindled, pretty much down to zero. I felt like there has got to be a better way and there’s either something really wrong with me that I am destined to never be happy. I mean, if I wasn’t happy at Google where would I be? If I couldn’t make it on my own, what’s left? The other hypothesis was that this midlife, quarter life crisis feeling is actually accelerating and that because of all the changes in our economy with technology and automation and outsourcing, we’re all going to have to get better at it.

As I started to do research and try and solve this for myself, I realized that the latter is really the case. It was only when I started to double down on what had been working for me that I kind of pulled myself out of the business, whirlwind of what’s next and I ended up tripling my income that year and hit six figures I have since.

I kind of saw close-up the mistake that so many of us make when it comes to our career and we put pressure on ourselves. We feel bad, we often take it personally when we hit pivot points but so often a product of our success more than anything else.

That’s what inspired the book and now I have to say, having launched the book, I’m at another pivot point, who knows what’s next but I feel much calmer and clearer amidst that uncertainty, which was really the goal the whole time because none of us can predict the future but I would love for everybody listening to this to feel calmer in the face of that uncertainty.

[0:05:32.5] MB: I’d love to dig into the point you made about kind of having a midlife crisis every couple of years. That’s something that I feel like a lot of millennials, especially, deal with and I’m curious kind of to hear your thoughts on it.

[0:05:44.6] JB: There’s so much shame and blame in the media on millennials. Like, “Oh those millennials, they can’t stay put, they’re job hoppers.” I think that it’s a whole generation and by the way, not just limited to millennials. It’s everybody who is looking and saying, “If I’m not engaged at my work and if I’m not making an impact and I’m not learning and growing then I’m going to be out of a job pretty soon.”

But those kinds of the jobs that are sustainable anymore. I don’t believe that it’s just one generation who Is just entitled to have whatever they want. I think that millennials have seen how tough the job market is and saw many parents and family members get laid off in 2008 and re-orged and now, both sides of the equation. Millennials are asking and again, even people turning 65 are saying, I’m not ready to retire.

You know, work, I want work to have meaning and I call them in the book, not growth individuals, these are people who money is important but it is certainly not everything and when their needs were being, for growth are being met, they turn toward making an impact and so people of all ages and all stages and all bank account balances are saying, how can I learn and grow? How can I truly make an impact? That’s what I want to spend my time doing.

We’re such a huge container for our lives, that’s such a huge part of where we spend our time. I’m all for people. Pivoting to continue learning and growing and making sure that there is a place for them in the world and so of course, there’s this tiny percentage of people who are truly entitled and I also think that can happen at any age but for the most part, I mean, companies are not so loyal anymore either. 

Everybody’s having to adjust to this new landscape where yeah, every few years, by the way, not all pivots have to be huge drastic career changes. Pivot, the way that I wrote the book, this four stage method for mapping what’s next, it can even be within one’s existing role or business but it’s a way to unpack what’s already working, what success looks like and then how to run small experiments to get there.

[0:07:47.8] MB:You talked about the idea of a pivot point? What exactly is a pivot point?

[0:07:51.9] JB: I define a pivot point as that recognition that you’re ready for change. Sometimes it starts as a small whisper to something in your gut saying, “I think there’s more out there for you,” and it can be kind of scary to first hear that call. If we don’t pay attention, the signs get louder and louder and often will manifest physically.

I have a friend who is getting panic attacks every time she got off the subway on her way to work. A pivot point is, the reason I kind of hijack to the term pivot from Silicon Valley because I really wanted something that was judgment neutral and gender neutral that a pivot point is not… it doesn’t have to be a crisis you know? Up till now, that’s the only language that we’ve really had for that existential searching of who am I and what do I really want and what’s next?

I want to move it out of the crisis zone because it is happening more often and so pivot point is a way to just describe, “Okay, I’ve kind of outgrown whatever it is that I was doing previously. There’s nothing wrong with that?”There’s nothing wrong with you.

Now, it’s just a matter of looking how can you shift very methodically from that point into a new related direction or into growing again within your current role or business.

[0:09:09.0] MB: You touched on the — or you mentioned a four stage method that you described in the book, I’d love to kind of break out each of those components and talk about them.

[0:09:18.2] JB: Sure, yeah. The metaphor that came to me and this was really when I was figuring out how the heck I was going to pay rent, in two weeks, this was when all my money had kind of run dry is that of a basketball player. When a basketball player stops dribbling, they ground down in their plant foot and then they scan for passing options with their pivot foot.

The mistake I had been making was running around the basketball court like a crazy person, there was nothing grounding me, there was nothing holding me in place. I was so focused on what I didn’t want, what I didn’t know, what I didn’t have, what wasn’t working. None of that propelled me forward. 

So, like the basketball player, the first stage is planned. What’s already working, what are your known variables? What are your biggest strengths, what are your values and what does success look like a year from now, even if you don‘t know exact specifics, how do you want to feel every day?

What is your ideal average day look like? Who would you love to be surrounded by? What kind of impact do you want to be making? These are questions that you can start to unravel. Again, even if you don’t know all the specifics, now, from that grounded place, it’s much more effective and efficient when you move into scanning.

The scan stage is about people’s skills and projects that are based on what you already identified and planned, what’s already working. From then, from there, the third stage, pilot is like passing the ball around the court, seeing where you have the best opportunity to make a shot and a good career pilot will help you answer three E’s.

One, do I enjoy this new area, two, can I become an expert at it? And three, is there room to expand in the market? A pilot is a Google people often hear about the 10 and 20% projects. There really 110, 120%, they’re kind of tacked on to whatever we were already doing but those were things that we were passionate about, have an interest in wanted to experiment with and if those pilots were successful, they often for many people turned into full time roles within the company.

You can repeat that plot process, plant skin pilot over and over for months if not years, be perfectly satisfied and then every now and then, there’s the fourth stage launch which is about going all in on a new direction.

If you’re going to move teams at work or quit your job and move to a new company or start your own business, that’s the launch moment and ideally, pivot is about reducing risk until you get to that pint. Nowhere in the book do I say take great leaps, leap of faith, this isn’t about that, pivot is for people who are more pragmatic and it’s not to say that people haven’t done great things when making what I call 180’s like if I had quit Google to become a full time yoga teacher, that’s more of a 180. 

The pivot method is really a way to reduce risk and learn through those small experiments, doubling back on your strengths, continuing that loop until you feel really clear and clear enough in your launch decision. Because we can never remove all uncertainty and that’s what makes those big moves very exciting. We can feel more clear and confident going into them.

[0:12:26.1] MB: I think the mistake that so many people make is taking this giant leaps or thinking that it’s necessary to kind of take this huge leap without you risking it first.

[0:12:37.4] JB: Yeah, absolutely. In the book, every time I use the word risk, I put the word “smart” in front of it, smart risks. Because, when we try and pivot too sharply, too drastically from where we are right now, that’s what tends to send us in to what I call the panic zone.

We have our comfort zone, stretch zone and panic zone and if we’re really not making any change, stagnation zone. Where people tend to get tripped up is they pick moves or next steps that are in their panic zone. They end up feeling paralyzed and it’s a feeling of a lot of compare and despair or not taking action, analysis paralysis, these terms you’ve probably all heard before. 

That’s the signal that there’s too much risk. How can you break your next steps down — even exploratory steps —  much smaller so that you actually feel, even if there’s still little edgy, they’re within your stretch zones. They feel doable and so keep breaking them down until yeah, it’s no longer that untested risk, like you mentioned.

[0:13:39.4] MB: All the different stages obviously has a lot to kind of unpack, I’d love to start maybe some of the early stages. One of the ideas you talk about is starting from your strengths, I’d love to explore that.

[0:13:51.5] JB: This is the foundation of so much positive psychology movement, there’s the book, Strength Finder 2.0 and assessment that goes with it. I can only just say for me that as a solopreneur, self-employed, it just didn’t work when I was looking too far outside myself or too far down the road.

At projects that would have taken six months to get off the ground. I needed to, in order to get myself out of the pickle I was in, I needed to really look at what was already working in that moment and what my strengths were.

This is my second book, my first book, Life After College, came out in 2011. I had a book, I had speaking engagements, I had a coaching clients and I had been ignoring a lot of those strengths because I was not wanting to talk about life after college for the rest of my career or life after Google, I become known on podcast as the girl who left things. I didn’t know what I was going toward. 

It wasn’t until I started to call my former coaching clients and say, what are you looking for help with? What can I create for you? I had an idea for a program called Brilliance Barter, which was kind of a group private community mastermind, giving and receiving feedback and those previous clients who had already hired me in the past were instrumental in giving feedback.

Now it’s the program called Momentum, it has shifted, but launching that is what helped me regain traction. That came from people who had already hired me and things I was already good at. That then gave me the freedom and the pivot runway to take on longer term projects like writing a book, which took three years from start to finish.

[0:15:33.5] MB: For somebody who is listening and may not have a good idea. How do we find our strengths?

[0:15:40.0] JB: I do recommend that book, Strength Finder 2.0, I would also look at, it sounds cliché and you probably all heard it before but truly, what you like to do as a kid and in the book, I have an exercise that breaks it down into a table of if you can remember or ask your parents, let’s say, preschool to five or six or seven years old. Then let’s say eight years old to middle school. Okay, then what did you like in high school?

Because the games and projects will probably have shifted and obviously grown in sophistication but there are common threads throughout. For example, I used to play business a lot as a kid and I used to play school. My poor younger brother, I would make him worksheets and wanted him to teach him what I was learning and want him to feel like get ahead of his class based on what I was learning. 

That’s not much different than what I do now. Speaking, I read a ton of books and then I make worksheets and templates that I post online and make it in to the book to help people figure things out and I think everybody can reverse engineer their own strengths and also, when do you feel the most in the zone? Within your current work, even if it’s only 10% of the time, when does time fly? What do people most often come to you for advice on? That’s often very instructive too, whether personally or professionally. That’s just what they come to you for but what they end up leaving with beyond what they sought you out for.

Sometimes let’s say people will come to me for advice and I give advice but then they’ll often say, “Thank you, I always feel so optimistic after I talk to you.” Or they’ll says some adjective that I might not have thought of was a strength and so, be an observer in your own life over this next weeks and months and it will start to come together. It’s not that you have to know everything but you can start to take those clues and then figure out, “Okay, what would feel really exciting? What experiments could I setup that don’t involve betting the farm, that don’t involve me trying to make a drastic move but it’s just maybe even taking a class that’s interesting?”

[0:17:52.3] MB: I love the advice to talk to other people and kind of get their perspective because the thing that I found and I’ve taken a lot of these strength finders and all the stuff. I feel like self-assessments always kind of miss a piece of the puzzle and when you get the perspective of someone else or maybe multiple other people, they can shine a light on things that you don’t even realize that you’re good at.

[0:18:13.0] JB: Yeah, absolutely. Definitely.

[0:18:14.7] MB: Another concept that you touch on is the idea of bolstering your bench. Tell me a little bit about that?

[0:18:19.9] JB: This is the people side of the equation and even the term networking kind of gives people hives. I know people don’t like it and so, what the bolster your bench section of the book is really about, how can you create a supportive network that feels good, it’s not about networking but what are the people’s strategies that have worked for me and for others?

A bit one is debunking the idea that you need to have a mentor. I find that very awkward but try and ask a stranger, “Will you be my mentor?” Often people will offer, if they want to play that role for you. I’m a big proponent of “friendtors”, people who are at your level, who you can setup shared accountability with and shared support. It’s okay if they don’t know more than you, it’s about checking in, sharing wins, setting up regular calls. 

A friend and I do 30, 30, 30 calls. We catch up for 30 minutes and then we’ll do 30 minutes of brainstorming for his business and then 30 minutes for mine. Another friend and I have, accountability email threads. We just start an email threat at the beginning of the month and we check in about what our goals are and what we’re getting done as we go.

Then there’s another technique I talked about in the book drafting, which is about finding people who are a few steps ahead in whatever it is that you want to do. Either shadowing or apprenticing or if your skills are at such a level, you can say, “If you have any overflow work that you can’t handle, I’d be happy to help out.”

Finding people who you can learn from, think about the Tour de France or birds flying in formation where they’re kind of in the lead and so you get reduced tail wind but you can still — there’s still benefit to both of you, it’s not about leeching off of another person but there’s benefit to both of you about being in the same ecosystem. You can draft behind people you’ve never met. 

Everybody who is listening to your podcast, Matt, it’s a form of drafting, of learning from other people even from afar. Through podcast and books and I’ve learned so much from people who I may never meet in real life and some of that is very brass tax, tactical business stuff and other’s people I admire who it doesn’t seem like their work relates to mine but then there are clues.

For example, Amy Schumer. You know, I don’t ever see myself being a standup comedian but there are things about her and her style and her work ethic and her projects that really resonate. What can I learn? What can I unpack from that?

[0:20:52.8] MB: I’m curious, what did you learn from Amy Schumer?

[0:20:55.7] JB: Well, humor is important to me. When I’m speaking, I do always like to make people life and I realize that I feel the best when I can come down from a talk and I’ve like, not just inspired people and hopefully empower them and given them practical tips but made them laugh a little bit.

I love Amy Schumer’s honesty. I love how just authentic she is of telling it like it is and kind of revealing herself for the service of shared laughter and understanding. Even though I’m not a comedian, it’s also important to me to just be open, be vulnerable, really say what’s up.

I think Truth with a capital T is very helpful for people to hear and it’s the people that I’m the most drawn to. Then I just respect her work ethic, she is a hustler, she’s producing so much, so it’s been really fun to see her career just rise and thrive.

[0:21:54.5] MB: On the subject of learning, which you touched on a little bit, one of the things you mentioned is the idea of learning how to learn and we talked a little bit about kind of the importance of reading and I think everybody listening to the show knows how important it is to read widely and study and learn from other people but I’m curious when you kind of talk about the idea of learning how to learn, what does that mean to you?

[0:22:15.5] JB: This is about what Kevin Kelly, he’s the cofounder of Wired and I interviewed him for my Pivot podcast. He calls it the “perpetual newbie state” that there’s no end to learning. Some would say are purpose on this planet is to learn and grow that’s why we’re here.

Especially now with how rapidly the economy is changing in technology, we do best to be in a perpetual newbie state where we don’t know what’s coming down the pike and so to learn how to learn, to really be open to learning new things and be willing to apply yourself to learning new things, to be willing to be bad at something for a while until you get the hang of it is really critical. This is a key skill to stay relevant and to stay engaged. 

He shares the example of even our phones when new update gets pushed, we don’t always know exactly how to use it and we have to relearn, even we think we know, “Oh yeah, I know how to use my phone.” But the apps change their interface very regularly with the OS upgrades pretty regularly. Even that is a dynamic entity now. Much more so than it ever has been in the past.

[0:23:25.7] MB: One of the interesting things about kind of the idea of focusing on learning new things, I think this is actually something Kevin might have talked about in the past is kind of how do you strike that balance between focusing in on what you're already good at and really leveraging that to thrive versus carving out time and energy to improve in areas or learn new things. How do you balance those two things?

[0:23:50.5] JB: I think just like you said, it’s not all or nothing and doesn’t have to be one or the other. I’m really big on thinking of your career like a smart phone, not a ladder. It’s not this linear thing where you just climb from step to step. Your smart phone, your education and your upbringing is your out of the box model and then it’s up to you to download apps for different skills, experiences, interests.

Some of our apps are big ones like our day job or running my own business but then within that, there are all this smaller apps, things I’m learning and doing, podcasting for me was an app that I thought, “Oh okay, I’ll just do this as a side project to make the book more dynamic so when the book comes out, people can also hear audio interviews.” 

It turned out, I started in a really scrappy way, just recording using my iPhone headphones and uploading to Sound Cloud. It wasn’t an iTunes for a year that I was doing it. Then I realized, “I really love this.” It’s so joyful to get to talk to some of my author heroes and experiment with this format and going back to something I love to do as a kid, I was always making video broadcasts, I liked doing things like that and so it was so joyful and I taught myself Garage Band, I taught myself audio editing.

By no means is it perfect but that’s not the goal, I really try and just get things out even if it’s an 80% good enough state and because of how much fun I was having, I started investing more and more into it. That’s part of how to know, how to spend one’s time is you don’t upfront but if you think about pilots to switch metaphors for a moment like race horses at the Kentucky derby, you just kind of say go and you see which one of your pilots pulls out ahead.

Podcasting was one that pulled out ahead for me and I had no idea but then once you see that, you feel it happening with that sense of joy and excitement and motivation, then you can look, “Okay, well how can I grow even further in this area?”

[0:25:46.8] MB: I think that’s really the fundamental genius of this whole framework is kind of the idea that instead of taking this massive leaps of faith, you can put out a lot of feelers and kind of small projects and from there, really find which ones are working the best and then double down on those or triple down on those and really invest in them.

[0:26:07.9] JB: Yeah, exactly. Then again, taking the pressure off that we’re supposed to know this upfront. I think a lot of people feel hesitant that, “Oh no, I’m looking for something new,” and you don’t know what it is and then we immediately beat ourselves up. I know I did.

I felt I wasted a lot of time wondering, “Am I delusional, is the jig up? Am I done with entrepreneurship, were all the people who told me I was crazy, were they right and was my inner critic right that because I don’t know what’s next, I shouldn’t be doing this?” Really, it was just a matter of separating those two things.

It’s okay that you’re at a pivot point and then not to know what’s next. To be in the phase of setting up several experiments and then looking, okay, which one’s going to circle back to and double down on?

[0:26:56.1] MB: You talk about kind of carving out a portion of your time for this new test projects. I’d love to explore that idea a little bit more.

[0:27:04.5] JB: Yeah, what would be most helpful?

[0:27:06.4] MB: I guess just kind of digging in to the concept of for somebody let’s say that’s in a full-time job right now, how much time should they be spending or how are they going to figure out how to allocate their time in terms of this kind of test projects versus their existing day job?

[0:27:24.4] JB: Yeah, well within a day job is two options. One is you start experimenting with something on the side or two, as you pitch a 10% project at work. When I was at Google, when I was very fairly in the company, I started an office book club. Once again, I love books and I love interesting conversation about this books, that was really fun and it had nothing to do with my job. Kind of, I was on a training team so it was helpful for us to be well read. That was really fun and I didn’t need it to be anything more than that. 

Sometimes we expect our “day job” to provide this ultimate fulfillment and self-actualization and maybe it’s good enough and if you just add one little app or 10% sort of team or interest thing that you do at work, that’s good enough. I also did coach training on nights and weekends in 2008. Later, when a career development team was formed, there was not one at the time that I did that. My manager didn’t want to approve it at first and I really fought for it. 

But a year later when a career development team was formed, I was perfectly positioned to move on to it because I had downloaded that app of coach training. On my own time. I had also started a 10% team with a  group of other people wanting to make drop in coaching as widely available to Googlers as on the side. Drop in coaching to talk about thing that are really important. 

Now, that program, Career Guru, is still around 10 years later, it grew into something where there’s a full time person managing it, my friend Becky and it’s on the cover of my book. Who could have known that that 10% project would have evolved into what it is now. For people who don’t want to do something like that at work then it’s about just not making it all or nothing, once again, as far as your time.

I’ve been really amazed by the progress I can make when I dedicate 15 minutes today to something or one hour a week. When I was working full-time and working on my blog and book on the side, I was often only able to carve out about three to four hours every Sunday afternoon because I was too tired during the week and that was it. I started the Life After College blog in 2005 and it’s still around today.

It’s now 11 years later just from making it work on the side and I’ve done writing the second book, Pivot, you would think it’s easier on being self-employed. But actually it was a challenge because I still had to pay the bills. This time I didn’t — although I technically had more time and more freedom to allocate my time. I really had to stay focused on earning income. 

It’s not like I had just free reign that gloriously sit and drink tea and write all day. Actually, in the end, I think those creative constraints help us be more motivated and more productive with the time that we do have. My book really got done — I use Rescue Time, the extension for the computer and when I looked backwards, really, on average, it got done with about an hour a day of work. 

Now a lot of days I wasn’t able to touch it at all. Some days it was just 20 minutes in the morning and then in some weekends I would power through and do two 10 hour days. But those weren’t as often as one might think. So I would encourage everybody listening, do your own 15 — I call it 15 for 30 challenge. 15 minutes a day for 30 days and you will be so shocked at how much you actually end up accomplishing at the end of that time.

[0:30:52.8] MB: I think that’s a great piece of advice, and again, it doesn’t have to be something major. It can be really simple just 15 minutes a day and, you know, after a month’s work, you can really put together something fascinating.

One of the things you touched on is the concept of reveling and what other reject. I’d love to explore that.

[0:31:10.7] JB: Yeah, this is about the story, someone named Amy who was doing social media and PR in her company. No, she wasn’t doing social media but it was a public relations company and nobody wanted the social media accounts, working with bloggers and so she said, “I’ll do it.”

As we all no know, blogging, Instagram, Twitter, these things have become so huge as far as media strategy and so she was then quickly promoted because she took on this work that nobody wanted. I think it can be really interesting to know that somebody else’s grunt work is your zone of genius.

I’ll give an example. My coworker Becky, anyone who has done Myers Briggs, you’ll know the last letter of a Myers Briggs profiles either a J or a P. P’s tend to be more spontaneous, free roaming, they thrive on deadlines, J’s are super organized, they love to do lists, they are very structured. It’s usually really good if a J and a P can partner up. Because the P’s can be a pretty creative and far ranging and the J’s help create structures. 

My coworker Becky and I, we’ve worked together since the one who is still at Google and she just calls me her J, and I say in the back of the book, I love being the J to her P. When we were doing projects together, I love being the one to create the notes or create the work, the model that we’re going to use. Ways in my brain works about conceptualizing complex things, her just doesn’t do. The work that she doesn’t like, I love and it’s like candy to me to get to do. If you can find those things that other people reject but you’re secretly great at. That’s a really good thing.

Yeah, for me, I love spreadsheets and templates, who knew? I create spreadsheets for complex things kind of life questions and I’ll create models. That’s a really nuanced way to think about strengths, but I encourage you to kind of look for those hidden pockets and just even on a macro level to know that the works someone else hates is going to be the work you love. Keep looking or those pockets.

[0:33:24.9] MB: Let’s dig into the concept of the three E’s that you talked about earlier. You touched on it briefly, but I’m curious, what are those and how did those apply to what we’ve been talking about?

[0:33:35.1] JB: The three E’s are linear testing a new direction or a pilot, do you enjoy it, can you become an expert at it and is there room to expand either within your company or within the marketplace? Think about a pilot, it’s like a test episode of a TV show. It’s one episode meant to help a network assess whether they should pick it up for the full series or not. 

In order for you to know what these experiments, if they’re working or not, it’s the three E’s that are going to help you assess. When I did coach training, did I enjoy it? 100%. I loved it. Nothing made me become more alive. I had been doing AdWords product training and I really enjoyed the aspect of working with people but I didn’t want to talk about how to place analytics tracking code for the rest of my career. I loved it. 

Could I become an expert at it? We never really know but is this something you’re naturally good at and drawn to and how is it going so far? It took me years to really find my sea legs as a coach, but it was always felt worth doing and worth investing in. Then expansion; is there room to expand? Again, it’s not that you have to know 100% but yes, there were opportunities for me to do coaching and pitch coaching and create coaching programs within Google and then when I pivoted, when I left Google, I was doing coaching and career development within the company and then pivoted to do it in my own business.

Coaching has been the most steady “bridge income” that I’ve had since. So in almost six years of running my business, the one thing that has most consistently paid the bills is one-on-one coaching. Clearly there was room, both within the broader marketplace but me personally in my career in my business, to do even more of that. It’s not to say that I only want to do coaching. It’s one of many apps on my phone amidst speaking and my private Momentum community and the podcast and the books. It’s certainly a fulfilling one. 

That’s always what I’m trying to understand and if you’re an entrepreneur or even a side hustler, it’s fun to just be piloting different streams of income or pricing models. For so long I tried to run my business like an online marketer. This people had seen really successful doing online courses and programs and while I love facilitating, I hated the launch process. I changed my business model because of it, because of how I felt running those experiments.
 
[0:36:03.0] MB: You talk about the idea and the book of flipping failure. I’d love to dig into that.

[0:36:07.9] JB: Yeah, a lot of people are afraid to pivot because there is this fear of failure, “What if I fail?” Really. Ask yourself, “What does failure mean to you?” I’m not saying that like a rhetorical question, there’s no such thing. What does it mean? For some people failure is, “I make the wrong move and I regret it.” Or, “I make a move or I quit my job and then I run out of money and then I have to go find another job.”

If you follow most failure scenarios, they’re never a failure. Decisions are data, they always move us forward, nobody I interviewed regretted their launch decision, regretted their pivot even when it didn’t work out as planned, even when they had to pivot again a year or two later.

So many people got pivoted, things changed that were beyond their control and still, for high net growth individuals, we pretty much almost always see this for the blessings in disguise that they are, that, “I’m actually so glad this happened, I learned so much,” and so if we start to unpack failure and then whatever remnants of your fear of failure are left and are real, you can create contingency plans and worst case scenario plans for. 

If it really is that, you know, you lose all your money and your destitute and you have to move back home. Okay, well are you willing to move back home and if not, what benchmarks would you put in place to correct course before that has to happen? In doing that, we separate what are just internal concerns versus external kind of process based steps that we can actually take. 

So internal concerns of I’m not cut out for this, “I’m too young, I’m too old, I’m too dumb, I’m too smart.” I mean, I’ve heard them all myself and those we can usually keep going, acknowledge the fear. Career change in general tends to bring up a lot of fear because it seems to threaten our ability to provide for our self in our most basic needs on Maslow’s hierarchy food, clothing and shelter. But if we can just say, “Okay, I guess, I’m afraid, yes I am feeling insecure, yes, I’m unsure,” and keep taking those small steps forward anyway, that’s success. 

[0:38:19.4] MB: One of the things you mentioned there is the idea of people kind of getting pivoted, which I’m assuming means sort of the world changes despite the fact that you didn’t necessarily want the change. I think that’s another really important point of this whole kind of methodology is that in many cases, often yes, millennials or people who want to kind of explore new opportunities can benefit from this and being proactive about it. But oftentimes, the world is changing very rapidly and learning the skill set and this framework can be incredibly valuable in the face of so much rapid change.

[0:38:54.5] JB: Definitely. Again, just not take it personally that I saw so many people who their company got acquired and then they were fired or then the company collapsed. There is just so much going on although in those moments, if you get pivoted, it’s not a choice that you proactively made, of course, it’s very shocking. So just allowing that, having self-compassion that it’s okay that this happened and processing. But then, you know, once you have done some processing to really say okay, where can I go from here?

One of my favorite coaching exercises is, if you were the main character in a movie, why is this scene, this moment happening right now in this exact way to you? Why are this exact people involved, this exact timing? What are you meant to learn and do differently on the other side or to get to the other side?

If we see ourselves, that’s such an empowering question because it’s like life isn’t just happening to me. So many self-help gurus use this line but “life isn’t happening to me, it’s happening for me”. How can you see those moments of unexpected change as actually in your best interest and for your highest evolution and learning and growth.

[0:40:09.0] MB: For someone who is listening and wants to concretely implement some of this ideas, what’s kind of one piece of homework you would give for listeners to get started?

[0:40:16.9] JB: based on everything we talked about, what jumped out for you? What little sparks of interest are excitement were there? What are you wildly curious about? And even if it’s nothing that I specifically said, just one idea that it jogged or sparked for you.

The two questions I love to ask as far as really getting practical are what’s one small step you can take this week and what one next step would make the biggest impact? Often, those are two different things. But the one little tiny thing that you can do right after you stop listening to this podcast and then one thing that would really make a big impact.

If bonus, the vision, the one year vision is one of the most helpful parts of a pivot and the one so many people skip. Really sit with what does success look like a year from now? Get down all the known variables that you can even if there are still plenty of unknowns left. That’s going to be your guiding light and motivate you when you hit bumps in the road.

[0:41:17.3] MB: Where can people find you and the book online?

[0:41:21.0] JB: That’s at pivotmethod.com and I have a podcast called The Pivot Podcast. I also have a blog at jennyblake.me and from there, they’ll point you everywhere, Momentum from the Pivot Method website, if you go to /toolkit, there’s a ton of free resources, /momentum is the private community that I mentioned, and then for anybody who wants private one-on-one pivot coaching, I have an amazing team of six pivot coaches and we do two session jump starts. So you can sign up with any of them to just get two sessions in with email in between and really kind of light the fire under your next move.

[0:41:57.7] MB: Well Jenny, thank you so much for being on the show. I know listeners are really going to get a lot out of this and I think it’s a really important framework for anybody who is thinking about “what’s my next move, what direction do I want to go in?” This is a great methodology and one that is very worthwhile to implement.

[0:42:13.9] JB: Awesome. Thank you so much, Matt, for having me and big thanks to everybody for who’s here listening.

[0:42:19.3] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. I you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsucces.co. I would love to hear from you, and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. 

You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we’ve talked about, and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the “show notes” button at the top. Thanks again, and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success.

March 09, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Career Development
DanielGoleman-01.jpg

How To Master Emotional Intelligence & Why Your IQ Won’t Make You Successful with Dr. Daniel Goleman

March 02, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Emotional Intelligence

In this episode, we talk about Emotional Intelligence. What is emotional intelligence and why does it matter so much? How the science demonstrates that emotional intelligence matters far more than IQ, how you can develop and improve your “EQ”, how to build the muscle of focus, and much more with Dr. Daniel Goleman.

Daniel is a co-founder of the Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. He currently co-directs the Consortium for Research on Emotional Intelligence in Organizations at Rutgers University. He is the international best-selling author of several books including Primal Leadership, Focus, and Emotional Intelligence which has been translated into over 40 languages.

WE DISCUSS:

  • What is emotional intelligence and why does it matter so much?

  • The 4 pillars of emotional intelligence

  • Is IQ or EQ more important, which correlates more with success?

  • Why IQ is more of a threshold, and EQ scales more with people’s actual results in the world

  • How the science of “competence modeling” demonstrates that emotional intelligence matters far more than IQ, the more successful you become

  • Which of the four pillars of EQ do people struggle with the most?

  • The 3 varieties of empathy - cognitive empathy, emotional empathy, and empathic concern

  • The mental exercises you can do to strengthen certain brain circuitry required to build emotional intelligence

  • How to cultivate and strengthen emotional self control

  • What the science say about ways to strengthen the prefrontal cortex around controlling your amygdala

  • The mind is a muscle and basic repetition strengthens your circuitry

  • The hard science behind how to cultivate a positive outlook

  • The ventilation fallacy and why venting your anger is actually bad for you

  • The more you rehearse an emotion, the stronger the underlying brain circuitry becomes

  • The incredible power of seeing your thoughts as thoughts and nothing more

  • How to step back and assess your thoughts by asking “Is this helpful?"

  • The power of distraction to shift your thoughts away from anxiety and depression

  • How Dr. Goleman defines FOCUS and why it's so important

  • How focus and attention are muscles and cultivating them can help strengthen your underlying brain circuitry

  • The difference between rumination and reflection - and why reflection is so important

  • How a Power Nap can restore your brain

  • How to restore your attention and focus when you find yourself at wit’s end and cannot focus anymore

  • What is PRIMAL Leadership and why is it so important?

  • Why the crucial competencies you need to develop EQ and emotional intelligence are all learned abilities

  • How to give positive feedback and constructive criticism - the right way and the wrong way - don’t attack the PERSON - don’t trigger the negative circuitry, trigger a positive outlook

  • Why managing your own negative emotions is the FIRST STEP towards cultivating emotional intelligence

  • Step back from your thoughts and ask yourself - is this useful? Cultivate self-awareness

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Working with Emotional Intelligence by Daniel Goleman

  • [Book] Emotional Intelligence: Why It Can Matter More Than IQ by Daniel Goleman

  • [Book] Learned Optimism: How to Change Your Mind and Your Life by Martin E. P. Seligman

  • [Profile] Culture of Empathy - Tania Singer

  • [Profile] Max Planck Institute - Tania Singer

  • [Review Paper] Competencies and Competency Model by Nitin Vazirani

  • [Profile] David McClelland and Competencies

  • [Website] Crucial Competence Suite for Leaders, Coaches, and Organizations

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performance tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we talk about emotional intelligence. What is emotional intelligence and why does it matter so much? How the science demonstrates that emotional intelligence, matters far more than your IQ and how you can develop and improve your EQ, how to build the muscles of focus, and much more with Dr. Daniel Goleman. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with more with more than 800,000 downloads. Listeners in over 100 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast, and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the world “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, it’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we dove into evolutionary psychology and looked at how biases happen programmed into your mind by millions of years of evolution. We examined why our guest condemns the concept of empathy, how the science demonstrates that empathy has no correlation with doing good in the world, and how empathy can often create disastrous social outcomes, and much more with our guest Dr. Paul Bloom. 

It’s a very controversial episode. I highly recommend checking it out. He might challenge some of your beliefs and assumptions about how we make decisions.

[0:02:30.7] MB: Today, we have another awesome guest on the show, Daniel Goleman. Daniel is the co-founder of the Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning. He currently codirects the Consortium for Research on Emotional Intelligence in Organizations at Rutgers University. He is the international bestselling author of several books including, Primal Leadership, Focus, and Emotional Intelligence, which has been translated into over 40 languages.

Daniel, welcome to the science of success.

[0:02:57.0] DG: Mat, it’s a pleasure to be with you.

[0:02:59.1] MB: Well thank you so much for being on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you and your story, share a little bit about your background.

[0:03:07.7] DG: You know, I’m a psychologist. I’ve got a PhD in the field. I became a science journalist and started covering psychology and in 1990 when I was working at the New York Times I saw an article, in a rather obscure journals, so obscure it doesn’t exist. It was called Emotional Intelligence and I thought, that is a dynamite concept because first of all, it sounds like an oxymoron, emotions and intelligence, but it means we can be intelligent about our emotions. 

I used that as my ’95 book, Emotional Intelligence, as a framework for talking about what’s going on in the brain and why emotional intelligence matters so much in your professional life, your personal life and I’ve been doing work, as you mentioned, on that ever since.

[0:03:53.0] MB: For listeners who may not kind of be familiar with the concept of emotional intelligence or maybe they’ve heard it and think of it as kind of a buzz word, how would you kind of define the concept of emotional intelligence?

[0:04:04.3] DG: Sure, it has become a kind of popular meme, you know, EQ, that guy has no EQ or he’s pretty high in EQ. People kind of know what it means. It’s actually, the technical definition, there’s four parts of emotional intelligence in my model. The first is self-awareness, knowing what you’re feeling and why you feel it, how it’s affecting your performance, knowing your strengths and weaknesses. Knowing how other people see you, that’s a big one. 

Then there is self-management, managing your upsetting emotions so you could focus on what you're doing, your task at hand, having a drive to achieve, and setting goals and working toward those goals. What I’m talking about now or what I call competencies. They’re base on self-management but what we call crucial competencies; abilities that are learned and learnable that we find differentiate outstanding performers from average. Another is having a positive outlook and finally adaptability, being able to change as demands change. Those are all competencies under self-management. 

The third part of emotional intelligence is social awareness. Being able to read other people, empathy, knowing what they feel without them telling you. People don’t tell us in words; they tell us a tone of voice, I tell this in body language and so on. Can you pick that up? That’s empathy, it’s really important in any relationship whether it’s your private life or your work life. Another is a different level of competence. It’s organizational awareness. Reading the emotional currents in an organization, knowing who to go to, to get a key decision made, what the network of influence is. 

The fourth ability and forth domain of emotional intelligence is managing your relationships. It’s being able to influence people. Another competence here is being a good coach and mentor to people who are coming up the ladder behind you. Being able to manage conflict, leadership that inspires and teamwork. That’s what we actually mean by emotional intelligence.

[0:06:09.4] MB: You know, talking about the differences between IQ and EQ. How do each of this sort of skill sets translate into how successful people are? Is one a larger driver than the other? Which one has the highest…

[0:06:24.0] DG: Yes, that’s a great question Mat. The answer is it depends. When you’re in school during your school years, IQ was what matters. Academic achievement is correlated very highly with IQ but something they’ll never tell you in school, which is once you get into the work sphere, you're on your career, it matters less and less and less the higher you go. The reason is this: if you want to become an MBA, if you want to be an executive, if you want to be a physician, it doesn’t matter. There’s a certain level of cognitive complexity, you’ve got to be able to digest and understand in order to do your job. That’s the IQ side. 

Here is where the paradox starts. Once you’re in the field, everyone else who has made in the field is about as smart as you are. So IQ loses its predictive power and who is going to excel, who is going to stand out. This is where emotional intelligence matters. How you handle your own emotions, how you manage yourself, those abilities like getting disturbing emotions under control, staying focused, working towards your goals. That matters much more now or being able to get along with people, work on a team, to lead people. 

The EQ abilities differentiate the higher you go in your career and when you look at top management positions, C-level leaders, there’s a methodology called competence modeling. It takes this crucial competencies and others like them and looks at which ones distinguish people in our organization in terms of their actual business performance, organizational performance and it shows that emotional intelligence competencies, this crucial competencies are what matter far more than IQ.

People who are at the top level, you hire people who are programmers, who accountants, who have those IQ skills. What you're doing is managing people and that’s an emotional intelligence ability.

[0:08:22.9] MB: Out of those four different components, which one do you see or what does kind of the research bare out in terms of what do people most often struggle with?

[0:08:32.1] DG: Well, empathy turns out to be a very big challenge for a lot of people. Particularly, interestingly, people who are outstanding individual performers like, you know, say you’re really amazing at writing code. Well, programmers get a lot of mileage by being smart programmers, their IQ abilities. The problem is when they get promoted to be a team leader or an executive of any kind, that’s where you need empathy.

Because, empathy is what greases the relationship, it’s the lubricant. It’s what makes the part, it’s what makes you understand how to put things to this guy so he’ll understand it. Or, you know, I’m losing attention over here or actually being a caring leader turns out to have a lot of power in terms of loyalty, in terms of people giving their best, that’s another aspect of empathy. If you don’t have empathy, it really hurts you as you go higher and higher on the ladder and become a leader of more and more people. In my experience, it’s empathy that is the one crucial competence people struggle with the most.

[0:09:39.2] MB: How do people who struggle with empathy, how can the kind of overcome that or how can they cultivate the ability to be more empathetic?

[0:09:47.5] DG: Well, there’s actually lot of research along these lines. It turns out the three varieties of empathy, and it depends which one you need to strengthen. There’s cognitive empathy, which means I understand how you think, I understand how you see the world, I can take your perspective.

Technically I know your mental models. I know the terms or the concepts in which you divide up your world. This lets me communicate with you very effectively. I know how to put things to you so you’ll understand it. That’s one kind of empathy.

Second kind of empathy is emotional empathy, and this draws on a completely different set of brain circuitry. Emotional empathy is when you have a feeling, I pick it up inside myself and there are dedicated neuronal circuits for a kind of emotional brain to brain radar that do this and this lets you have rapport, this lets you have chemistry with the person. You understand instantly how they feel. 


But there is a third kind of empathy that you see in the leaders love to work for, and that’s called empathic concern. Not only do I know how you think and how you feel, I actually care about you. I’m going to have your back, I’m going to give you feedback that’s going to help you — and help us by the way — and in other words, that’s the kind of leader ship that people want but it takes that third kind of empathy. 

So if you want to develop that, it turns out their mental exercises you can do that strengthen that very brain circuitry. I think that’s going to become more and more common in HR in the future as coaches and so on try to help people with empathy, you’re going to see more and more of that mental training.

[0:11:25.4] MB: What are some of those exercises could you either sort of describe them or maybe even give an example that somebody listening might be able to perform? 

[0:11:31.8] DG: Well, one is repeating to yourself the idea that you actually care about the people in your life. It sounds so simple but it actually has a neural impact. You think of the people that have been kind to you in your life. Well that’s easy, and you hope that they’ll be happy, safe, secure, you know, healthy, have wellbeing. You wish that for yourself, that’s easy.

Then you wish it for people that you love. People in your family, whatever, your friends, and then for strangers or people at work, you can bring to mind specific people or a general category and finally, for everybody. That’s a classical method of cultivating this kind of concern and care.

It turns out, there’s research coming out of the Max Planck institute in Germany, it’s like their MIT and they find it if people do this consistently like a few minutes a day. It thickens the brain circuitry for this particular kind of empathy and people become more caring, become more concerned. It comes spontaneously; you can’t really fake this stuff, it has to come from inside. 

[0:12:45.7] MB: What about cognitive empathy? Are there things we can do to cultivate or improve our ability to understand how people think?

[0:12:52.7] DG: Yes of course. You know, it’s very straight forward. You can have someone who would be open with you, let you know how they think about things but you want to tell them first, “Here’s how I think you see that,” and then check it against how they actually see it and what this does is tune you into another person’s perspective because that’s what you’re doing and then you can start to pick it up for example from the language they use, the terms they used, the attitudes they expressed. All of those are clues to someone’s mental models. 

The emotional empathy, Mat, if you’re going to ask about that, that can be strengthened by actually talking to a person about how they feel and the things they feel most strongly about. That’s the kind of conversation you can only have with your spouse, your partner, your best buddy, whoever it is but someone who could be very open with you. It’s really about sharing feelings. It might sound corny but it actually is a methodology that strengthens the relevant brain circuitry. 

In mental cognitive empathy, your strengthening of part of the neocortex. In emotional empathy, your strengthening a part of the limbic system, the emotional system. And empathic concern, your strengthening of circuitry we actually share with all mammals, it’s the parental care taking circuitry. It’s the circuitry that is active when you love your kid.

[0:14:20.8] MB: It’s so interesting that this is very much, it sounds on the surface you hear the phrase “emotional intelligence” and think that it’s kind of fluffy. But in reality, this is very much rooted in science and neuroscience and the kind of neurobiology of your brain itself.

[0:14:39.5] DG: Oh absolutely. When I’m talking about self-awareness and self-management, there’s specific brain circuitry involved, and we know what it is. It’s the prefrontal cortex which is the brain’s executive center just behind the forehead and its connections down to the emotional brain, which is between the ears, particularly the amygdala, which is the trigger point for the flight or fight or freeze response.

If you’re someone who gets angry and overwhelmed and, you know, really yells the people and then later wishes you hadn’t, it means that you have poor emotional self-control, which is one of those crucial competencies. The way to strengthen that is to remember to stop and think before you act. Because you need to widen that window that is there always but usually we ignore it when we’re losing it. 

If you’re getting hijacked by your amygdala, you’re going to say something, do something that’s going to not be effective. You are going to regret it later. The stronger the circuitry to your prefrontal cortex, the more you can have a gap. Some say that the definition of maturity is widening the gap between impulse and action and that’s what’s going on at the brain level under all of these self-awareness and self-regulation competencies. 

The two that involve slightly other circuitry are just goal orientation, striving toward a goal and keeping it in mind and overcoming obstacles, and keep going, that’s one important thing. Another is a positive outlook, no matter what happens, you’re going to see the silver lining and keep going, you’re going to see the bright side. Those are motivational and they involve circuitry in the left side of the prefrontal cortex, which is where you experience positive emotions.

We know exactly what’s going on the brain underlying the emotional intelligence clusters and competencies. When it comes to relationship management, you’re mostly talking about the emotional centers in the brain and the radar that they have for picking up another person’s brain. But it becomes more and more complex is you’d get into things say like conflict management, which involves a lot of different moves.

[0:16:49.0] MB: I’m very curious, what does the science say about ways to strengthen our prefrontal cortex, especially around the ability to sort of control your amygdala? 

[0:17:02.3] DG: You know, one of the things I’ve been involved with for long time is called social emotional learning, which brings the emotional intelligence competencies. I talk about all the crucial competencies. All the domains. Self-awareness, self-management, social awareness, relationship management in the schools. 

One of the things they do in schools actually would help anybody. I’ve seen this in schools I visited, it’s a poster, it’s a stoplight. It says, “When you’re getting upset, remember the stop light. Red light, stop calm down and think before you act.” That’s really the three steps that you need. Stop, don’t do the first thing that your impulses tell you to, calm down and think before you act. Yellow light, think of a range of ways you might respond and green light, pick the best one and try it out.

Well, you don’t have to be a fourth grader to use the stop light. Those steps work at any point in life. So if you wanted to strengthen the circuitry for self-control, you have to practice, the brain and the mind are muscles and their basic repetitions that strengthen circuitry. So here, the circuitry you’re strengthening is the “don’t act on the impulse, pause, think of a better way to act and try it out”. So those are four simple steps. If you do that, every time you find yourself getting upset, you’re going to be strengthening the prefrontal circuitry.

[0:18:33.1] MB: I’d also love to talk about the concept of a positive outlook, kind of within the realm of self-management. For someone who may not have a positive outlook or, you know, is generally kind of negative or down about things, how would you suggest reframing or sort of building a more positive approach to things?

[0:18:54.0] DG: There’s a psychologist at Penn, Martin Seligman who is kind of state of the art in this, he wrote a book called learned optimism and what he did is develop a program for teaching anyone, particularly people who by the way are prone to depression because the thing they lack is this ability to see the bright side of events. They only see that the bad side, the dark side.

So he started with people who were depressed and helped them realize, first of all, you don’t have to believe your thoughts. That’s a very powerful thought itself. What it means is you can look at your own thinking and decide, “Is that a thought that helps me or is it not?” Because people who are pessimistic have a litany in their stream of thought, which is that things are going to be bad. “I can’t do it. That’s always going to be like this.” Kinds of thoughts that make someone pessimistic and eventually depressed. 

Seligman says, challenge those thoughts. You know, when you get the thought, “I’m not good enough for this or they don’t like me,” or whatever it may be, take time to argue with that. But this is also a basic move in what’s called cognitive therapy and it’s been found to all kinds of research, they are very powerful on impact. First of all, don’t automatically believe negative thoughts. Second, question and challenge them and third, when you find that positive frame on it, go with that, keep reminding yourself of that.

Sometimes people actually write cue cards that they take out and remind themselves of when they’re starting to have a particular familiar negative train of thought. Those are very good message. The book is Learned Optimism, Martin Seligman.

[0:20:38.5] MB: Thanks for that recommendation and we’ll make sure to include that in the show notes for listeners who want to check that out. Changing gears. I’d love to dig in to the concept of the ventilation fallacy. Could you talk a little bit about that?

[0:20:51.3] DG: The ventilation fallacy is this idea that it’s really good for you to get your anger out when you're mad at people and the research shows, paradoxically, is if you constantly ventilate, you get better and better at ventilating and you strengthen the circuitry for ventilating and you become an impulsive, angry, enraged person. That does not help you. You really want to manage your anger. 

You can be selective, you can be very strong and assertive when you need to be but it doesn’t actually help to be angry. If you’re angry, that’s more than is needed and what it does is trigger anger in other people. So you don’t get people to do what you want, you get people who are oppositional and defiant against you because you’ve gotten them angry.

Really, what you want to do is be assertive. Assertive means, “Hey, we need you to do this because when you do that, it messes up in this way. So here’s how you can do that and here’s how it will help you.” That’s a much more effective way of giving feedback than just yelling at somebody and saying, “Oh my god, you’re an idiot or whatever it is.” You probably would say something harsher if you’re really angry, but you get the idea. 

[0:22:01.0] MB: So that’s specifically within the context of anger. I’m curious, how does that same approach fall within the context of depression and sadness? Is ventilation a better strategy in that case or what is the most effective strategy to do something? 

[0:22:15.3] DG: No, ventilation doesn’t help with any negative emotion because it essentially is rehearsing that emotion. The more you rehearse a behavioral sequence or an emotional sequence, the stronger the underlying brain circuitry becomes. So it becomes more common, more frequent in how to respond to situations. What you want to do is intentionally oppose it and modify it in a positive direction, whether it’s depression, or anger, anxiety whatever it is. 

[0:22:43.3] MB: And what are some of the ways that, let’s say somebody is suffering from anxiety, may be able to intentionally oppose those kind of thought patterns? 

[0:22:52.3] DG: Well, one of the first steps, which I actually Seligman doesn’t have but I talk about and focus, for example, in my book is mindfulness. Which mindfulness is stepping back and letting you see your thought as a thought. So you might have an anxiety provoking thought, “This thing’s going to come up and I won’t be any good, or I’m going to give a talk and I’m no good at talks.” That is an anxiety provoking thought itself. 

Or you may have a depression provoking thought like, “I’m just no good. I’ll never be any good.” Or you may have an anger provoking thought like, “This guy is an idiot and all I can do is yell at him.” Whatever it may be, you want to step back from those thoughts so that you can assess them. “Is this helpful? Do I want to go down this route?” So I think that is across the border for stop and I think that the way you’d handle any of those varieties of negativity is essentially the same as I outlined with the Seligman approach. 

[0:23:56.8] MB: You’ve also talked about how distraction or distracting ourselves and shifting our focus can be a useful strategy. Could you talk a little bit about that? 

[0:24:07.3] DG: One of the ways to manage anxiety is to focus on something else. In other words, get your mind off that anxious train of thought and it could be something funny. Or it could be just meditating on your breath, focusing on your breath. Whatever will help you. It’s different from person to person, but if you find that thing, that’s a very effective way to calm anxiety. 

On the other hand, you don’t want to be in a state where you’re supposed to be focusing on one thing and your mind is wondering off. That’s a different situation. So it’s not a distraction, it’s always a plus but in certain situations it can be an antidote. 

[0:24:50.2] MB: I think that’s a good segue into digging a little bit to the concept of focus, which is also the title of one of your previous books. Tell me how do you define the concept of focus and why is it so critical? 

[0:25:03.7] DG: By focus I mean attention and attention is the doorway through which everything else happens. Memory, high performance, performance of any kind. In sports, for example, people who test poorly on concentration, which is a key barometer, attention, do very poorly in the next season. People who at work can’t pay attention do poorly in whatever it is they’re supposed to do. 

So focus is the key, it’s the hidden ingredient in success and I’ve got some audios that help people that are instructions in different kinds of focus, different ways to improve your focus and if that’s been a problem for anyone, I’d recommend doing that, whether it’s mine or someone else’s. But you have to understand attention, as I said, the mind is a muscle and attention and bringing your mind back to what you’re supposed to be focusing on is the basic repetitions. 

So it’s the equivalent of going to a gym and doing a lot of reps with a weight, every time you try to focus on one thing and your mind wonders off and you bring it back, your actually to strength and the underlying brain circuitry for concentration and focus and the more focused people are in any domain of performance, the better they’ll be. 

[0:26:23.6] MB: You’ve talked about the difference between rumination and reflection and how that relates to the concept of focus. I’d love to hear you explain that dichotomy. 

[0:26:33.2] DG: Rumination is when you have trains of thought that make you more worried. You think about this big challenge coming up at work and all you could think about is how you’re going to screw it up. That’s an anxiety provoking train of thought. However, reflection means you’re thinking about this challenge coming up and you’re coming up with some solutions, some things you can do, some steps you can take. That’s very positive kind of mental work. So rumination gets you nowhere, it just increases your anxiety maybe your depression. But reflection helps you find solutions. 

[0:27:10.3] MB: So it’s the focus on finding solutions itself that really turns reflection into a much more productive thought pattern. 

[0:27:19.0] DG: Yes, I would say that it’s a positive kind of focus and rumination is a negative kind of focus. 

[0:27:24.6] MB: What about the importance of rest as part of an ability to cultivate attention and focus? 

[0:27:32.8] DG: Well if you’re finding that your attention is lagging and your mind is wondering, it may mean that you are not getting enough sleep or enough rest. There are people and research that really supports idea for example of a power nap restores the brain and it reboots you for the rest of the day and also, people swear by seven or eight hours of sleep at night and she can manage it into your schedule but if you can’t get that much sleep and you find that you are losing it during the day, then a nap is actually a very quick magical way to restore your mind. 

[0:28:08.3] MB: And believe you touched on in the book, the concept of attention restoration theory. Could you explain that a little bit? 

[0:28:14.7] DG: Well attention restoration theory basically says that the brain, which runs on glucose, a kind of sugar can run out of it before over exerting the brain. There’s a lot of work situations that will do this and the sign of that is that you just can’t keep your focus. Your mind wonders, you just can’t process things as well and that’s when restoration theory says you should take a walk, a walk in the park, walk in nature even better. But drop what you’re doing and just let yourself have some relaxed time. Get out of the situation and then come back to it and be refreshed, to gives your mind time to restore. 

[0:28:57.9] MB: And is that inter related to the concept of will power and the notion of ego depletion? 

[0:29:05.2] DG: Well ego depletion and will power operate on the same principles that the circuitry underlying the ability to keep going, keep going, force of will, also can run out of steam, run out of gas. There again, it’s good to take a break, restore yourself and come back. 

[0:29:26.1] MB: I’d love to take the concept of emotional intelligence, the ideas of focus that we’ve been talking about and segue it into discussing one of your recent books, which is called Primal Leadership. I love to understand what does that term mean and why did you decide to call it Primal Leadership? 

[0:29:43.9] DG: Well we had a big argument about that as you can imagine because primal is a kind of provocative word but what we’re trying to get at is the fact that there is the emotional level to leadership — this is the primal level — that if you leave it out you’re not going to be effective as a leader. This is why, as I said, emotional intelligence matters more and more, the more leadership positions you take on and the higher you go in an organization, the more people you’re leading. 

You need to feel the pulse of the people, you need to know how to talk to them, you need to know how to inspire them, how to motivate, how to keep them on course, how to give them positive feedback that will be effective to help to get them to want to give their best, and that’s the emotional challenge. It’s not a cognitive challenge. 

[0:30:32.9] MB: I think that’s a great point, which is that it’s not a cognitive challenge, it’s an emotional challenge. Such a great way to phrase that and it really crystalizes the fact that, as we discussed earlier in the conversation, brain power can only solve so many of these problems. What you really need to cultivate is the ability to understand people, empathize with them and learn how to influence them if you want to be successful as a leader and within really any organization. 

[0:31:01.1] DG: Exactly, very well put Matt, and I would add that the ability to do that, that we learn in life. We don’t learn it in school. We learn it on teams, you learn it playing with kids, you learn it in relationships, you learn it in the work place. It’s an alternate curriculum. It’s not the academic curriculum, you will never learn it in MBA program, but it’s what’s going to make or break a career as you get into a leadership position or just a member of the team. 

That’s why I feel the crucial competencies are so important because you can have strengths in some and limits in others and it’s important to know where your limit are so you can build on those. You may be really good at managing yourself. You may not be so good at empathy or influence or inspiring people. But as you get into a position where you are leading a team or whatever it may be, those become more and more important and you need emotional intelligence to improve those. 

[0:32:03.9] MB: You touched on the concept of the crucial competencies. What are those and how would you define them? 

[0:32:09.8] DG: Well after I wrote the book Emotional Intelligence, I wrote a book called Working with Emotional Intelligence and I realize that my own graduate school work had been in what’s called competence modelling. This was developed by one of the big developers was David McClelland, my main professor at Harvard and the competence is a learned and learnable ability that makes you outstanding in your work. 

So the competencies, some of them I mentioned; the drive to achieve or having a positive outlook or adaptability, being good at influencing people or coach and mentor conflict management, inspiring people, teamwork, these are learned abilities. There was a study done at one of the Big Pharma companies, Johnson & Johnson where they had someone who’s just outstanding star team leader and they asked her, “Well when did you become good at this?” 

And then she said, “Well I realized that this was important. I had some talent when I was in middle school.” She had moved to a new town, she didn’t know other kids, she thought she could meet friends by joining the field hockey club. She wasn’t so good at field hockey but she was really good at teaching new kids how to play the game. 

They made her the assistant coach and she had one position after another like that up to being head of teams at a huge company, and that was the ability she learned and she learned it in life and it’s true of each one of these competencies and no one is good at all of them. But you need to be good at six or more to be an outstanding leader or to be outstanding in any field. 

[0:33:50.0] MB: I think it’s such a critical point as well that these are not innate skills that you’re either born with or not. These are all learned abilities that the research and the data demonstrates you can learn and there are specific methodologies and strategies that you can implement in order to learn these and train yourself to become effective at this whole slew of very important competencies. 

[0:34:12.8] DG: Well, Matt, I think that’s the key point and I find that so encouraging that it’s not that you’re either born with it or you’re not. It’s really did you learn it yet? If not, you still can. You can learn it and strengthen it at any point in life.

[0:34:29.5] MB: And you’ve got a new project that you have been working on that involves these crucial competencies, correct? 

[0:34:35.4] DG: Yes, it’s the Crucial Competency Project with More Than Sound and what we’re doing is focusing on the competencies one by one and explaining them in more depth. We’re talking, for example, coaches, who are field executives cultivate one or another. Actually each of the 12, we’re going to run through them. We’re also coming out with a program for how you can strengthen each one. 

Because, for example, in the workplace people are sometimes told, “Well you know, you need to work on empathy.” Or, “You need to work on emotional self-management.” Or positive outlook, whatever it is they don’t tell you necessarily how to do that. So we are trying to give folks the specifics, the mechanics, how can you improve this in yourself on your own? 

[0:35:27.8] MB: And we’ll make sure to include in the show notes a link to that resource for listeners who want to check that out and are curious about how to cultivate and learn about those different competencies.

[0:35:38.5] DG: I think that’s really great and by the way, it’s not just yourself. You may have workmates, you may have friends, you may be a leader who knows someone needs that so it’s something you also could recommend to other people. 

[0:35:53.1] MB: That’s a great point. I’m curious, one of the other topics that you touched on is how to give other people feedback or constructive criticism. I know that can often be a very touchy subject and I am curious how do you recommend dealing with that issue? 

[0:36:07.8] DG: Well there are two basic approaches to feedback. One is critical, which tends to dismiss the person as being like this forever, which is very demoralizing. In fact, we have FMRI studies that show people who get that kind of research, it activates their circuitry for negative feeling, for upset. In other words, you put someone in a bad mood, you don’t help them. So you don’t want to do that. You really want to have a friendly approach, a positive approach. 

“I’m going to help you get better at this,” and the first thing you need to do is say, “You know you’re so good at such and such and I noticed that when you did this.” and you want to be very specific, “It didn’t work out so let’s think about how you can get better at that.” In other words you are not attacking the person. The critical negative approach makes the person feel that they’re just no good at this and it triggers the negative circuitry.

What you want to do is trigger a very positive outlook so the person feels energized and that they can learn how to do this better and maybe you’re in a position to help them learn and suggest some ways but in other words, you are not ruling them out. You are saying, “Hey you’re a valuable person on this team and we want you to get better at this. Here’s some ways you can do it.” I think that approach is much more motivating and in fact, the brain measure shows it does activate positive circuitry. 

[0:37:38.5] MB: So for listeners who want to take some of these ideas, maybe take a very simple first step in developing or cultivating their emotional intelligence, what’s one simple piece of homework you would give them as a first step? 

[0:37:52.6] DG: Well I would say that the first step is to manage your own negative emotions and that may be negative thinking, it may be impulsive anger. Whatever it is, widen that gap between impulse and action. If it’s at the mental level, step back from your thoughts and ask yourself, “Is this useful?” I think that’s fundamental. Those are acts of self-awareness. 

Self-awareness turns out to be the base foundational competency in all the crucial competencies. People who are high in self-awareness tend to be high in 10 or so emotional intelligence competencies. People who are low on it tend to have very few competencies. This is the basic homework.

[0:38:44.7] MB: I don’t think you can say enough about how important self-awareness is and it’s so funny to see, you know, you can see people who have struggled for years and then as soon as they start to cultivate self-awareness and kind of get out in their own way in many ways, you can see rapid transformations in the way that people behave in their lives.

[0:39:03.7] DG: Exactly. Matt, think about the opposite way. People who have low self-awareness, don’t realize they need to do any work.

[0:39:10.8] MB: Exactly. They don’t realize they’re making mistakes. It’s a self-fulfilling cycle in many ways. It can be very…

[0:39:16.8] DG: Exactly. You got it.

[0:39:18.4] MB: Well, where can people find you and your books and the Crucial Competency Project online, for listeners who want to access that?

[0:39:27.3] DG: Yeah, the best place to go is morethansound.net. It’s all there.

[0:39:33.3] MB: Perfect. We will make sure to include that in the show notes for everybody to be able to check out. Well Daniel, this has been a fascinating conversation. I wanted to thank you so much for coming on the show and sharing all of your wisdom about emotional intelligence. It’s been great to…

[0:39:47.3] DG: Mat, it’s been a real pleasure. Thank you so much.

[0:39:49.5] MB: All right, well thank you very much.

[0:39:51.1] DG: Take care.

[00:39:03.2] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say “hi”, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d would love to hear from you, and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list.

If you want to get all of this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co, just hit the show notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success. 

March 02, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Emotional Intelligence
PaulBloom-01.jpg

Are Babies Racist? Is Empathy Bad for Society? And More with Dr. Paul Bloom

February 23, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Mind Expansion, Decision Making

In this episode we start with a dive into evolutionary psychology and how biases have been programmed into you by millions of years of evolution, look at why our guest condemns the concept of Empathy, how the science demonstrates that empathy has no correlation with doing good in the world, how empathy creates disastrous outcomes, and more with our guest Dr. Paul Bloom

Dr. Paul Bloom is a Professor of Psychology and Cognitive Science at Yale University and received his PhD from MIT. Paul is the coeditor of the journal Behavior and Brain Sciences and author of several books including Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil, and most recently Against Empathy: The Case For Rational Compassion.

  • We dig into Paul’s research on babies and their innate sense of right and wrong

  • A surprising and extremely powerful source of bias that babies innately have

  • The in-group vs out-group and how babies slice up and divide the world

  • How dividing a group by coin flips can create serious behavioral biases towards your own group

  • Evolutionary psychology and how biases have been programmed into you by millions of years of evolution

  • The morality of evolution and how kindness evolved

  • How people, from an evolutionary point of view, think about strangers

  • The definition of empathy and how Paul defines it

  • Why Paul criticizes the concept of empathy

  • Why feeling the feelings of others is a really lousy moral guide

  • Why the science shows that empathy has no correlation with how much good people do in the world

  • What happens when soccer fans see someone shocked and how theyre brains respond completely differently if its a fan of their team vs their opponents team

  • How our natural empathy response is riddled with extreme bias

  • How empathy creates disastrous political outcomes

  • The "Willy Horton incident" and how the empathic response resulted in more rapes and murders

  • Why Paul says controversially that mass shootings are objectively less than a rounding error

  • Why being against empathy doesnt mean we should turn into cold blooded monsters

  • The distinction between empathy and compasion and why its so critical

  • How buddhist philosophy lead Paul to move away from empathy and towards compassion

  • Why its so critical to be aware of your biases before you can shift them and overcome them

  • Why we are more than just our biases and limitations

  • Pauls vision for the human future and how an awareness of our biases is critical to build a future where rational and logical thinking can move us to a better future

  • And more!

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Against Empathy: The Case for Rational Compassion by Paul Bloom

  • [Book] Just Babies: The Origins of Good and Evil by Paul Bloom

  • [Twitter] Paul Bloom

  • [Yale Bio] Paul Bloom

  • [Article] Empathy and compassion by Tania Singer and Olga M. Klimecki

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study, and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we start with a dive into evolutionary psychology and how biases have been programmed into you by millions of years of evolution. We look at why our guest condemns the concept of empathy, how science demonstrates that empathy has no correlation with doing good in the world. How empathy creates disastrous outcomes and more with our guest Dr. Paul Bloom. 

The Science of Success continues to grow with more with more than 780,000 downloads, listeners in over 200 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcasts, and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How To Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the world “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How To Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to our website, scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed the paradox of happiness, why pursuing it makes you less happy, and what you can do about it. We dug into the research about what really makes people happy. We broke down happiness into its essential components and discussed how to cultivate it, and much more with our guest Tal Ben Shahar. If you want to live a happier life, listen to that episode.

[0:02:20.8] MB: Today, we have another exciting guest on the show, Paul Bloom. Paul is a professor of psychology and cognitive science at Yale University and received his PhD form MIT. He is the co-editor of the journal Behavior and Brain Sciences and the author of several books including Just Babies, The Origins of Good and Evil, and most recently, Against Empathy: The case for rational compassion. 

Paul, welcome to the Science of Success.

[0:02:45.1] PB: Hey, thanks for having me on.

[0:02:46.9] MB: Well we’re very excited to have you on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you, tell us a little bit about your background and your story.

[0:02:54.3] PB: I’m Canadian, born in Montreal. For a long time I thought I’d become a clinical psychologist and treat children. My brother’s autistic, which is why I got into psychology, but I began to become increasingly entranced with broader philosophical questions and experimental research.

Now, I’m a professor at Yale University in New Haven, I study babies, I study adults, I study toddlers in between, and in between doing experimental research, I write books and articles for a popular audience.

[0:03:22.4] MB: I’d love to begin by diving into some of the research that you’ve done on babies, which I find really fascinating. Would you share kind of some of those findings?

[0:03:29.6] PB: Yeah, absolutely. This is work done in collaboration with my colleagues at Yale, particularly Karen Wynn who is my wife and collaborator. She runs this infant lab and we do all sorts of experiments on babies looking at their social understanding, their physical understanding, and recently about their moral understanding; their understanding of right and wrong. 

This might seem crazy to talk about a six month old having a moral understanding but we discovered some really cool things. For instance, you can show babies a one act play where there’s somebody trying to do something like trying to get up a hill. Then a good guy comes and gently nudges our character up the hill. Then another guy comes, a bad guy, and shoves him down. If I was to ask you, show you the film, and you can look at online on my webpage, if you looked at the film you’d say, “Well, yeah, one guy’s a nice guy, the other guy’s a jerk.” 

So we wanted to see what babies felt about this. You can’t ask babies, they can’t tell you but they do all sorts of things. We found out that babies prefer to reach for the good guy than for the bad guy. They prefer to give treats to the good guy or versus the bad guy. They prefer to take away treats from the bad guy over the good guy. That’s just one example. We’ve done many experiments of this sort and it finds that babies long before their first birthday have some sort of understanding of right and wrong. 

Other studies find that babies have some sort of compassion. They like to help others, they like to support others. One body of my research explores the moral powers of the baby. At the same time though, the morality we have inborn with us, the product of evolution is in some ways very limited. Babies don’t have a natural compassion for strangers, they are insensitive to sort of moral insights like the wrongness of slavery or racism and sexism.

After writing my baby book, Just Babies, and after thinking about this issues, I began to struggle with the question of what makes us different from babies and what makes a person a good person? That led to a lot of my work now on empathy and the emotions.

[0:05:37.4] MB: So, do babies have a kind of initial or in-born prejudices and biases?

[0:05:43.5] PB: They do and they don’t. It’s not like a baby is born and, you know, doesn’t like black people, or doesn’t like gay people, or Asian people. Babies don’t have any specific biases but they are very quick to develop them. Very early on, for instance, babies prefer to look at people who look like those that they’re raised with.

A baby who is raised with all white people will prefer to look at white people, all black people look at black people. In one study involving Ethiopians in Israel, babies get to look at white people and black people, those babies don’t show any preference.

It’s not just sort of looking and you can say, “Well who cares about what babies like to look at?” Later on, these preferences manifest themselves in all sorts of biases like who they prefer to interact with, who they prefer to give toys to. Some of the best work has looked at a really surprising source of bias that’s extremely powerful. More powerful than gender, more powerful than race, and it’s language.

Very early on, as young as you can test, babies prefer people who speak the same language that they do and they prefer to interact with them, they prefer to make friends with them. Even a slight accent pisses babies off and they prefer to go for somebody who doesn’t have the accent. Of course you see the same sort of biases in adults. Although for adults, It’s more complicated, adults view some accents better than others. 

But one reason why we believe that language is so important for the baby is that language is a wonderful queue to social group and if somebody speaks a different language than you or even a different accent, it’s an excellent indicator they’re not from your community. Because babies are extremely prone to split the world up into “in group” versus “out group”, they look towards language as a way to do it.

[0:07:27.3] MB: Tell me a little bit more about the kind of in group, out group distinction and how babies draw that?

[0:07:33.7] PB: Well, the question could be asked about babies and could be asked about you and me. There’s no human who is perfectly impartial from one group to another. There’s nobody who loves their own child to exactly the same extent that they love someone else’s child. There’s no one who doesn’t feel more of a connection to their friends and their lovers and their family than to strangers. We split the world up to “in group” and “out group” and that way, we split it up into countries, we split it up into ethnicities and to clubs.

One of the findings from baby studies is that babies are extremely willing to do so. They come in predisposed to break the world into us versus them. You can demonstrate that in the most minimal ways. One experiment that’s been done with adults, has recently been extended to kids. You just randomly put them up. You say, you guys, for adults who say, “Let’s flip a coin. Heads go in this corner, tails go in this corner.” It’s utterly random, it’s obvious it’s random, for kids, you hand out different colored gloves and it turns out, even this ridiculously small manipulation ends us splitting people up has a powerful effect. 

We prefer our own group even if it’s just a heads group or the tails group. The yellow gloves or the blue gloves group. We like to give them more and we are happier punishing the other group. One of the aspects of human nature which I think is caused, maybe the most trouble is present from the very get go.

[0:09:02.9] MB: I think there’s a study that you’ve talked about in the past revolving around kind of babies and graham crackers or something like that. I’d love for you to share that research example.

[0:09:12.0] PB: This is some work done by Karen Wynn. You do a study where babies get to choose between two things they like and I think — I forget exactly. I think they’re graham crackers versus cheerios. Babies, you know, like one versus other, whatever. They choose one. Then they want someone else to make a choice and the weird thing that you wouldn’t have expected as babies are very sensitive to what the other person does.

They like when somebody chooses the same thing that they do and they get annoyed when somebody doesn’t. In some of the studies, they get so annoyed when somebody chooses something different. I choose graham crackers, you choose cheerios, they get so annoyed that they want to see that person punished.

And Karen in her work sees this as a sort of grounds for ideological conflict later on where as adults, we can get enraged when someone makes different choices from us. Now, when the stakes are very high, like going to war or abortion laws or whatever, that’s kind of understandable. But even when the stakes are ridiculously low, we freak out. This too I think is part of our initial equipment.

[0:10:22.0] MB: For listeners who may not have as good of an understanding of kind of the concept of evolutionary psychology and how this biases sort of get programmed into us via evolution, I’d love for you to just kind of explain that concept.

[0:10:36.0] PB: Well, just like our bodies, our brains are the products of natural selection. What this means is, the fact that we think the way we do that we have to taste and motivations and desires that we have is to a large extent because our ancestors who did this reproduced more than those that didn’t.

This is pretty obvious for some things. It’s kind of a no brainer why people like sex. People like sex because their ancestors who didn’t like sex or would rather copulate with a rock or a tree didn’t produce offspring while their ancestors that did like sex did considerably better at producing offspring, it’s why we love our children. 

If you didn’t love your children, if you ate your children, well, your children won’t do too well in life. It’s why we prefer to drink water than to eat mud, a lot of our taste and desires at the low level make perfect sense for a creature that’s been evolved through survival and reproduction. This pertains to morality as well. It was one thought before the time of Darwin, that evolution is sort of red and tooth and claw; evolution is a relentlessly selfish force, making us care only for ourselves. We know and Darwin knew that his is nonsense. 

Evolution makes us kind because creatures who are kind in certain special ways, like favoring their family over their friends, engaging in long term alliances and mutual benefit. Animals like that do better than animals that don’t. If you and I were in the Savannah and you cooperated with people and helped them out and took care of your family and all I cared about was myself, well your genes would do better than mine. 

Evolution has shaped our morality as well but this is kind of a tragic part because from an evolutionary point of view, who gives a damn about strangers? Strangers are nothing. Strangers are at best potential threats and so the fact that we right now recognize that we owe a moral obligation to the strangers, we can’t kill them, we can even help them under some circumstances.

Suggest that we’ve used our intelligence to transcend evolution. Of course we do this all the time, we evolve perceptual systems that allow us to look over the world and see trees and water and so on. But through science, we understand what we’re really seeing are objects that are composed of tiny particles and fields of energy.

Similarly, we have a sort of stone age morality that’s evolved through evolution but we’re also smart enough to transcend it. The user are capacity for introspection and for generalization and logic. To realize that some of our innate morality’s unfair and capricious and that we could do better.

[0:13:19.5] MB: I think that really dove tails into your somewhat controversial view on the concept of empathy. Before we kind of dive into that, I’d love to understand, how do you define the concept of empathy?

[0:13:32.3] PB: Yeah, that’s a good question because people see the title of my book Against Empathy and they freak out. I have a collection of emails like you wouldn’t believe. I think it’s because it has different meanings. One of the issues.

Some people use empathy just to mean everything good. We should have more empathy means we should be kind, we should be loving, we should be moral and I have no objection to that. Other people use empathy in a narrower sense, having an understanding. I don’t have an objection to that either.

Although, understanding other people is morally neutral. You do need to understand other people to make the world a better place. You also need to understand other people if you’re going to seduce them or calm them or torture them or bully them.

The sort of empathy I’m interested in is putting yourself in someone else’s shoes. Seeing the world as they do, feeling their pain and a lot of people have argued, this is really fundamental to morality. Empathy serves as a spotlight that zooms us in on people and makes them matter. What I argue in my book is that this is mistaken.

That empathy has all sorts of terrible effects. It makes us biased because we empathize with those who look like us and who are attractive and who belong to our group over others. It’s innumerate because empathy makes us value the one over the many, and at least capricious and arbitrary and often cruel acts. A lot of violence is prompted by empathy for a victim. At least the stupid policy decisions. It’s because of empathy that governments and populations care more about a little girl stuck in a well than they do about a crisis like climate change.

Even in personal relationships, empathy can mess you up. An example I like to think about, because it’s from my own life is that if my teenage son comes up to me and he’s freaking out because he hasn’t done his homework and it’s due tomorrow and he’s very anxious. I’m not being a good father if I feel empathy from, I feel his anxiety and I share his anxiety and get anxious myself. I’m best as a parent if I have some distance, if it’s a, “Dude, calm down, let’s take a break, let’s go for a walk,” and I love him and I understand him but I don’t feel what he feels. 

I think it’s the same for friendships, it’s the same for romantic relationships. If I’m really depressed, I don’t want my wife to see me and get depressed herself. I want her to try to cheer me up and try to make my life better. What we want from people and what makes it a better world isn’t echoing their feelings. It’s responding lovingly and intelligently to them.

[0:16:06.5] MB: Your definition is empathy is essentially the feeling of sharing the emotions or kind of actually feeling the pain or whatever someone else is feeling as opposed to this sort of broader understanding that might encompass compassion and other things that are sort of, could be defined as distinct from looking at it from kind of the psychology literature.

[0:16:29.1] PB: That’s exactly right. I’m using it the way a lot of people in the field use it. I’m not the language police. I’m totally comfortable with empathy anyway they want. Some people use empathy to fold together all sorts of things, some that are good, some that are bad. 

The point of my book, the point of my argument isn’t about how to use the words. It’s about how we should live our lives and the case I make is that feeling the feelings of others, whatever you choose to call it is a really lousy moral guide, it leads to messy policy, it leads to bad relationships and we’re so much better when we try to understand people, when we care for people, when we care about people but we don’t feel their pain.

[0:17:14.7] MB: When people hear your stance about empathy, what are some of the kind of typical reactions?

[0:17:21.3] PB: I’ve been making this argument for a while and I’ve gotten some great responses, some very intelligent responses. People will argue that maybe empathy isn’t perfect but without it, we couldn’t be moral people if we didn’t feel other’s suffering, we’d never be motivated to help them.

People argue that those without empathy are cruel people, they’re psychopaths, they’re monsters, people argue that children start off being empathic and then compassion and other things and learn from it, it’s an important start and there’s many other arguments and I think it turns out that all of them are mistaken. I think for instance, there’s a lot of evidence that you could be kind to somebody and care about them and you can also want to make it a better world in general without feeling empathy.

It turns out there’s been a lot of research where you measure people’s empathy and then you see, how does that connect with what kind of good person they are? The answer is, it doesn’t. If I wanted to know whether you’re going to try to rob me or kill me or even just you know, talk badly about me. Your score on empathy test will tell me very little, actually, pretty much nothing.

The real predictors of bad behavior in people are a kind of malicious nature and lack of self-control. Empathy in whatever sense, feeling the pain of others, understanding others seems to play no role at all in good behavior or bad behavior.

[0:18:49.6] MB: That’s the finding that’s backed up by a lot of science right? It’s not just kind of conjecture.

[0:18:54.6] PB: Absolutely. There is an industry involving testing people’s empathy and looking at the relationships between their behavior, there’s a lot of research where you put people in FMRI scanners and you look at the brain responses, reflecting to empathy.

One of the cool findings for instance is, you know, there’s this metaphor I think made most famous by Bill Clinton where you say I feel your pain. It turns out, we literally feel other people’s pain. If I was to watch you get stabbed in the hand and my brain was wired up to an FMRI machine, it would reveal that parts of my brain would light up, that would be pretty much the same parts that would light up if my own hand was being stabbed.

There’s a lot of research on this. The research shows what I’ve been saying, the research shows that the individual measures of empathy don’t predict good behavior, bad behavior, they show that the neural measures of empathy are tremendously biased. This brings us back to the in group, out group work we were talking about before.

They did a study in Europe where they tested European soccer fans, you’re sitting there, your brain is all being measured and you want somebody else being shocked and half the people are told, “You see this guy being shocked? He’s a fan of your soccer team.” Turns out, when you do this, people say, they feel high empathy and their brain’s reflective. Parts of the brains light up that correspond to empathy.

Then, in another group, they’re told exactly the same thing but they’re told, “See this guy? He’s a fan of another soccer team.” You do that, the neural correlates of empathy shut down, you don’t feel empathy and in fact, you watch him be shocked, you feel a bit of pleasure. The studies confirm what we knew from other sources which is how incredibly biased empathy can be.

[0:20:39.2] MB: I’d love to dig in a little bit more to kind of the bias effects on empathy and you know, things like racial bias et cetera and how they can impact or how empathy can kind of negatively create outcomes.

[0:20:51.6] PB: There’s bias in a couple of ways, there’s sort of a natural bias we carry with us. One study looked at people’s empathic reactions to suffering of those they found disgusting, like homeless people or drug addicts. It turns out, the empathy is just silent. If someone grosses you out, you don’t feel their pain at all, you don’t feel anything for them.

Others studies find that attractiveness plays a real role. If there’s an attractive eight year old girl, a pretty little eight year old girl and she’s in pain, you freak out, you feel great empathy. Someone less attractive, someone maybe a bit scary, no empathy at all.

Our natural empathic responses are biased and similarly, empathy can be moved around by politicians, by rhetoricians, by people who want to make a moral point, to try to get you to feel empathy for this person or that person. Sometimes it’s done for causes you might think of as good, like when you direct a lot of concern and focus on the drowned Syrian child.

Where you say, “Look, you used to feel great empathy for his family and the suffering must have gone through. So let’s use that to motivate some good policy.” But often, empathy is directed to get you to hate people. If I want to get you to support attacking some other country or expelling some group from the United States. One excellent way to do so is to tell you about this group’s victims and get you to feel empathy for them.

It’s an observation as old as the Adam Smith in the 1700’s, which is when you watch somebody suffer, you feel empathy for them, you feel commensurate rage for those who have caused that suffering. This is no secret among those who want to motivate cruelty and violence.

[0:22:30.9] MB: You touched on a number of examples in the past of ways that empathy can negatively impact public policy. I’d love to hear the story of, I think it’s Willy Horton, or some of the other examples that you’ve shared previously about how kind of one story of empathy can lead us to make what ends up being a really terrible decision.

[0:22:52.4] PB: There catalytic examples of this, you might say that right now, going through the politics that we’re reeling with at this very moment; bailing out a company because you feel bad for its workers may have great short term effects for the workers and then sort of scratch your empathic itch but have horrible long term effects in the future.

Let’s go to the Willy Horton case. The Willy Horton case from the 1980’s, it came up during the presidential election between the competition, between Michael Dukakis and his republican opponent and what came out was, when Dukakis was governor, he had a furlough program and then the furlough program where prisoners are released for a little while, someone named Willy Horton was released. 

Willy Horton went out and did some terrible things; he raped somebody, he assaulted somebody and Willy Horton was a large and threatening African American. So his opponents put pictures of Willy Horton everywhere. As soon as this incident happened, furlough program was shut down. Dukakis was condemned to apologize for it over and over again while people were stoked up by the terrible things that this man had done. 

Now, it turns out that this for a little program by most measures made the world a better place. That is, even including the crimes that were done by prisoners released and furloughed, the fact that the furlough program exists led to less crime overall and so a rational person would say, “Well let’s do the numbers, apparently the furlough program is doing good.” But that’s not how we think. That’s not how the mind works. With the mind, we are swayed by these sympathetic cases. 

Our empathy is triggered and so we end up doing acts like shutting down the furlough program that in the end cause more harm than good. I mean another example just to get you thinking about is a hypothetical example where imagine there is a vaccine program and a little girl gets very sick. We’d probably shut down the program even if a dozen people are saved by the program each year because you could empathize with the suffering of a little girl who gets sick and her family and everything. 

But you can’t empathize the suffering of people who would have got sick but didn’t. Empathy works in the here and now. It feeds off real cases of suffering and ignores other considerations or take a third example, which is an example I begin my book with, which is school shootings, mass shootings. I begin my book with the story of Sandy Hook Elementary School in New Town, this horrific mass murder of 20 children and I point out that this causes an enormous amount of focus and concern. 

And many people would view it as the biggest policy problem we have but it also turns out that when it comes to murders, to homicides in the United States, mass shootings take up about 0.1% of them. What that means is if you could snap your fingers and make it so that there would never be a mass shooting in the United States again, nobody would notice. It would be indistinguishable from random noise and so these are cases where a good, wise, compassionate policy maker says: 

“I’m going to ignore the pull of my emotions. Particularly I’m going to ignore my racists bias, I’m going to ignore these things that really cause my tears to flow and ask myself the hard question of how to make the world a better place,” and I think these are cases where empathy leads us astray. I think there’s individual cases, there’s cases of charitable giving, there’s a lot of people who give to charity and I used to be one of them and still am to some extent. 

Where I give to things for some sentimental reasons, for the cuteness of the picture, for personal connections and this is a lousy way to do it. When we give to charity we shouldn’t be trying to give ourselves a warm glow or happy buzz. We should be trying to make the world a better place and so I’d like to see a shift away from empathy based decisions towards decisions that are based on reason. 

[0:26:43.0] MB: And, you know, it’s funny, the example that you give at the beginning of the book about mass shootings and I think it was 500 deaths from that in the last 10 years or I don’t remember the exact stats, but that made me think of another instance. I was watching the news the other day and they were arguing about terrorism and they threw out the stat of how many people have died from terrorism in the United States in the last 10 or 15 years and it was 150 people. 

I mean it was a staggeringly low number when you think about the fact that it’s such a huge focal point and that example and the Willie Horton example for me, of course when I picked up the book I think I had the reaction to everybody. It was like, “Why is this guy against empathy?” and the more I start understanding that and those concepts of how this one vivid story, which can really mislead us into making what are objectively worst decisions for our society. It was pretty fascinating. 

[0:27:43.2] PB: I find these stories very moving in how they illustrate in how we can go wrong and it’s not that we should blame empathy for everything. There’s all sorts of other things going on here. For the Willie Horton case, certainly racism played a huge role. I think even if empathy was stripped from our heads, powerful stories will always move us but the argument I make in my book is empathy is so vulnerable to these biases. Empathy always searches for the one. 

It always zooms us in on the one person. It ignores the many, it ignores hypotheticals, it ignores statistics and so it misguides us over what’s important or what matters and it leads to lousy policy and this brings us back to our earlier discussions of definitions of empathy, which is the solution isn’t that we should become cold blooded monsters. The solution is that we should still feel for people, feel real kindness and concern and compassion for people, but we should try to rid ourselves of the habit that we have of zooming in on individuals. 

And so towards the end of my book, I discuss the distinction between empathy and compassion, between feeling the pain of others — empathy — versus just wanting to help them — compassion. I even talk about some fascinating work on meditation and meditative practices which both illustrate the distinction. They get people to do empathy training, they get people to do compassion training, they find all sorts of differences. 

But also, they showed it as possible to make yourself somewhat less empathic but also kinder, which I think would be an indispensable skill for all of us. But particularly people like doctors and nurses and first responders and police and firefighters, people who deal with emotional and difficult situations. The best of them can shut down empathic responses while still caring for other people. 

[0:29:38.2] MB: I’d love to dig into that a little bit more, the distinction between empathy and compassion and we’ve actually had a previous episode where we went deep on the concept of compassion and distinguished it from empathy. In that episode, we touched a little bit on the idea of the main negative thing about empathy, was the idea of empathy burnout and how you can become overwhelmed with trying to bear the cross of feel the emotions of the suffering of others and if you instead focus on how to help them, you can be more proactive. But I would love to hear a little bit more about your take on the distinction between those two things. 

[0:30:11.9] PB: So my take is exactly that take where I got into it actually by reading a bit of Buddhist philosophy. There’s a lot of Buddhist philosophy which asks the question of, “How are you to be a good person,” and how a Buddhist philosopher’s distinguish between what they call sentimental compassion and great compassion and sentimental compassion is what we’ve been talking about as empathy. It’s feeling other people’s pain and feeling other people’s suffering. 

The Buddhist scholars say, “Don’t do this. It might give you a short term buzz but in the long run, it’s bad for you. It will burn you out, it will exhaust you”. People, the term burnout I think is from the 70’s but hundreds of years ago people worry about this. So the alternative is great compassion, which I’m just calling compassion, which is caring about people, loving them but not feeling their pain and the cool thing is that this great compassion seems to be pleasant, invigorating, energizing. 

It makes you a better person but it also makes you a happier person and so a lot of contemporary meditative practice uses — it’s called loving kindness meditation. It uses these techniques to motivate people to be better people and one argument is that they work so well because the meditative practice dampens your empathic responses and a lot of what I’ve been talking about now is theology and philosophy and so on but there’s real evidence for this. 

There’s some wonderful work done by the neuroscientist, Tanya Singer in collaboration with the biologist and Buddhist monk, Mathew Ricard, where they put people in scanners and they have them meditate in different ways, exercised their empathy or exercised their compassion and they find all sorts of different responses and what they find is inevitably you were just much better feeling compassionate. 

[0:31:56.2] MB: I’m curious, you touched on earlier and I’m starting to think about how can somebody listening start to implement this in their lives? What is a concept of a warm glow altruist? 

[0:32:08.9] PB: I’m not sure where the phrase came from but it was discussed by the philosopher Peter Singer where he talks about how some people give to charity and he says, some people give to charity, what they do is they have some money and they spread it around to all different charities.” They give a little bit to Ox fam and a bit to Save the Whales and a bit to their local arts community and a bit to their high school football team and they won’t give that much anytime. 

They spread it around and this is either consciously or unconsciously, a wonderful tactic to feel good about yourself. Each of the different charities you give, you had a little dopamine blast of feel good. But Singer points out, if you want to feel good you’ve come across a great technique. If you want to make the world a better place, if you really want to help people, do it differently. If you really want to help people, figure out where your money and your resources could do the most good and put them there. 

Ignore pictures of adorable babies, but what you should do is go online and see what people say with these charity. Does the charity tests it outcomes? Is it effective? Try to figure out how to make the world a better place and this applies even beyond money. I have a friend of mine who is a wealthy Yale professor and she would go work in a homeless shelter and there’s nothing wrong with that. That makes the world a better place but the problem was she was doing this instead of giving money. 

And the truth is with her salary she could have given a lot more money to do a lot more good than her time at the homeless shelter, which could have done by anybody and that sounds, I know I’ve talked to people, that sounds really cold. It sounds cold and unromantic and what about the warm feelings of connection and so on? And my response is it depends on what you want. If you want to feel good about yourself like a special person, a real helper, get a real connection and make yourself a man of the people and all that stuff, well there’s all sorts of things you do. Be a warm glow giver. 

But if you want to really help people, do something different. So it depends on your goals. My feeling is and I am an endless optimist about human nature is that most people really care about other people who want to make the world a better place and if you remind them, if you prompt them. If you get them to recognize that their emotional pulls are a poor guide to their behavior, they will work hard in doing better. I know I have.

[0:34:35.3] MB: And I think that that to me was the crux of this argument and helped me really understand it, which is what you just said, that your emotional pulls often mislead you and that if we zoom out from the spotlight of getting really caught up and the emotions and the vividness and the story, we can make what are objectively more rational, more statistically relevant and important interventions as opposed to getting caught up in this emotional whirlwind. 

[0:35:10.7] PB: That’s a perfect summary of my argument and you know some people could be skeptical. You asked about responses to my ideas and one response I often get is, “Well maybe you’re right but what are we going to do about it? We’re always going to captured by our emotions and our gut feelings.” 

But again, I’m more optimistic and I give an analogy to racism which is we’re naturally racists. There’s a thousand studies showing we’re biased to favor our own. Even in cases where we really don’t want to and don’t think we are, but does that mean we have to throw up our hands and say we’re stuck with it? Not at all. 

There’s all sorts of ways we can circumvent and avoid our racism. We can engage in practices that diminish it. We could set up technical means within our society like blind reviewing or quota systems that — and they are very different ideas what they share is they take the decision out of our hands. They avoid our biases. If you want to be a good person, you should be aware of your biases, both your moral biases but also your rational biases and so on and then think hard about how to override them. 

[0:36:17.4] MB: I think that’s a great point as well which is that in order to move beyond these biases, we first have to cultivate an awareness of them and in many ways, the dialogue around this can often cut off the conversation before we really get to the point of acknowledging and accepting that biases do exists. 

[0:36:39.4] PB: That’s right. So to some extent I think the great contribution of psychology to modern times has been making us aware of our biases and limitations. Where some psychologist go wrong, I think, is that they jump to the conclusion that we are nothing more than our biases and limitations and I think instead there’s a duality that we’ve been talking about. We are biased, we are limited, we are swayed by irrational things but we’re also smart enough to know it. 

We can use our intelligence and our self-control and our desire to make a real difference to try to override the more emotional parts of ourselves and we’re just talking here about making decisions, making moral decisions and moral actions. I have nothing against empathy in general. Empathy is a wonderful source of pleasure, of intimacy, it’s part of sex, it’s part of sports, it’s part of reading a novel or watching a movie. It’s just as a moral guide, it’s a sort of thing that we should really distrust. 

[0:37:38.9] MB: You know for a man who is against empathy, I think you have a very uplifting view of the direction of the human future and I think that’s a great way to think about it in the sense of, I think you are totally right that many psychologists think that we get almost too far to the other extreme in saying, “We can’t overcome any of these biases.” But I really like your uplifting perspective that we have to be aware and know that these biases are real but we also have the logic and the reason and the ability to move beyond them and build a better future. 

[0:38:13.0] PB: Yeah, I mean you could see it. You could see the intellectual history not just of psychology but how people talk in newspapers and in blogs and online and how we think about ourselves where there was a time of enlightenment where we thought of ourselves as perfectly rational beings, for the most part, the age of reason. 

And then it swung and where we are now is basically many of my colleagues will say, “People are idiots. We’re just incredibly limited, we’re just so foolish in so many ways,” and one of the many goals in my book is to try to push that pendulum back a bit to acknowledge all of these limitations but also to have this optimistic view that puts a lot of focus on our reason. 

After all, we wouldn’t be having this conversation about our biases. We wouldn’t know there were biases unless we had this other more powerful, more rationale capacity. 

[0:39:07.6] MB: So for somebody who is listening and wants to concretely implement the concepts we’ve been talking about in their lives, what’s one simple piece of homework that you would give them as a starting place? 

[0:39:21.2] PB: Well one thing, which we touched upon a few times here is meditative practice, which is something that I am working on myself. But I think there is a more general answer, which is — and this is an answer regarding all of our biases, which is when you are very calm and not caught up in anything look at your life and look at your decisions and try to contemplate the extent to which you’re being held swayed by irrational biases. 

And then if you think you are, if you think for instance that some of your actions are short sighted or too empathic or racist or something like that and you don’t like it, you could work to combat it and you could work to combat it in clever ways. I have a friend of mine he gives the simplest example; he wants to give to charity but he knows that when it comes when he’s asked to give to charity he says, “Well I have other personal ways I could use the money. I could go out for a drink or whatever.” 

He feels bad about this. He doesn’t feel that this is the right way to live but he can’t fight it. So at one point he said, “Look here’s what I should do” and he set up automatic deductions on his paycheck. Very easy to do so now, he could still change his mind. He could shut it down but now he doesn’t have to decide whether to help, he doesn’t decide whether not to help. He changed what the baseline is. 

It’s sort of the moral equivalent if you’re on a diet of not keeping giant bags of M&M’s in your house. The moral equivalent if you’re trying to give up smoking, don’t go to a bar where everybody is smoking. We could be smart enough to recognize, “I am going to fall into this trap,” but to then think and plan ahead so that the trap could be circumvented and that in very general terms is, I think, how we can help defeat those aspects of ourselves that we believe should be defeated. 

[0:41:12.2] MB: For listeners who want to learn more, where can people find you and your books online? 

[0:41:17.9] PB: I have an academic website, which you could find by just typing in Paul Bloom Yale. But I’m mostly on Twitter these days. I’m just one word paulbloom@yale and I endlessly tweet about these issues, about academic gossip, about politics and some excellent bad jokes. So that’s where I recommend people to go to. 

[0:41:37.9] MB: Well Paul, thank you so much for sharing this insights. This has been a fascinating conversation and I think on the surface, it seems very controversial to be opposed to empathy. But I think peeling back the hood a little bit there’s a lot of merit to this framework and your understanding of reality and I think the acknowledgement that we have biases but also the rational optimism that we can work through them and build a better future is something that’s really inspiring. So thank you so much for being on the show and for sharing this wisdom. 

[0:42:09.3] PB: Thank you so much for having me on. This has been a wonderful conversation. 

[0:42:12.8] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners, if you want to reach out, share your story or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I’d love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes because that helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners. 

You can get it by texting the word “smarter”, to the number 44222 or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.


February 23, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Mind Expansion, Decision Making
TalBen-Shahar-01.jpg

The Paradox of Happiness - Why Pursuing It Makes You Less Happy & What You Can Do About It with Dr. Tal Ben Shahar

February 16, 2017 by Lace Gilger in Best Of, Emotional Intelligence

In this episode we discuss the paradox of happiness - why pursuing it makes you less happy, and what you can do about it, we dig into the research about what really makes people happy, we break down happiness into its essential components and discuss how to cultivate it, we look at the interaction between stress and recovery and why most people look at it the wrong way, why active acceptance and surrender is critical to processing and dealing with negative emotions and much more with Dr. Tal Ben Shahar.

Dr. Tal Ben Shahar created the most popular course in Harvard University’s history, he is the best-selling author of several books including The Pursuit of Perfect, Happier, Choose The Life You Want, Even Happier. He’s also the co-founder and chief learning officer of The Wholebeing Institute, Potentialife, Maytiv, and Happier.TV.

We discuss:

  • What science shows is the The #1 Predictor of Happiness

  • How the direct pursuit of happiness can actually prevent you from being happy and makes you less happy

  • One of the most robust findings in the field of psychology research is about what creates happiness

  • The paradox of happiness - why pursuing it makes you less happy, and what you can do about it

  • Why the expectation that you should be happy all the time is a barrier to your own happiness

  • The “hamburger model” and how it can transform the way that you live your life

  • The lens that we can use to understand all of our “happy” experiences

  • How Tal defines “happiness” as the intersection of meaning and pleasure

  • We discuss what The BEST predictor of your future behavior is

  • Why awareness is a critical first step to cultivating happiness

  • We dig into the research about what really makes people happy

  • Why money has very little to do with happiness (according to the research)

  • The vital importance of cultivating healthy relationships

  • We discuss the blue zones where people live the longest in the world and why these people live longer than anyone else

  • The critical importance of physical exercise on your psychological wellbeing

  • How to trigger a release of the “feel good” chemicals in your brain (norepinephrine, dopamine, serotonin)

  • How happiness helps you be healthier, more creative, gives you more energy, and makes you more productive

  • Strategies for indirectly pursuing happiness

  • We break down happiness into its essential components and discuss how to cultivate it

  • The only 2 types of people who do not experience painful emotions (are you one of them?)

  • What happens when we try to suppress negative emotions

  • How experiencing and accepting negative emotions can paradoxically improve your happiness

  • Why active acceptance and surrender is critical to processing and dealing with negative emotions

  • How perfectionism can create self sabotage and unhappiness

  • The critical distinction between healthy perfectionism and unhealthy perfectionism

  • The vital importance of accepting criticism and how refusing to accept criticism hamstrings you

  • Adaptive vs maladaptive perfectionism and why its important to know the difference

  • (Once again) Meditation and how important it is

  • The interaction between stress and recovery and why most people look at it the wrong way

  • Why stress isn’t bad and in fact can be very good for - but with a very important caveat

  • How the concept of weight lifting can help us better understand and manage stress in our lives

  • How recovery is vital to your productivity, health, and happiness

  • How long periods of recovery are an investment in your future growth

  • The power of breath and how it is an incredibly impactful mind/body intervention to reduce stress and anxiety

  • The vital importance of rituals and how you should build them into your day

  • “We first make our habits, then our habits make us.”

  • We walk through Tal’s powerful daily ritual and how you can harness it to change your day

  • How self forgiveness and self compassion can transform your life and emotional experience

  • And much more!!

If you want to live a happier life - listen to this episode! 

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Wikipedia Article] The Grant Study

  • [Book] Sleeping with Your Smartphone by Leslie A. Perlow

  • [Book] Choose the Life You Want by Tal Ben-Shahar PhD

  • [Book] Happier: Learn the Secrets to Daily Joy and Lasting Fulfillment by Tal Ben-Shahar PhD

  • [Book] The Pursuit of Perfect by Tal Ben-Shahar PhD

  • [Book] The Blue Zones, Second Edition by Dan Buettner

  • [Book] The Relaxation Response by Herbert Benson

  • [Website] talbenshahar.com

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study, and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind and what makes peak performance tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we discuss the paradox of happiness, why pursuing it makes you less happy and what you can do about it. We dig into the research about what really makes people happy. We breakdown happiness into its essential components and discuss how to cultivate it. We look at the interaction between stress and recovery and why most people think about it the wrong way. We also look at why active acceptance and surrender is critical to processing and dealing with the negative emotions, as well as much more with Tal Ben Shahar. 

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 775,000 downloads. Listeners in over 200 countries, hitting number one in New and Noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to awesome podcast, and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely for free by texting the world “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

I’ve also gotten a bunch of listener emails recently asking me, “Hey, can you provide a link to the books that you guys talked about. Can you give me a transcript of the episode?” All this stuff. I wanted to let everyone know, if you haven’t checked them out, be sure to check out our show notes. It’s got everything we talked about in every episode including this episode and all of our previous episodes. You can get all of our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just click the show notes button at the top.

In our previous episode, we went deep in the concept of free will. We looked at the question of whether or not freewill exists, we examined how quantum physics impacts the existence of freewill, we also looked at the neuroscience behind the concept of freewill, and looked at whether conscious decision making exists at all or whether our decisions arise completely within the subconscious, with Dr. Alfred Mele. If you want to deeply understand freewill, listen to that episode.

[0:03:01.1] MB: Today, we have another amazing guest on the show, Tal Ben Shahar. Tal created the most popular course in Harvard University’s history. He’s the bestselling author of several books including, The Pursuit of Perfect, Happier, Choose the Life You Want, Even Happier. He’s also the cofounder and chief learning officer of the Whole Being Institute, Potential Life, Maytiv and Happier TV.

Tal, welcome to The Science of Success.

[0:03:26.1] TBS: Thank you, Matt. Great to be here.

[0:03:28.8] MB: Well we’re very excited to have you on here. For listeners who may not be familiar with you, tell us a little bit about your background and your story.

[0:03:36.6] TBS: I actually started off my college career as a computer science major. I was at Harvard at the time and I found myself in my second year doing very well academically, doing well in sports, athletics, I played Squash, doing well socially and yet being very unhappy. It didn’t make sense to me because looking at my life from the outside, things looked great but from the inside, it didn’t feel that way.

I remember waking up one very cold Boston morning, going to my academic adviser and telling her that I’m switching course and she said, “What to?” I said, “Well, I’m leaving computer science and moving over to philosophy and psychology,” and she said, “Why?” I said, “Because I have two questions. First question is, why aren’t I happy? Second question is, how can I become happier?” It’s with these two questions that I then went on to get my undergraduate as well as graduate degrees, all the time focusing how can I help myself, individuals, couples, organizations, lead happier lives.

[0:04:40.5] MB: One of the concepts that you’ve shared in the past is, and you’ve described a couple of different ways, but one of them is kind of this idea of hamburger model and the four different archetypes. I’d love for you to sort of describe that and share that with our listeners.

[0:04:52.6] TBS: Sure. One of the first things that I realized when I started to study philosophy and psychology was that I was actually living life in a very far from an optimal way. I was living a life that was actually making me unhappy. I remember one day going to the hamburger joint and looking at my burger and realizing that there’s a great deal we can learn from hamburgers. 

For example, there is the very tasty and unhealthy burger, which many of us love to eat and then feel guilty about, there is the vegetarian burger that perhaps is very healthy but that is not very tasty. Then there is the burger that is neither tasty nor healthy. And then we have the ideal burger; that is the burger that is both healthy and tasty. I thought about these four kinds of burgers as being parallel to four ways, four different ways of living our lives.

The unhealthy and the tasty burger would be that of the hedonist, a person who thinks about their immediate pleasure but don’t think of their long term wellbeing. That’s not happiness; that’s perhaps short term wellbeing but it’s not happiness. Then there is the burger that like the vegetarian burger, which is you know, healthy but not tasty. That’s about thinking of the future but not enjoying the present, not enjoying the moment. 

Then there is the third burger, which is neither tasty nor healthy and that, you know, we’re all sometimes in a rut, having bad experiences, not really feeling like we’re going anywhere. That’s the worst of all burgers and finally there is what I’ve come to call “the happiness burger”, the healthy and tasty. That’s when we’re having experiences that are both pleasurable, enjoyable, and are also good for us for the long term.

In many ways, we can look at all happy experiences through this lens. For example, if I’m working at a place where I’m enjoying my work, or I experience pleasure and it’s meaningful to me, it’s important, I can see a long term trajectory in a happy workplace. Or if I’m in a relationship or I’m enjoying the time I spend with my partner and we’re building a life together. There’s also future benefit. The relationship is a healthy relationship. Well, that’s the happy relationship. 

Almost every experience we can situation in one of the four hamburger types. Again, the unhealthy and tasty, the healthy and not tasty, the not healthy and not tasty and finally the happiness burger, which is both healthy and tasty. What we want to do is as much as possible, live our lives in that fourth archetype. It’s not possible to be there all the time, but it’s certainly possible to be there more of the time. The more time we spend there, the happier we are.

[0:08:00.0] MB: I’d love to dig into how do we spend more time in that kind of fourth archetype, the happiness archetype? Maybe before we dip into that, how do you define happiness?

[0:08:11.7] TBS: Based on that model, I define happiness as a combination between meaning and pleasure, or between future benefits and present benefit. You see, there are many people who define happiness as just an ongoing experience of pleasure but don’t really think about the meaning part, about the future part.

Then there are other people who say, “Well no, this is all about hedonism and what happiness really is, is about having a sense of meaning and purpose, a long term benefit.” Well, neither definitions are sufficient. As I see it, and again, there is a lot of empirical data backing this up. What happiness is about, the good life is about the ability to bring the two together. To bring the present benefit, the pleasure component and the future benefits, the meaning component.

[0:09:02.6] MB: How do we spend more time in that happiness quadrant?

[0:09:07.2] TBS: The first thing is awareness. The best predictor of future behavior is past behavior. If I’m able to identify times in my life when I was leading a happy life, when I was having happy experiences, in other words, when I was doing things that were both meaningful and pleasurable. Then I can simply ask myself, “Okay, so how can I have more of it? What did my partner and I do when we experienced the happy periods in our lives? What did I do at work or what work was I engaged in that brought a sense of meaning and pleasure to my life?” Then, the question is, “How can I have more of it?” 

So first of all, it’s awareness and then the willingness and the desire to replicate the good experiences. That’s one way of bringing more happiness to my life. There are other ways; so we know for example, what are the kind of things that bring us more meaning and pleasure in life? One of those things, for instance, relationships, the number one predictor of happiness is quality time we spend with people we care about and who care about us. Of course, not all relationships contribute to happiness, they’re also toxic relationships. 

But if you look at the happiest people in the world, the thing that defines their lives are relationships and what kind of relationships? That varies you know? For some people, it’s deep intimate friendships, for other people it’s the romantic relationships, for others, it’s family, for some, it’s all of the above. Whatever the kind of relationship is, this is the defining characteristic of the happiest people we know of.

[0:10:53.9] MB: That’s a finding that’s found again and again in the research right? That’s not just kind of an opinion, that’s something that’s very validated from the science itself?

[0:11:03.4] TBS: Absolutely. Let me give you just a couple of examples. The first interesting line of research looks at the happiness levels of nations. The question was, what are the happiest countries in the world? There are various organizations from the UN to gallop that asks this question. The countries that consistently appear in the top 10 of the list are countries like Denmark and Australia and Columbia and Israel. Holland, Costa Rica. 

You know, when you look at this countries, some of them you would expect to be there. Yeah, Australia of course, the kind of life that we believe that most Australians lead is a happy life. A lot of sports and activity and they seem like a happy bunch. Denmark, yes, understandable. But Israel and Columbia? These two countries consistently appear at the top of the happiest nations in the world list and if you wouldn’t expect that, both Columbia and Israel have their fair share of challenges.

The question is, “Why these countries and not others? Why this countries and not countries like the US or Germany or the UK or Singapore or Korea or Japan? Why?” The first thing that we know is that well, money has very little to do with it. Yes, if countries are poor, they’re unlikely to be happy countries. The population there is likely to be unhappy where there is poverty. But beyond the basic levels, beyond the basic levels of income, when there is enough food and basic shelter, additional money turns out not to make a difference to happiness levels, which explains why the wealthiest countries in the world are not the happiest countries in the world. 

What does make a difference? Relationships. In all the countries that I mentioned before, whether it’s Denmark or Israel or Australia or Columbia, there is a real emphasis on cultivating an intimate, healthy social network. Now, what does that look like? Well, in countries like Columbia, for example, family is high on the value list. In Israel, same thing, friendships as well. In countries like Denmark. Social relationships are emphasized. You know that in Denmark for example, 93% of the population — that’s almost everyone — 93% of the population are members of social clubs. 

Whether it’s their active members of social clubs, it could be their church or their sports club or whatever it is. Relationships are a priority. This is one line of research that points the importance of relationships. Another one is the by now, very well-known Harvard study, which looked at Harvard graduates, over a period of… well, for the past more than 70 years. Most of them are no longer alive, and also looked at an equal number of men from poor neighborhoods and what they looked for was who were the people who were the happiest among them? The single factor that came out, close supportive social relationships. The number one predictor of happiness.

[0:14:37.8] MB: That’s amazing. It’s fascinating that whether you’re looking at kind of individual experiences or nations as a whole, you see the same kind of conclusion born out in the data.

[0:14:49.9] TBS: Yes, this is one of the most robust findings in the field and by the way, it’s not just happiness, it’s also very much associated with health. People’s immune systems are actually a lot stronger when they enjoy healthy social support.

[0:15:08.1] MB: I think there’s a book called Blue Zones that came out a couple of years ago that delved into this kind of areas around the globe where people lived the longest and one of the major factors there, as well, was supportive social networks.

[0:15:20.7] TBS: Yes, very often we see high correlation between happiness levels and health. For example, we know that people who are optimistic on average live eight to nine years longer than people who are pessimistic. Of course, optimism is closely associated with happiness and what we see in the blue zones are relatively happy people and very healthy people and why are they happier? Well, there’s some interesting findings. One of them absolutely strong, social support, whether it’s friendships or families, sometimes both. 

The other things that we see in the blue zones that are also associated with happiness is they’re physically active. They don’t have gyms in those places and again, these places are places such as Sardinia and Italy, or Loma Linda just outside of Los Angeles. Or a place in Costa Rica, or Okinawa in Japan, or a Greek island. What’s unique about these places is that they’re physically active, they don’t have gyms necessarily, but they walk a lot or they work the fields. This is another thing that’s associated with both health and happiness.

There’s some fascinating research here beyond the blue zones about physical exercise. For example, regular physical extra size for as little as 30 minutes three times a week. That’s not that much. 30 minutes, three times a week and in terms of its impact in our psychological wellbeing, it’s equal to our most powerful psychiatric medication in dealing with anxiety, or depression, it also helps a great deal with attention deficit disorder.

Not to mention the great benefits for physical health for against the chronic disease and so on. Now, the reason why physical exercise works so well is because what it does, it releases certain chemicals such and norepinephrine, serotonin, and dopamine. These are your feel good chemicals in the brain and it functions in exactly the same way as our antidepressants do. I should add, without side effects or without negative side effects. 

This doesn’t mean that we can get rid of all the psychiatric medication or encourage those who are on them to stop and, not at all. Many people who takes psychiatric medication, really need it and very often they need it just in order to get out of the house and begin to exercise. The important thing to realize here is that physical exercise is very important, not just for our physical wellbeing, also for our psychological wellbeing.

[0:18:06.1] MB: I think exercise is so critical and, you know, I’m a huge fan of doing cardio multiple times a week and not at all for the health benefits, purely for the psychological reasons and I kind of view the health benefits as almost a positive side effect of what I consider sort of primarily a psychological intervention.

[0:18:28.1] TBS: Yes exactly. I often say to my students that even though I know a lot about positive psychology and I know the techniques and the tools and obviously I apply them to my life as well. If physical exercise was taken away from me, I don’t think I would be able to lead a happy, healthy, and fulfilling life. I think that is a central component, certainly for me, of happiness.

[0:18:56.8] MB: What causes people to fall out of the happiness quadrant?

[0:19:01.9] TBS: There are a few things; one of the things actually that paradoxically takes people out of happiness is their direct pursuit of happiness. Interestingly, there is research showing that people whose primary goal is to be happy, they end up being less happy. They end up being frustrated and they experience more painful emotions. The problem there is that you know, in the one hand, if you directly pursue happiness, you become less happy but on the other hand, we know how important happiness is. The benefits to happiness are not simply in that it feels good to feel good. 

People who increase their levels of happiness are as I mentioned earlier are healthier, they’re also more creative, my likely to think outside the box, they are better partners, better team players in the workplace, they have more energy, they get more done, they’re more productive. There are numerous benefits to happiness beyond the fact that we all want to feel good. We have a problem that on the one hand we know happiness is good but on the other hand, we know if we pursue happiness, it actually makes us less happy.

So what do we do about that? The way to resolve the seeming contradiction or this impasse is to pursue happiness indirectly. What does this mean? It means that we look at the ingredients of happiness, the components that lead to happiness, for example, if I know that relationships lead you happiness, well, then one of the objectives that I can set for myself is to cultivate healthy relationships.

To spend an extra hour a week with my BFF. To think more about, “How I can improve my relationship with my partner?” Or whatever it is. To pursue relationships. If I pursue relationships, that will indirectly lead to more happiness or to think about, how can I exercise more or better? What kind of exercise contribute to my wellbeing? For some people, dance is the best form of exercise, for other people, it’s the meditative nature of swimming. Find and persist. We know that another thing that contributes to happiness is a sense of meaning and purpose. How can I find or how can I engage in things that for me provide a sense of meaning and purpose. I’m not pursuing happiness directly.

What I’m doing is I’m engaging in those activities or implementing those ideas that I know will contribute to happiness. Because just saying, I want to be happier and I’m going to pursue happiness. That’s too abstract and it actually just leads to frustration rather than happiness. That’s why it’s important to study the field in order to breakdown happiness into its essential components. 

One way to understand it is to look at happiness as the sunlight. To look at the sunlight is difficult, it’s even unhealthy, not possible for a long time. However, if I break down the sunlight then I get the spectrum of colors. that I can look at. That I can savor and enjoy and benefit from. It’s breaking down that sunlight into its components to breaking down happiness into its components and pursuing those.

[0:22:44.9] MB: I’ve heard you talk about before that upon hearing that you lecture and have written extensively about happiness. People often ask you, “Are you happy all the time?” I’d love to hear kind of your answer to that and how you think about that.

[0:23:00.8] TBS: Sure. Another barrier to happiness is the expectation that we will be, or even can be happy all the time. So I remember when I was teaching my first class in positive psychology, was having lunch in one of the undergraduate dorms at Harvard when a student came over and asked me if he can join me for lunch and I said, “Sure,” and he said to me, “You know Tal, my roommates are taking your class,” and I said, “Great.” Then he said to me, “You know Tal? Now that you’re teaching a class on happiness, you’ve got to be careful.” I said, “Why?” He said, “Tal, you’ve got to watch out.” He said, “Why?” He said, “Because Tal, if I see you unhappy, I’ll tell my roommates.”

Now, suggesting that of course I ought to be happy all the time, given that I’m teaching a class on happiness. I told my students the next day in class, “The last thing in the world I want you to believe is that I experience constant happiness or that you, by the end of the year will always be happy. Because there are only two kinds of people who do not experience painful emotions like sadness or anxiety or anger or envy or disappointment, two kinds of people who do not experience painful emotions. The first kind are the psychopaths. The second kind are dead people. 

You know, I told my class and I told this to myself as well. The fact that we experience painful emotions, it’s actually a good sign, it means that we’re not psychopaths and we’re alive. It’s a good place to start; we can really build on that and in fact, when we do not allow ourselves to experience the full gamut of human emotions including anger and sadness and envy and anxiety. If we don’t allow ourselves to experience these emotions, these emotions actually strengthen, they fortify and they become more dominant. 

It’s when I give myself what I’ve come to call the permission to be human when I allow myself to experience the full range of human emotions. That’s when I open myself up. A, to these emotions, leaving my system and B, opening myself up to also more pleasurable emotions such as joy, happiness, love and so on.

Paradoxically, it’s when I do not give myself the permission to experience anxiety and anger and sadness, that’s when I experience more anxiety, anger and sadness. When I give myself the permission to experience these emotions, that’s when I more likely to experience happiness.

[0:25:44.7] MB: I’d love to dig in to that a little bit more and the kind of “what happens when someone tries to suppress their negative emotions?”.

[0:25:53.5] TBS: Let’s do a quick experiment. If you’re listening to this interview, do this experiment. For the next 10 seconds, do not think of a pink elephant. Five more seconds not to think of a pink elephant. Now, I bet you, almost everyone listening thought of the pink elephant. Why? Because when we try to suppress a natural phenomenon such as visualizing the word that we’re hearing, that phenomenon only intensifies. Just like we can’t suppress the seeing or thinking of a pink elephant. We cannot suppress the experience of painful emotions. When I tell myself, “Do not experience anxiety, do not experience anger, then anger and anxiety will only intensify, will grow. 

In contrast, when I simply give myself the permission to experience these emotions. Okay, I’m anxious, okay, I’m angry. Wow, I’m not a psychopath and I’m human. These emotions actually lose their hold on me and they flow right through me and when they flow right through me, when this set of emotion flows right through me, it means that other emotions such as joy and pleasure can also flow freely through me. 

[0:27:18.1] MB: And correct me if I’m wrong, but is this kind of the same concept that you talk about of active acceptance? 

[0:27:24.5] TBS: Yes. So when I talk about “acceptance and permission to be human” I don’t mean passively accepting these emotions. In other words, I don’t mean “Okay well I’m just angry, or anxious, or sad, so I’m going to do nothing just vegetate in front of the TV.” No, what I’m talking about is accepting these emotions, experiencing them and then asking myself, “Okay what can I do now in order to feel better?” But only after I’ve accepted and experience these emotions. 

Now how long do I accept and experience them for? Well that depends. If, for example, I’ve just lost someone who’s dear to me, well then I need a fair amount of time to just be sad, to just cry, to just talk about the painful emotions. If I just got a poor grade on an exam, well I need some time but less time than I would if I’ve lost someone dear to me. So it’s contextual. 

But some time is always necessary to experience the emotion and then to ask, “What can I do now? And “what can I do now?” could be, “Well maybe I should go for a run” or go out and dance with my friends or watch TV but that is the second step after the first step, which is full acceptance, full surrender to the emotions, whatever they are. 

[0:28:45.7] MB: I like the inclusion of surrender in there as well and I think this is something that I’ve personally — a lesson that I’ve personally learned really deeply over the last year or two is when you accept these emotions instead of fighting them and trying to bury them or hide them, it’s really powerful how much better you feel and how much more effectively you can deal with them. 

[0:29:09.0] TBS: Yes. So the idea of surrender, when people especially in the west, when we talk about the word surrender or surrendering to emotions we immediately see it as associated with giving up of course and that is by necessity something which is bad, which is necessary. You know we’re all about “never giving up” and “giving the good fight” and “stand up straight” and that’s not always the right approach. Yeah, maybe it’s the right approach when we were playing a sport or when we have a real challenge at work, but it’s not the right approach when we are facing emotional difficulties. 

When we’re facing emotional difficulties sometimes the opposite is what we need to do. It’s not to try harder, it’s actually to let go. It’s not to stand up straight, it could be just to lie down. It’s not to fight, it’s rather to surrender and these sound better or more helpful responses to difficult emotional experiences. 

[0:30:17.2] MB: I’d love to segue into talking about perfectionism, and I know that’s something that you’ve written a lot about. It’s very related to these topics. Tell me a little bit about your take on perfectionism. 

[0:30:30.5] TBS: Right, so perfectionism essentially is unhealthy fear of failure and unhealthy extreme sometimes obsessive fear of failure that permeates those areas in our lives that are most important to us. So, if I can give a personal example, when I was a professional Squash player losing a game was an absolute disaster or even having a practice session which was not perfect, that was an absolute disaster. Or later on, it was when I was a student, perfectionism permeated my academic experience, at least for the first two years. 

When I started to study psychology, very quickly I realized first of all that I was a perfectionist and secondly, the consequences of perfectionism. We were all unhappy when we failed. It doesn’t feel good to fail, but there are very different kinds of responses. One response, the perfectionist response, “This is awful, this is terrible. Now I’m never going to succeed again. I’m a complete failure.” 

The healthier approach is, “Okay, I failed. It’s not pleasant, not fun, but what can I learn from it? How can I move forward? How can I go ahead?” What’s the upside of failure? If you listen to many of the most successful people in the world, they would tell you that the most helpful experiences that they had over the years were experiences of failure, when they learned from it and grew as a result and that’s the much healthier approach to failure. 

Now when I talk about failure I mean it in the broad sense. Also while we can look at a painful emotion as a form of failure because the perfectionist, one form of perfectionist, is the person who wants to have a perfect, unbroken chain of pleasurable, positive emotions. Now that of course is not possible, and then when the perfectionist experiences a painful emotion, that immediately is a disaster and he enters or she enters a downward spiral of self-criticism, very often self-hate, and of course unhappiness as a result. 

[0:32:45.9] MB: So for somebody that is caught in one of those cycles or has very unrealistic expectations about their happiness and their well-being, how do they deal with that or how do they break out of that cycle? 

[0:33:01.8] TBS: Yeah, so there are a few ways. The first is really understanding what perfectionism is and distinguishing between healthy perfectionism and unhealthy perfectionism. So often when people are asked interviews, “So, tell me your shortcomings?” And very often what people say, “Oh I’m a perfectionist,” and of course, they talk about it as a shortcoming. But actually what they mean is, “Well you can trust me. I get things done really well. I make sure. I’m a responsible person. I make sure things are bent perfectly.”

So they’re saying it as a short coming, as a problem but actually they mean it as something that they’re somewhat proud of and being responsible and being hardworking and being persistent and reliable, these are positive traits by and large. So there is this part of perfectionism, which is not bad, which is actually good but there’s another part of perfectionism, which is harmful. Which is harmful to first of all happiness but second also to creativity, to relationships. 

Because if I’m a perfectionist I cannot hear criticism and if you cannot hear criticism and you’re not open to other people, I mean intimate relationships are almost impossible and there is very little learning when there is perfectionism because there is a reluctance to admit imperfections, to admit that, “I don’t know.” So there are two kinds of perfectionism, what psychologist call the “adaptive” and the “maladaptive” perfectionism. So first thing is to be able to understand, what kind of perfectionism do I want to get rid of or do I want to make less dominant in my life? 

Second, the ways you make it less dominant, less pervasive is paradoxically by failing more. You see, one of the reasons why perfectionist are so afraid of failure is because they have elevated failure to a larger than life status and they don’t fail much and then in their minds failure becomes this potential catastrophe. Whereas if we fail a lot by putting ourselves in the line time and time again, after a while we see, “You know, the world didn’t come to an end after this failure and neither after this failure.” 

And in a sense, we get used to failing. We begin to get used to being imperfect and overtime, we become more comfortable failing. So that’s one way. Another way which indirectly helps a great deal is actually meditation. Because what is meditation? Meditation is learning to be present, learning to be here and now and when I’m present to an experience, to any experience, whether it’s the experience of sadness or the experience of failure, it becomes less difficult to tolerate. I learn to live with it and then I realize, “Hey that is actually not that bad not only is it not that bad, I actually learned a lot by being present to this experience, so there’s no need to fear it happening again,” and I become less of a perfectionist then. 

[0:36:09.6] MB: I’d love to explore the interplay between stress and recovery and I’d love to get your thoughts on that. 

[0:36:17.5] TBS: Sure, so one of the things that over the last few years have become very clear through the research is that for years and decades, psychologists, professionals as well as lay people have looked at stress in the wrong way. If you ask most people, conventional wisdom today would tell you that “stress is bad”, that what we need to do is eliminate stress, get rid of it or at the very least minimize it in our lives because it’s associated with chronic disease, with happiness, with depression and anxiety, you name it; stress is the culprit. 

Well, it actually turns out that not only is stress not the culprit, that actually stress potentially is good for us. How come? Look at this analogy: You go to the gym and you lift weights, what are you doing with your muscles? You’re stressing your muscles, now is that a bad thing? Of course not. You lift weights and you become stronger. You stress your muscles two days later and you become even stronger and on and on and you become fitter, stronger, healthier, happier. Stress is not a bad thing actually. It’s potentially a good thing. 

When do the problems begin at the gym? The problems in the gym begin when you lift weights and a minute later, you lift more weights and then you increase the weightage and the following day you go in and again, you push yourself again and again and again. That’s when the problems begin. That’s when you get injured. That’s when you get weaker rather than stronger. The problem therefore, when it comes to stress, is that we don’t have enough recovery. In the gym when you have enough recovery, you get stronger through the stress. 

The same happens on the psychological level not just on the physiological level. On the psychological level, we can deal with stress. We’re good at it. We were created whether it’s by God or evolution, we were created to be able to deal with stress. The problem is that we don’t have enough recovery today. You know the difference between 5,000 years ago or even 50 years ago and today is that in the past there was much more time, many more opportunities for recovery. Today there isn’t because we’re on most of the time. 

You know, there’s a wonderful book by a Harvard professor, Leslie Perlow called Sleeping With Your Smartphone. It has become our most intimate companion and we’re on it constantly, we’re available constantly. Instead of switching off, instead of taking time for recovery. Whether it’s a meal with our friends or family or whether it’s going to the gym or whether it’s just going for a walk in the streets, or even better, the woods, these forms of recovery are so very important for us to reset the system in a sense and just like we need recovery in the gym, we need recovery in life.  And the stress today, the problem with stress today is that people don’t have enough time to recover. If they do have time to recover, that stress can only make us strong, happier, and healthier. 

[0:39:26.7] MB: How do we build or find more time for recovery? 

[0:39:30.7] TBS: Unfortunately we can’t find more time. We have finite amounts of time but what we can do is put time aside for what we think is really important and recovery is really important and it’s not giving up time. Recovery is a form of investment. So when I invest, if I invest money, yes I’m in the sense giving up money but I’m giving up money for the sake of future gain so that I have more of it in the future and in the same way with the recovery. Yes, I’m putting some time aside for recovery when I am not working, for instance. But I am actually getting much more in return because in the time after I recover, I will be a lot more productive, a lot more creative and of course happier. 

So recovery is a good investment and recovery, again, is something, whether it’s 15 minutes of meditation or an hour in the gym or just hanging out for a couple of hours with friends and recovery is also a good night sleep. A lot of research on the importance of sleep for well-being and for cognitive functioning, it could be a day or two off over the weekend and recovery can be the vacation, the week or four week holiday once or twice a year. So all these forms of recovery are great forms of investment. I get much more in return. 

[0:40:56.3] MB: I’d love to talk about — we’ve examined a couple of the different mind-body interventions that deal with anxiety and stress. We’ve talk about exercise and how important that is, we’ve touched briefly on meditation. One of the other things you’ve talked about is the power of breathing and I’d love to hear some of your insights. 

[0:41:15.5] TBS: Sure. So there is, again, a lot of work, a lot of research on breathing and the nice thing about it is that it’s always there for us literally from the moment we were born until the moment we die and we need to make better use of this thing that’s right under our very noses and what does it mean to make use of breathing? Because we breathe naturally and again, we always do it. But there are helpful and unhelpful forms of breathing. 

So for instance, when stress levels rise and when we don’t have enough recovery, our breathing actually becomes shorter and shallower. We don’t take a deep breathe in. Now it’s very easy to simply decide, to set our alarm clock or smartphone to remind us, say every two hours to take three or four or five deep breaths, which you spend 10 minutes first thing in the morning just breathing in deeply and focusing on the breathe going in and out and we’re benefiting then from both breathing and it’s a form of meditation as well. 

Now what is proper breathing? It’s really like what a baby would breathe. When you watch a baby breathing, you see their belly go up and down. This is called belly breath, and engaging in belly breathing, again, three to four deep breathes every hour or two and then maybe a couple of minutes in the morning and a couple of minutes more in the evening, that can go a long way as a form of recovery, as a form of taking in sufficient oxygen as a form of changing our experience from the fight or flight response. 

A stressful response to what Herbert Benson from Harvard Medical School calls “The Relaxation Response” and again, it doesn’t take much. It’s a very simple intervention that’s with us all the time. I, as a ritual, engaging in deep breathing a few times a day and that has done wonders to my overall experience of wellbeing. 

[0:43:28.8] MB: I’d love to touch on rituals, you just mentioned that. What are some of the rituals that you found daily that have really helped you cultivate wellbeing and happiness? 

[0:43:40.1] TBS: Yes, first of all maybe I can just say a couple of words about the importance of rituals. Because many people think that if they understand something, so for example, I understand the importance of exercise or I understand the importance of breathing or the importance of relationships, well then that’s enough to bring about change. I’ve had the “aha moment” I was convinced by a study and a research and now I’m ready to live happily ever after. 

Well unfortunately that’s not the case. Knowing what’s good for us doesn’t mean that we’re doing what’s good for us and doing is necessary for bring about the real change. Rather than relying on knowing or understanding, what we must rely on to bring about lasting change are rituals, are habits. You know, John Dryden, the British philosopher/poet once wrote: “We first make our habits and then our habits make us,” and it’s important to make habits to create rituals that will contribute to our wellbeing. 

So let me share you some of the rituals, some of the daily or weekly rituals that I have. One of them is physical exercise, three times a week on particular days, particular times I exercise. For me it’s usually a stationary bike or swimming. Three days a week I do yoga. Every morning when I get up, I spend between 10 and 12 minutes deep breathing while reminding myself of the things that I want to be reminded. 

For example, I remind myself — and this is all written down. I remind myself to be present. I remind myself to bring more playfulness to my work, to my family. I remind myself to contribute, to help others and cultivate healthy relationship. I remind myself to be patient and finally, I remind myself to give myself the permission to be human, to be humble about myself, my life, my expectations. 

Now these things, I remind myself of everyday. They are already second nature, I’ve formed neural pathways in my brain around these ideas that I believe are so important for a happy, healthy, and fulfilling life. It’s only by engaging a ritual around them that they can become second nature, they can be assimilated, internalized and finally another ritual that I have before going to bed is expressing gratitude for at least five things in my life.

[0:46:25.7] MB: That’s such a great exposition about rituals and I love that quote, “We first make our habits and then our habits make us.” That’s really powerful. I’d love to dig in to the concept, and this goes back a little bit to kind of when we were talking about perfectionism and the permission to be human. I’d love to talk about self-forgiveness. Can you share some of your thoughts about that?

[0:46:49.9] TBS: Sure. The Dali Lama, when he came to the west for the first time, interviewed many western scientists, psychologist, practitioners, theoreticians. One of the most surprising things that he found was that compassion, the word for compassion in the west stands for compassion towards other people. He said, in Tibetan, the word for compassionate is Sewe. Sewe is equally about compassion toward others and towards one’s self. We’re very hard with ourselves, that has to do a lot with perfectionism or is a cause of perfectionism.

We’re not forgiving, we don’t give ourselves the permission to experience painful emotions or to fail, to be human. Unfortunately, that’s a cause of a great deal of unhappiness. There’s no one who is perfect and no one ever was or ever will be. The sooner we accept that, the better, the more forgiving we are of our imperfections or of our failures, the happier, and paradoxically, the more successful we’ll be in the long term. 

[0:48:02.2] MB: For somebody who has been listening and wants to have kind of a concrete starting place to implement some of the ideas that we’ve talked about today, what’s sort of one simple piece of homework that you would give to one of our listeners?

[0:48:16.4] TBS: What I would do first, we are potentially the best teachers that we have. What I would do is, I would sit down and I would write, I would write about my best experiences from the past, “When was I at my happiest?” From those stories that I write down, I would extract what I consider the essentials. Keep in mind all the things that you heard about permission to be human and about relationships and about exercise and about expressing gratitude and try and extract the essentials.

In other words, do research on yourself, or rather what I distinguish between research and search. Research is very often about other people. Search is within one’s self.

[0:49:08.3] MB: For people who want to learn more about you, where can people find you and your books online?

[0:49:13.0] TBS: Well, my books are on Amazon or you can go onto my website, www.talbenshahar.com.

[0:49:22.4] MB: Well Tal, thank you so much, this has been a fascinating conversation and I know I’ve taken away a ton of insights and I think the listeners are really going to enjoy this. We just wanted to say, thank you so much for being on the show. 

[0:49:37.0] TBS: Thank you Matt for the opportunity.

[00:39:03.2] MB: Thank you so much for listening to The Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing form listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story, or just say hi, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I would love to hear from you, and I read and respond to every listener email.

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend, either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover The Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “MAtt, how do you organize and remember all this information?” Because of that, we’ve created an amazing free guide for all  of our listeners. You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email  list. 

If you want to get all of this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we just talked about, and much more, be sure to check out our show notes at scienceofsuccess.co. Just hit the “snow notes button at the top. Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of The Science of Success. 

February 16, 2017 /Lace Gilger
Best Of, Emotional Intelligence
AlfredMele-01.jpg

Do Neuroscience and Quantum Physics Disprove the Existence of Free Will? With Dr. Alfred Mele

February 09, 2017 by Lace Gilger

In this episode we go DEEP on free will. Does free will exist? How does quantum physics impact the existence of free will?  We look at the neuroscience behind the concept of free will, and look at whether conscious decision-making exists at all or all of our decisions arise within the subconscious with Dr. Alfred Mele.

Dr. Alfred Mele is a Professor of Philosophy at Florida State University. He is also the Director of the Philosophy and Science of Self-Control Project and previous director of the Big Questions in Free Will Project (2010-2013). Mele is the author of over 200 articles and ten books including “Free Will & Luck”, “Self Deception Unmasked,” and “Free: Why Science Hasn’t Disproved Free Will."

  • We do deep on the definition of Free Will and what it means

  • Do you have free will?

  • Dr. Mele’s “gas station” model of Free will and what it means

  • What is “deep openness” and does it underpin the existence of free will?

  • The concept of determinism and whether or not it is compatible with the idea of free will

  • How quantum physics shapes the physical reality of free will

  • Philosophical concept of dualism and how it interacts with the existence of free will

  • Does your environment impact your ability to have “free will” and make independent decisions?

  • Does science leaves open the possibility for free will to exist?

  • We go deep into the actual neuroscience experiments that test whether or not we have free will

  • We get into the millisecond readings of EEGs that show how the brain’s decision making works to determine whether or not our decisions are truly free

  • We explore type 2 readiness potential and why its so critical to understanding whether or not we have free will

  • Where the evidence lands in terms of the neuroscience of free will

  • Does your unconscious rule your mind or can you consciously make free decisions?

  • Does your environment and upbringing predetermine your decisions?

  • Does moral responsibility exist in a world without free will?

  • How do we handle questions of moral responsibility if free will doesn’t exist?

  • How do people behave when they dont believe they have free will?

  • Why 94% of University Professors rated themselves as above average professors

  • Why 25% of High School Students rated themselves in the top 1% of their ability to get along with others

  • We discuss the concept of Self Deception and how to combat it

  • And much more!

If you’ve always wondered about Free Will - listen to this episode! 

Thank you so much for listening!

Please SUBSCRIBE and LEAVE US A REVIEW on iTunes! (Click here for instructions on how to do that).

SHOW NOTES, LINKS, & RESEARCH

  • [Book] Free: Why Science Hasn't Disproved Free Will by Alfred R. Mele

  • [Interview Series] Big Questions in Free Will

  • [FSU Bio] Alfred Mele

  • [Article] Libet Experiments

  • [Article] Unconscious determinants of free decisions in the human brain

  • [Video] The Libet Experiment: Is Free Will Just an Illusion?

  • [Article] Patrick Haggard

  • [Article] Human volition: towards a neuroscience of will by Patrick Haggard

  • [Article] The value of believing in free will: encouraging a belief in determinism increases cheating.

Episode Transcript

[00:00:06.4] ANNOUNCER: Welcome to The Science of Success with your host, Matt Bodnar.

[00:00:12.4] MB: Welcome to The Science of Success. I’m your host, Matt Bodnar. I’m an entrepreneur and investor in Nashville, Tennessee and I’m obsessed with the mindset of success and the psychology of performance. I’ve read hundreds of books, conducted countless hours of research and study and I am going to take you on a journey into the human mind in what makes peak performance tick, with the focus on always having our discussion rooted in psychological research and scientific fact, not opinion.

In this episode, we go deep on free will. Does free will exist? How does quantum physics impact the existence of free will? We look at the neuro science behind the concept of free will and look at whether conscious decision making exists at all or if all of our decisions arise from within the subconscious with Dr. Alfred Mele. When I say we go deep on this episode, fair warning to our listeners, it’s easy to get lost in the weeds on this one but there are some fascinating takeaways. 

The science of success continues to grow with more with more than 750,000 downloads. Listeners in over a hundred countries, hitting number one new noteworthy, and more. I get listener comments and emails all the time asking me, “Matt, how do you organize and remember all this incredible information?” A lot of our listeners are curious about how I keep track of all the incredible knowledge you get from reading hundreds of books, interviewing amazing experts, listening to podcast, and more.

Because of that, we created an epic resource just for you. A detailed guide called How to Organize and Remember Everything. You can get it completely free by texting the world “smarter” to the number 44222. Again, It’s a guide we created called How to Organize and Remember Everything. All you have to do to get it is to text the word “smarter” to the number 44222 or go to scienceofsuccess.co and put in your email.

In our previous episode, we discussed how you can tap into your subconscious mind and reprogram it, the eight step process for overcoming anxiety and conquering your fears, how to stop a panic attack in real time, how to get deeper sleep, the power of hypnosis and much more with Justin Stenstrum. If you want to conquer fear and anxiety, listen to that episode.

[0:02:21.8] MB: Today, we have another fascinating guest on the show, Al Mele. Al is a professor of philosophy at Florida State University. He’s the director of philosophy in science of self-control project. The previous director of the big questions and free will project. He is also the author of over 200 articles and 10 books including Free Will and Luck, Self-Deception Unmasked, and Free: Why science hasn’t disproved free will. 

Al, welcome to the science of success.

[0:02:50.0] AM: Thanks.

[0:02:50.6] MB: We’re super excited to have you on the show today. For listeners who may not be familiar with you, tell us a little bit kind of about yourself, your story, and fill in some gaps from that bio that I wrote.

[0:03:01.1] AM: Let’s see. I was an undergrad first at Kalamazoo college for a year, it was a little too preppy for me I guess so I went back to Detroit where I’m from and went to Wayne State University as an undergrad. That’s where I got interested in philosophy. Then for grad school, I moved down to the University of Michigan. 

I wrote my dissertation on Aristotle’s theory of human motivation, and my first job which I had for 21 years was at Davidson college in North Carolina, a wonderful place and I moved to Florida State University in 2000.

[0:03:38.5] MB: One of the topics that you’re obviously a big kind of expert in, you’ve written a lot about, talked a lot about is freewill, which is something that I find to be really fascinating. How do you define the concept of freewill?

[0:03:50.6] AM: Well, that itself is a disputed matter, what I have done, especially in my book Free, a book for the general public, is to offer three different ways of thinking about what are the expression “free will” means. I use a gas station model. We have regular gas, and mid-grade gas, and premium gas. We could think of three different grades of freewill. 

At the regular level, what would be sufficient for making a free decision for example or we could say “exercise in freewill in making a decision” is just that the person is sane and rational, well informed, not deceived, not compelled by anything or anyone and makes a decision on basis of good information. That would be an up for regular freewill. 

Then to move on to the next level, the mid-grade level, what you need is this certain kind of openness. I call it “deep openness” and one way to think about it anyway is, you need to be able to have decided otherwise holding the entire past of the universe and all the laws of nature fixed. How do you picture that? Well, maybe you can imagine rolling back time a bit and then rolling it forward to the moment of decision and on this rewind, the person makes a different decision than he made the first time.

Maybe the first time he decided to have dinner at McDonalds and the next time he decided to have dinner at Chez Pierre and everything else was the same up until that time. For it to be like that, the laws that govern relevant brain activity would have to be, we say “probabilistic” as opposed to exceptionalist. There would have to be real indeterminism in the brain. For the mid-grade freewill, then you add that deep openness to the mix that I described sanity, rationality, well informedness and so on. 

Then you bump up to mid-grade freewill. Then, the third conception I offer and it’s out there in the world, it’s far from being the dominant conception. Adds something else to that mix and what is added is some sort of soul or immaterial mind. Something that really transcends the natural order. Some people think you need that in order to have freewill.

That’s a conception of freewill I don’t say a lot about in anything I’ve written but it is out there in the world, as I said.

[0:06:37.6] MB: I’d love to hear a little bit more kind of about the concept of deep openness and how that relates to indeterminism or determinism.

[0:06:46.0] AM: Yeah, you know, you might wonder, well why do some people require deep openness for free will? It’s because they’re thinking that in order for a decision to be free, just to focus on decisions for now, you need to have been able to do otherwise than make that decision. Then, they need to think about what it is to be able to do otherwise. In this mid-grade way of thinking, what it is that the whole world up until then and all the laws of nature left opened alternative possibilities, other ways you could have decided. 

Now, how is that going to be? How is it going to be left open? Well, only if the way the world works actually includes this kind of openness and the openness needs to be in the brain. Maybe another way to get at it is by thinking about what’s called determinism. Now, there’s a whole school of philosophy and a dominant school in this area, according to which determinism is compatible with freewill.

Now, what some people mean by determinism, I can tell is well whatever that thing is, that renders freewill impossible, whatever that thing is that precludes freewill. Obviously, compatibilists aren’t thinking of determinism in that way because then they couldn’t be compatibilists.

Here’s the way to think about determinism, this is the most common way in the freewill literature and it’s the way it’s thought about in physics too. A universe is deterministic if a complete description of all the laws of nature and a complete description of the universe at any given time entails all other truths about the universe so that if you have a super intelligence who knew all the laws of nature and knew the state of the universe at any time.

That person could deduce from that knowledge, everything that whatever happened. The deep openness people are saying, if a universe is like that, there can’t be freewill in it. In order for there to be freewill, those complete lists of the laws and of a description of the universe at a time, have to leave open different possibilities for decision makers.

[0:09:15.5] MB: Is that where sort of quantum physics potentially kind of keeps the door open from sort of a purely physical and deterministic standpoint for the possibility that sort of because the quantum world itself is indeterminant, the possibility for free will remains?

[0:09:32.9] AM: Yes, it does. I mean, what you would need to do then is to have the thought that quantum indeterminacy isn’t only out there outside of our heads in that part of the world, it’s also in that part of the world that is us and our brains.

What you would need is something like quantum indeterminacy in the brain.

[0:09:57.4] MB: I think these concepts are interrelated, tell me about the difference between kind of the dualistic conception of freewill and the more naturalistic conception of it.

[0:10:07.1] AM: Yeah, so when philosophers talk about dualism, it’s usually what’s called substance dualism that they have in mind and substance dualism is the idea that there are two different kinds of thing in the world or two different kinds of entity in the world.

There are all the physical things including our bodies and then there is a different kind of thing that isn’t physical. It’s soul or a mind, a nonphysical mind. Dualistic conceptions of freewill would be at that premium level in the freewill gas station.

[0:10:47.1] MB: What about a more sort of naturalistic conception of freewill in the sense of our biology and our environment impacts whether or not we’re sort of truly free and independent decision makers?

[0:10:59.9] AM: Right. Both of the first two kinds of freewill are naturalistic. The regular kind is naturalistic, it just depends on this natural things that I mentioned, sanity, rationality being uncompelled, un-coerced, well informed and so on and the mid-grade freewill, at least on my conception of it, is also naturalistic. It doesn’t depend on anything nonphysical. One thing it does depend on is that the laws that govern brain activity are not, some people say, deterministic or exception less. It depends on their being probabilistic. 

Now, you can try to mix something that isn’t really naturalistic into that second conception of free will but that’s not my way of doing it. Oh, and by the way, I have written now an 11th book that will be out in the spring, they’re saying April or May. Again by Oxford University Press and it’s aspects of agency and the main task in that book, though not the only task is to motivate this mid-grade conception of freewill and to try to solve the main theoretical problems for it.

[0:12:18.4] MB: Within that book, what is your take on kind of the idea that are we able to have — this is kind of awkwardly phrased, but are we able to have decided otherwise or does our environment sort of prime us to really make decisions in a way that we already would have made them?

[0:12:38.6] AM: Yeah, that’s a good question. The way I think of freewill on any of this conceptions really is that although we are strongly influenced by upbringing, learning history environment, et cetera, there is some room left for freedom. So it’s not as though there are all those forces out there and then they just somehow go through us and generate decisions, we’re actively involved in some of the decision making. On the mid-grade conception of freewill, sometimes that active involvement is such that we could have decided otherwise than we did holding everything else fixed. 

Now, there is no powerful evidence that the brain is indeterministic in that way but there is also no powerful evidence that the brain is deterministic in that way, where determinism is understood in the sense I explained earlier. Science, as far as I can see, leaves open the mid-grade freewill. Science doesn’t strongly support it, but it doesn’t also strongly go against it. It’s a wide open possibility.

[0:13:55.7] MB: We’ve examined sort of the three major models of freewill and we’ve kind of started touching on whether or not they exist. I’m curious, where do you land on each of those models and whether or not we have freewill?

[0:14:10.5] AM: Okay good. The first kind of freewill, the regular kind, I’m very confident that we have and if you think of the conditions again, all you have to do is ask yourself whether you and other people in your opinion ever satisfy those conditions. Again, these are just sufficient conditions. I’m not saying they’re even required for freewill, but if you satisfy them, you have all you need. 

Sane; are and I sane? Well, yes. Rational? Largely so. Well informed? Sometimes. Undeceived? Sometimes. Do we make decisions sometimes on the basis of good information? Yes, we do. We can tell that those decisions were good sometimes too because things play out the way we planned and we and others benefit from our decisions. We achieve our goals. So, regular freewill I have no doubt about, it exists. 

The mid-grade, I don’t know. As I mentioned, I think it’s wide open scientifically but I don’t know that the brain works in the way it would need to work in order for us to have that deep openness and this is something I think we won’t know for a very long time. To know it, we’d have to be able to do brain physics at a level at which we can’t do it now. Maybe later, maybe there will be a time.

The third kind of freewill really does depend on something supernatural. I’m an evidence-driven person and I can’t say there’s good evidence for these supernatural powers that we would need in order to have the third kind of freewill.

[0:15:56.5] MB: Now, you’re obviously a philosopher but you’ve done a lot of research and studied deeply the neuroscience are around freewill. What does the science say in terms of the existence of freewill?

[0:16:08.7] AM: Well, it’s often said that the science shows that there is no freewill but to explain why it doesn’t, I can describe an early experiment that got this ball rolling in the neuroscience literature and then explain why it doesn’t show that there is no freewill. Actually, I can describe this experiment for you in probably three minutes. 

The subject’s task was to flex their risk whenever they wanted and then after they flexed, they were supposed to report where the spot or hand was on a very fast clock when they first felt the urge to flex right then. They’re hooked up to two machines so EEG ratings are taken from the scalp and that gives you a measurement of changes in electrical conductivity on the scalp and then measurements were taken from the wrist muscle. 

When subjects were regularly reminded to be spontaneous, that it’s not to think about when to flex and not to plan in advance when to do it, you got an EEG ramp up about 550 milliseconds, a little more than half a second before muscle motion. But the average time of first reported awareness of the intention or urge or whatever to flex right then was just 200 milliseconds, two tenths of a second before muscle motion. 

The scientist who did this work, Benjamin Libet said, “Well look what’s going on is that minus 550 milliseconds, the brain is deciding and the person doesn’t become conscious of the decision for about another third of a second.” Then he said, “Well look, if decisions are unconscious then they’re not free. They need to be conscious in order to be free,” and then he generalized from his judgment about this case of decision making to all cases and claimed that all decisions are made unconsciously so no decisions are free. These are decisions to do things in particular. 

That experiment really got the ball rolling. It was much discussed in the mid-1980’s, it was done a little bit earlier than then but there was a famous behavioral and brain science paper published in 1985 by Libet. Then interest sort of died out for a while and then it was all brought back by Patrick Haggard, a neuroscientist in London, who did newer Libet style experiments with better technology, also EEG. Then other scientists subsequently did studies like this using FMRI, which measures changes in blood flow in the brain or depth electrodes with epilepsy patients. 

In this case, sometimes epilepsy patients have a condition so bad that it can’t properly be treated by drugs and they opt for surgery. Part of the skull is removed to do diagnostics and if they like, they can participate in neuroscience experiments. Some experiments were done with epilepsy patients using depth electrodes or electrode grids directly on the brain. You get readings directly form the brain, which are much more accurate than EEG.

All this studies have been claimed by some people at least, to show that there is no freewill because the studies claim to show that decisions in them, in those studies are made unconsciously and therefore not freely. If you go back to Libet, you do have a question, what happens at minus 550 milliseconds? Is that when a decision to flex right then is made or is something else going on? Once you ask that question, you should ask, well how long does it take a decision to do something now with your hand to cause muscle motion in the hand? Does it take a little over a half a second or does it take some other amount of time? 

You know, there are ways to get evidence about that. For one thing, you could look for or do them yourself if you have a lab. Look for reaction time studies in which people are watching a clock that would make it pretty similar to Libet’s experiment. In reaction time studies, subjects know what they’re supposed to do when they get a go signal and what they’re supposed to do is do that thing right away.  So you could do reaction time study where you say, “Hey look, when this clock face changes from white to red, what I want you to do is to flex right then. Or when you hear a tone, while you’re watching the clock, I want you to flex as soon as you can after the tone.”

Now, studies like this have been done and in some of them, the mean time between the sounding of the go signal and muscle motion is 231 milliseconds. But if the way it works is, you hear the tone and hearing it or detecting it generates an intention to do the action, which then generates muscle motion, the intention to do that action right then is going to arise after 231 milliseconds before muscle motion.

That indicates that the time at which the intention to do the thing now, I call this proximal intentions, arises is much closer to the time of muscle motion than Libet thought and in fact, it’s very close to the average time of first reported awareness, around 200 milliseconds.

Another study that was done recently and this is a study that’s actually better than one that I suggested in my book, Effective Intentions, because the technology now is better. You tell people, “Either press the left button or the right button and it’s going to be up to you but I don’t want you to decide which one to press until you get a signal and treat that signal as a decide signal.” It says, “Okay, go ahead and decide now and then do it.” 

Now, that signal Libet was detecting from the EEG is called the type two readiness potential. So it’s got a certain shape. I could draw it for you if we had video. He was measuring from a lot of the brain. You can also do lateralized readiness potential. You measure from the left side of the brain or you measure from the right side of the brain and in the case of hand motions, of course, the left side of the brain controls the right hand. The right side of the brain controls the left hand. 

In this study that I’m talking about now that use lateralized readiness potentials. What they discovered is that there was no difference in the EEG before the tone in cases in which people pressed the left button and cases in which they pressed the right button. That’s evidence that a decision hadn’t yet ben made because if it had it would have shown up in the EEG and the meantime between the go signal and muscle motion was about a 150 milliseconds, which indicates that decisions to do things now don’t arise until about a 150 milliseconds before muscle motion when we’re talking about hand movements anyway.

But then, that too goes very strongly against Libet’s argument that he has shown that brains in his studies are making decisions unconsciously, it looks like the decisions aren’t made until about 150 milliseconds before muscle motion and that’s well within the time of average reported awareness of the urge or decision or intention or whatever. So this kind of problem arises for all of the neuroscience studies that have been claimed to show that there’s no freewill because our decisions are made unconsciously.

[0:24:09.3] MB: To kind of sum this up or explain it in a way that listeners can really simply grasp, the research or much of the neuroscience, people like Libet and some Haggard and some of the others, showed that, or at least their initial finding was that when people said they made a decision, the 500 milliseconds before that, their subconscious was doing something that may have been the decision.

Explain to me why that’s not necessarily an accurate representation of kind of how people think?

[0:24:39.6] AM: Well, I think just to keep it really short and simple, our evidence indicates that even in the experiments like this, the actual decisions or intentions arise much closer to muscle motion than Libet, Haggard, and so on thought and the reason they thought this decisions or intentions were unconscious is they thought they were popping up over half a second before muscle motion. But the evidence actually indicates that they pop up much later, about 150 milliseconds before muscle motion. That’s around the time people say they were aware of their decisions or intentions. 

So if you treat those awareness reports seriously, what you should be thinking is, “Oh, this decisions and intentions are consciously made.” But if their consciously made, the whole argument for no freewill goes away. Because the argument rested on the plane that the decisions and intentions in these studies were unconsciously made.

[0:25:42.9] MB: What was Libet picking up that was happening 500 milliseconds before somebody moved their hand?

[0:25:48.5] AM: I think preparation to move. These subjects only had one thing to do really and it was flex their wrist from time to time and then try to keep track of where the spot was on the clock when they became aware of their urge to do it. So after a while if you haven’t flexed for a while, you’re going to be getting ready to do it even if you haven’t decided exactly when you’re going to do it and that getting ready will show up in the EEG. Actually, if we were to do an EEG experiment where you know what I’m going to do, when I get a go signal like you know that I’m going to flex my right wrist. 

When you see the go signal you’re going to show some EEG and it won’t be as powerful as mine, the ramp won’t be as high but it will be similar in shape and what does that indicate? Well you’re expecting something to happen and somehow you’re reacting to it in a certain way, a certain measurable way. Well, I was once a subject to the Libet style experiment, I guess it was 11 years ago now and I knew that sooner or later, I was going to be flexing because in these studies you have to do this at least 40 times what you did back then to get data that you could use. 

And so, I figured I was preparing from time to time for a flex pretty soon without yet having decided exactly when that would happen and that preparation will show up in the EEG. So the short version is, I think what Libet detected is a part of a process that sooner or later would result in an intention to do the thing right then. Oh, you know I should add one more thing because sometimes as I go on about this, people wonder, “Well aren’t brain events of which you’re ultimately unconscious among the causes of your decisions or intentions anyway?” and I say, “Yes definitely they are.”

I can’t imagine decisions and intentions that aren’t caused by brain events, or at least I have the very hard time getting my mind around that. So there is of course a brain process going on that’s going to result in a decision or intention in these studies but the question is are those decisions or intentions made unconsciously? And the answer is, they don’t have good evidence that they are and in fact the evidence seems to indicate that they are made consciously. 

You might wonder, “Why does it matter if they are made consciously if they’re caused by brain events?” Well, it mattered to Libet and Wagner and Haggard and so on because their argument was, because they are made unconsciously, they are not made freely. 

[0:28:41.2] MB: So one of the distinctions here that I am curious about that I see you delineating is the difference between conscious and unconscious decision making and how that impacts the definition of free will but side stepping the question of, “Well then what impacts our conscious decision making and do we have control of that?” Right? And that’s where we give back into the loop of the discussion about deep openness and determinism in terms of infinite regression of questions about, “How many things could have impacted my conscious thought that I don’t have control over and how does that determine whether or not I have free will?”

[0:29:18.4] AM: Okay, good. Now in these experiments that I’m talking about, as you can tell, what the subjects are doing is randomly picking. They’re randomly picking the time to begin flexing and Libet studies and in studies where they press one button or the other many different times, they’re randomly picking which button to press this time and then reporting it when they became aware of their urges or intentions to do it. 

Now human beings have automating tie breaking mechanisms that are really very useful in lots of situations. So you go into a supermarket and you have your shopping list and maybe you have a 16 ounce jar of Planter’s peanuts on your shopping list and you get to the Planter’s peanut display and you see hundreds of jars all the same and you just reach out and pick one. So there no conscious thought that goes into which one to pick. It’s an arbitrary picking, you’re lucky that you have an automatic tie breaking mechanism, otherwise you’d be stuck there clueless about what to do. 

So those pickings are driven by brain events. We don’t really know ourselves as agents why we’d pick exactly the jar we picked. There are some theories about why we do. It has to do with the dominant hand and how high your eyes are and where the stuff is in the display. So there, there is no real place for conscious reasoning about what to do. But now switch over to another domain like the work place and so maybe you have a really good job and somebody offers you a job that looks like it might be better. 

And maybe you live in a place you really like and this other job is in a place that isn’t so nice, in your opinion, and now things are complicated and you’re thinking about where your family is and so on and you try to weigh up factors so that you can make the best decision for you and people you care about. Now here, a lot of thinking goes into it and of course you are influenced by your upbringing, your environment, what you care about and so on. But in the end, you’re going to make a decision and it might well be a rational decision. 

So decisions like this are really not much like the decisions being studied in these neuroscience experiments. Here the influence on you is enormous of things, but that doesn’t mean that there’s no place left for you to exert an influence on how your life goes. So I think maybe some people think if you have free will then you’re just not influenced by anything when you make decisions, and I don’t think of freewill any way like that. Of course, we’re part of the world we’re influenced by all kinds of things and I think that’s quite compatible with free will. 

[0:32:17.8] MB: And I think that’s the idea that trips me up in the conception of the existence of free will, thinking more about these bigger decisions. I guess what you’re saying is the notion of having a “totally independent decision” is really impossible and doesn’t exist but perhaps despite all of the factors influencing us, our environment, our upbringing, the subconscious biases, tendencies, we can make decisions despite all of those influences that are still, to some degree, free. 

[0:32:50.9] AM: Yeah, that’s the idea. So we could say “still to some degree free”. In fact that’s perfect. Or “still to some degree up to us”. As I mentioned, I have a very naturalistic conception of freewill. There’s nothing magical or spooky in it. One way to think about it might be in sort of a courtroom context and we might think, “Well is this guy guilty of this crime?” and you might think, “Well he’s sane and rational. Nobody forced him to do it,” and so on. 

“Yes, he is,” you might say. “But if he didn’t do it freely then how could he be responsible? How could he be guilty?” And so if you think of free will in that kind of context, it doesn’t seem all that magical at all. It’s just part of ordinary life and that would at least put us at the regular level of free will. We don’t want courts to try to decide whether people have deep openness. That’s a difficult theoretical and scientific question. Or another way to bring free will down to earth is to tie it to a moral responsibility. 

And moral responsibility really is a matter of deserving some credit from a moral point of view for a good thing you do or some blame from a moral point of view for a bad thing you do and we might ask ourselves, “So do people ever deserve a little moral credit or do they ever deserve a little moral blame at least?” So we ask, “Are they sane and rational and so on. Could they help what they did?” And when we come to an answer, we might think, “Oh sure. They sometimes deserve moral credit, sometimes moral blame.” 

Then your next question might be, “So, does deserving moral credit and deserving moral blame depend on free will?” A very natural answer to that question is, “Yes.” Well natural in the sense that it is very common. So you might think, “Oh no free will, then no moral responsibility, then no deserved credit or blame,” and if you think about freewill from that perspective sort of the real world, down to earth, just moral credit and moral blame, you might be thinking, “So free will doesn’t require anything magical or mystical or supernatural.” 

[0:35:12.8] MB: In the vein of moral responsibility, I’d love to hear about the studies showing how people’s perception of whether or not they have free will can impact how they behave. 

[0:35:24.3] AM: Oh yeah. Now these are interesting studies and we funded some with the big questions and free will project too. So if you diminish people’s confidence and freewill with certain manipulations, their behavior gets worse. Let me tell you about one of those studies. The first one that was done that I know of any way was done by Kathleen Voss and Jonathan Schooler and they divided their subject group into three groups. 

One group read passages saying “there’s no free will”. Another group read passages saying “there is free will” and the third group read neutral passages and then their next task was to take a math quiz and they were told that the programmers messed up so that if they didn’t press the space bar right after the question showed up then the answer would show up right on the screen, in which way of course they could cheat and the group that read the “no free will” passages cheated significantly more often than the other two groups. 

The other two groups behaved essentially the same which is evidence that belief in free will is a default belief for default assumption. They did a version of this in which subjects were paid a dollar for every correct answer. So by cheating you’re stealing and the people who read the “no free will” passages then stole more often than the other people. My friend and colleague at Florida State, Roy Baumeister published a study a year later in which the design was similar. 

He had though just two groups, one group read “no free will” passages and the other group read neutral passages and then their next task was to serve snacks to people who were about to walk into the room and they were told two things about these people. They have to eat everything you put on their plate and they all really hate spicy food, and the group that read the “no free will” passages doled out way more of the spicy salsa option than the other group did. 

You might wonder, “Well what’s going on there?” And maybe tacitly these subjects are thinking, “Hey no free will, you can’t blame me. I guess I’ll go for it,” and so they had an urge to do something a bit aggressive and they did it. So there, decrease in confidence in free will is causing aggressive behavior, making it more likely in any case. 

Then there are studies done where people take a survey indicating how high their level of belief in free will is and then there are other measures like happiness measure, success measures, and so on — how satisfied they are at their job, how well they do at their job — and it turns out belief in freewill is correlated with positive things, success, happiness, long term relationships and so on. So at least believing in it is a useful thing. That’s what the evidence points, but I also think that we don’t have any good evidence to show that we shouldn’t believe in. 

[0:38:33.3] MB: I wonder what it says about the existence of free will that are belief in free will or not can substantially change our behavior. 

[0:38:41.6] AM: I don’t think you can infer directly from that that we do have free will. I mean what it indicates is that a belief in free will is useful and then too, you really want to know what these people are believing in when they’re believing in free will. So you want to know what they mean by free will too. I actually did a study myself a very simple survey style study to test the hypothesis that most people think that freewill requires souls or immaterial minds. 

I’ll tell you how the study was set up; I had some control conditions I’ll leave them out because that makes it more complicated, and I’ll tell you what the main result was. So what I did was to present naïve subjects — we’ll call them subject with no background in this area — with the following story: 

“It’s a certain year in the future and scientist have finally discovered that everything is physical, nothing is non-physical so decisions and intentions are brain events and they’re caused by other brain events which are caused by other events all the way back. John Jones saw a $20 bill fall out of the pocket of the person in front of him, he thought about returning it but he decided to keep it. Did John have free will at the time?” 

That was one of the questions I asked anyway and 75% of people said yes. So what they’re saying, given that they understood the simple story, which I’m confident they did is that even though there is nothing non-physical or spiritual in John’s universe, he had free will when he made his decision. 

So this is evidence, and there’s a lot of evidence for this actually, that a view of freewill that requires something supernatural of this kind is a minority view not a majority view and it’s evidence that the majority of people think of free will in a naturalistic kind of way. A kind of way I’ve been trying to persuade you is a reasonable way to think about it.

[0:40:49.1] MB: Let’s change gears completely. I’d love to dig in a little bit about the concept of self-deception. You wrote the book Self-Deception Unmasked, tell me a little bit about that?

[0:40:59.8] AM: Yeah, okay I’ll start with the old puzzle that drove early literature on self-control. What the old puzzle was, was based on a two person model of deception. So if I’m going to deceive you into believing some proposition P to believe that P is true, let’s say like that I own a Cadillac. So what I’ve got, I know that that proposition isn’t true and then I adopt a strategy to get you to believe that it is true. Like I’d go outside, find a Cadillac, have somebody take a picture of me looking like I’m about to go in and drive it. 

Okay, but now imagine that we move all of this into one head. We think, “Oh we should model self-deception on interpersonal deception.” So now we have me say trying to deceive myself into believing that I own a Cadillac. Well how the heck am I going to do it? I know that I don’t, I could come up with a strategy, but how will it work given that I know that I don’t? So one thing that I did in that book Self-Deception Unmasked and in earlier work too, journal articles, was to argue that that really isn’t the model we should use for trying to figure out what self-deception means. 

One way to go is you look at stock examples of self-deception and these stock examples include things like this: “There’s a man who overtime is getting more and more evidence that his wife is having an affair but he just doesn’t believe that she is and neighbors and friends can all tell, given the same evidence he’s got really, but he doesn’t believe.” So that would be one kind of case. Or, “There are parents who are getting a lot of evidence that their 13 or 14 year old kid is using illegal drugs but the parents just don’t believe it. Somehow they block out the evidence, they believe the other way.”

So those are stock examples of self-deception. One question to ask is, “Well, does that require that the person really knows the truth and then gets himself to believe the opposite?” No, I don’t think so and I think what’s going on in cases like this is what I call motivationally biased false believing. So what they’d like to be true is that wife isn’t having an affair, the kid isn’t using drugs and because they’d like that to be true, they focus more on evidence that is in support of their belief and they pretty much ignore, for the most part, evidence that goes against it. 

Here, what I did because I don’t like this just to be pure theory. It’s supposed to be an explanation of how something happens, what I did was to look at the psychological work on belief formation and it turns out there’s lots of evidence that what you’d like to be true has an influence on what you believe is true and there are ways to see how it happens. There’s the confirmation bias for example. 

So if you are testing a hypothesis, you’re more likely to notice evidence that confirms it than evidence that goes against it. So if the husband is testing the hypothesis that his wife is faithful as she always has been, he’s going to be much more likely to notice evidence for it than to notice evidence against it and the same thing with the parents and the young teenager. 

[0:44:30.0] MB: So how do we combat or notice self-deception in ourselves? 

[0:44:34.4] AM: Well I think one way to combat it is to try to force one self to be vigilant about things that are important to one and once we know about the confirmation bias, we can get ourselves to test the opposite hypothesis, the one that we would not like to be true and see what happens then. I think the more we know about how we work and our biases, the better able we will be to do away with the biases and to make more rational decisions and have more rational beliefs. 

Here’s more evidence of self-deception; I report this early on in Self-Deception Unmasked. So there was a study on university professors done and the question was, “How good are you as a professor, how good are you at your job?” And 94% of the professors rated themselves as above average for professors and of course if average is about 50, it can’t be anything like 94% of people who are above average. 

In a study of over a million high school students, one question was, “Rate yourself in ability to get along with others.” And all of them rated themselves above average in getting along with others, which is impossible of course and amazingly, 25% of the high school students rated themselves as in the top 1% of ability to get along with others. So what’s going on there? 

Well, they’d like it to be true, the professors that they’re better than average and the students that they’re really good at getting along with others and that causes them, when they see the question, to focus on evidence of the truth of what they’d like to be true and not pay much attention to contrary evidence and so we get this powerful statistical evidence of self-deception.

[0:46:28.8] MB: For somebody that’s listening to this podcast, what’s one piece of homework that you would give them? 

[0:46:34.8] AM: Oh, well if they’re interested in free will and they’re not a specialist in the area, I would recommend reading my little book, Free. It’s really very short, it’s easy to read, it’s Free: Why science hasn’t disprove free will, and I kept it simple and straight forward and I hope interesting. What happened really at that point was my dad who’s 92 now kept telling me — so he was 90 back then — “Why don’t you write something I can read and enjoy?” Because my writing tends to be technical. 

And I said, “Okay dad, I’ll do it,” and with him in view — he’s a retired mailman — I wrote this book and then we had many conversations. He lives in Michigan, I live in Florida so most of him on the phone, sometimes in person about the book and he understood it very well and I think of the book as a public service, given that we keep seeing headlines online that scientist have shown that there is no freewill given that it’s not true that they have shown it and given that the news that there’s no free will seems to have bad effects on people, I see that little book as a public service of mine. I like thinking I’m public spirited and so that I would recommend to people interested in free will. 

[0:47:54.4] MB: And where can people find you and the book online? 

[0:47:57.7] AM: If they just Google my name, they will find my homepage. They should Google “Alfred Mele” though not Al Mele because if it’s Al Mele, it’s going to be Italian desserts and maybe me too, and there’s a link to the Oxford University Press page on all of my books published with them or they could just go to Amazon.com and type in the title of any of my books, or type in my name.

[0:48:25.6] MB: Well Al, this has been a fascinating conversation and definitely leaves me thinking a lot of things about free will and I think there’s a lot of stuff that I really need to do some thinking on my own about all of these different concepts. It’s so fascinating. I just wanted to say, thank you very much for being on the Science of Success.

[0:48:43.4] AM: Oh thank you and you know one more thing I should mention is there’s a PBS documentary on my big questions in Free Will Project. It’s in the Closer to Truth Series. It’s online now, I don’t know how long they’re going to keep it online but if people were to Google “big questions in free will” I’m pretty sure that will show up. 

[0:49:03.5] MB: Great, well we’ll include all of that stuff in the show notes which you can just get at scienceofsuccess.co, so all the studies we’ve talked about, the documentary, the book and everything will all be linked up there for anybody that’s listening. 

[0:49:15.3] AM: Sounds good. 

[0:49:17.1] MB: All right, well thank you very much. We really appreciated having you on the show. 

[0:49:20.0] AM: Thank you. 

[0:49:21.0] MB: Thank you so much for listening to the Science of Success. Listeners like you are why we do this podcast. The emails and stories we receive from listeners around the globe bring us joy and fuel our mission to unleash human potential. I love hearing from listeners. If you want to reach out, share your story or just say “hi”, shoot me an email. My email is matt@scienceofsuccess.co. I would love to hear from you and I read and respond to every listener email. 

The greatest compliment you can give us is a referral to a friend either live or online. If you’ve enjoyed this episode, please, leave us an awesome review and subscribe on iTunes. That helps more and more people discover the Science of Success. I get a ton of listeners asking, “Matt how do you organize and remember all these information?” Because of that, we created an amazing free guide for all of our listeners.

You can get it by texting the word “smarter” to the number 44222, or by going to scienceofsuccess.co and joining our email list. If you want to get all this incredible information, links, transcripts, everything we talked about and much more, be sure to check out our show notes. You can get them at scienceofsuccess.co, hit the show notes button at the top. 

Thanks again and we’ll see you on the next episode of the Science of Success.

February 09, 2017 /Lace Gilger
  • Newer
  • Older